Third Day Poster Session, 17 June 2010 - NanoTR-VI

Poster Presentations 

3rd Day 

17 June 2010 

ID: F1244 - N1123 

6 th Nanoscience and Nanotechnology Conference, İzmir, 2010

Poster Session, Thursday, June 17 

Theme F686 - N1123 

Photoconductivity characteristics of CoPc organic sensor 

Mehmet Kandaz a* , Fahrettin Yakuphanoglu b 

-a Sakarya University, Department of Chemistry, 54140 Esentepe, Sakarya, Turkey 

b 

Abstract— The optical and photoconducting properties of the interdigited electrode organic sensor have been investigated. The 

organic sensor was characterized in respect of white light illuminations to investigate its potential for possible use as a visible light 

sensor. The photosensitivity in the off-state with a ratio of photocurrent to dark current was determined and obtained results show 

that the CoPc organic sensor can be used as a white light photoconductor. 

Organic materials have been intensively investigated due to 

their wide range of applications in electronics technology. The 

semiconducting properties of the phthalocyanines can be 

modified by changing their chemical structures and these 

properties are dependent upon a variety of parameters 

including central metal atoms, substituted groups and 

conjugated structure. They have also received increasing 

attention recently, owing to their potential applications in 

optical and photoelectronic devices. Phthalocyanines thin 

films, due to their low cost and interesting optical properties 

like photovoltaic, electrochromic or even optical nonlinear 

behavior (optical limiting), are widely used to build high 

quality optoelectronic devices. 

The 2, 9, 16, 23-tetrakis-6-(-thiophene-2-carboxylate)- 

hexylthio-phthlocyaninato cobalt (II) complex {M[Pc 

(S(CH2)6OCOC4H3S)4]; (M ¼ Co (II)} (CoPc) was 

synthesized according to literature and described elsewhere. 

Thin film of CoPc was prepared onto indium titanium oxide 

(ITO) substrate by drop coating. Aluminum electrodes were 

used as the contact electrodes. 

Fig.1 shows the transmittance spectra of CoPc organic film. 

The film have a higher transparency. In visible region. The 

current-voltage characteristics of CoPc organic sensor under 

dark and illumination conditions are shown in Fig. 2. The 

photocurrent increases linearly with increasing illumination 

intensity. This suggests that CoPc exhibits a photoconducting 

behavior. The photoresponse of the sensor is 1.44. The 

phototransient current plot of CoPc organic sensor is shown in 

Fig.3. The change in current under illumination of light and 

after turning it off has indicated that photo effects persist for a 

longer period of time. 

Fig.2. Current-voltage characteristics of CoPc organic 

sensor under dark and illumination conditions 

Fig.3. Phototransient current plot of CoPc organic sensor 

[1] Okur S, Yakuphanoglu F, Stathatos E 

MICROELECTRONIC ENGINEERING, 87, 4, 635-640 

[2] Yakuphanoglu F, JOURNAL OF ALLOYS AND 

COMPOUNDS, 494, 1-2, 451-455 

Fig 1. Transmittance spectra of CoPc organic film 

[3] Yakuphanoglu F Kandaz M, Senkal BF, 

JOURNAL OF OPTOELECTRONICS AND ADVANCED 

MATERIALS, 11, 7, 1038-1042 

6th Nanoscience and Nanotechnology Conference, zmir, 2010 614


Theme F686 - N1123 

Electrical and photosensing properties of pentacene organic thin film transistor 

Fahrettin Yakuphanoglu 

 

Abstract— The electrical and ultraviolet light responsive properties of the pentacene thin-film transistor with 240 nm poly-4- 

vinylphenol (PVP) dielectric layer thin film transistor have been investigated. The electrical parameters, saturation mobility, 

threshold voltage, gate voltage swing and an ON/OFF current ratio were determined to be 710 -1 cm 2 /V s, 10.0 V, 2.6 V/dec and 

3.8x10 2 , respectively. The transistor was characterized in respect of UV illuminations to investigate its potential for possible use as 

a UV detector. The performance of the transistor is indicates a UV photosensitivity in the off-state with a ratio of photocurrent to 

dark current of 5.74x10 2 . The obtained results indicate that the organic pentacene thin film transistor can be used as a UV 

photodetector. 

Organic thin-film transistors (OTFTs) have been extensively 

investigated due to their low-cost, low-temperature process, 

and compatibility with flexible substrate. Organic thin film 

transistors (OTFTs) have many unique advantages, such as 

light weight, flexibility, and solution processability. From 

these reasons, nowadays, many research groups have 

developed OTFTs. Especially, solution processes included 

spin coating, screen printing, ink jet, and nanoimprint 

lithography can be easily used in coating processes to form 

circuits for disposable electronics on a plastic substrate. 

According to the reported investigation of active channel 

pentacene is a very promising candidate for organic 

electronics. Several groups have recently demonstrated 

pentacene TFTs and their applications. However, to satisfy the 

high performance of OTFT, it is very important to select a 

gate insulator material. That is, an insulator gate field-effect 

transistor, the role of the insulator is at least as important as 

that of the semiconductor. The insulator layer, especially the 

insulator-semiconductor interface, has a significant effect on 

the performance of OTFTs, because OTFTs operate in 

accumulation region and the modulated charge lies within the 

area (about 10 nm thick) close to the interface [8]. Therefore, 

many research groups have made much effort to be study on 

relationship between organic semiconductor and dielectric 

layer. 

In present study, pentacene thin-film transistor was 

fabricated with 240 nm poly-4-vinylphenol (PVP) dielectric 

layer. The electrical and photosensing properties of organic 

pentacene thin-film transistor fabricated on polyethersulphone 

(PES) substrate have been investigated. The transistor 

fabricated on PES showed p-type OTFT characteristics. For 

photosensing characterization, the output characteristics of the 

pentacene thin film transistor were measured under various 

illumination conditions. The Electrical characteristics and 

photoresponse properties of the transistor were performed 

under dark and UV light illuminations by semiconductor 

parameter analyzer (Keithley 4200) using a white lamp (200 

W) and UV lamp with 366 nm. 

Fig.1a shows the drain current-drain voltage characteristics of 

pentacene transistor under various gate voltages. The output 

characteristics exhibit clear current saturation and pinch off 

behavior. 

The drain current increases at negative voltages, 

indicating that the electrons are generated by the negative gate 

voltages due to p-type FET characteristics with good gate 

controllability. 

-a- 

-b- 

Fig.1. Output characteristics of pentacene thin film 

transistor a) under dark conditions b) under UV illuminations 

Fig1b shows the I ds -V ds plots of the transistor under UV 

illuminations (366 nm) for various voltages. The drain current 

under these illuminations increases due to photogeneration of 

electron–hole pairs in the active layer of the transistor. This 

suggests that the organic pentacene thin film transistor can be 

used as a UV photodetector. 

This work was supported by the Management Unit of 

Scientific Research Projects of Firat University (FÜBAP) 

(Project Number: 1947). Authors wish to thank FÜBAP. 

*Corresponding author: fyhan@hotmail.com 


Determination of Dielectric Anisotropy Properties of Poly(N-Vinylimidazole) Based Hydrogen Bonded 

Side Chain Liquid Crystalline Polymer by 4-Cyano-4'-Pentylbiphenyl Nematic Liquid Crystal 

Yeşim H. Gursel a , B. Filiz Senkal a , Fahrettin Yakuphanoglu b* 

a Istanbul Technical University, Department of Chemistry, 34469, Maslak, İstanbul, Turkey 

b Fırat University, Department of Physics, 23119 Elazığ, Turkey 

Abstract— The liquid crystal and dielectric anisotropy properties of poly(n-vinylimidazole) based hydrogen bonded side chain 

liquid crystalline polymer (HB-PLC) doped 5CB and pure 5CB liquid crystals have been investigated by polarized optical 

microscopy and dielectric spectroscopy method. The polarized optical microscopy results show that HB-PLC exhibited an 

enantiotropic nematic phase on heating and cooling cycles. The real and imaginary parts of the dielectric constant dependence of the 

voltage applied shows that HB-PLC dopant changes the dielectric parameters of the LCs. The dielectric behaviour of the LCs shows 

only a relaxation process. Dielectric anisotropy () properties of the LCs changes from the positive type to negative type. It is 

evaluated that the dielectric anisotropy and relaxation properties of 5CB and 5CB/ HB-PLC LCs can be controlled by HB-PLC 

dopant. 

Recently, side chain liquid crystalline polymers (SCLCPs), 

which combine the unique properties of low-molar mass liquid 

crystals and polymers, have been the subject of intensive 

research mainly due to their interesting electrical and optical 

properties which makes them good candidates for applications 

in microelectronic devices ranging from optical data storage 

and non-linear optics to being the stationary phase in gas 

chromatography and high performance liquid 

chromatography. Side-chain liquid-crystalline polymers 

(LCPs) are usually prepared by covalently linking rigid 

mesogens to a polymer backbone through flexible spacers. In 

recent years, self-assembly through specific interactions, such 

as hydrogen-bonding ionic, ionic-dipolar and charge transfer 

interactions 13 , has been recognized as a new strategy for 

constructing side-chain liquid crystal polymers. Selfassembled 

materials formed by non-covalent bonding have 

attracted much attention because these materials are good 

candidates for the next generation of materials for which 

dynamic function, environmental compatibility, and low 

energy processing are required. The dielectric-spectroscopy 

technique (DST) is a powerful technique successfully applied 

for understanding the molecular details [13]. The dielectric 

anisotropy is expressed as || 

 

, where 

|| 

and 

 

are the parallel and the perpendicular components of the 

electric permittivity, respectively. Regarding the dielectric 

constant, there are two structure types. One is named as 

positive dielectric anisotropy (p-type) and its dielectric 

constant along the director axis is larger than that along the 

axes perpendicular to the director. is greater than zero in 

this case. The other type is named as negative dielectric 

anisotropy (n-type), is less than zero. Variation of with 

respect to the spot frequencies reveals that LC orientation has 

p-type property at low frequencies, and as the frequency 

increases the dielectric anisotropy character shifts to n-type. In 

present study, we have investigated dielectric anisotropy 

properties of poly(n-vinylimidazole) based hydrogen bonded 

side chain liquid crystalline polymer (HB-PLC) doped 5CB 

and pure 5CB liquid crystals. 

To confirm the liquid crystalline nature of the HB-PLC and 

identify the mesophase, hot-stage polarized optical microscope 

(POM) was used. The POM results showed that HB-PLC 

exhibited an enantiotropic nematic phase on heating and 

cooling cycles. As it was heated to 97 °C, the typical nematic 

schlieren texture appeared (Fig.1). 

Fig.2 Schlieren texture of polymer HB-PLC at 97 °C (400x) 

The plots of the capacitance-voltage (C-V)of (HB-PLC) doped 

5CB and pure 5CB liquid crystals for >0 and

Ultraviolet light detection characteristics of a-IGZO thin film transistor for photodetector applications 

Seongpil Chang a , Jae-Hong Kwon a , Jung-Ho Park a , Myung-Ho Chung a , Tae-Yeon Oh a , Hyun-Seok Bae a , Byeong- 

Kwon Ju a,† , and Fahrettin Yakuphanoglu b 

a) Display and Nanosystem Laboratory, College of Engineering, Korea University, Seoul 136-713, Republic of Korea. 

b) Fırat University, Faculty of Arts and Sciences, Department of Physics, Elazığ, Turkey. 

Abstract— The ultraviolet light responsive properties of the amorphous indium gallium zinc oxide thin film transistor have been 

investigated. The a-IGZO transistor operate in the enhancement mode with saturation mobility of 6.99 cm 2 /V s, threshold voltage 

of 7.6 V, gate voltage swing of 1.58 V/dec and an ON/OFF current ratio of 2.45x10 8 . The transistor was subsequently 

characterized in respect of UV illuminations in order to investigate its potential for possible use as a detector. The performance of 

the transistor is indicates a high-photosensitivity in the off-state with a ratio of photocurrent to dark current of 5.74x10 2 . Our 

results reveal that the amorphous indium gallium zinc oxide thin film transistor can be used as a UV photodetector. 

Transparent oxide semiconductors, such as zinc oxide (ZnO), 

indium tin oxide (ITO), zinc tin oxide (ZTO), gallium doped 

zinc oxide (GZO) indium zinc oxide (IZO), and indium 

gallium zinc oxide (IGZO) have attracted many researchers 

with their great potential in optoelectronic applications such as 

flat panel displays, transparent electrodes in solar cells, 

transparent thin film transistors (TFTs), and flexible 

transparent TFTs [1-7]. Moreover a-IGZO thin film transistors 

can be used to detect the ultraviolet (UV). This property of a- 

IGZO thin film is very useful to apply the UV-detector. In 

present study, we fabricated a-IGZO thin film transistor to 

investigate the photo-sensing characteristics of the transistor 

under the illuminations of visible light and UV. Thermally 

oxidized p-Si (100, ρ=0.005 Ωcm) is used as substrate. 

Thermally oxidized SiO 2 of 300 nm is used as the gateinsulator. 

And then, we deposited a-IGZO thin film by using 

radio-frequency (RF) magnetron sputtering. Active layer is 

patterned by photolithography and lift-off process. As the 

source-drain (S/D) electrodes, molybdenum (Mo) of 100 nm is 

deposited by using direct-current (DC) sputtering at roomtemperature. 

Our devices have channel width (W) of 150 μm 

and channel length (L) of 20 μm. Fig.1 shows schematic 

diagram of a-IGZO TFT 

Mo (Source / Drain, 100 nm) 

a-IGZO (80 nm) 

-a- 

-b- 

Fig.2. Output characteristics of a-IGZO thin film transistor 

under dark and UV illuminations. 

Fig.2a shows the drain current-drain voltage characteristics 

of a-IGZO transistor under various gate voltages. The drain 

current increases at positive voltages, indicating that the 

electrons are generated by the positive gate voltages due to n- 

type FET characteristics with good gate controllability. The 

drain current of the transistor reaches a saturation region, 

when the entire channel region is depleted of electrons, i.e, 

channel is pinched off. 

Fig.2b shows the I ds -V ds curves obtained under UV 

illuminations (366 nm) with V g =30 V. The drain current under 

these illuminations increases due to photogeneration of 

electron–hole pairs in the active layer of the transistor. The 

UV illumination increases strongly the drain current, because 

the photon energy of UV illumination at 366 nm is higher than 

the IGZO optical band gap. 

SiO x (300 nm) 

p-Si (100 oriented, ρ=0.005 Ωcm) 

Ag (Gate Electrode) 

Fig.1 Schematic diagram of a-IGZO TFT 

The electrical characteristics and photoresponse properties of 

the transistor were performed under dark and UV light 

illuminations by semiconductor parameter analyzer (Keithley 

4200) using a UV lamp with 366 nm. 

This work was supported by the Management Unit of 

Scientific Research Projects of Firat University (FÜBAP) 

(Project Number: 1947). Authors wish to thank FÜBAP. 

*Corresponding author: fyhan@hotmail.com 



Theme F686 - N1123 

“Synthesis and Optical properties of SmFeO 3 Thin Film Prepared By Sol gel method” 

Feroz Ahmad Mir and Mohd.Ikram 

1 Department of Physics, National Institute of Technology, Srinagar-190006, India. 

Abstract 

Thin film of SmFeO 3 was synthesis by sol gel method on Glass substrates. X-ray diffraction shows 

amorphous growth. Surface morphology result predicts small grain size and fine smoothness of the grown 

films. From optical study ,optical band gap is observed to decrease with heat treatment. Good correlation 

between observed properties and crystal structure is observed and discussed. 

 

Keywords: sol gel, X-ray diffraction, glass, Surface morphology and optical band gap 

Corresponding author. 

*email::famirnit@gmail.com 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Optical and Structural Characterization of Y 2 O 3 :Nd 3+ Phosphors via Thermal Decomposition Method 

G. Bilir* and G. Özen 

Department of Physics, stanbul Technical University, Maslak-stanbul 34469, Turkey 

Abstract: The Y 2 O 3 :Nd 3+ nanophosphors were synthesized by using thermal decomposition method. The powders were annealed at different 

temperatures to investigate annealing temperature dependence of the crystallite size. Average particle size of the products were calculated by 

using Scherrer Formula from the X-ray diffractograms Luminescence measurement were performed for all samples at room temperature. Also 

SEM/EDS measurements were confirmed the calculated particle sizes from XRD diffractograms. 

Materials with nanostructure attracted considerable attention 

because of potential applications in optoelectronics and 

photonics[1-4]. Phosphor materials find wide applications 

ranging from fluorescent lamp to luminescence immunoassay. 

These materials essentially convert one type of energy into 

visible radiation and hence, phosphor materials are called 

optical transducer[5]. 

In this work nanosized Y 2 O 3 samples doped with x=0.2, 0.5, 

1, 2, 5, 10 mol% Nd 3+ ions (Y 2-x Nd x O 3 ) were prepared by 

thermal decomposition of yttrium-neodymium alginate. 

Obtained products were annealed at 600, 800 and 1000 to 

investigate particle size dependence on annealing temperature. 

X-ray diffraction investigations were carried out with 

Philips TM model(Cu-K) diffractometer at 40 kV in the 2 range 

from 20 o to 60 o . Also SEM images of the samples were taken by 

using JEOL 6335F model scanning electron microscope(SEM). 

Both of XRD and SEM measurements show that the particle 

sizes of Y 2 O 3 :Nd 3+ samples were ranging from 20nm to 40 nm 

which are consistent with the values reported in literature[6]. 

Representative X-ray diffractograms and SEM images are given 

in Figs.1-2. 

Princeton Instruments SP2500i model monochromator and 

Acton series ID441-C Model InGaAs detector for the 

detection. 

PL measurements were performed at room temperature and 

strong PL intensities were obtained for all Nd 3+ doped 

samples. The PL spectra of all samples are consist of three 

spectral regions which were correspond to the 4 F 3/2 4 I 9/2 , 

4 F 3/2 4 I 11/2 and 4 F 3/2 4 I 13/2 transitions of theNd 3+ . In Fig.2 

representative of PL of 0.5% Nd 3+ doped sample are given. 

Figure 3: PL of 0.5% Nd 3+ doped Y 2O 3 

Also in Fig. 4, the dependence of FWHM(full width at half 

maxima) of the transitions on annealing temperature is given. 

Figure 1: XRD patterns of the non-annealed Y 2O 3:Nd 3+ nanopowders 

Figure 2: SEM images of the %0,5Nd doped Y 2O 3 annealed at 1000C (left) and 

non-annealed (right) 

From SEM images also seen that the organic 

component(alginate) from synthesis method which used to 

form yttrium alginate gels is exist for non-annealed samples 

and it was observed for all samples. The emission spectra were 

collected by using Apollo Instruments diode laser (Model No: 

S30-808-6) with 805.2 nm wavelength as an excitation source, 

Figure 4:Annealing temperature dependence of the FWHM 

SEM measurements were supported by Science Institute of 

Marmara University with the project number FEN-CDRP- 

090409-0079 

*bilirg@itu.edu.tr 

References 

[1]Promod and et al, Journal of Luminescence, 82 (1999) 187-193 

[2] Hai Huang and et al, Nanotechnology, 13 (2002) 318-323 

[3] Gino Tessari, Marco Bettinelli and et al., Applied Surface Science, 

144-145 (1999) 686-689 

[4] Michael Nazarov and et al, Optical Materials, 27 (2005) 1587-1592 

[5] T. Kim Anh and et al, Journal of Luminescence, 102-103 (2003) 

391-394 

[6] D. Tatar, H. Kaygusuz, F. Tezcan, FB. Erim, ML. Oveçolu, G. 

Ozen “Y2O3 Nanophosphors Synthesized by Combustion and Thermal 

Decomposition Techniques” 11th Annual Conference on NanoScience 

and NanoTechnology, NSTI-NanoTech, Boston-USA (MO81-919) 

(June 1-5/2008) 

6th Nanoscience and Nanotechnology Conference, zmir, 2010 617


Theme F686 - N1123 

Comparison of The Dispersion Properties of The Solid-Core Photonic Crystal Fibers with a Fixed 

Diameter of Holes and The Fixed Pitch Length at Wavelength Region of 0.8-2 m 

Halime Demir 1* and Sedat Özsoy 1 

1 Department of Physics,Faculty of Science and Arts, Erciyes University, Kayseri 38039, Turkey 

Abstract— In this work, for a solid core photonic crystal fiber with the triangular lattice, the dispersion of fundamental mode 

is examined at wavelength region of 0.8-2 m. The silica core is constituted by removing the 7 air hole. The cladding 

consists of the two dimensional silica-air photonic crystal with the 4-ring of air holes. The dispersion properties were 

investigated for different values of d/, first with fixed and then with fixed d. Here, d and represent the diameter of air 

holes and the pitch length, respectively. The results obtained are then compared and it is concluded that, for a dispersion 

tailoring, the configurations with fixed diameter are more effective than for fixed pitch length. 

In recent years, the photonic crystal fibers (PCFs) have a 

significant interest due to their unique structures and new 

properties [1-6]. Generally, photonic crystal fibers consist of 

an arrangement of air holes in the cladding extending the 

whole length of the fiber. Photonic crystal fibers are 

categorized into two groups according to light guiding 

mechanism. One is the index guiding photonic crystal fiber 

and the other is the photonic band gap PCF. In the index 

guiding PCF s , the core region is solid and the light is confined 

in the central core as in the conventional fibers. The photonic 

crystal fiber consists of the pure silica fiber with an array of 

the air-holes along the length of the fiber. The core is 

constituted by removing the central hole from the structure. 

The higher effective refractive index of the surrounding holes 

forms cladding in which leading the index guiding mechanism 

analogous to total internal reflection. Consequently, the light 

guiding can be explained by the total internal reflection which 

is also the way light is guided in step index fibers. 

PCFs have been shown to posses many important 

properties as the single mode operation over wide range of 

wavelength, the highly tunable dispersion, the propagation of 

high power densities without exciting unwanted nonlinear 

effects and the high birefringence. These properties have the 

practical importance in design of sophisticated broadband 

optical telecommunication networks [7] and active sensor 

systems [8]. In optical communication, dispersion plays a 

significant role because it determines the information carrying 

capacity of the fiber. Thus, it becomes necessary to know the 

dispersion properties of an optical fiber. 

In this work, the dispersion properties of solid-core 

photonic crystal fibers with d/= 0.1-0.9 ratios are analyzed 

for both the fixed diameter (d=0.84 m) and the fixed pitch 

(=4 m) at 0.8-2.0 m wavelength range. 

The cross-section of fiber used in the dispersion 

calculations is shown in Fig.1. Here is the pitch length and d 

is the diameter of air- holes. The fiber core is silica and it is 

formed by removing 7 air-holes from the structure. The 

cladding is the two dimensional photonic crystal with 4-rings 

of the triangular lattice air-holes in the silica matrix. 

Fig. 1. 

 

The cross- section of the solid core PCF 

considered. is the pitch length and d is 

the diameter of air-holes. 

The dispersion D is given as following [9]: 

2 

λ d neff 

D = − 

2 

c dλ 

n is the effective index of guided mode and 

eff 

λ is the free 

space wavelength. Firstly, for the fixed pitch length = 4.2 

m, the dispersion properties are investigated by varying the 

diameters of air-holes for the d/ values of (0.1, 0.3, 0.5, 0.7, 

0.9). Later, a similar investigation is executed for the fixed 

diameter of air-hole with d=0.84 m, by varying the pitch 

length corresponding to the same d/ values. 

The variations of the d/ ratios for a given wavelength 

affect the dispersion in a considerable manner. The variation 

of the d/ ratios also changes the zero-dispersion wavelength 

within a large wavelength range comparatively. In the case of 

fixed pitch, the variation of the d/ ratios does not affect the 

dispersion and zero-dispersion wavelength severely. As a 

result, for a dispersion tailoring, the configurations with fixed 

diameter are more effective. 

*Corresponding author: halimedemir@erciyes.edu.tr 

[1] J. C. Knight, T. A. Birks, P. St. J. Russell and D. M. Atkin, Opt. Lett. 21, 

1547-1549 (1996). 

[2] J. C. Knight, Nature 424, 847-851 (2003). 

[3] Arismar Cerqueira S. Jr., F. Luan et al., Opt. Express 14, 926-931 (2006). 

[4] T. A. Birks., J. C. Knight, , P. S. J. Russell., Opt. Lett. 22, 961-963 (1997). 

[5] A. Ortigosa-Blanch et al., Opt. Lett. 25, 1325-1327 (2000). 

[6] W. J. Wadsworth et al., J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 19, 2148-2155 (2002). 

[7] M. D. Nielsen, J. Folkenberg, N. Martensen and A. Bjarklev, Optics 

Express 12, 430-435 (2004). 

[8] S. Konorov , A. Zheltikov and M. Scalora, Optics Express 13, 3454-3459 

(2005). 

[9] J. K. Ranka and R. S. Windeler, Opt.& Photon. News, 20-25 (2000). 

d 


P 

P mP 

P vs. 

P = 

P,P 

P (1) 

P and 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Influence of Annealing Conditions on Optical Properties of ZnO Thin Films 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

UDerya BaharUP P*, Göknil BabürP P, Sinan DikenP P, Tuba Aye TermeliP P, Banu ErdoanP P, Sava SönmezoluP 

Pand Güven ÇankayaP 

1 

PDepartment of Physics, Faculty of Arts and Science, Gaziosmanpaa University, Tokat 60250, Turkey 

Abstract-ZnO thin films were deposited on soda lime glass substrates by sol–gel spin-coating technique. The optical properties of ZnO thin films 

are investigated for different annealing temperatures. The optical band gaps of thin film are found to vary with annealing temperatures. The 

obtained films are also transparent in the UV- visible region 

1 

Zinc oxide (ZnO) as a wide-band-gap semiconductor has 

attracted much attention in current semiconductor research, 

due to its superior optical properties. In addition, ZnO is a 

versatile semiconductor material, which has attracted attention 

for its wide range of applications, such as thin films, solar 

cells, luminescent, electrical and acoustic devices and 

chemical sensors [1-2]. 

In this paper, we report the investigation of ZnO thin films 

prepared by sol-gel spin coating process using zinc acetate 

(ZnAc). The optical characterization is investigated for 

different annealing temperatures using Perkin Elmer Lambda 

35 UV-VIS Spectrometer at room temperature. 

Transmittance (%) 

100 

80 

60 

40 

20 

0 

200 400 600 800 1000 1200 

Wavelenght (nm) 

200 C 0 

300 C 0 

400 C 0 

500 C 0 

Figure 1. UV–VIS spectra of the ZnO thin film for various 

temperatures. 

In order to prepare a ZnO solution, first, 3.35gr zinc acetate 

(Zn(CHR3RCOO)R2R·2HR2RO, Merck), used as a precursor, was 

dissolved in 50 ml ethanol [CR2RHR6RO, Merck] and stirred for 5 

0 

min at 60 P PC in a magnetic mixture. Then, 5 ml glacial acetic 

acide [CR2RHR4ROR2R, Merck] and 1.5 ml hydrochloride acid (HCl, 

Merck) were added in the solution, and the final solution was 

subjected to the magnetic mixture for 2 h. Here, glacial acetic 

acid and hydrochloride acid were used as an inhibitor to slow 

down the zinc acetate fast hydrolysis. Prior to the coating 

process, the glass was washed with water, ultrasonically 

cleaned in ethanol for 20 min, and in acetone for 20 min, 

respectively. The deposition was carried out at a spinning 

speed of 3000 rpm for 30 s. The spin coating procedure was 

0 0 0 

continuously repeated five times at 200P PC, 300P PC, 400P PC and 

0 

500P PC annealing temperatures on glass substrate. 

Fig. 1 shows the UV–VIS spectra ZnO thin films for 

different annealing temperatures in wavelength range 300– 

1100nm. The transmission of the thin films of zinc oxide 

decreases with the increase in annealing temperature. This can 

be linked with the increase in the grain size, and indicating its 

high surface roughness and inhomogeneity [3]. 

(h v) 2 (eV/m) 2 

20 

16 

12 

8 

4 

200 C 0 , E g 

= 3.84 eV 

300 C 0 , E g 

= 3.74 eV 

400 C 0 , E g 

= 3.67 eV 

500 C 0 , E g = 3.58 eV 

0 

2.4 2.8 3.2 3.6 4 

Photon energy (eV) 

Figure 2. UV–VIS spectra of the ZnO thin film for various 

temperatures. 

The optical band gap of the film was calculated by the 

following relation [4]: 

(hv) = A (hv - ERgR) P 

7 

where A is an energy-independent constant between 10P 

8 -1 

10P 

P, Eg is the optical band gap and r is a constant, which 

determines type of optical transition, r = 1/2, 2, 3/2 or 3 for 

allowed direct, allowed indirect, forbidden direct and 

forbidden indirect electronic transitions, respectively [4]. The 

1/r 

r 

(hv)P hv curves were plotted for different r values and 

the best fit was obtained for r = ½. The film at various 

annealing temperatures shows a direct allowed transition. The 

optical band gap was determined by extrapolating the linear 

2 

portion of the plots to (hv)P 0. The optical band gaps of the 

thin film were found to be 3.84, 3.74, 3.67 and 3.58 eV at 200 °C, 

300 °C, 400 °C and 500 °C annealing temperature, respectively. 

The thicknesses of ZnO film were also determined from 

transmittance measurements in Fig.1 and found to be 1361, 692, 

939 and 660 nm, respectively. The optical band gap decreases 

with the increasing annealing temperatures. The decrease in 

the optical band gap is attributed to the lowering of the 

interatomic spacing, which may be associated with a decrease 

in the amplitude of atomic oscillations around their 

equilibrium positions [5]. 

In summary, the analysis of the transmission spectra shows 

that ZnO thin films are transparent in the UV-visible region 

irrespective of the annealing temperatures. This work was 

partially supported by the Scientific Research Commission of 

Gaziosmanpaa University (Project No: 2009/29). 

*Corresponding author: HTbhr_dry@hotmail.comT 

[1] Y. Chen, D.M. Bagnall, Z. Zhu, T. Sekiuchi, K. Park, K. Hiraga, 

T. Tao, S. Koyama, M.Y. Shen, T. Goto, J. Cryst. Growth 181 (1997) 

165. 

[2] S. Saito, M. Miyayama, K. Koumoto, H. Yanagida, J. Am. Ceram. 

Soc. 68 (1985) 40–43 

[3] K. Liu, X. Wu, B. Wang, Q. Liu, Mater. Res. Bull. 37 (2002) 

2255. 

[4] J. Tauc, Mater. Res. Bull. 5 (1970) 721. 

[5] S. Sönmezolu, G. Çankaya,P PN. Serin, T. Serin, Int. Conf. on 

Nanomaterials and Nanosystems, 10-13 August 2009, p. 129. 


P 

P mP 

P vs. 

P = 

P (1) 

P and 


Theme F686 - N1123 

The Effect of Different Spinning Times on Optical Properties of ZnO Thin Films 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

UGöknil BabürUP P*, Sinan DikenP P, Tuba Aye TermeliP P, Banu ErdoanP P, Derya BaharP P, Sava SönmezoluP Pand Güven ÇankayaP 

1 


Abstract-ZnO thin films were deposited on soda lime glass substrates by sol–gel spin-coating technique. The optical properties of ZnO thin 

films are investigated for different spinning times. The optical band gaps of thin film are found to vary with different spinning times. The 

obtained films are also transparent in the UV- visible region. 

1 

Zinc oxide (ZnO) is an inexpensive, n-type semiconductor 

of wurtzite structure with a direct energy wide band gap of 

3.2–3.3 eV at room temperature and optical transparency in 

the visible range. [1] Recently, ZnO thin films have been 

studied extensively due to their potential applications, as 

transparent electrodes in display, metal oxide semiconductors 

in optoelectronic devices, and piezoelectric devices [2] . 




different spinning times using Perkin Elmer Lambda 35 UV- 

VIS Spectrometer at room temperature. 

(Alfahv) 2 (eV/m) 2 

12 

8 

4 

30 sec, E g 

=3.75 eV 

90 sec, E g 

=3.74 eV 

100 sec, E g 

=3.76 eV 

120 sec, E g 

=3.74 eV 

180 sec, E g 

=3.79 eV 


100 

80 

60 

40 

20 

30 sec 

90 sec 

100 sec 

120 sec 

180 sec 

0 

200 400 600 800 1000 1200 


Figure1. UV–VIS spectra of the ZnO thin film for various spinning 

times. 




min at 60 °C in a magnetic mixture. Then, 5 ml glacial acetic 









speed of 3000 rpm for 30 s, 90 s, 100s, 120 s and 180 s, 

respectively. The spin coating procedure was continuously 

repeated five times at 300 °C temperature different spinning 

times. 

Figure1 shows the UV–VIS spectra ZnO thin films for 

different spinning times in wavelength range 300–1100nm. 

The transmission of the thin films of zinc oxide increases with 

the increasing in spinning times. 

0 

2 2.4 2.8 3.2 3.6 4 


2 

Figure 2. The plot of (Alfahv)P P vs. 

different spinning times. 

hv of the ZnO thin films for 



r 

(Alfahv) = A (hv - ERgR) P 

7 


8 -1 

10P 





1/r 

(Alfahv)P hv curves were plotted for different r values and 




2 

portion of the plots to (Alfahv)P 0. The optical band gaps of 

the thin film were found to be 3.75, 3.74, 3.76, 3.74 and 3.79 eV 

at 30s, 90s, 100s, 120s and 180s spinning times, respectively. The 

thicknesses of ZnO film were also determined from transmittance 

measurements in Figure1 and found to be 354, 664, 345, 280 and 

288 nm, respectively. The optical band gap increases with the 

increasing spinning times, as expected. The increasing of band 

gap values can be linked with the decreasing of film thickness. 

In summary, the analysis of the transmission spectra shows 


irrespective of the different spinning times. This work was 



*Corresponding author: goknil_babur @hotmail.com 

[1] T.K. Gupta, J. Am. Ceram. Soc. 73 (1990) 1817. 

[2] J.B. Webb, D.F. Williams, M. Buchanan, Appl. Phys. Lett. 39 

(1981) 640. 



P 

P mP 

P vs. 

P = 

P,P 

P (1) 

P and 


Theme F686 - N1123 

The Effect of Film Thickness on the Optical Properties of ZnO Thin Films 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

UBanu ErdoanUP P*, Derya BaharP P, Göknil BabürP P, Sinan DikenP P, Aye Tuba TermeliP P, Sava SönmezoluP 

Pand Güven ÇankayaP 

1 


Abstract-ZnO thin films were deposited on soda lime glass substrates by sol–gel spin-coating technique. The opticalproperties of ZnO thin 

films are investigated for different film thickness. It showed that the optical band gaps of thin filmdecreased with increasing film thickness, on 

the contrary, transmission of thin films increased with increasing film thickness. 

1 

Zinc oxide (ZnO) is one of the most important group II–VI 

semiconductor materials. ZnO is one of the most promising 

materials for the fabrication of the next generation of 

optoelectronic devices in the UV region and optical or display 

devices. As a matter of fact, simultaneous occurrence of both 

high optical transmittance in the visble range, and low 

resistivity make ZnO an important material in the manufacture 

of heat mirrors used in gas stoves, conducting coatings in 

aircrafts glasses to avoid surface icing, and thin film 

electrodes in amorphous silicon solar cell [1]. ZnO is also used 

to fabricate piezoelectric micro-force sensor chip[2]. 




different film thickness using Perkin Elmer Lambda 35 UV- 



100 

80 

60 

40 

20 

5 layer 

10 layer 

15 layer 

20 layer 

0 

200 400 600 800 1000 1200 


Figure1. UV–VIS spectra of the ZnO thin film for different film 

thickness 




0 










speed of 3000 rpm for 30 s. The spin coating procedure was 

repeated for 5 layers, 10 layers, 15 layers and 20 layers on glass 

substrate at 300 ºC temperature. 

Figure 1 shows the UV–VIS spectra ZnO thin films for 

different film thickness in wavelength range 300–1100nm. 

The transmission of thin films increases with increased the 

film thickness. The diffrerence related to the grain boundaries 

are observed as the film grows thicker. [3]. 

(hv) 2 (eV/m) 2 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

5 layer, E g 

= 3.66 eV 

10 layer, E g 

= 3.59 eV 

15 layer, E g 

= 3.63 eV 

20 layer, E g = 3.64 eV 

0 

2 2.4 2.8 3.2 3.6 4 


2 

Figure2. The plot of (hv)P P vs. hv of the ZnO thin film for different 

film thickness. 



r 


7 


8 -1 

10P 




forbidden indirect electronic transitions, respectively[4]. The 

1/r 





2 

portion of the plots to (hv)P 0. The optical band gaps of the 

thin film were found to be 3.66, 3.59, 3.63 and 3.64 eV at 300 ºC 

annealing temperature. The thicknesses of ZnO film were also 

determined from transmittance measurements in Figure1 and 

found to be 302, 308, 385 and 695 nm, respectively. The optical 

band gap decreases with the increasing film thickness. 

In summary, the analysis of the transmission spectra 

shows that ZnO thin films are transparent in the UV-visible 

region irrespective of the film thickness. This work was 



*Corresponding author: bnrdgn@gmail.com 

[1] M. Suchea, S. Chiritoulakis, K. Moschovis, N. Katsarakis, G. 

Kiriakidis, Thin Solid Films 515 (2006) 551. 

[2] S.S. Lee, R.M. White, Sens. Actuators A 71 (1998) 153–157. 

[3]. C.J. Brinker, G.W. Scherer, Sol–Gel Science: The Physics and 

Chemistry of Sol Gel Processing, Academic Press, New York, 1975, 

p. 87. 

[4] . Tauc, Mater. Res. Bull. 5 (1970) 721 


P mP 

P vs. 

P = 

P vs. 

P (1) 

P and 

P and 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Optical Properties of ZnO Thin Films Derived by Sol-Gel Process at Different Spinning Speeds 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

USinan DikenUP P*, Tuba Aye TermeliP P, Banu ErdoanP P, Derya BaharP P, Göknil BabürP P, Sava SönmezoluP Güven ÇankayaP 

Department of Physics, Faculty of Arts and Science, Gaziosmanpaa University, Tokat 60250, Turkey 

Abstract-In this research, we studied on the optical properties of ZnO thin films derived using sol-gel spin-coating technique at different 

spinning speeds. The results show that optical band gap and transmittance varies with different spinning speeds and wavelengths. 

1 

Zinc oxide is a versatile material due to its unique optical, 

electronic and photo-catalytic properties and important area of 

applications in modern solid-state device technology. The 

most common applications of doped and undoped ZnO thin 

films are surface acoustic wave devices, transparent 

conducting electrodes, heat mirrors, solar cells, gas sensors, 

ultrasonic oscillators and anti-static coatings. One of the main 

technological interests for ZnO thin films based devices lies 

on their very low cost [1,2]. 

In this study, we focused on some optical properties of ZnO 

thin films prepared by sol-gel spin coating process using zinc 

acetate (ZnAc). The optical characterization is examined for 

different spinning speeds using Perkin Elmer Lambda 35 UV- 



100 

80 

60 

40 

20 

1000 rpm 

2000 rpm 

3000 rpm 

4000 rpm 

0 

200 400 600 800 1000 1200 


Figure 1. UV–VIS spectrum of the thin films for various spinning 

speeds. 

In order to prepare a ZnO solution, first, 3.35gr zinc 

acetate (Zn(CHR3RCOO)R2R·2HR2RO, Merck), used as a precursor, 

was dissolved in 50 ml ethanol [CR2RHR6RO, Merck] and stirred 

0 

for 5 min at 60 P PC in a magnetic mixture. Then, 5 ml glacial 

acetic acide [CR2RHR4ROR2R, Merck] and 1.5 ml hydrochloride acid 

(HCl, Merck) were added in the solution, and the final 

solution was subjected to the magnetic mixture for 2 h. Here, 

glacial acetic acid and hydrochloride acid were used as an 

inhibitor to slow down the zinc acetate fast hydrolysis. Prior to 

the coating process, the glass was washed with water, 

ultrasonically cleaned in ethanol for 20 min, and in acetone for 

20 min, respectively. The deposition was carried out at at 300 

°C for 30 s. The spin coating procedure was continuously 

repeated five times at 1000 rpm, 2000 rpm, 3000 rpm and 

4000 rpm spinning speeds on glass substrate. 

Figure 1 shows that transmission of thin films increases with 

rising values of spinning speed. This situation is attributed to 

the crystallite shape and the size, the roughness of the lm and 

the characteristics of the grain boundaries, etc. [3]. 

(h v) 2 (eV/m) 2 

12 

10 

8 

6 

4 

2 

1000 rpm, E g = 3.55 eV 

2000 rpm, E g = 3.69 eV 

3000 rpm, E g = 3.67 eV 

4000 rpm, E g = 3.72 eV 

0 

2 2.4 2.8 3.2 3.6 4 

Photon Energy (eV) 

2 

Figure 2. The plot of (hv)P hv of the ZnO thin film for various 

spinning speeds. 



r 


7 


8 -1 

10P 





1/r 



spinning speeds shows a direct allowed transition. The optical 

band gap was determined by extrapolating the linear portion of 

2 

the plots to (hv)P 0. The thicknesses of ZnO films were 

also determined from transmittance measurements in Figure 1 

and found to be 1055, 733,494 and 338 nm, respectively. The 

optical band gaps of the thin film were also found to be 3.55, 

3.69, 3.67 and 3.72 eV at 1000, 2000, 3000 and 4000 rpm 

spinning speeds, respectively. The optical band gap increases 

with the rising spinning speeds. 

To sum up, the analysis of the transmission spectra shows 


irrespective of the spinning speeds. Besides the optical band 

gap energy ranges between 3.55eV and 3.72eV. 

This work was partially supported by the Scientific Research 

Commission of Gaziosmanpaa University (Project No: 

2009/29). 

*Corresponding author: HTsinandiken@hotmail.comT 

[1] M. Berber et al., Scripta Materialia 53 (2005) 547. 

[2] R.M. Mehra et al., Materials Science-Poland Vol. 23, No3 (2005) 

685. 

[3] M. Smirnov, C. Baban, G.I. Rusu, Appl. Surface Science 256 

(2010) 2407 


[5] N.F. Mott, E.A. Davis, Electronic Process in Non-Crystalline 

Materials, Calendron Press, Oxford, 1979. 


P 

P and 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Photon Scanning Tunneling Microscopy System for Observing Optical Excitations at Nanoscale 

Tunnel Junctions 

1 

1 

1 

Tansu ErsoyP P, Mehmet Selman TamerP 

UOuzhan GürlüUP P* 

1 

Pstanbul Technical University, Department of Physics, Maslak, 34469, stanbul, Turkey 

Abstract-We are developing an optical system which is capable of collecting the photons emitted from the tunnel junction of a scanning 

tunneling microscope. These systems allow mapping the photon emission from a surface with sub nanometer spatial resolution. Electronic and 

optical properties of nanostructures like quantum dots or quantum wires will be studied by this system. 

Images with atomic resolution of semiconductor and metal 

surfaces can be obtained using scanning tunneling microscopy 

(STM) [1]. Moreover optical and electronic properties of these 

surfaces can be examined by STM at nanoscale [2]. The 

tunneling current between the tip and the surface can excite 

optical transitions on the surface [3]. This is called 

electroluminescence due to inelastic tunneling. STM-light 

emission experiment is a recently emerging and very useful 

technique for investigating optical properties of surfaces with 

nanometer resolution [4]. 

Nanostructures have different characteristics from bulk 

materials. As the size of the materials approach to nanoscale, 

quantum effects appear, which is very important for device 

applications [5]. If a semiconductor crystal becomes very 

small, motion of the charge carriers is restricted. This 

phenomenon is known as quantum confinement. This results 

in sharp electronic states in these structures. In order to 

understand quantum effects there are numerous studies for 

developing nanostructures and methods for investigating their 

electronic and optical properties [4,5,6]. 

Metals also behave unconventionally physical properties at 

nano scale. For instance Ag films coated on glass or mica has 

a rough structure due to which the surface plasmon polaritons 

are confined. These effects the optical properties of the films 

greatly like giving the film unexpected color. Using the 

photon scanning microscope one can study the local electrooptical 

properties [7] of these films and their interaction with 

adsorbates. 

most efficient way [10] and they have to be spectroscopically. 

analyzed. Thus, electroluminescence spectroscopy at 

nanoscale can be performed. 

Figure 2. In inelastic tunneling, electrons that tunnel from the tip to 

the surface lose some of their energy. Photons are generated in this 

process. Energy lost due to excitations can be observed by 

conductivity measurements. They appear as peaks in the second 

derivative of the tunneling current with respect to sample bias [9]. 

Figure 3. A simple representation of photon STM setup. 

First we are planning to investigate optical properties of 

metal surfaces like vacuum evaporated rough Au or Ag films 

on glass. Later on we will investigate core/shell quantum dots 

like CdSe/ZnS. Optical behavior of QDs on gold surfaces will 

be observed by STM induced light emission technique. 

Depending on structures and positions of QDs on gold surface 

we are expecting variations in their optical behaviors. 

Moreover, we will investigate the results of the interactions of 

QDs with various surfaces and with their environments. 

*Corresponding author: HTgurlu@itu.edu.trTH 

Figure.1. (a) STM image of sputter coated Ag film on glass. 

(500 nm x 500 nm at Vs = 2.0 V and I = 5.0 nA.). (b) Photon 

map of the surface due to inelastic tunneling [7]. 

In this work, we are designing a setup which is suitable for 

STM light emission experiments. When inelastic electron 

tunneling occurs at nanoscale tunnel junctions, photon 

emission is possible [8] (Figure.2). Our aim is to develop the 

experimental setup which will allow investigating the systems 

that cause photon emission from these tunnel junctions. 

The main problem in these experiments is low photon 

efficiency in most of the physical systems to be investigated. 

Therefore the generated photons have to be collected in the 

[1] G. Binning, H. Rohrer, Ch. Gerber and E. Weibel, Phys. Rev. 

Lett. 50, p 120 (1983). 

[2] R. Berndt, R. Gaisch and W. D. Schneider, Phys. Rev. Lett. 74, 

102 (1995). 

[3] M,J. Romero, et al., Nanoletters 6, 2833 (2006). 

[4] T. Tsuruoka, Y. Ohizumi and S. Ushioda, App. Phys. Lett. 82, 

3257 (2003). 

[5] L. Turyanska, et al., App. Phys. Lett. 89, 092106, (2006) 

[6] R. Cingolani and R. Rinaldi, Phys. Stat. Sol. 234, 411 (2002). 

[7] T. Arai, K. Nakayama, Applied Surface Science 246, 193 (2005) 

[8] D. Fujita, K. Onishi, and N. Niori, Nanotechnology 15, 355 

(2004). 

[9] http://www.fkf.mpg.de/kern/research/nanooptics/pstm.1.html 

[10] N. J. Watkins, J. P. Long, Z. H. Kafafi, and A. J. Makinen, Rev. 

Sci. Inst. 78, 053707 (2007). 


P 

P mP 

P vs. 

P vs. 

P = 

P (1) 

P and 


Theme F686 - N1123 

The Coating Layers Dependence of Optical Properties of ZnO Thin Films 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

UTuba Aye TermeliUP P*, Banu ErdoanP P, Derya BaharP P, Göknil BabürP P, Sinan DikenP P, Sava SönmezoluP Pand Güven ÇankayaP 

1 


Abstract-We have prepared ZnO thin films using sol–gel spin-coating technique, and investigated the optical properties of these thin films for 

different coating thickness.The film thickness increased with increasing coating layers, on the contrary, the optical band gaps of thin film 

decreased with increasing coating layers. This difference is attributed to the containing its high grain size, and inhomogeneity. Furthermore, the 

obtained films are transparent over %70-80 in the UV- visible region. 

1 

ZnO thin films now attract significant attention due to their 

wide range of electrical and optical properties. They have 

potential application in electronics, optoelectronics and 

information technology devices including displays, solar cells 

and sensors [1,2]. 




different coating thickness using Perkin Elmer Lambda 35 

UV-VIS Spectrometer at room temperature. 


100 

80 

60 

40 

20 

3 layers 

5 layers 

7 layers 

9 layers 

12 layers 

0 

200 400 600 800 1000 1200 


Figure 1. UV–VIS spectra of the ZnO thin film for various coating 

layers. 




0 










speed of at 3000 rpm for 30 s. The spin coating procedure was 

repeated for 3 layers, 5 layers, 7 layers, 9 layers and 12 layers 

coating thickness at the same temperature (400 ºC), respectively. 

Figure 1 shows the UV–VIS spectra ZnO thin films for 

different coating layers in wavelength range 300–1100nm. The 

transmission of the thin films of zinc oxide decreases with the 

increase in coating thickness, except 12 layers. This can be 

linked with containing its high grain size, and inhomogeneity [3]. 

(Alfahv) 2 (eV/m) 2 

14 

12 

10 

8 

6 

4 

2 

3 layers 

5 layers 

7 layers 

9 layers 

12 layers 

0 

2 2.4 2.8 3.2 3.6 4 


1/r 

Figure 2. The plot of (Alfahv)P hv of the ZnO thin film for 

various spinning speeds. 



r 

(Alfahv) = A (hv - ERgR) P 

7 


8 -1 

10P 





1/r 

(Alfahv)P hv curves were plotted for different r values and 




2 

portion of the plots to (Alfahv)P 0. The optical band gaps of 

the thin film were found to be 3.57, 3.55, 3.43, 3.71 and 3.63 eV 

0 

at 400P PC in different coating layers, respectively. The thicknesses 

of ZnO film were also determined from transmittance 

measurements in Figure1 and found to be, 117, 294, 560, 975 and 

815 nm, respectively. It has shown that there is irregular 

relation between optical band gap and coating layers. 

In summary, the film thickness increased with increasing coating 

layers, on the contrary, the optical band gaps of thin film decreased 

with increasing coating layers. This work was partially supported 

by the Scientific Research Commission of Gaziosmanpaa 

University (Project No: 2009/29). 

*Corresponding author: HTt.aysedonmezoglu@hotmail.comTH 

[1] S. Bandyopadhyay, G.K. Paul, S.K. Sen, Sol. Energy Mater. Sol. 

Cells 71 (2002) 103. 

[2] Y. Natsume, H. Sakata, Thin Solid Films 372 (2000) 30. 

[3] S. Fujihara, C. Sasaki, T. Kimura, Appl. Surf. Sci. 180 (2001) 

341. 




Theme F686 - N1123 

Plasmonics: Novel On-Chip Interconnections 

Abstract— We report antenna designs for surface plasmon polariton coupling to metal-insulator-metal waveguides. The 

resulting plasmonic modes were tuned for maximum propagation length along the waveguide: for 1550 nm, we have observed 

more than 40 micron propagation (along the length of the waveguide, +x direction) while for 532 nm this is below 10 micron. 

Our results lay the foundations for on-chip coupler-waveguide-photodetector interconnect technology. 

State-of-the-art on-chip and chip-to-chip technologies rely 

on copper interconnects. Ever increasing data transfer rates 

and Moore’s Law dictate smaller devices packed into the same 

area [1]. Besides, International Technology Roadmap for 

Semiconductor Industry reports project devices that process 

and transmit data faster. Interconnections, not chips, have 

become the limiting factor for the future of scaling. Copper 

interconnects cannot meet the demanding data transfer rate 

requirements and have significant bandwidth limitations due 

to RC time delays, resistive losses, and frequency dependent 

cross-talk at high modulation frequencies. In addition to these 

limitations, electronic information transmission on a chip also 

suffer from impedance mismatch. On the device side, there is 

a high impedance and low capacitance, while transmission 

lines have low impedance and high capacitance. This 

mismatch limits the power transfer, even for the optimum 

cases [2-4]. 

The incident light’s polarization significantly changes the 

coupling efficiency. Because antennas couple SPP’s to the 

waveguides in the near-field, the distance between the antenna 

and the waveguide was kept smaller than 50 nm. The antenna 

should not be connected to the waveguide either; otherwise 

interference of plasmonic modes reduces propagation length. 

Antenna and waveguide parameters were swept and the field 

profiles were compared for metal layer thicknesses of 100, 

150 and 200 nm. The longest propagation length has been 

achieved for 200 nm, while above 200 nm, the propagation 

length is no longer enhanced by changing the thickness. 

Thinner arms (60nm) tend to propagate SPP’s over longer 

distances. Reducing antenna gap enhanced local field between 

the arms, but did not increase the propagation length. 

Surface plasmon polaritons (SPP) are collective electron 

oscillations along the interface of metal and a dielectric. 

Because of the fast decaying fields both inside the metal and 

the dielectric, the mode field profile is highly confined along 

the interface. That is why; SPP’s can be a solution for 

achieving high integration densities, due to the small 

attenuation lengths, i.e. 14 nm as our simulations show. SPP’s 

are proposed to be the data transfer medium for on-chip 

clocking and signaling. The proposed geometry for 

transferring SPP’s is a metal-insulator-metal (MIM) 

waveguide structure where coupled SPP’s propagate along the 

two metal-insulator interfaces over long distances. 

In this work, we introduced a simple nanoantenna coupler 

and a metal-insulator-metal waveguide for demonstrating the 

possibility of high density and reliable interconnects. The 

interconnect structure is as in Figure (a) and is placed on 500 

nm thick thermal oxide. Metallic nanoposts in front of the 

waveguide behave as an antenna, increasing the coupling of 

optical field into the waveguide. The waveguide consists of 

silver cladding and silicon oxide core. The structure is excited 

by plane waves from the left, propagating to the right. The 

simulations were repeated to optimize the structures over the 

antenna arm lengths and widths, gaps, metal layer thicknesses, 

and waveguide-to-antenna distances. The design was 

optimized for the longest propagation distance for the 

telecommunication wavelength of free space = 1550 nm. For 

efficient coupling, (i) arm length and the cladding width have 

been assumed to be equal, (ii) the arm gap and the core width 

are taken as equal. Our simulations (not shown) indicated that 

not making these two assumptions significantly reduced 

coupling efficiency. 

Figure: (a) Simulation volume, incident wave, nanoantenna and the waveguide 

structure. (b) Top view of the interconnect. (c) E-field profile along the center of the 

waveguide and the antenna (y=0 line), normalized with respect to incident field 

(d) E-field enhancement profile along the substrate and the interconnect interface, 

optimized for free space = 1550 nm (e) Normalized E-field intensity profile along the 

substrate and the interconnect interface, for free space = 780 nm. 

The propagation distances for = 532 nm, 780 nm, 

1550nm were 3, 9, about 50 μm, respectively. Metal’s 

absorption progressively increases for shorter wavelengths. 

That is why; shorter wavelengths cannot propagate as long as 

in the 1550 nm case. 

The subwavelength nature of these interconnects enables 

high integration density. We are going to investigate this 

technique for noise immunity and broadband applications. 

This work was supported by TUBITAK 108E163, 109E044, 

EU FP7 PIOS. 

[1] Moore, G. E., Electronics, Vol. 38, No. 8, April 19, 1965 

[2] ITRS 2007 Edition, 

http://www.itrs.net/Links/2007ITRS/2007_Chapters/2007_Interconnect.pdf 

[3] Ali K. Okyay, PhD Thesis, Stanford University, September 2007 

[4] Gramotnev, Bozhevolnyi; Nature Photonics 4, 83 - 91 (2010) 

[5] L. Tang et. al., Nature Photonics 2, 226 - 229 (2008) 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Nanostructures constructed via self-assembly of nanoparticles using DNA hybridization 

Kemal Keseroglu 1 , Ismail Sayin 1 , Mehmet Kahraman 1 , Elif Hilal Soylu 2 , Semra Ide 2 ,Mustafa Culha* 1 

1 Department of Genetics and Bioengineering, Yeditepe University, Kayisdagi, Istanbul 34755, Turkey 

2 Department of Physics Engineering, Hacettepe University, Beytepe, Ankara 06532, Turkey 

Abstract— In this study, two different nanostructures are constructed with 13 nm gold nanoparticles (AuNPs) by using DNA 

molecules. In the first one, the AuNPs are assembled into desired shaped and sized by using pre-designed DNA origami 

molecules. As for the second nanostructure, the ODN-bound AuNPs are assembled by ten different DNA linkers 

individually; and as a result, the formation of nano-cubic crystal structures is observed by SAXS. 

Nanoparticles (NPs) are used as building 

blocks for construction of sensors, diagnostic tools 

and drug delivery agents [1-3]. However, the 

biggest challenges for their use are to construct 

such nanoconstructs via assembly of NPs in desired 

geometry into two dimensional (2D) or three 

dimensional (3D) structures. Self-assembly of NPs 

can be achieved using the interactions between 

biomacromolecules, for instance DNA, peptides, 

and carbohydrates [4]. Among them, DNA can be 

considered as an ideal molecule for attaining 

complex self-assembly due to its easily expected 

secondary structure and well understood of 

hybridization properties. 

In this work, it is aimed to construct two 

different nanostructures via self-assembly of gold 

nanoparticles (AuNPs) by the help of DNA. In the 

first one, 2D nanostructure is constructed. For this 

purpose, after two DNA origami-A and B are 

prepared inspired from study of Hao Yan et.al [5] 

shown as figure 1, ten thymidine bases bounded 13 

nm AuNPs are incubated and let hybridize with 

them. The constructed nanostructures by NPs are 

observed under AFM (figure 2). 13 nm AuNPs are 

seen up and down side of DNA origami. 

Figure 3. Schematic representation of net formation 

after DNA linker is added to two different ODN-bound 

13 nm AuNPs 

The size of controlled aggregation of the 

structure is measured by ZetaSizer. Although the 

size of ODN-bound AuNPs is ~20 nm; after the ten 

DNA linkers added, up to ~200 nm sized structures 

are constructed in the suspension. Additionally, the 

crystal structure of the construct is observed with 

SAXS due to more importance of construction of 

nano-cubic crystallization. In figure 4, it is seen that 

the AuNPs by the help of DNA linkers make cubic 

structures in nano scale. 

DNA-bound 13nm AuNP 

Origami-A Origami-B Origami-A 

Figure 1. Schematic representation of DNA-bound 

13 nm AuNP and Origami-A and B 

(a) (b) (c) 

(d) 

Figure 2. AFM images of (a) only 

Origami-A, (b) AuNP bound 

Origami-A, (c) Origami-A and 

Origami-B, (d) AuNP bound 

Origami-A and B complex 

For the second nanostructure, ten different 

DNA linker molecules are used to assemble two 

different types of 13 nm AuNPs which bound with 

two different ODN that have conjugate sequences 

with the ten DNA linkers (figure 3). 

Figure 4. SAXS analysis after DNA linker is added. 

In summary, our study shows that it is possible 

to construct desired nanostructures with a definite 

shape and size using the DNA hybridization power. 

What is more, the construction of nano-cubic 

crystal structures inspires us to use them both in 

medicine and material science. This work was 

supported by TUBITAK under Grant No. 108T605 

and Yeditepe University. 

*Corresponding author: mculha@yeditepe.edu.tr 

[1] Nyquist RM, Eberhardt AS, Silks LA, Li Z, Yang X, 

Swanson BI, 2000. Characterization of self-assembled 

monolayers for biosensor applications, Langmuir, 16: 

1793–1800 

[2] Rosi NL, Mirkin, CA, 2005. Nanostructures in 

biodiagnostics, Chem. Rev., 105: 1547–1562 

[3] Han G., Ghosh P., De M., and Rotello VM, 2007. 

Drug and gene delivery using gold nanoparticles 

Nanobiotechnology, 3: 40 45 

[4] Zhang S, 2003. Fabrication of novel biomaterials 

through molecular self-assembly, Nature Biotechnology, 

21: 1171–1178 

[5] Yan H, Park SH, Finkelstein G, Reif JH, LaBean TH, 

2003. DNA-templated self-assembly of protein arrays 

and highly conductive nanowires, Science, 301: 1882– 

1884. 


P 

P and 

770 772 774 776 778 780 782 784 786 788 790 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Characterization of a Multilayer GaAs/AlGaAs Broadband Quantum Well Infrared Photodetectors 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

UHülya KuruUP P*, Burcu ArpapayP P, Bülent ArkanP P, Bülent AslanP Uur SerincanP 

1 

PDepartment of Physics, Anadolu University, Eskiehir 26470, Turkey 

Abstract-In this study, we report on the investigation of a multilayer GaAs/AlGaAs quantum well infrared photodetector designed for 8-12 m 

spectral range detection. Fabricated devices were characterized by performing various methods of measurements: current-voltage, 

photoluminescence and photoresponse as a function of applied bias. 

After developing the ability to grow multilayer 

semiconductor quantum structures, GaAs/AlGaAs multiple 

quantum wells (MQWs) have been intensively investigated 

because of their potential applications in advanced optoelectronic 

devices [1]. These studies resulted in a continuous 

improvement of the performances and the appearance of novel 

devices. In particular, infrared detectors based on intersubband 

transitions in GaAs/AlGaAs MQW structures exhibit many 

advantages over the conventional band-to-band HgCdTe 

detectors, and represent an interesting alternative for the 

detection of the mid- and far-infrared regions (i.e. wavelengths 

longer than 3μm) [1,2]. 

The sample used in this study was grown by molecular beam 

epitaxy (MBE) on (100) GaAs substrate. It consists of 10 

periods of the following symmetric structure (from substrate 

to top): 40 nm of AlGaAs (20% Al) barrier, 6 nm GaAs QW, 

20 nm AlGaAs (20% Al), 10 nm graded AlGaAs (from 20% 

to 25% Al), 10 nm AlGaAs (25% Al), 5 nm GaAs QW. This 

10 repeat structure is sandwiched between a 6 nm GaAs QW 

and thick doped contact layers. The central parts of the wells 

are Si-doped to have the active carriers in the structures. The 

top and bottom GaAs contact layers are 400 nm and 700 nm, 

18 2 

respectively and doped with 1×10P 

P cmP P. Mesas were defined 

by wet chemical etching and top and bottom contacts were 

made by depositing Ge/Au/Ni/Au followed by annealing. 

Different size square devices (400 m, 600 m, 800 m, 1000 

m and 1500 m) having a ring top contact were fabricated to 

test the uniformity of the wafer and the quality of the 

fabrication. For the photoresponse (PR) measurements, sample 

was mounted in a liquid nitrogen cooled dewar with ZnSe 

window. A Bruker Equinox55 Fourier transform infrared 

spectrometer with a globar source was used. A 7 mW HeNe 

laser (632.8nm) was used as an excitation source in 

photoluminescence experiments. For optical measurements, 

devices were illuminated through the top opening. All 

measurements were performed at a cold head temperature of 

80 K. 

I(A) 

0.1 

0.01 

1E-3 

1E-4 

1E-5 

80K 

1500*1500m 2 

1000*1000m 2 

800*800m 2 

600*600m 2 

1E-6 

-10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10 

Voltage(V) 

Figure 1. Current–voltage characteristics for the devices of different 

sizes at 80K. 

Current-voltage characteristics measured at 80K are shown 

in figure 1. Figure 2 shows the PL signal coming from the 

quantum well states under different bias values at 80 K. As 

seen in figure 3, spectral photoresponse of the devices are in 

7-12 m region as designed. And the response has voltage 

dependence: the maximum signal was obtained when the 

device is biased with 0.5 V. 

PL Intensity(a.u.) 

1000 

900 

800 

700 

600 

500 

400 

300 

200 

100 

0 

0 volt 

1 volt 

2 volt 

3 volt 

730 740 750 760 770 780 790 800 810 820 830 840 

Wavelength(nm) 

Figure 2. Photoluminescence signal under different bias values at 

80K. 

Photoresponse (a.u.) 

0.15 V 

0.30 V 

0.50 V 

0.80 V 

1.00 V 

1.30 V 

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 

Wavelength (m) 

Figure 3. Spectral photoresponse under different bias values at 80K. 

In summary, we reported on the experimental 

observations of a multilayer GaAs/AlGaAs QWIP. 

Photoresponse measurements have shown that the devices are 

working the intended spectral region: 8-12 m atmospheric 

window. The voltage dependence of photoluminescence is 

used to probe the energy levels involved in certain transitions. 

This work was supported by TUBITAK under Grant No. 

TBAG-107T012. We thank Prof. Dr. Atilla Aydnl and Prof. 

Dr. Rait Turan for device fabrication and photoresponse 

characterization steps. 

*Corresponding author: hulya_kuru@hotmail.com 

[1] Levine B.F.1993 J. Appl. Phys. 74 R1 

[2]Liu H.C.2000 Intersubband Transitions in Quantum Wells: 

Physics and Device Applications I, Semiconductors and Semimetals 

vol 62 ed R. K. Willardson and E. R. Weber (San Diego: Academic) 

pp129-96 

80K 

80K 


T 

T 

TandT 

TsizeT 

TdeconvolutionT 

hybrid 

P 

P 

TGaussianT 

followsT 

TandT 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Calculating the Homogeneous Spectrum of PbSe Quantum Dot based on Fourier-Wavelet Deconvolution 

1 

1 

2 

UA.A. AskariUP P*, L. RahimiP Pand A.R. BahrampourP 

PDepartment of Physics, Shahid Bahonar University, Kerman, Iran 

PDepartment of Physics, Sharif University of Technology, Tehran, Iran 

2 

1 

Abstract— Homogeneous absorption and emission spectra of PbSe quantum dots (QDs) with an average diameter of 6.8 nm is obtained by 

employing a deconvolution procedure. Deconvolution is a noise sensitive process. To avoid numerical instabilities and noise amplification 

during deconvolution, an efficient, hybrid Fourier-wavelet algorithm is proposed. This technique predicts a large homogeneous line-width, 

which is in good agreement with the recently measured data. 

SemiconductorT Tnano-TTcrystalsT ThaveT TrecentlyT TattractedT 

TconsiderableT TattentionT TdueT TtoT TtheTT varietyT TofT 

Tapplications,T TincludingT Tlasers,T TphotovoltaicT TsolarT Tcells, 

lightT TemittingT Tdiodes,T TfieldT TeffectT Ttransistors,T TetcT T[1-3].T 

TSemiconductor QDs,T TsuchT TasT TPbST TandT TPbSeT Thave a 

Absorbance (a.u.) 

0.6 (a) 

0.4 

0.2 

1 1.5 2 2.5 3 

0.4 

(b) 

0.3 

0.2 

0.1 

0 

0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 

relativelyT TlargeT effective TexcitonT TBohrT TradiusT T[4].T TThusT 

TtheT TregimeT TofT TstrongT Tquantum-confinementT TofT TbothT TtheT 

0.6 (c) 

0.2 (d) 

TelectronT TandT TholeT TcanT TbeT TmoreT TeasilyT TaccessedT TinT TtheseT 

Tmaterials.T TFurthermore,T TtheT TleadT TchalcogenideT TQDsT TcanT 

ThaveT TabsorptionT TandT TemissionT TspectraT TinT TtheT T1-2T TμmT 

Trange,T TwhichT TmakesT TthemT TappropriateT TcandidatesT TforT 

Absorbance (a.u.) 

0.5 

0.4 

0.3 

0.2 

0.1 

0 

1 1.5 2 2.5 3 

Energy (eV) 

0.15 

0.1 

0.05 

0 

0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 1.1 1.2 

Energy (eV) 

TtelecommunicationsT TapplicationsT T[5].T TTheT Tline-widthT TofT 

TtheT TemissionT TandT TabsorptionT TspectrumT TdependsT TonT TbothT 

TtheT ThomogeneousT TandT TinhomogeneousT TbroadeningT 

Tmechanisms.T TExcludingT TinhomogeneousT TbroadeningT 

TassociatedT TwithT TaT TdistributionT TofT TQDs,T TtheT TintrinsicT 

ThomogeneousT Tline-width,T T,T TofT TanT TopticalT TtransitionT Tis T 

TinverselyT TproportionalT TtoT TdephasingT TtimeT TTR2 R( /T 2 

)T 

TDifferentT TmechanismT TsuchT TasT TphononT Tinteraction,T 

TlifetimeT TbroadeningT TandT Tcarrier-carrierT TinteractionT TcanT 

Tare responsible forT the ThomogeneousT Tbroadening of 

semiconductor QDsT T[6]. 

From the theory of optical line shapes, the 

h 

homogeneous, , and inhomogeneous, , absorption or 

a , e 

a, e 

emission spectra can be related via the following equation 

 

 

, 

h a e 

a, 

e 

) 

0 

( v) 

P( 

R) 

( v, 

R dR . (1) 

Here, P(R) is the probability distribution function of QDs with 

mean radius R. Equation 1 can be rewritten as 

h 

 

a, e 

( v) 

g( 

v) 

 

a, 

e 

( v) 

(2) 

Where g()=P(R()) dR/d and * is the convolution operator.T 

The convolutionT ToperatorT TsimplifiesT TtoT TscalarT TproductT Tin T 

TFourier'sT Tdomain,T TandT ThenceT TtheT ThomogeneousT TspectrumT TcanT 

TbeT TobtainedT TviaT TaT TprocedureT TasTT 

h 

1 G 

 

a, 

e 

( v) 

F 

( ) . (3) 

 

THere,T TGT 

a, 

e 

TRa,eRT TareT TtheT TFourierT TtransformsT TofT TgT 

TRa,eRT 

Trespectively.T TWhenT TtheT TinverseT TsystemT TisT Till-conditionedT TorT 

Tnon-invertible,T TdeconvolutionT TleadsT TtoT TnonsenseT Tresults.T TToT 

TavoidT TnumericalT TinstabilitiesT TduringT the TdeconvolutionT 

Tprocedure,T TweT TemployedT TaT TFourier-waveletT TinverseT 

TfilterT TforT TdeconvolutionT TandT TdenoisingT TsimultaneouslyT T[7].T 

FiguresT T(1-a)T TandT (T1-b)T TshowT TtheT TinhomogeneousT 

Figure 1. (a and b) Inhomogeneous spectra of PbSe QDs TwithT 

TanT TaverageT TdiameterT TofT T6.8±0.3T Tnm, T(c) Homogeneous spectra 

obtained via the deconvolution procedure. (d) Homogeneous 

(solid curves) and inhomogeneous spectra (dashed curves). 

Symlet 7 filter [7] TisT TusedT TandT TnumericalT TresultsT TareT TshownT 

TinT TfigureT T(1-c).T TFigureT T(1-d)T TillustratesT TtheT TnormalizedT 

ThomogeneousT T(dashedT Tcurve)T TandT TinhomogeneousT T(solidT 

Tcurve)T TspectraT TcorrespondingT TtoT T1sReR1sRhRT and some other 

transitions Tsimultaneously.T TAtT TroomT Ttemperature,T TweT found TaT 

TlargeT ThomogeneousT TcomponentT T(FWHM25T TmeV TT), TTinTT 

comparison toT TensembleT Tbroadening.T TThisT TsituationT 

TintensifiesT TinT TupperT Ttransitions.T TTheT TlargeT ThomogeneousT TlinewidthT 

TofT TPbST TandT TPbSeT TQDsT ThasT TbeenT TreportedT TbyT TPetersonT 

T[9] and Kamisaka [10]. 

In summary, this paper proposed the deconvolution 

algorithm in order to obtain the homogeneous 

absorption/emission spectrum from the inhomogeneous one. 

Deconvolution is an unstable process. To prevent numerical 

instabilities during deconvolution, an optimal inverse filter 

based on Fourier-wavelet algorithm is employed. The 

simulation results are in good agreement with the 

experimental data. 

*Corresponding author: Askari.s.ali@Gmail.com 

[1] L.J. Zhao et al., Nano Lett. 6, 463 (2006). 

[2] V.I. Klimov et al., Science, 290, 314 (2000). 

[3] D.V. Talapin and C.B. Murray, Sciense, 310, 86 (2005). 

[4] A.L. Efros and A.L. Efros, Sov. Phys. Semicond. 16, 772 (1982). 

[5] A.R. Bahrampour et al., Opt. Commun. 282, 4449 (2009). 

[6] J.L. Skinner, Ann. Rev. Phys. Chem. 39, 463 (1988). 

[7] A.R. Bahrampour, A.A. Askari, Opt. Commun. 257, 97 (2006). 

[8] R. Koole et al., Small, 4, No.1, 127 (2008) . 

[9] J.J. Peterson and T.D. Krauss, Nano Lett. 6, 510 (2006). 

[10] H. Kamisaka et al., Nano Lett. 6, No. 10, 2295 (2006). 

TabsorbanceT TspectrumT TofT TanT TensembleT TofT TQDsT TofT TPbSeT TwithT 

TanT TaverageT TdiameterT TofT T6.8±0.3T TnmT T[8].T TAsT TtheseTT figuresT 

Tshow,T TeachT TtransitionT TisT TmodeledT TwithT TaT 

Tfunction.T 

TToT TobtainT ThomogeneousT Tspectrum,T TfromT TinhomogeneousT 

Tversion,T TtheTT deconvolutionT TalgorithmT based on Tikhonov- 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Modal Analysis of Circularly Bent Coupled Optical Waveguides 

N. Özlem Ünverdi 1* and N. Aydın Ünverdi 2 

1 Department of Electrical-Electronics Engineering, Yldz Technical University, stanbul 34349, Turkey 

2 Department of Mechanical Engineering, stanbul Technical University, stanbul 34437, Turkey 

Abstract— In this study, a pair of circularly bent, bare, weakly guiding, lossless, multimode and slab optical fibers located in 

the same plane was analyzed. The impact of coupling on the modal propagation constant was investigated, and the coupling 

between even TE leaky modes was found to be stronger than the coupling between all other leaky modes. 

Radiation is tangent to the radiation caustic in circularly bent 

optical waveguides. In this study, the interactions of 

evanescent fields of optical waveguides are solved by 

considering the problems of determining the behaviour of 

incident radiation on a convex surface and modal analysis [1, 

2]. 

In optics, a beam is an idealized concept of infinitesimally 

thin light cluster. Light beams are modeled as lines in physics 

and optical problems are solved based on geometrical 

principles. In this study, a pair of circularly bent, bare, weakly 

guiding, lossless, multimode and slab optical waveguides 

which are surrounded by a simple medium as shown in Figure 

1, are considered as scattering objects, and the effect of one of 

the waveguide’s radiation on the other waveguide’s behaviour 

is examined by Geometric Theory of Diffraction (GTD) which 

explains the diffraction of very high frequency waves by 

asymptotic methods [3-6]. 

utilized by considering the propagation directions of the 

optical waveguides. It is obvious that, the coupled bare and 

slab optical waveguides considered in this study must be in the 

same plane. 

In the analysis, the effective regions of optical waveguides in 

mutual coupling, which are amongst the important parameters 

of optical directional couplers, are determined. It is observed 

that the effected region of one of the circularly bent coupled 

optical waveguides by the other optical waveguide is equal to 

the longer arc length between the points of common inner and 

outer tangents on the radiation caustic. On the other hand, the 

effected region of the other waveguide by this waveguide is 

equal to the shorter arc length. It is concluded that the above 

observations are independent of the propagation directions, in 

other words, of the feeding directions of the optical 

waveguides. 

In this study, in TE and TM leaky modes of optical 

waveguides, the variation in the modal propagation constant 

because of coupling is investigated. As a result of the analysis, 

it is proved that the coupling between even TE leaky modes is 

more efficient than those amongst the other modes. As a 

natural consequence of coupling mechanism, it is observed 

that the coupling amongst the leaky modes and radiation 

modes is stronger than those amongst the evanescent fields of 

the guided modes. 

The authors express their sincere gratitudes to Dr. S. Özen 

Ünverdi for helpful discussions and suggestions. 

*unverdi@yildiz.edu.tr 

Figure 1. A pair of circularly bent, bare and slab optical waveguides. 

The path of the light beam on the optical waveguide is 

determined by Fermat principle. In this study, it is assumed 

that there are not singular points on the surfaces of the 

analyzed optical waveguides, all the surface points are 

considered as regular. In spite of the fact that, according to the 

General Relativity Theory, the light beams passing nearby the 

optical waveguide without hitting it are bent towards the 

waveguide, the present coupling analysis neglects this effect. 

In circularly bent optical waveguides, the radiation is in fact 

inside the beam tube. However, in this study, where the mutual 

coupling mechanism of optical waveguides is analyzed and 

effective lengths are determined, the aforementioned beam 

tube is considered as a single beam. In determining the 

effected region of an optical waveguide by the radiation of the 

other waveguide and the effective region of the radiating 

optical waveguide in the coupling phenomena, the “common 

internal tangent” and “common external tangent” concepts are 

[1] A. W. Snyder and J. D. Love, Optical Waveguide Theory, J. W. 

Arrowsmith Ltd., Bristol - Great Britain, 1983. 

[2] N. Ö. Ünverdi, “The Effect of Evanescent Fields of Guided 

Modes and Leaky Modes on Mutual Coupling of Straight and Bent 

Optical Waveguides”, Ph.D. Thesis, Yıldız Technical University, 

Istanbul, Turkey, 1998. 

[3] W. H. Louisell, Coupled Mode Parametric Electronics, John 

Wiley & Sons, New York, 1960. 

[4] C. A. Balanis, Advanced Engineering Electromagnetics, John 

Wiley & Sons Inc., New York, 1989. 

[5] J. M. Senior, Optical Fiber Communications, Second Edition, 

Prentice-Hall, Cambridge, 1992. 

[6] M. N. O. Sadiku, Optical and Wireless Communications, CRC 

Press, New York, 2002. 


0BP 

P per 

P per 

P is 

infinite 

P at 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Semiconductor Nanostructure For 1.55 μm Optical Telecommunications Devices 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

UI. AlghoraibiUP P*, C. ParantoenP P, A. Le CorreP P, N. BertruP P, S. LoualicheP 

1 

PLENS-FOTON, UMR CNRS 6082, INSA de Rennes, 20 avenue des buttes de Coësmes, Rennes Cedex 35043, France 

Abstract-In this paper, we compare laser performance of devices elaborated on both substrates. After quantum dot elaboration optimization, on 

(311) B substrates, laser emission at 1.59 μm on the ground state transition is obtained at room temperature (RT), A very low threshold current 

density (Jth) of 21 A/cm² for the best QD lasers is measured. This value can be compared to the Jth of quantum well (QW) laser, which are in the 

2 

2 

few hundred A/cmP P. On (100) substrates laser emission is observed at 1.45 μm for a current density of 375 A/cmP RT. The evolution of the Jth 

and of the emission wavelength as a function of temperature is studied on both structures. The changes are interpreted in terms of density of 

states and of form of the gain curve. 

Quantum Dot (QD) and quantum dash (QDHs) lasers 

structures are expected to present improved characteristics 

compared to bulk or quantum-well (QW) devices. In the 

recent past, very low threshold current densities (JRthR), chirpless 

operation, temperature insensitive and high power laser 

emission have been reported. However, these performances 

have mainly been achieved using InAs QD active layers on 

GaAs substrate where the emission is still limited in the 1.3 

μm range. Much effort has been devoted to extend further the 

wavelength on GaAs, in order to reach the long haul 

telecommunication window (1.55 μm), but at the price of 

higher threshold current density and lifetime degradations. 

Because of a lower lattice mismatch (3.2%) compared to 

InAs/GaAs (7%), InAs nanostructures grown on InP substrate 

exhibit optical properties at longer wavelength. The nature of 

these nanostructures appears to widely depend on growth 

conditions and substrate orientation, nanosized QDs and 

elongated nanostructures referenced as QDHs can be obtained. 

The inset of the Figure 1 represents 1x1 m² atomic force 

microscopy (AFM) images of QDs (Figure 1a) and QDHs 

(fig1-b) grown on InP(113)B and InP(001) substrates 

respectively. QD and QDH dimensions and density have been 

determined. A mean diameter and height of 25 and 5 nm have 

been determined for QD nanostructures, as well as an 

-2 

important density of 1011 cmP deduced. Concerning the 

QDH AFM image, elongated structures are clearly evidenced, 

width, length and height being respectively 20, 700 and 2.2 

nm. 

In this paper, we report a record threshold current density for 

2 

a QD laser (JRthR = 23 A/cmP QD layer) grown on InP 

emitting close to 1.55 μm, as well as the achievement of a 

-1 

high gain (7cmP QD layer). The separated confinement 

heterostructure laser have been grown by gas source MBE in a 

Riber 32 system. The active region consists of three stacked 

of QDs or QDHs, separated by 30 nm GaR0.2RInR0.8RAsR0.435RPR0.565 

R(Q1.18 ) barriers, located at the center of the Q1.18 optical 

waveguide. 

On the basis of these optimized QD and QDH layers, broad 

area lasers with 100 μm stripe width are then processed. The 

facets are left uncoated. The broad area lasers are tested at 

different temperature from 100 °K to 350 °K under pulsed 

operation (0.5 μs pulse width, 2 kHz repetition rate). The 

room temperature (RT) electroluminescence (EL) spectra from 

the both three QD and QDH stacked layer lasers are reported 

in the Figure 1 for a 3.1 mm long cavity. Figure 1a shows the 

EL from InAs QD InP(113)B laser. At low injection (65 

A/cm²), the EL spectrum exhibits spontaneous emission, 

which is centered at 1.59 m with a full width at half 

maximum (FWHM) of 67 nm. Figure 1b represents the EL 

spectra from QDH laser structure. At low injection current 

(340 A/cm²), spontaneous emission is observed at 1.45 m 

with a FWHM of 71 nm. The two lasers exhibit very low 

threshold current density which are at the state of art for QD 

2 

2 

laser (JRthR=190A/cmP P) and QDH laser (JRthR=373A/cmP P). 

The lower threshold current density observed for the QD 

laser confirms the higher carrier confinement afforded by the 

QDs. We have also measured the room temperature lasing 

characteristics of the lasers with different cavity lengths. As 

commonly observed for QD lasers. 

EL intensity (arb. units) 

a) 

1x10 -5 

10 -6 

10 -7 

10 -8 

QDs 

10 -9 

1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 


300 K 

pulsed 

EL intensity (arb. units) 

b) 

-6 300 K 

10 

pulsed 

10 -7 

10 -8 

QDHs 

10 -9 

1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 


Figure 1. Room temperature electroluminescence spectra under 

pulsed operation for several current densities. (a) For a laser cavity 

length of 3.06 mm on InP(113)B substrate (J=65, 160, 208 and 220 

A/cm²), (b) for a laser cavity length of 3.14 mm on InP(001) substrate 

(J=340, 360, 373, 379 A/cm²). The inset of the1 represents 1x1 μm² 

of the corresponding (a) InAs QDs and (b) QDHs. 

The transparency current density are estimated to 21 and 173 

A/cm² for the QD and QDH lasers respectively .The 

transparency current density per layer as low as 7 A/cm² and 

60 A/cm² for the QD and QDHs laser respectively which are 

exceptional low values. This comparison high that QD lasers 

are good candidates to achieve low threshold and low 

consumption devices. The temperature dependences of the QD 

and QDH laser threshold current densities have been studied. 

The temperature dependences of the threshold current 

densities highlight the higher carrier confinement in the case 

of QD lasers with a TR0R for temperature lower than 160 

K. The temperature dependence of the emission wavelength is 

lower for the QDH lasers (0.35 nm/K) than for QD lasers 

(0.46 nm/K). This lower dependence can be the result of a 

flatter gain in the case of QDHs or can be due to a weaker 

optical confinement in the case of QDH lasers. 

As a consequence, QD lasers are well suited to achieve very 

low-threshold lasers with temperature insensitivity. On the 

other hand, QDH lasers can be useful for applications like 

distributed feedback lasers where the emission wavelength 

shift with the temperature is crucial and must be reduced. 

Finally, it could be very interesting to compare the dynamic 

behavior of such lasers and determine the impact of high 

carrier confinement on modulation properties. 

*Corresponding author: ibrahim.alghoraibi@gmail.com 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Graded-Index Antireflection Coatings for Nanostructured Photovoltaics, Light Emission and 

Photodetection 

Abstract— The problem of increasing Fresnel reflections around the resonance wavelength of quantum dots, wells and wires 

is proposed to be greatly reduced by introducing and optimizing antireflection coatings for visible ( = 400-700nm), nearinfrared 

(telecommunication wavelengths, = 750-1400nm) and long wave infrared (microbolometer wavelengths, = 8- 

12m) given an upper limit for the coating thickness. Optimized simulation results show that reflection losses can be reduced 

below 0.1% over wide angular and spectral ranges. 

After the development of imaging, manipulation, 

deposition, etching and probing tools for the nanostructure of 

materials, a vast range of nanomaterials have been introduced. 

The possibility of engineering the electronic band structure of 

the materials through changing the size of the material at the 

nanoscale enables researchers achieve novel optical, 

mechanical, electronic and thermal properties that are 

unavailable in nature, tunable over a wide range and highly 

stable. Applications that grew out of this have been the use of 

quantum wells, quantum wires and quantum dots for 

enhancing photovoltaics[1], light emitting diodes[2], lasers[3] 

and photodetectors [4]. The ability to tune the luminescence 

and absorption properties of nanoparticles embedded inside a 

dielectric host comes with its own fundamental drawback: 

Fresnel reflections between air and the outermost layer 

increases significantly around the resonance wavelength of the 

nanoparticle. 

Fresnel reflections increase as a function of refractive 

index mismatch between the outermost layer and air. The 

Fresnel reflection loss of bare silicon is about R=(3.6- 

1) 2 /(3.6+1) 2 =31.9%. The absorption spectra of nanoparticles 

have Lorentzian resonance peaks and by Kramers-Krönig 

relations and according to our ellipsometry measurements of 

Ge quantum dot layers embedded in Silicon (GeNC-in-Si), 

effective refractive index of the GeNC-in-Si layers increases 

from n Si = 3.6 upto n effective = 5.1 due to the existence of the 

dots. Around the resonance wavelength of the nanomaterial, 

the refractive index mismatch increases and this causes 

reflection loss to increase beyond that of bare silicon, i.e. R = 

(5.1-1) 2 / (5.1+1) 2 =45.2%. The increase of index mismatch 

around the resonance limits the full utilization of quantum dots 

and this increases (i) internal reflections for LED’s, (ii) 

surface reflections of solar cells, (iii) pumping threshold 

current for lasers using nanomaterials as gain materials. 

For efficient light absorption in solar cells, we have 

epitaxially grown Germanium quantum dot layers on silicon 

wafer. The deposition conditions were chosen deliberately to 

achieve very large quantum dot size dispersion and thus 

broadband absorption enhancement of the whole sample. In 

Fig. 1a, the effective refractive indices of the multilayer 

Germanium quantum dots in Silicon are compared with that of 

bare silicon. 

In order to reduce surface reflections, producing refractive 

index gradient between air and the layers have been proposed 

[5, 6]. The layers can be fabricated using the technique called 

oblique angle deposition [7]. In our study, we compared and 

optimized exponential, linear, sinusoidal and polynomially 

graded refractive index profiles for the coatings. 

Figure1: (a) Ellipsometric measured refractive index spectra for bare silicon and 

the quantum dot embedded sample. (b) Optimized % Reflection for visible, 

given 1 m total thickness limit. (c) Optimized % Reflection for near infrared, 

given 1 m total thickness limit. (d) Optimized index profile for long wave 

infrared, given 10 m total thickness limit. (e) Optimized % Reflection for long 

wave infrared (= 8-12m). (f) Angular % Reflection for (e) 

Because of significant size dispersion of the nanocrystals, 

there is multitude of resonance wavelengths and this increases 

the sample’s refractive index broadband (Fig.1a). As a 

solution, graded index antireflection coatings (GIAR) for 

visible have been optimized (Reflection spectrum shown in 

Fig.1b). For near-infrared photodetection, GIAR were 

optimized with 1 micron total thickness limit (Fig.1c). The 

refractive index profile of the optimized coating for nearinfrared 

is in Fig.1d. 


EU FP7 PIOS. 

[1] Conibeer, G. Materials Today, Vol. 10, No. 11, 4250 

[2] Nizamoglu, S., Demir, H. V., Nanotechnology 18 (2007) 405702 

[3] Strauf, S. et al. Physical Review Letters 96, 127404 (2006). 

[4] Wang, J. et. al., Science, Vol. 293. no. 5534, pp. 1455 - 1457 

[5] XI, J.Q. et.al., Nature Photonics, Vol. 1, March 2007, 176179 

[6] Chhajed, S. et. al. Applied Physics Letters, 93, 251108 (2008) 

[7] Kennedy, S. R., et. al. , Applied Optics, Vol. 42, No. 22, 4573 4579 


P 

P 

P and 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Magneto-Optical and Optical Properties of Cerium Substituted Yttrium Iron Garnet Thin Films 

Prepared by Sol-Gel Process 

1 

2 

2 

1 

1 

UYavuz ÖztürkUP P*, Mustafa ErolP P, Erdal CelikP P, Ömer MermerP brahim AvgnP 

PEge University Electrical and Electronics Department, 35100 Bornova, Izmir-TURKEY. 

PDokuz Eylul University, Department of Metallurgical and Materials Engineering, Tınaztepe Kampüsü, 35160 Buca, Izmir-TURKEY. 

2 

1 

Abstract- Cerium doped yttrium iron garnet (CeRxRYR3-xRFeR5ROR12R; Ce-YIG) magneto-optical thin films were fabricated on Si (100) and fused 

silica substrates by using sol-gel method for magneto-optical applications. Ce doped YIG films with nano size regions fabricated with dip 

and spin coating from two different solutions prepared from Ce, Y and Fe-based precursors, solvent and chelating agent at low temperature 

o 

using a sol-gel technique. Coated thin films annealed at the temperature range of 800 and 1000 P PC for 2 h in air. Optical, morphological, 

structural and magnetic properties were investigated by scanning electron microscopy (SEM), spectraphotometer, magneto-optical 

measurement set up and vibrating sample magnetometer (VSM). 

Ce doped yttrium iron garnet (CeRxRYR3-xRFeR5ROR12R; Ce-YIG) 

is a promising material for magneto-optical applications 

because of its large specific Faraday rotation and low 

propagation loss [1,2]. The available Ce-YIG material 

research has mainly on a single crystals and thin films [1- 

4]. Polycrystalline Ce-YIG and its optical and magnetooptical 

properties has rarely been investigated. In this 

study, we have investigated optical properties of garnet 

films synthesized by using sol-gel method. Sol-gel 

processing offers considerable advantages such as better 

mixing of the starting materials, excellent chemical 

homogeneity in the final product and coating large areas 

without expensive devices [5]. 

We applied sol-gel process with following order. Ce, Y 

and Fe based precursor materials dissolved in methanol 

and glacial acetic acid (GAA) were used as a solvent for 

the synthesis of materials. Si(100) and fused silica were 

used as substrates. Ce-YIG gel solutions with completely 

solved (Sol A) and unsolved cerium content (Sol B) were 

dip-coated and spin coated on the substrates at room 

temperature. This process was followed by heat treatment 

o 

by annealing films between 800-1000 P PC for 2 hours in 

air. 

Figure1.a shows the SEM results of Ce:YIG annealed at 

1000 °C. There are two kinds of region observed. Darker 

regions have less Si content compared to the lighter 

regions according to the EDS results. So as can be seen 

Fig. 2.a there are interaction between substrate and garnet 

phase which leads to nucleation. Fig. 1.b shows SEM 

result of Ce-YIG prepared with Sol B annealed at 800°C. 

magnetization value of Ce-YIG (43 emu/cc) is lower than 

that of bulk YIG (136 emu/cc) [6]. The magneto-optical 

measurement set up was build up according to previously 

published paper [7]. By using this set up faraday and kerr 

effects of the Ce doped YIG films were measured. The 

optical constant of these films were determined using 

transmittance and reflectance spectra. 

(a) 

Figure 2. VSM and magneto-optical result of Ce-YIG prepared 

(a) on fused silica with Sol A at 1000 °C and (b) on Si(00) with 

Sol B at 800 °C 

As conclusion, cerium-doped YR3RFeR5ROR12R garnet films 

were prepared on Si(100) and fused silica by two different 

sol-gel method. Ce:YIG thin films were obtained with 

cubic YIG phase and good the surface quality. We 

measured transmittance and absorption spectra and also 

showed the agreement between magnetisation and 

magneto-optical measurements. 

This work has been supported by The Scientific and 

Technological Research Council of Turkey (TUBITAK). 

(b) 

* Corresponding author: yavuz.ozturk@ege.edu.tr 

(a) 

[1] O. Kamada, T. Nakaya, S. Higuchi, Sensors and Actuators A 

119 (2005) 345–348 

[2] M. Huang, S-Y. Zhang, Appl. Phys. A 74 (2002) 177–180 

[3] N. Inoue, K. Yamasawa: Elect. Eng. In Jpn. 117 (1996) 1 

[4] X. Zhou, W. Cheng, F. Lin, X. Ma, W. Shi, Applied Surface 

Science 253 (2006) 2108–2112 

[5] L.L Hench, J.K. West, Principles of Electronic Ceramics. 

John Wiley & Sons, New York (1990) 

[6] B. Lax, K.J. Buton, Microwave Ferrites and Ferrimagnetics, 

McGraw-Hill, NY, (1962) 

[7] S. Polisetty, J. Scheffler, S. Sahoo, Yi Wang, T. Mukherjee, 

Xi He, and Ch. Binek, Review Of Scientific Instruments 79 

(2008) 055107 _ 

(b) 

Figure 1. SEM result of Ce:YIG prepared at 1000 °C (a) with Sol 

A and 800 °C (b) Sol B 

The magnetization curve of Ce-YIG phase observed 

with VSM at room temperature. The measured saturation 


P 

25, 


Theme F686 - N1123 

1 

Corrugated Dielectric Slab Embedded in Photonic Crystal Waveguides 

1 

1 

ULokman AyasUP P* and Hamza KurtP 

PTOBB University of Economics and Technology, Department of Electrical and Electronics Engineering, Ankara, 06560 Turkey 

Abstract- We performed studies on the square lattice photonic crystal (PC) structure with a corrugated dielectric slab placed at the center. 

Such modification created both index guided and gap guided modes in the dispersion diagram. Novel properties aroused such as sharp 

resonances with high group index. Sub-wavelength corrugated slab with PC waveguide enriches the spectral properties of photon that may 

find applications in various areas of optical communication. 

Photonic Crystals (PCs) are periodic optical 

nanostructures that are designed to provide hosting light a 

strong interaction with matter. PhCs have been studied 

extensively in recent years because of the ability to control 

the propagation of light. Despite these tremendous 

research efforts, there are awaiting problems to be solved. 

For example, the light coupling into narrow width device 

is an important problem. To avoid this problem we place a 

dielectric slab with a variable width at the center of the PC 

waveguide (PCW). As a result, the light does not need to 

exit the dielectric slab while propagating in the air region 

of PCW. This reduces the strong back reflections that may 

occur at the entrance and exit surfaces. 

The symmetrically corrugated slab with circular dielectric 

holes is also selected to increase the light interaction with 

the surrounding material. In general, there is a nonlinear 

dispersion relation between frequency ( ) and wavevector 

(k). With these modifications in PCW, a linear 

dispersion relation can be attained. In this work, we used a 

square lattice PC as shown in Figure 1. The circle radius is 

0.3a, a dielectric slab at the centerline has a width of 0.8a 

and corrugated dielectric slab’s half circles have 0.2a radii 

holes. When we calculate the dispersion diagram, we 

obtain Figure 2. There is a gap guided TM mode whose 

dispersion relation shows an instantaneous change from a 

positive value to a negative value as presented Figure 

2aand 2b. 

changes very rapidly in a narrow k-space interval. Other 

structural parameters may help to produce additional 

features for manipulating photons at the micron or even 

nanometer scales. We will present these novel 

characteristics of the proposed photonic structure in the 

conference. 

In summary, we show that in nanostructure PCs the 

merging of wavelength-scale corrugated slab with PCW 

provides novel spectral characteristics. A mode occurred 

that has both positive and negative slopes in a small 

interval. It may possible to engineer such a behavior for 

slow light aims. 

This work was partially supported by TUBITAK under 

Grant No. 108T717. 

*Corresponding author: HTlayas@etu.edu.trT 

[1] J. D. Joannopoulos, R. D. Meade, and J. N. Winn, Photonic 

Crystals: Molding the Flow of Light. Princeton, NJ: Princeton 

Univ. Press, 1995. 

[2] TH. KurtT, H. Benisty, T. Melo, O. Khayam, and C. 

Cambournac, "Slow-light regime and critical coupling in highly 

multimode corrugated waveguides,"T Journal of Optical Society of 

America BT pp. C1-C14 (2008) 

Figure 1. The square lattice P C with a corrugated dielectric slab 

inserted into the center of the structure. 

Figure 2. (a) Band-gap guided TM waveguide mode. (b) The 

wave-vector versus group index value of the mode in (a). 

One of the most interesting result is shown in Figure 2. It 

is shown in Figure 2a the dispersion relation of the 

photonic band-gap guided mode. The group index 

variation of the same mode is indicated in Figure 2b. As 

can be seen from the figure, there is a sharp resonance 

behavior of the group index. Such a property can be used 

in the slow light applications because the group index 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Optical Properties of Fullerene C60 Thin Films Annealed at Different Temperatures in Air and Argon Atmospheres 

Hüseyin Özgener 1 , Hasan Aydın 2 , Salih Okur 2* 

1 Izmir Institute of Technology, Faculty of Science, Department of Chemistry, Gulbahce Koyu Kampusu, 35430, Urla, Izmir, 

Turkey 

2 Izmir Institute of Technology, Faculty of Science, Department of Physics, Gulbahce Koyu Kampusu, 35430, Urla, Izmir, 

Turkey 

Abstract- This study focuses on optical properties of fullerene (C60) thin films at different annealing temperatures in Air and Ar 

atmospheres with a thickness of 65nm deposited on quartz substrate by thermal evaporation method. Schimazdu UV-2550 PC 

UV-visible recording spectrometer has been used for optical measurements. Our experimantal results show that optical band 

edge exhibit stable in Ar environment with increasing annealing temperatures up to 400 0 C. On the other hand it degrades at the 

annealing temperatures above 280 0 C (melting point of C60) in air atmosphere. These results might be important for solar cell 

applications made of C60 nanoparticles. 

C60 thin films, which show significant device 

performance and optical properties, are mostly used in 

electronic devices such as light emitting diodes [1], solar 

cells [2] and field effect transistors [3]. That’s why, there is 

an increasing interest in these materials over the last decades. 

In this study, we have investigated C60 thin films at 

different annealing temperatures in atmosphere and argon gas 

conditions with thicknesses of 65 nm deposited on quartz 

substrates by thermal evaporation method (Nanovak). During 

the deposition the vacuum chamber was about 8x10 -6 Torr. 

Optical Reflectance (R) and Transmittance (T) data have 

been obtained at normal incidense using a Shimadzu 2550 

UV-visible spectrometer. R and T measurements have been 

done after annealing at 100 o C, 300 o C and 400 o C for 60 

minutes in air and argon atmospheres. The thickness of C60 

thin films were measured with a Dektak profilometer from 

Veeco. 

Fig.1 shows the Transmittances and Reflectances of the 

annealed C60 thin films. Both transmittance and reflectance 

are varying with increasing annealing temperatures in air 

atmosphere except the films annealed at relatively low 

temperatures below melting point of C60 e.g. at 25 0 C and 

100 0 C. The spectral features of C60 are visible in the UV 

region below 400nm. 

Transmittance(%) 

100 

80 

60 

40 

20 

Annealed at 

T 25 0 C 

T 100 o C 

T 300 0 C 

T 400 0 C 

R 25 0 C 

R 100 0 C 

R 300 0 C 

R 400 0 C 

(a) 

0 

200 300 400 500 600 

Wavelenght(nm) 

15 

10 

5 

0 

Reflectance(%) 

Transmittance(%) 

100 

80 

60 

40 

20 

Annealed at 

T 25 

0 C 

T 100 0 C 

T 300 0 C 

T 400 0 C 

(b) 

R 25 0 C 

R 100 0 C 

R 300 0 C 

R 400 0 C 

0 

200 300 400 500 600 

Wavelenght(nm) 

Annealed at 

Figure.1. Transmittance and Reflectance of C60 thin film annealed at 25, 

100, 300, 400 O C for 60 minutes in air atmosphere (a), and argon gas (b). 

Transmittance and Reflectance of C60 thin film 

annnealed at 25, 100, 300, 400 0 C for 60 minutes in argon 

gas are shown Fig.1(b). Both transmittance and reflectance 

show similiar behaviours at increasing annealing 

temperatures in argon compared to air atmosphere. 

Figure.3.AFM Topography of C60 thin film annealed at 25 0 C (a) , 400 0 C (b) 

in air atmosphere and 400 0 C in argon gas (c). 

AFM Topographies given in Fig 2 show that C60 thin film 

surface annealed at 400 0 C in argon gas does not change so 

15 

10 

5 

0 

Reflectance(%) 

much, while the annealed films in air become very rough 

with large aggregates after annealing at 400 0 C. 

The optical band gap can be expressed [4], 

where E g is the optical band gap, hυ is the incident photon 

energy and α is the absorption coefficient shown as following 

[5], 

, 

where t is the thickness, T is the transmission and R is the 

reflectance. 

(.E) 2 x 10 12 (cm -1 eV) 2 

1.2 10 4 Annealed at (a) 

1 10 4 

300 0 C 

25 o C 100 0 C 

8000 

400 0 C 

6000 

4000 

2000 

0 

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 

E(eV) 

(.E) 2 x 10 12 (cm -1 eV) 2 

6 10 4 Annealed at (b) 

25 o C 

100 0 C 

400 0 C 

300 0 C 

5 

5 10 4 

4 10 4 

3 10 4 

2 10 4 

1 10 4 

0 

0 1 2 3 4 6 

E(eV) 

Figure.3. The change of optical band gap with annealing temperature at 

different annealing temperatures in (a) air atmosphere and (b) argon gas. 

The (αhν) 2 versus energy plots of C60 thin films at different 

annealing temperatures are shown in Fig.3. It is seen that the 

peaks in the absorption band edges disappear with increasing 

annealing temperatures in air atmosphere. However the peaks 

in that of C60 thin films do not change with increasing 

temperatures in argon gas. The absorption features start 

around 1.56 eV corresponds to the so called onset energy gap 

(Q-band) while the absorption starting around 3.52 eV 

corresponds to the fundamental energy gap (B- band or Soret 

band) [6] at room temperature. The results show that both 

onset and fundamental energy gaps are changed with 

annealing process above the melting point up to 400 0 C in air, 

but there is little or no change for that annealed in Ar 

atmosphere. 

As a summary, our experimantal results show that optical 

band edge look stable in Ar environment with increasing 

annealing temperatures up to 400 0 C. On the other hand it 

degrades at the annealing temperatures above 280 

0 C 

(melting point of C60) in air atmosphere. These results might 

be important for solar cell applications made of C60. 

*Corresponding author: salihokur@iyte.edu.tr, 

[1] Z. H. Huang, W. M. Su, and X. T. Zeng SIMTech technical reports 

(STR_V8_N4_02_STG), Volume 8 Number 4 Oct-Dec 2007 

[2] Nobuaki Kojima, Yusuke Sugiura, Masafumi Yamaguchi, Solar Energy Materials & 

Solar Cells 90 (2006) 3394–33983 

[3]Mihai Irimia-Vladu, Nenad Marjanovic, Marius Bodea, Gerardo Hernandez-Sosa, 

Alberto Montaigne Ramil, Reinhard Schwödiauer, Siegfried Bauer, Niyazi Serdar 

Sariciftci, Frank Nüesch Organic Electronics 10 (2009) 408–415 

[4] E.A. Davis, N.F. Mott, Philos. Mag. 22 (1970) 903 

[5] T.S. Moss, Semiconductor Optoelectronics, Butterworths, London,1973. 

[6] M. M. El-Nahass, F.S. Bahabri and R. Al-Harbi, Egypt. J. Sol., 24, 1, (2001) 


P 

P TOBB 


Theme F686 - N1123 

1 

Special Slow Light Properties of Photonic Crystal Waveguides 

1 

1 

UKadir UstunUP P* and Hamza KurtP 

University of Economics and Technology, Department of Electrical and Electronics Engineering, Ankara 06560, Turkey 

Abstract- The drastic changes on the radii values of the side rows of a linear-defect triangular lattice photonic crystal waveguide results in 

unique dispersion curves with large constant group index and high bandwidth values. The delay of picosecond optical pulses were realized. 

Photonic crystals exhibit bandgap property that enables us 

to use them as cavities and waveguides. The light is 

confined in the desired spatial regions by inducing defects in 

the periodic structure. In addition to that property, photonic 

crystal waveguides show dispersive characteristics so that 

the group velocity is very low in some regions near k-points 

(0, 0) and (0.5, 0). But at close proximity of these points, the 

strong group velocity dispersion (GVD) distorts the pulse 

shape and information cannot be carried properly. So having 

high group index ( n g ) values with small GVD and large 

bandwidth is an important research interest [1-5] because of 

the diverse applications of slow light in optical 

communications, optical buffers and nonlinear optics [1]. In 

this work, we present a new type of dispersion diagram and 

corresponding group index values that can be used for large 

bandwidth slow light. 

The photonic crystal used in this paper is a two 

dimensional photonic crystal with a triangular lattice. The 

air holes are located in the dielectric media according to the 

lattice basis vectors. The waveguide is constructed by filling 

the center holes with dielectric material along the ( ) 

direction as shown. We made investigations to find flat 

bands which yield constant group index n g , where the group 

index is defined as n g = c / vg 

, and small GVD as [3-5]. 

We modified the side row circles of the waveguide and 

changed the radii of these holes step by step symmetrically 

along the waveguide. This modification method is 

demonstrated in Fig. 1(a). The dispersion diagrams and 

ng 

vs. frequency plots are obtained for different values of 

radii of the modified holes by evaluating the dispersion 

diagram using PWM [6]. The result is shown in Fig. 1(b) for 

various cases that results in flat bands which produce 

constant n region between k 0. 35 and k 0.45. The 

g 

ng 

values are ‘U’ shaped and the bottom of this ‘U’ shape is 

very appropriate for obtaining high n g values with small 

GVD and high bandwidth as it will be shown in a figure that 

will be presented in the conference . By looking at Fig. 1(c), 

we can say that increasing the radius of the circles decreases 

the constant ng 

values, but there is an increase in bandwidth 

of the constant group index region as will be presented in 

additional figures in the conference. 

As the group index and bandwidth values are inversely 

proportional, we decided to determine a figure of merit such 

as delay-bandwidth product (DBP). The DBP versus radius 

relation is depicted in Fig. 1(d). As it is shown, the DBP 

also increases as the radius increases. But this increase is not 

so rapid in spite of the drastic changes in ng 

and bandwidth 

values. 

Figure 1. (a) Triangular lattice structure with the inner row of holes 

modified. (b) the different dispersion diagrams for different radius 

values (radius is swept from 0.3625a to 0.450a). (c) Group index 

values obtained in the linear regions of the dispersion diagrams with 

respect to corresponding radii. (d) DBP values with respect to 

corresponding radii alteration. 

frequency domain. The frequency domain calculations show 

that ng 

decreases and bandwidth increases as the radii of the 

side rows increases. On the other hand, the DBP increases as 

the radii of the side rows are increased. The presented results 

obtained by simple geometrical modifications are promising 

in terms of yielding large bandwidth and constant group 

index for slow light applications. 

The authors gratefully acknowledge the financial support of the 

Scientific and Technological Research Council of Turkey 

(TUBITAK), Project no: 108T717. 

*Corresponding author: HTk.ustun@etu.edu.trT 

[1] T. F. Krauss, Nat. Photonics 2, 448 (2008). 

[2] M. Notomi, K. Yamada, A. Shinya, J. Takahashi, C. 

Takahashi, and I. Yokohama, Phys. Rev. Lett. 87, 253902 (2001). 

[3] L. H. Frandsen, A. V. Lavrinenko, J. Fage-Pedersen, and P. I. 

Borel, Opt. Exp. 14, 9444 (2006). 

[4] S. Kubo, D. Mori, and T. Baba, Opt. Lett. 32, 2981 (2007). 

[5] J. Li, T. P. White, L. O'Faolain, A. Gomez-Iglesias, and T. F. 

Krauss, Opt. Express 16, 6227 (2008). 

[6] S. Johnson and J. Joannopoulos, TOpt. ExpressT 8, 173 (2001). 

The aim achieved in this study is to find ways of obtaining 

constant group index values with large bandwidths in the 


P 

P 

P*P 

P 


The Effects of Thermal Annealing on Optical Properties of GaInNAs/GaAs Quantum Well Structures 

1 

1 

1 

UHatice BasakUP 

P, Omer DonmezP P, Ayse ErolP P, M. Cetin ArkanP 

1P, Mika Saarnen 2 

1 

PIstanbul University Science Faculty Physics Department 34134 Vezneciler, Istanbul, Turkey 

PTampere University of Technology Optoelectronics Research Center P.O. Box 692 33101 Tampere, Finland 

2 

Theme F686 - N1123 

Abstract-We have studied the effects of thermal annealing on optical properties of the undoped GaR1-yRInRyRNRxRAsR1-xR / GaAs (x=0.005, y=0.40) 

heterostructures sqeuentially grown by Moleculer Beam Epitaxy (MBE). Photoluminescence (PL) technique is used for 1 and 3QWs as-grown 

and annealed samples. We showed that thermal annealing does not increase the PL intensity in all samples, but causes a blue-shift of effective 

band gap energy. 

GaInNAs/GaAs quantum well systems have been studied 

intensively due to their unique physical properties. The large 

band-gap bowing and the possibility of lattice matching 

with GaAs make GaInNAs quantum wells convenient for 

using long-wavelength (from 1.2 to 1.6m) optical devices, 

e.g. laser diodes, dedectors [1, 2] and high efficient multijunction 

solar cells [3]. GaInNAs QWs are suitable to match 

GaAs /AlAs distributed Bragg reflectors (DBRs) for 

Vertical Cavity Surface Emitting Lasers (VCSELs). 

Additionally, compare with GaInAsP/InP structures, 

GaInNAs/GaAs structures have less temperature 

dependence due to the stronger electron confinement. 

In this study, the photoluminesence (PL) measurements 

were carried out to determine the effects of the thermal 

annealing on optical properties of the undoped as-grown 

(82) and annealed (82A) SQW and as-grown (83) and 

annealed (83A) 3QWs GaInNAs/GaAs structures. The PL 

measurements have been taken the temperature range 

between T= 77 and 300K. The 514nm argon-ion laser was 

used as an excitation source. Therefore, its energy enough to 

excite both GaInNAs and GaAs layers. The laser beam was 

chopped with 65Hz frequency and focussed on the sample. 

The luminescence was dispersed and detected by using a 

monochromator and GaInAs a photodedector, respectively. 

Figure 1a and Figure1b show the PL spectra of the sample 

82 and sample 82A. The intensity of the PL peaks decrease 

by increasing temperature due to electron-fonon interactions. 

Additionaly, the band gap energy of the samples decrease 

by increasing temperature. The maxima of the peaks 

correspond the e1-hh1 transition in the QWs. 

The temperature dependence of the PL peak energy plotted 

in Figure 2 for the samples. The temperature dependence of 

the PL peak energy is consistent with the semi-empirical 

Varshni relation. Moreover, a blue-shift which means an 

increase of e1-hh1 transition energies occurs as a result of 

annealing process. 

PL(a.u.) 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

0 

77/2 

90K 

110K 

130K 

150K 

170K 

190K 

210K 

230K 

250K 

275K 

300K 

0,92 0,94 0,96 0,98 1,00 1,02 1,04 1,06 

E(eV) 

82 

Figure 1. Temperature dependent PL spectra in a) 82 and b) 82A 

PL(au) 

7 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

0 

77K 

90K 

110K 

130K 

150K 

170K 

190K 

210K 

230K 

250K 

275K 

300K 

1,00 1,02 1,04 1,06 1,08 1,10 1,12 1,14 

E(eV) 

82A 

I(a.u.) 

E g (eV) 

1,11 

1,08 

1,05 

1,02 

0,99 

0,96 

50 100 150 200 250 300 

T(K) 

82 

82A 

83 

83A 

Figure 2. Temperature dependence of the PL peak energy in a) 82 

and 82A b) 83 and 83A samples 

Figure 3a and 3b shows the temperature dependence of the 

peak intensities for 82&82A and 83&83A samples, 

respectively. The PL peak intensity of 82 lower than 82A in 

all temperatures. However, for sample 83 PL peak intensity 

slightly higher than that of sample 83A in all temperatures. 

Hence, it is seen that thermal annealing increases PL 

intensity for 82A, but decreases for 83A. We can conclude 

that thermal annealing always does not improve the optical 

quality especially at low temperatures as seen results 

samples for 83 and 83A. 

8 

7 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

0 

82 

82A 

50 100 150 200 250 300 

T(K) 

I(a.u.) 

12 

10 

8 

6 

4 

2 

0 

83 

83A 

50 100 150 200 250 300 

Figure 3. Temperature dependence of the PL peak intensity for a) 

82&82A b) 83&83A samples 

In conclusion, the PL measurements have been taken to find 

the effects of the thermal annealing on optical properties of 

the undoped SQW and 3QWs GaInNAs/GaAs 

heterostructures. PL measurements showed that thermal 

annealing cause blue-shift of effective band gap energy and 

does not increase the PL intensity in all samples. 

This study was partially supported by Scientific Research 

Projects Coordination Unit of Istanbul University, 

TUBITAK and COST which project numbers T-2526, 

108T721, MP0805, respectively. 

*Corresponding author: haticerecber@yahoo.com 

[1]Mitomo, J.O. et al, IEEE J selected topics in Quant. Electron ., 

(2005), 11, 1099-1102 

[2]Heroux J.B. et al., Appl. Phys. Lett., (1999),75, 2716-2718 

[3]Kurtz S.R., Allerman A.A., Jones E.D., Gee J.M., Banas J.J. and 

Hammons B.E., Appl. Phys.Lett. (5),(1999), 74 

T(K) 


P 

is 

P 

P 

is 

is 

is 

P,P 

is 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Photoluminescent Properties of InN Thin Films 

1 

2 

1 

2 

1 

2 

3 

3 

UÖ. DönmezUP P*, M. YlmazP P, A. ErolP P, B. UluP P, M.Ç. ArkanP P, A. UluP 

PA. O. AjagunnaP P, E. IliopoulosP P, A. GeorgakilasP 

1 

PIstanbul University, Science Faculty, Department of Physics 34134 Vezneciler, Istanbul, Turkey 

2 

PAkdeniz University, Faculty of Arts & Science, Department of Physics, Antalya, Turkey 

PMicroelectronics Research Group, IESL, FORTH and Physics Department, University of Crete, P.O. Box 1385, 71110 Heraklion-Crete, Greece 

3 

Abstract-We report photoluminescence (PL) studies of InN epilayers grown by plasma-assisted molecular beam epitaxy with free-electron 

19 -3 

concentration of about 10P 

PcmP P. Band gap of InN layer is determined using the PL data obtained as a function of temperature and is calculated 

by a model considering the high electron concentration effect, electron-electron and electron-ionized impurity interactions in non-parabolic k·p 

model. PL results indicate that the band gap of InN is 0.82eV at 8K. Electron effective mass is calculated as 0.097mR0 Rfor electron concentration 

19 -3 

of 10P 

PcmP 

3 

InN is in nature n-type semiconductor having free-electron 

21 -3 

concentrations as high as 10P 

PcmP 

P. Early studies of the 

interband optical absorption carried out on InN thin films have 

shown that band gap energy is about 2eV due to high carrier 

concentration effects [1-2]. Recent studies showed that the 

band gap energy is about 0.65eV [3-6]. This means that using 

group InN and In-rich InGaN have potential to optoelectronic 

devices covering the spectrum from infrared to ultraviolet. 

In this study, Hall effect measurement has employed to 

determine carrier concentration for two samples having 

different InN layer thicknesses as shown in Figure 1. 

Carrier Conc.(cm -3 ) 

1,4E19 

1,3E19 

1,2E19 

1,1E19 

800nm InN layer 


1E19 

60 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300 

Temperature (K) 

Figure 1. Temperature dependence of carrier concentration of 800 nm 

and 600 nm thick InN layers 

PL spectra of the samples with 800 nm and 600 nm InN layer 

19 -3 

thicknesses having electron concentrations 1.2x10P 

P cmP 

Pis 

given in Figure 2. Observed peak energy is different from the 

mostly accepted value of InN band gap in literature [3,4]. The 

asymmetry observed in spectra are similar to those predicted 

by model of free-electron recombination band (FERB) [7]. In 

this model, the localized states in such a band tail can be 

treated as acceptor- like center distributed above the top of the 

valance band and these centers are responsible for asymmetric 

PL behaviour. This band tail can be expressed as using, 

2 

1/2 4 

e 3 

1/2 

G 2 

NiR 

s 

Rs 

where, RRSR the Thomas-Fermi screening length, aRBR the 

effective Bohr radius and NRR the carrier concentration [7]. 

Non-parabolic dispersion effect on band gap energy has to 

include in determining the exact band gap of InN, as well as 

band tail effect in FERB model, that has been calculated by 

using Kane the k·p theory [8]. 

PL (arb. unit) 

0,08 

0,04 



0,00 

0,60 0,65 0,70 0,75 0,80 0,85 0,90 0,95 

Energy (eV) 

T=8K 

Figure 2. PL spectra of 800 nm and 600 nm InN layer at 8K 

An analytical form of the conduction band dispersion obtained 

by solving Kane’s two band k·p model is given by [3, 5] 

2 2 2 2 

k 1 

2 k 

Eck EG EG 4Epx EG 

2m0 2 

2m 

 

 

0 

where, ERGR the direct band gap energy, k is the wave number 

and ERPR the momentum matrix element. Using this model we 

calculated fundamental band gap of InN as 0.68eV and 

effective mass as ~ 0.097mR0R. 

In summary, observed PL spectra is explained using FERB 

model. The band gap energy and effective mass of InN are 

determined considering high electron concentration effects. 

*Corresponding author: omerdonmez@istanbul.edu.tr 

[1] A.G. Bhuiyan et. al., J.Appl. Phys. 94, 2779 (2003) 

[2] E. Bellotti et. al., J. Appl. Phys. 85, 916 (1999) 

[3] J. Wu et. al., J. Appl. Phys. T94T, 4457 (2003) 

[4] G. Koblmüller,et.al., Appl. Phys. Lett. 89, 071902 (2006) 

[5] W. Walukiewicz et. al., Journal of Crystal Growth 269, 119-127 

(2004) 

[6] J.Wu et. al., Appl. Phys. Lett. 84, 2805-2807 (2004) 

[7] B. Arnaudov et. al., Phys. Rev. B 69, 115216 (2004) 

[8] E. O. Kane , J. Phys. Chem. Solids 1, 249 (1957) 



Theme F686 - N1123 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


U Neslihan 

P 

P 

P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

1 

3 Dimensional L Shaped Photonic Crystal Waveguide 

1 

1 

1 

EtiUP P*, H. Sami SözüerP PP and Zebih ÇetinP 

P 

Abstract- We present theoretical studies on waveguide bends in a combination of 1 dimensional and 2 dimensional photonic crystal slab. 

In this work, we give a method to bend light on L shaped photonic crystal waveguide slabs with little loss. 

1 

The discovery of the photonic crystal waveguides (PCWs), 

which allow only certain electromagnetic wave modes to 

propagate inside the structure, has opened up new ways of 

controlling light propagation in optical integrated circuit 

designs. By using photonic crystal slab waveguides, which 

are 1 dimensional or 2 dimensional periodic structures with a 

finite thickness in the vertical direction, it is possible to 

fabricate light guiding optical materials by total internal 

reflection [1], that confines light to the slab, and bend them 

with little loss by photonic crystal assistance. 

With conventional dielectric waveguides which depend 

entirely on total internal reflection, there is a problem in 

guiding light while turning through sharp edges and tight 

curves because the angle of the incidence is too high for total 

internal reflection, resulting in most of the electromagnetic 

field being radiated out and lost. 

To cope with this problem, a 2 dimensional line defect 

waveguide can be used [2-8]. The problem with 2 

dimensional line defect waveguides is that even small 

defects during manufacturing can greatly increase 

attenuation, thus limiting their usefulness to guide light over 

long distances. To overcome this difficulty, Notomi proposed 

using a 1 dimensional slab waveguide which is not periodic 

in the direction of propagation, to reduce dispersion and 

attenuation [3]. But still in an optical circuit, one would want 

to bend light through a 90 angle due to the confined 

geometry. 

In this work, we make use of the best of both worlds, 

namely, we use 1D slab waveguide of Notomi for the straight 

sections and a 2D slab waveguide for containig the light at 

the corners. By this way, the wave would travel with little 

loss through the straight sections, turns through sharp corner 

with little bending loss as well, reentering the 1D waveguide 

region to travel for another long straight segment as shown in 

figure [1]. 

Figure 2. 2D perfect square photonic crystal slab. There is a band 

gap between 0.2 and 0.4 . The gray areas are unlocalized radiation 

modes. 

Figure 3. Dispersion relations for 2D and 1D waveguides. The big 

crosses are localized TE-like modes of the 1DWG, while the big full 

circles are those of the 2D LDWG. The small dots show unlocalized 

modes. Matched modes for the two types of waveguides overlap, 

indicating good impedance matching between the 1D and 2D 

waveguides. 

Then choosing the proper defect size at 2D and 1D 

structes we created our waveguides and succeed to match 

their modes as shown figure [3]. Thus, theoretically it is 

possible to bend light in L shaped waveguide. It remains to 

be seen actually what percentage of the light passes through 

the bend by FDTD calculations in the time domain. 

*Corresponding author: 2Tneslihaneti@iyte.edu.tr2T 

Figure 1. Photonic crystal waveguide slab, which is a periodic 

structure with a finite thickness in vertical z-direction and combines 

1D and 2D slab waveguides. 

We used the data in [7] since preliminary evidence 

showed that it is possible to bend light by 90 degrees almost 

without loss, but with the difference that in our proposed 

structure we studied the more realistic photonic crystal 

waveguide slab which is finite in the z-direction. Firstly we 

found the band diagram for the 2D perfect pc slab, shown 

in figure [2]. 

[1]2TKrauss TF, DeLaRue RM, Brand S, "Two-dimensional photonicbandgap 

structures operating at near infrared wavelengths" 

NATURE 383 pp. 699-702, (1996) 

[2] A. Mekis, J. C. Chen, I. Kurland, S. Fan, P. R. Villeneuve, and J. 

D. Joannopoulos, Phys. Rev. Lett. 77, 3787-3790 (1996). 

[3] H. Taniyama and M. Natomi and Y. Yoshhikuni, Phys. Rev. 

B.71, 153-103 (2005). 

[4] A. Chutinan and S. Noda Phys. Rev.B.62, 4488-4492 (2000). 

[5] S. G. Jhonson, S. Fan, P. R. Villeneuve, and J. D. Joannopoulos, 

Phys. Rev.B.60, 5751-5758 (1999) 

[6] Natalia Malkova, Sungwon Kim, and Venkatraman Gopalan, 

Appl Phys. Let. Vol 83, Number 8 (2003) 

 


P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Photonic Crystal Assisted 120°P PWaveguide Bend 

1 

1 

1 

UUP P*, H. Sami SözüerP P, Neslihan EtiP P, Zebih ÇetinP 

1 

PDepartment of Physics, Izmir Institute of Technology, Urla Izmir 35430, Turkey 

0 

Abstract- In this study, we compare quantitavely the transmission properties of various 120P P bends carved into a 2D hexagonal photonic 

crystal. We present transmission results through the bend based on numerical field computations by FDTD. The observed low bending 

loss could make this structure a suitable candidate for use in future optical integrated circuit designs. 

1 

(a) (b) (c) 

Figure 1. (a) Two-dimensional perfect Photonic Crystal with hexagonal lattice. (b) Two-dimensional Waveguide. (c) One-dimensional Line 

Defect Waveguide. 

Employment of two-dimensional photonic crystals for 

future photonic integrated circuits is a topic under intense 

investigation. Channel waveguides (WGs) designed in 

photonic crystals (PhCs) and operated at frequencies within 

the photonic band gap are expected to provide waveguiding 

with low losses and to allow sharp bends. The guiding 

mechanism is superior to traditional WGs which rely on total 

internal reflection (TIR). Various approaches for bend 

designs have been done theoretically and experimentally 

[1-3]. Most of these works are based on the optimization 

method for bends [4-5], adding or removing some rods in the 

bending region, in which the structure of the WG bends are 

always much complicated, and even small defects during 

manufacturing can greatly increase attenuation, thus limiting 

their usefulness to guide light over long distances. 

To overcome this difficulty, we propose a simple method 

for guiding electromagnetic waves with little loss. To 

accomplish this, we use the 1D WG for the straight sections, 

but use a 2D line defect WG for the corners. Thus, the wave 

would travel with little loss through the straight sections, and 

can be bent through sharp turns with little bending loss as 

well. As a result, light enters a 1D WG and passes from a 1D 

WG to the corner element 2D line defect WG, turns the sharp 

corner with required angle and then, reenters the 1D WG 

region to travel for another long straight segment. 

To obtain transmission results, firstly we looked fort he 

largest band gap for 2D hexagonal PhC, because it is this gap 

that prevents light from leaking out when turning around the 

corner. We also make sure that both the 1DWG and the 

2dWG support only a single mode inside this gap. Then the 

necessary condition is satisfied for perfect transmission 

because 2D line defect WG and 1D WG be single localized 

mode in the frequency range of interest. We found a single 

localized mode for optimum frequency that falls within the 

2D band gap of 2D hexagonal PhC. As a result the guided 

defect mode passes through the sharp corner without being 

scattered into the 2D PhC. 

(a) 

(b) 

Figure 2. The geometry of our proposed structure showing 1D WG 

and 2D WG segments. 

In our proposed structure, seen above, 2D PhC is our 

cornering element to bend light by removing one row, with 

silicon rods in silica background. Therefore, there are several 

possibilities for this corner element. The most appealing 

being the hexagonal lattice, since it possesses a common 

band gap for both TE and TM modes. Also, this lattice is 

most convenient for 60° and 120°P P(but for 90° turn would be 

that of a square lattice, which was discussed elsewhere), so 

after turning 60° or 120°, the line defect WG would be the 

same as before. Because we can turn the waveguide and 

preserve line defect geometry. 

Figure 3. (a) 

RgR=d 

 

*Corresponding author: 0Thediyesengun@iyte.edu.tr0T 

[1]Talneau, A., L. Le Gouezigoui N. Bouadma, M. Kafesaki, C. M. 

Soukoulis, M. Agio, 2002. Photonic-Crystal Ultrashort Bends with Improved 

Transmission and Low Reflection at 1.5μm. Applied Physics Letters 80:547- 

549. 

[2]Chutinan, A., M. Okano, S. Noda, 2002. Wider Bandwidth with High 

Transmission ThroughWaveguide Bends in a Two-Dimensional Photonic 

Crystal Slabs. Applied Physics Letters 80:1698-1700. 

[3]Chow, E., S. Y. Lon, J. R. Wendt, S. G. Johnson, J. D. Joannopoulos, 

2001. Quantitative 

Analysis of Bending Efficiency in Photonic Crystal Waveguide Bends at = 

1.55Wavelengths. Optics Letters26:286-288. 

[4]Ntakis, I., P. Pottier, M. De La Rue, 2004. Optimization of Transmission 

Properties of Two-Dimensional Photonic Crystal Channel Waveguide Bends 

Through Local Lattice Deformation. Journal of Applied Physics 96:12-18. 

[5]Notomi, M., H. Taniyama, Y. Yoshikuni, 2005. Propagation characteristic 

of onedimensional 

photonic crystal slab waveguides and radiation loss. Physical Review B 

71:153103-153106. 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Silicon Nanocrystal Hybridized Visible LEDs: A Low-Cost Path for Global Lighting 

Ş. Burç Eryılmaz, Onur Tidin, Alper Yeşilyurt, Ali K. Okyay* 

Department of Electrical and Electronics Engineering, Bilkent University, Ankara 06800, Turkey 

Abstract- We report UV LEDs coated with Silicon nanocrystals that emit in the visible spectrum. A broad emission from nanocrystals with 

peak at 547 nm is observed when pumped with 375 nm LED light. Our results are promising for application of Silicon nanocrystals as 

wavelength converters in light emitting diodes for multicolor light generation. 

Semiconductor based solid state lighting has long surpassed 

fluorescence lamps and incandescent light bulbs in terms of 

efficiency, safety and energy saving. Future roadmaps 

envisage dramatic improvements in solid state lighting for the 

next 10 years. By the year 2025, electricity consumption 

would decrease by at least 50%, and this corresponds to 

electricity savings in United States around 525 TWh/year. 

This would also result in a worldwide reduction of greenhouse 

gas emissions that is produced during the generation of 

electricity by about 87 Mt [1]. These reveal the reason for the 

great interest in semiconductor lighting technology. 

Research in semiconductor lighting includes the 

investigation of multicolor light emitting diodes. One method 

for producing these devices is using a wavelength converting 

emitting layer on top of a primary light source. These devices 

utilize electroluminescence of primary light source and 

photoluminescence of wavelength converter layer. 

Nanocrystals, due to their tunable emission properties, have 

been preferable emitters. Due to quantum confinement effects, 

CdSe/ZnS core/shell nanocrystals were demonstrated to be 

efficient wavelength converters for multicolor light emitting 

diodes [2]. Despite the efficiency and quality of the color 

generated by this device, Cd based materials have high toxic 

effects on the human and the environment, in addition to high 

materials costs. Silicon, being the second most abundant 

material on the Earth’s crust and its low toxicity, makes it a 

low cost attractive. Recent advances have made it possible to 

produce silicon nanocrystals with indirect-to-direct gap 

transition with light emission in visible wavelength [3]. 

In this work, we report light emission from silicon 

nanocrystals used as wavelength conversion layer on top of 

ultraviolet light emitting diode. UV light emitted from the 

LED pumps the nanocrystals, and light emission in visible 

wavelength from the nanocrystals is observed. 

We purchased commercial UV LEDs from Nitride 

Semiconductors, Co., Ltd. with 375 nm peak as shown in Fig. 

1.a. Micrograph image of our LED is given in Fig. 1.b. We 

deposited silicon nanocrystals in solution of tetrahydrofuran 

(THF) on top of the UV LED by drop-casting. The device was 

biased using electrical probes and the electroluminescence 

spectrum was obtained using a fiber connected to a 

spectrometer. After this measurement, we repeated the dropcasting 

process to see the effect of increasing the amount of 

nanocrystals. Electroluminescence spectra corresponding to 

multidrop samples are given in Fig. 1.c including the bare 

LED as a reference. 

Luminescence of silicon nanocrystals are observed to have a 

peak emission wavelength at 547 nm when excited with 375 

nm light source. FWHM value is measured approximately 140 

nm. This broad emission can be useful for multicolor light 

applications. The reference UV LED has no measurable 

emission around these wavelengths, and the emission intensity 

increases with the number of nanocrystal solution drops cast 

on the LED. 

Figure 1: (a) UV LED emission spectrum (b) UV LED micrograph 

image (c) Electroluminescence measurements 

In summary, we demonstrated the application of Silicon 

nanocrystal on UV LEDs and obtained visible emission in the 

yellow-red region. Emitted light can be tuned by changing the 

size of nanocrystals in production. This work has promising 

results for opening the way for low cost Silicon material to be 

used as wavelength converters in the form of nanocrystals. For 

this purpose, increasing the efficiency of these nanocrystals 

should be studied. This can be achieved by blending them into 

a polymer and applying as a film. Recent results in plasmonics 

to increase the fluorescence efficiency of silicon nanocrystals 

also stands as an alternative. 


EU FP7 PIOS. 

*aokyay@ee.bilkent.edu.tr 

[1] J. Y. Tsao, IEEE Circuits and Devices Magazine, 28, 

May/June 2004. 

[2] S. Nizamoglu et al., Nanotechnology, 18, 405702 (2007) 

[3] M. H. Nayfeh et al., Appl. Phys. Lett., 80, 842-843 (2002) 


P 

P*P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Band Structure Calculations for 2D Photonic Crystals Based on Quantum-wire-superlattice 

1 

1 

UNurgül AkncU,P 

Pand Yüksel AyazP 

1 

PDepartment of Physics, Zonguldak Karaelmas University, Zonguldak 67100, Turkey 

Abstract-The existence and properties of photonic band gaps in a two dimensionally periodic array of dielectric material is presented here by the 

electromagnetic dyadic Green's function (DGF) formalism. As frequency poles of the DGF provide the explicit dispersion relations for transverse 

magnetic (TM) and transverse electric (TE) polarizations, the band structure of the photonic crystal for TM and TE modes is then numerically 

examined and dependence of the band gap frequencies on the inverse of the lattice period a, extracted from band structure calculations is shown. 

A photonic crystal (PhC) is composed of a periodic 

arrangement of dielectric material in two or three dimensions. 

If the periodicity and symmetry of the crystal and the 

dielectric constants of the materials used are chosen well,the 

band structure of such a crystal shows a photonic band gap 

(PBG) for one or both polarizations [1]. The bandgap regions 

are determined from the dispersion relations for 

electromagnetic waves by solving the wave equation set up 

from Maxwell equations. Although 2D PhCs are not generally 

thought of as thruly photonic bandgap materials due to 

diffraction losses, they still atract much interest because they 

provide a basis on the understanding of physical properties of 

3D PhCs, the real photonic crystals, which exhibit complete 

photonic bandgaps [2,3]. 

In this work, the photonic band structure in a 2D PhC, 

consisting of a square array of dielectric material, is 

investigated by the electromagnetic DGF formalism [4] as a 

model analysis, by explicitly determining the DGF (associated 

with the inhomogeneous wave equation of the electric field) 

for the dispersion relations for electromagnetic waves in the 

photonic crystal. 

Firstly, the integral equation for the DGF of general 

applicability to photonic band structure calculations is 

explicitly solved for the 2D photonic system at hand. The 

characteristic equations associated with the dispersion 

relations are analytically determined by the frequency poles of 

the DGF for TM and TE polarizations (Fig. 1). 

similar to silicon cylinders [5]. For GaAs wires-system the 

widest gap from the band structure calculations as function of 

width of the wires to period of the crystal ratio b/a is observed 

at around b/a= 0.008 (Fig. 2). 

Figure 2. Normalized frequency a/(2c) as a function of the inverse 

of the lattice period a. 

In summary, using the DGF foralism we have explored the 

existence of PBGs for a square lattice of quantum wires. Band 

gaps were only observed for TM polarization. Our analysis, 

which is exact within the assumption that the conductivity 

tensor of the composed nanostructure is a simple sum of its 

constituent conductivity tensors for the 2D periodic dielectric 

and the 3D homegeneous host material, also differs from those 

using Green's functions in the literature in that they employ 

asymptotic forms of the Green's functions, so being only 

approximate. Further, our DGF analysis has the simplicity that 

it does not require detailed boundary conditions in solving the 

inhomegeneous wave equation for the electromagnetic fields 

propagating in periodic dielectric structures. Its utility lies in 

the facts that it provides a through analytic point of view in 

understanding propagation of electromagnetic fields and 

carrying out photonic bandgap calculations in various kinds of 

photonic materials without resorting to much detailed 

numerical computations and that it is easily extended to 3D 

photonic problems for their bandgap calculations. 

Figure 1. Dispersion relations for the first six bands for TM and TE 

modes. 

We next numerically solved for the band structure for both 

polarizations in the 2D photonic system including square array 

of GaAs wires embedded in homogeneous bulk dielectric 

medium (AlGaAs) and then discussed the existence and 

properties of photonic band gap. It was found that band gaps 

exist only for transverse magnetic polarization . which is 

*Corresponding author: HTnurozdede@yahoo.comT 

[1] Yablonovitch, E., 1993. J Opt. Soc. Am. B, 10(2): 283-295. 

[2] Busch, K., John, S., 1998. Phys. Rev. E 58, 3896. 

[3] Busch, K., 2002. C. R. Physique 3, 53–66. 

[4]Ayaz, Y., 1999. TElectrostatic and electrodynamic response 

properties of nanostructuresT. PhD Thesis, Stevens Inst. of Tech, 

USA. 

[5] De Dood, M. J. A., 2002. Opt. and Quant. Electr. 34: 145–159. 


P 

P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Nano Isotopic Optical Centres in HPHT and CVD Synthetic Diamond Types 

1 

UHamida M. B. DarwishU 

P* 

1 

PPhysics Department, King Abdulaziz University, Jeddah, Kingdom of Saudi Arabia 

Abstract - Eelectron irradiated synthetic diamond exhibited a number of new local vibrational moods (LVM) which have three fold splitting 

of their highest energy. The magnitude of the energies of each of these modes varies as the square root of the isotopic carbon of atomic masses. 

One of these centers is the zero Phonon line (ZPL) 389 nm (3.188eV) The second is the ZPL 420 nm (2.951eV). 

Synthetic and natural diamonds generated greatly renewed 

interest to develop the optoelectronic applications and devices 

that are unaffected by high temperature or by other adverse 

environmental conditions such as heat spreaders, optical 

windows, electrical conductors, and nano-optoelectronic 

devices that can be used in high industry purposes for such as 

medical research and space searches and satellites. Also it can 

be demanded as cutting tool or polishing in the iron and steel, 

car Factories and plants [1, 2]. 

The physical properties of diamond exhibit that diamond 

fully transparent from infrared through the near ultraviolet [3]. 

It has highest velocity of sound. It is a fully resistance to heat, 

radiation and chemical reaction and stable at room 

temperature and pressure. It a promising material it has a 

unique properties such as the highest semiconductor properties 

which exceeds that of SiC [3]. So there is more reason for 

studying diamond. But diamond is very expensive and rare in 

nature. And the study of the different spectra manifested by 

natural and synthetic may tell us more about how the former 

were created and how to grow the latter more efficiency. Now 

synthetic diamonds are available but nitrogen and boron are 

the only impurities which can be introduced into them with 

some degree of control 

Synthetic diamond samples grown by two methods 

chemical vapour deposition (CVD) [4] and high pressure high 

temperature (HPHT) [5, 6] have been investigated (after 

irradiation by TEM) by Photoluminescence (PL) technique. 

This studying was preformed after annealing at elevated 

0 

0 

temperatures between 773P PK and 1073 P PK. The investigation 

predicts many numbers of new local vibrational modes (LVM) 

with optical isotopic centres, which split into three- folds as 

the square root of carbon masses as shown in Figure 1 and 2. 

Figure 1. LVM of ZPL 389 nm for PL of P 

PC P 

PC doping HPHT 

0 

diamond sample annealed at 1073 P Pk. (Using UV laser) 

13 

12 

Figure 1 reveals PL spectrum of irradiated P 

PC P 

PC doping 

0 

HPHT diamond sample after annealing at 1073 P Pk by using 

UV laser. The zero phonon line (ZPL) at the centre of 390 nm 

with its local vibrational mood (LVM) is splitting into three 

folds as the squire root of the isotopic carbon atomic masses at 

the centres of 412.28 nm, 412.85 nm and 413.28 nm. 

. 

Figure 2. LVM of the ZPL 420 nm for PL P 

PC P 

PC –doping HPHT 

diamond sample by using UV. Laser (325nm) 

Figure 2 displays the local vibrational mood (LVM) of the 

same sample associated; with the zero phonon line at the 

centre 420 nm. Also this centre is divided into three folds as 

the isotopic carbon masses at the centres of 449.25 nm, 449.85 

nm and 450.5 nm. 

The well known LVM of the centre 390 nm have been found 

in all types of CVD and HPHT diamond samples (Carbon, 

Boron and Nitrogen-doping samples) that studied at this work. 

This LVM is splitting for the first time into three folds as the 

squire roots of the isotopes of the atomic carbon masses. Also 

the investigation of HPHT electron irradiated carbon-doping 

13 12 

50-50 P 

PC/ P 

PC diamond samples predicts the centres 420 nm 

besides the ZPL 390 nm and they are splitting as the squire 

root of isotopic carbon masses, which have three–fold is 

splitting of their highest energy local vibrational modes. (More 

details about this work will be written later) . 

This study was supported by KSA Ministry of Higher 

Education, Bristol University-UK and diamond samples 

supplier. 

*Corresponding author: hdarwish@kau.edu.sa 

[1] F. Bundy, H. T. Hall, M. M. Strong, R. H. Wentorf: Nature 176, 

50-51, (1955) 

[2] R. M. Chrenko, Phys. Rev. B7, Pp. 4560-4567, (1973) 

[3] J. Walker: Optical Absorption and Luminescence in Diamond, 

Rep. Prog,. Phys., 42, Pp 1605-1659, (1979) 

[4] K. Snail: Growth, Processing and Properties of CVD Diamond for 

Optical Application, Opt. Mater., Vol. 1, Pp. 235-258 (1992) 

[5] S. Yamaoka et al., Diamond & Related Materials, V. 9, Issue 8, 

1480-1486, (2000) 

[6] J. E. Field: The Properties of Natural and Synthetic Diamond, 

Academic press. London (1992) 

13 

12 

13 

12 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Morphology Characterization of Mechanically Exfoliated Graphene 

Görkem Soyumer * , Cenk Yanık, Cem Çelebi, İsmet İ. Kaya 

Faculty of Engineering and Natural Sciences, Sabanci University, İstanbul 34956, Turkey 

Abstract— We fabricated graphene and few-layer graphene (FLG) sheets from highly oriented pyrolitic graphite (HOPG) by 

mechanical exfoliation technique. The obtained sheets were characterized with optical microscope, Raman spectroscopy, AFM and SEM to 

determine their dimensions and shapes. The aim of our study was to obtain an optimized scheme that consistently yields single or double 

layer graphene sheets with large area. 

Graphene is an outstanding candidate as the material of future 

electronic devices. A considerable amount of work on 

determining the electrical properties of graphene has been 

done since its discovery. This 2 dimensional pure carbon 

material with a single layer honeycomb lattice is already 

proven to be a useful material in electronic devices such as 

field effect transistors. It has the highest carrier mobility at 

room temperature, 15,000 cm 2 /Vs among most of the well 

known materials, and has the highest current carrying capacity 

of 10 9 A/cm 2 [1,2,3] which is several orders of magnitude 

better than presently used device interconnect conductors. 

Graphene is also mechanically the stiffest material and 

chemically very inert, hence it can sustain severe conditions. 

(Figure 2). FLG’s are also visible under Scanning Electron 

Microscope (SEM) (Figure 3). However SEM is not proven to 

be useful for estimating the number of layers of graphene 

sheets. 

Figure 2. The optical microscope image of a monolayer graphene. 

Figure 1. AFM image of a FLG sheet. The measured average 

thickness is 3 nm. 2.5 nm thicker caused by external forces. 

In order to produce single layer graphene, we used the 

mechanical exfoliation technique. This technique involves 

thinning the HOPG flakes by using ordinary scotch tapes or 

UV release tapes. Separated sheets were then transferred from 

the tape on to a 300 nm thick SiO 2 layer thermally grown on a 

Si substrate [4]. There are several parameters that influence 

the yield, the probability of transferring large 

monolayer/bilayer graphene sheets on to the wafer. We 

identify these parameters as the peeling speed and duration, 

type of the HOPG flakes and wafer cleaning procedure. We 

tested these parameters to acquire statistical data that provide 

the yield factors. 

The structural characterization of graphene and few layer 

graphene (FLG) is done by optical microscopy (OM), atomic 

force microscopy (AFM), and Raman spectroscopy. Raman 

spectroscopy accurately identifies monolayer or bilayer 

graphene and is nondestructive. The thickness determination 

accuracy of AFM has also been tested (Figure 1). After having 

measured the thickness, additional data fitting is essential for 

true thickness determination. Unlike Raman or AFM, OM 

does not give an absolute thickness value. However, OM 

provides good contrast for fast initial inspection by human eye 

Figure 3. SEM image of few layer graphene 

Corresponding author: soyumer@su.sabanciuniv.edu 

[1] K. I. Bolotin et al., Solid State Commun. 146, 351 (2008). 

[2] X. Du et al., Nature Nanotech. 3, 491 (2008). 

[3] J. Moser, A. Barreiro, and A. Bachtold, Appl. Phys. Lett. 91, 

163513 (2007). 

[4] K. S. Novoselov et al., Science 306, 666 (2004). 


P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Assembly of Peptide Coated Gold Nanoparticles on Surfaces 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Ismail SayinP P, Kemal KeserogluP P, Mehmet KahramanP Pand UMustafa CulhaUP P* 

1 

PDepartment of Genetics and Bioengineering, Yeditepe University, Istanbul 34755, Turkey 

Abstract-The assembly of nanoparticles into the desired organizations and patterns is critically important for construction of higher structures 

using nanoparticles as building block. In this regard, we designed charged peptides that can stably bind the gold nanoparticles (AuNPs) to alter 

the surface charge properties. Then, we investigate how the surface charge of the nanoparticles can influence the assembly of the AuNPs on 

surfaces with different polarity from a drying droplet of their colloidal suspension. 

Self assembly of the biomolecule modified nanoparticles is 

extensively studied in recent years [1,2]. The main reason 

behind the use of biomolecule-modified nanoparticles is to 

utilize the existing weak interactions among biomolecules and 

bio-macromolecules such as hydrogen bonds, van der Waals, 

dipol-dipol and ionic interactions to control the nanoparticle 

assembly. The peptides are one of the target molecules that 

are used in these studies because of their easy design and 

manipulation of their charge and polarity properties coming 

from their side chains. One of the major factors influencing 

the stabilization of the AuNPs in the aqueous environment is 

the zeta potential (). Nearly -/+ 30 mV is needed for the 

stability of the nanoparticles and below these potentials the 

nanoparticles start to aggregate [3]. The charged peptides can 

be used to stabilize the gold nanoparticles [4]. 

In this work, we investigated the assembly of charged 

peptide modified AuNPs and their assembly after addition of 

the oppositely charged peptides into the modified gold 

colloidal suspension. The rational behind this reason was to 

look for any relationship between the surface charge 

properties of the nanoparticles and its affect on the assembly 

of the nanoparticles in a drying droplet. The additions of the 

oppositely charged peptides cause surface potential change 

which is thought to influence the formation of unique 

structures. The peptides used in this regard are given in 

Table 1. 

Table 1. Peptides that were used in the experiments. 

Purpose Code peptide sequences 

Overall 

Charge 

P1 Cys-Ser-Glu (-) 

Modification 

of AuNPs P16 Cys-Ser-Glu-Asp-Ser-Asp-Glu- 

Ser Asp-Ser-Glu-Ser-Asp-Ser-Glu 

(-) 

Aggregation P3 Lys-Lys (+) 

Initiation P11 Lys-Arg-Arg-Lys (+) 

In this study, we first investigated the self assembled 

structures occurred in suspension using SAXS and at the solid 

liquid interface with SEM and AFM. A correlation with 

surface charge properties of the modified AuNPs and 

assembly behavior in suspension and at liquid-solid interface 

was investigated. The influence of the hydrophobic and 

hydrophilic surfaces on the behavior of the AuNPs was also 

investigated. It was observed that, on the hydrophilic surfaces, 

the modified AuNPs formed larger aggregates with the 

decreasing value of the surface potential and the structures can 

be seen all over the surface of the droplet area (Figure 1 and 

Table 2). On the hydrophobic surfaces, again the aggregate 

sizes were inversely proportional to the surface potential. The 

aggregates were not spread all over the droplet area but they 

formed at the near center area of the droplet. 

A) 

Figure 1. Aggregates/assemblies of modified AuNPs with different 

zeta potentials on hydrophilic surfaces from a drying droplet. 

A)AuP1 + 1 L P11 B) AuP1 + 5 L P11 

Table 2. Zeta potential change after addition of the oppositely 

charged peptides. 

AuNP-P1 

1 L P11 

(+) 

5 L P11 

(+) 

In summary, the preliminary data shows that the structures 

formed in the drying droplet are related to the zeta potentials 

on the AuNPs residing in colloidal suspension. The assembly 

of the peptide modified gold nanoparticles differs with respect 

to the surface bound peptides and addition of the oppositely 

charged peptides. The assembly of the nanopartices is also 

affected from the polarity of the surface. The long term goal of 

this study is to find a way to nanoparticles by modifying the 

surface charge properties of nanoparticles and the studies are 

conducted in this direction. This work was supported by 

TUBITAK under Grant No. 108T605. 

*Corresponding author: HTmculha@yeditepe.edu.trT 

10 L P11 

(+) 

AuNP-P1 (-) -30 mV -20 mV -10 mV -7 mV 

[1] Varpness, Z.; Peters, J. W.; Young, M.; Douglas, T. Nano Lett. 

2005, 5, 2306-2309. 

[2] Kramer, R. M.; Sowards, L. A.; Pender, M. A.; Stone, M. O.; 

Naik, R. R. Langmuir 2005, 21, 8466-8470. 

[3] J.A. Tullman, W.F. Finney, Y.-J. Lin, S.W. Bishnoi, Plasmonics 2 

(2007) 119. 

[4] R. L vy, ChemBioChem 2006, 7, 1141 

B) 

2 μm 2 μm 


P M. 

P and 

P M, 


Theme F686 - N1123 

3D Silver Plasmonic Structure for Surface Enhanced Raman Scattering 

1 

1 

Mehmet KahramanP 

UMustafa ÇulhaUP P* 

Genetics and Bioengineering Department, Faculty of Engineering and Architecture,Yeditepe University, Kayisdagi, Istanbul, Turkey 

Abstract- The construction of highly reproducible and enhancing novel SERS substrate is achieved by controlling the inter-particle distance and 

aggregate size. In order to control aggregation size and number of nanoparticle in one aggregate, micro-well are prepared with the soft 

lithography. In this method, first, the diluted latex microsphere (1.6 μm) are spread as a thin film using “convective assembly” method on a 

glass slide, then, polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS) is prepared on the latex thin film. Finally, the PDMS film is removed and latex particles are 

washed with an organic solvent. The PDMS stamp with micro-wells is filled with concentrated AgNPs coated with CTAB for further analysis 

using SERS. SEM and AFM were used for the characterization of the prepared surfaces. Rhodamine 6G is used as a probe molecule to 

7 

-9 

characterize the substrate. The enhancement factor and limit of the detection of the prepared substrates are found to be 3.7x10P Pand 1.0x10P 

respectively. 

Nanosize metal particles and semiconductors have unique 

optical, magnetic and electronic properties that do not have in 

their bulk form. These properties have been used for many 

applications of science and technology such as; nanoscale 

chemical sensors, data storage, quantum dots lasers, 

electronics and SERS substrates [1-4]. The size, shape and 

type of the noble metal and aggregate properties of 

nanoparticles and inter-particle distance are the critical 

parameters influencing SERS activity [5-8] due to their 

influence on surface plasmons (SPs) that are responsible for 

the major enhancement (electromagnetic enhancement)[9] in 

SERS mechanism. The inter-particle distance strongly 

influences the enhancement factor and it was reported that the 

inter-particle distance must be 2-4 nm for the optimal SERS 

enhancement [10]. Although there is an effort to use 

lithographic methods to control inter-particle distance, these 

methods generally time consuming, expensive and need 

skilled personnel. 

In this study, 3D silver plasmonic structures were prepared 

with the concentrated silver nanoparticles. First, thin film 

(Figure 1 A) of the latex was prepared using “convective 

assembly” method [11]. The experimental parameters such as 

concentration of latex spheres, moving stage velocity and 

dropped volume were studied. Second, PDMS was prepared 

on the latex thin film by baking at 70 °C for 1 hour. Figure 1 B 

shows SEM image of the micro-wells prepared with the 1.6 

m latex sphere on PDMS. As is seen, the size of the microwells 

is slightly smaller (1.4 m) than the size of the latex 

nanoparticles. This is possibly due to the high viscosity of the 

polymer mixture in which latex nanoparticles are completely 

buried. Therefore, the size of prepared micro-wells decreases 

about 200 nm. Finally, micro-wells were filled using 

“convective assembly” method with the concentrated silver 

nanoparticles containing CTAB, which was used to increase of 

the hydrophobic property of the silver nanoparticles and 

control inter-particle distance in the aggregates (Figure 1C). 

The enhancement factor was calculated using IRSERSR/IRBulkR x 

7 

CRBulkR/CRSERS Rformula and found as 3.0x10P P. This enhancement 

factor is also consistent with 2-4 nm inter-particle distances 

[12]. The reproducibility of the prepared substrate was tested 

using the peak height, area and intensity of the ten peaks at 

-1 

1512 cmP 

P. The percent coefficient variance (CV) was found 

to be about 10. Limit of the detection (LOD) of the substrate 

-9 

was 1.0x10P 

A 

C 

Figure 1. A) SEM image of the prepared thin film of the 1600 nm 

latex sphere, B) micro-wells of 1600 nm latex sphere, C) micro-wells 

filled with silver nanoparticles. 

In conclusion we demonstrate that novel SERS substrates 

possessing high sensitivity, enhancement factor and 

reproducibility by the controlling of the inter-particle distance 

and aggregate size. 

This work was supported by TÜBTAK and Yeditepe 

University. 

*Corresponding author: HTmculha@yeditepe.edu.trT 

[1] A. P. Alivisatos, Science 271, 933 (1996). 

[2] L. E. Brus, Appl. Phys. A, 53, 465 (1991). 

[3] Y. Wang and N. Herron, J. Phys. Chem. 95, 525 (1991). 

[4] P. C. Lee and D. Meisel, J. Phys. Chem. 86, 3391 (1982). 

[5] S. R. Emory, W. E. Haskins, and S. Nie, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 120, 

8009. (1998). 

[6] T. Jensen, L. Kelly, A. Lazarides, and G. C. Schatz, Journal of 

Cluster Science 10, 295 (1999). 

[7] E. J. Zeman, and G. C. Schatz, J. Phys. Chem. 91, 634 (1987). 

[8] J. Jiang, K. Bosnick, M. Maillard, and L. Brus, J. Phys. Chem. B 

107, 9964 (2003). 

[9] M. Moskovits, Rev. Mod. Phys. 57, 783 (1985). 

[10] A. M. Schwartzberg, C. D. Grant, A. Wolcott, C. E. Talley, T. R. 

Huser, R. Bogomolni, and J. Z. Zhang, J. Phys. Chem. B 108, 19191 

(2004). 

[11] P. M. Tessier, O. D. Velev, A. T. Kalambur, J. F. Rabolt, A. M. 

Lenhoff, and E. W. Kaler, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 122, 9554 (2000). 

[12] J. Jiang, K. Bosnick, M. Maillard, and L. Brus, J. Phys. Chem. B 

107, 9964 (2003). 

B 


P on 

P via 

P 

P were 

P up 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Superhydrophobic Micropatterned Polymer Surfaces Synthesized by Using Styrene- 

Flurometacrylate Random Copolymers 

1 

1 

UUur CengizUP P*, H. Yldrm ErbilP 

1 

PGebze Institute of Technology, Chemical Engineering Department, 41400, Gebze-Kocaeli 

Abstract- In this work, we present a novel method for fabricating polymer thin films containing micro-patterned spherical particles varying in 

the range of 400 nm to 8 m by dip-coating process in polymer solution. We can control the distribution of the particle size via adjusting the 

concentration of the PS-ran-FMA copolymer, the solvent/non-solvent ratio and withdrawal speed of dip coater. Styrene-fluoromethacrylate 

o 

random copolymer were synthesized in supercritical carbondioxide (scCOR2R) at 250 bar and 80 P PC using AIBN as a free radical initiator. It was 

found that the optimal concentration of polymer solution was 25 mg/mL and withdrawal speed of 41 cm/min to obtain the narrowest particle 

distribution on the surface. Surfaces containing the microparticles were characterized with the water contact angle measurement, optical 

o 

microscopy and SEM. Superhydrophobic surfaces having a water contact angle up to 160P obtained with this novel method. 

Polymer surfaces composed of two or three dimensional 

repeating uniform units are called “patterned polymeric 

1 

surfaces”P P. These patterned surfaces are referred to micropatterned 

and nano-patterned surfaces with respect to their 

dimensions. The polymeric micro/nano patterns provide 

some new properties to the surface which change with 

respect to chemical nature and shape of the material. For 

instance, Erbil et al. (2003) obtained micro-structured gellike 

porous super-hydrophobic surfaces having a water 

o 

contact angle of 160P the method of phase separation 

using isotatic propylene (iPP) having a water contact angle 

o 

of 105P nonpatterned surfaces with different 

2 

solvent/insolvent couplesP P. There are other methods to 

form micro patterned polymeric surfaces. Recently Wang 

et al. have obtained micro and nano patterned polymeric 

structures via phase separation by dropping polymer 

1,4 

solution onto non-solventP 

P. This method is easier than 

soft lithography method whose application is difficult and 

expensive. 

In this study, uniform micro patterned polymeric 

surfaces were obtained with particle diameters changing 

between 400 nm and 8 μm. In the first step, p(ST-ran- 

FMA) copolymers were synthesized in sc-COR2R medium. 

Styrene and Perfluoromethacrylate (Zonly-TM, Dupont) 

monomers between 5-20 % in molar concentration were 

o 

copolymerized in scCOR2 Renvironment at 250 bar and 80P PC. 

Polymerization in COR2 Rhas advantages such as being nontoxic, 

cheap and no requirement of extra purification 

process for the produced copolymers. 

In the second step, thin copolymer film coatings were 

produced via dip coating glass slides into polymer 

solutions obtained by dissolving the copolymers in THF- 

MEK mixture (%50 wt) at room temperature and adding 

methanol as a non-solvent with varying amount. Then the 

optical and SEM images of the formed surfaces were 

recorded and the contact angles of the surface were 

measured by using the KSV-CAM 200 goniometry. 

When the methanol volume fraction was low, scattered 

form of particles with no specific geometry were observed 

which do not have any specific roughness. With the increase 

in the methanol amount, these particles were converted to 

repeating, and somewhat uniform spherical particles. The 

increase in the dipping rate, the particles shrink uniformly at 

the beginning, but after a certain value of dipping rate, then 

the agglomeration of particles occurred. Figure 1 shows a 

SEM image of the surface obtained at an optimum dipping 

speed and different methanol fraction. It is clearly seen from 

the results particle sizes decrease with the increase of 

methanol fraction. Spherical particles having different 

diameters between 2-4 m and 400-800 nm are shown in 

fig.1a and 1b respectively 

Figure 1. SEM images of 25 mg/mL p(ST-ran-FMA) solution in 

THF-MEK solvent mixture (50 wt %) with a) 21,4 b) 33.3 wt % 

o 

methanol at 22 P PC mixture temparature 

In summary, particles shape and dimensions and water 

contact angle results were varied as a function of nonsolvent 

and copolymer concentration. The increase in the 

non-solvent fraction resulted in decrease of the particle 

diameter from 8 μm down to 400 nm, and increase in the 

o 

o 

water contact angle from 117P to 160P P. 

* Corresponding author: HTucengiz@gyte.edu.trT 

[1]Wang Y., Liu Z., Han B., Sun Z., Zhang J., Sun D. Adv. 

Funct. Mater. 2005, 15, 655. 

[2]Erbil H.Y., Demirel A.L., Avci Y., Mert O. Science 2003, 

299, 1377. 

[3]Xia Y.N., Whitesides G.M., Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 1998, 37, 

550. 

[4] Wang Y., Liu Z.,Huang Y., Han B.,Yang G. Langmuir, 2006, 

22, 1928 


P 

P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Fabrication of Ta Nanohillock Array Using AAO/Ta Nanotemplate 

1 

2 

2 

2 

UNevin TaaltnUP P*, Sadullah ÖztürkP P, Necmettin KlnçP P, Zafer Ziya ÖztürkP 

2 

1 

PKoç University, Department of Physics, 34450 Istanbul, Turkey 

PGebze Institute of Technology, Department of Physics, 41400 Gebze-Kocaeli, Turkey 

Abstract-In this study, Ta nanohillock arrays were fabricated with high surface area using AAO/Ta nanotemplate. AAO/Ta nanotemplate was 

fabricated by using a two-step anodization of an Al film deposited on Ta foil using evaporation method. Ta nanohillocks were obtained via 

anodization process as the nature of the Al-Ta bilayer. The characterization of the AAO/Ta nanotemplate and Ta nanohillock arrays were 

determined by Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM) and Energy Dispersive X-Ray (EDX). As fabricated AAO/Ta nanotemplate was 

approximately 55 nm in diameters, Ta nanohillocks were obtained approximately 50 nm in diameters. 

Tantalum (Ta) is a attractive material for electronic industry 

as a capacitor due to it has a number of properties such as 

resistance to corrosion, low co-efficient of thermal expansion 

and high co-efficient of capacitance. Ta nanostructures 

compared to Ta thin films are ideal for electronic devices as 

they offer high surface area and high capacitive properties [1, 

2]. 

In this study, Ta nanohillock arrays were fabricated with 

high surface area using AAO/Ta nanotemplate. AAO/Ta 

nanotemplate was fabricated by using a two-step anodization 

of an Al film deposited on Ta foil using evaporation method. 

Al film was oxidized anodically in 0.3 M oxalic acid solution. 

Ta nanohillocks were obtained via anodization process as the 

nature of the Al-Ta bilayer. Fabrication of AAO/Ta 

nanotemplate and Ta nanohillocks were reported in details. 

The characterization of the AAO/Ta nanotemplate and Ta 

nanohillock arrays were determined by Scanning Electron 

The EDX spectrum from a fabricated Ta nanohillock 

confirms the fabrication. The oxidation of the Ta foil results 

from Ta ions migrating outward and oxygen ions transported 

through, and released from, the AAO barrier layer, which 

dissolves at the tantala/alumina interface. The shape of the Ta 

nanohillocks depends on the nature of the Ta foil, anodising 

solution, and the resistivities of the tantala and alumina barrier 

layer. 

Figure 2. EDX spectrum of a fabricated Ta nanohillock 

(a) 

In summary, simple fabrication of Ta nanohillocks using 

AAO/Ta nanotemplate was reported in details. We believe 

that, this method offers a convenient route for fabrication of 

other nanostructured capacitors. 

*Corresponding author: ntasaltin@ku.edu.tr 

[1] V. Surganov, A. Mozalev, Microelectron. Eng. 37/38 (1997) 329. 

[2] K. Shimizu, H. Habazaki, P. Skeldon, G.E. Thompson, G.C. 

Wood, J. Surf. Finish Soc. Jpn. 50 (1999) 2. 

Figure 1. (a) Top view of the Ta nanohillock array (b) High 

magnification top view of the Ta nanohillock array 

(b) 

Fabricated AAO/Ta nanotemplate was approximately 55 nm 

in diameters and as shown in Figure 1, Ta nanohillocks were 

obtained approximately 50 nm in diameters. We could 

calculate the Ta nanohillocks density is approximately 

10 -2 

1,2.10P 

PcmP 

P. 


P ·cm. 

PVP 

P 

PsP 

P 

P 

P 

P and 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Graphene Field Effective Transistor(FET) 

1 

2 

3 

4 

USelda SonuenUP P*, Selin ManukyanP P, Nihan ÖzkanP P, Hidayet ÇetinP Ahmet OralP 

1 

PFaculty of Engineering & Natural Sciences, Sabanc University, Istanbul, 34956, Turkey 

2 

PDepartment of Physics, Boaziçi University, 34342, Turkey 

3 

PDepartment of Physics Engineering, Istanbul Technical University, 34469, Turkey 

4 

PDepartment of Physics, Bozok University, Yozgat, Turkey 

2 

Abstract- A graphene field effect transistor was fabricated on a 35×9 μmP P few layer graphene sheet by ‘manolithography’, manually 

applying the drain and source contacts using silver paint and using the silicon substrate as back gate. We investigated electrical properties of 

this graphene FET device. 

1 

Graphene is a mono layer of sp² bonded carbon atoms 

packed into a two-dimensional (2D) honeycomb lattice. 

Since it was known that two dimensional crystals were 

thermodynamically unstable, it was presumed that 

graphene didn't exist in the free state. However, graphene 

was first prepared via mechanical exfoliation of graphite 

crystals by Professor Andrew Geim's research group at the 

University of Manchester [1]. 

Even though graphene is the thinnest material ever 

fabricated, it has remarkable electrical properties[1]. At the 

room temperature, it’s mobility is reported between 

2 1 1 

15,000- 40,000 cmP 

Pand its electrical resistivity is 

6 

approximately 10P Because of its potential in 

electronics applications, it has recently attracted a lot of 

the attention of the scientific community [2]. 

In this work, we fabricated a graphene FET using silver 

paints as drain and source contacts under optical 

microscope as shown in Figure 1 and Figure 2, for 

electrical characterization of graphene. The graphene is 

found to be multilayer from Raman Spectrum obtained 

directly on the channel. Then, we obtained I-V curves as 

shown in Figure 3 and Figure 4 using Keithley 2612 

Sourcemeter and the LabTracer 2.0 software. We 

calculated the transistor parameters from these data. 

Figure 3. I-V curves of graphene based FET.VRGR= -20/20 V 

(5 steps) with compliance of 0,01 A. 

Figure 4. IRDR 

versus VRGSR curveof graphene FET device. 

Figure 1. Optical microscope image of graphene with 

magnification x50. 

This work is supported by TÜBTAK , Project Numbers 

107T720, 107T892 & 108T930, Ministry of Industry & 

Commerce, Project Number 410.STZ.2009-1 and 

NanoMagnetics Instruments Ltd. 

*Corresponding author: ssonusen@su.sabanciuniv.edu 

[1] Geim, A-K., and Novoselov, K-S.,.The rise of graphene, 

Nature Materials, 6, 183-191(2007) 

[2]Shishir, R-S., and Ferry, D.K.,. Intrinsic mobility in graphene, 

J. Phys., 21, 232204(2009) 

Figure 2. The device layout of graphene FET. 


Electron Beam Lithography Process Calibration and Correction 

Nezih Ünal 1 , Martin Charlton 2 , Ulrich Hofmann 1 , Christoph Sambale 1 

1 GenISys GmbH, Eschenstr. 66, D-82024 Taufkirchen-Munich, Germany 

2 University Southampton, School of Electronics and Computer Science, Southampton, SO17 1BJ, Great Britain 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Abstract – Proximity Effect Correction and Process Correction methods are well established today and in routine use. While traditional Proximity 

Effect parameters can be computed with sufficient accuracy using Monte Carlo methods, Process Effect parameters are accessible only through 

experimental procedures. We present an easy to adapt method for the calibration of e-beam proximity and process correction parameters for nanopatterning, 

consisting of i) an intelligently designed calibration pattern, exposed at different exposure doses, and ii) a base dose monitor to 

determine the correct dose for different layout densities. We present the application of this method to 2D and 3D correction by dose modulation. 

Electron beam lithography (EBL) is the most common 

technology for patterning nano-scale devices. Electron beams 

can be focused down to the 1nm range, but the resolution is 

limited by a large amount of effects as there are: electron 

scattering in the resist / substrate stack, resist material and 

development process effects. These effects cause imaging 

distortions with different influence ranges and strength 

(proximity effects) where the exposure of neighboring features 

interact with each other. As a result, the exposure becomes 

dependent on the local layout density. All these proximity 

effects can be described by a point spread function (PSF). 

The state-of-the-arte PEC software Layout BEAMER [1] 

ensures (by dose modulation or shape modulation) that the 

absorbed energy (AE) at features edges is uniform all over the 

layout [2] – a widely used and proven correction target, 

leading to development reaching all edges at the same time. 

However the correction is only as good as the PSF used. The 

most popular method for determining the PSF is Monte Carlo 

(MC) simulation. Commercially available Monte Carlo 

software such as Sceleton [3] calculate the PSF for different 

acceleration voltages and stacks and provide sufficient 

accuracy for the electron scattering effects. However, resist 

material and process effects are not taken into account by MC 

simulation. Experimental methods for PSF calibration cover 

all effects, but methods published earlier are either not 

accurate or require a large amount of exposure and accurate 

SEM measurement, which is difficult without automated 

metrology (CD-SEM) [3]. 

The key element of the method described in this paper is the 

“dose sensor”. We propose a checkerboard pattern (Fig. 1) 

with the square dimensions suitable to the inspection method 

(e.g. 500nm for optical, 250nm for SEM). 

The sensor is used in a calibration pattern with uniform density 

over large field (Fig. 3) exposed with dose variation. 

Fig 3: Calibration pattern for base dose and Eta 

Base dose and Eta of the PSF can be determined by the best 

exposure dose for the specific sensor. The PSF of an e-beam 

exposure can be approximated by double Gaussian (sufficient 

for long range parameter). The absorbed energy at position x 

can be calculated: 

E abs (x) = D(x) ⊗ PSF = D(x) ⊗ (1+2*η∗ρ Beta ) / (1+η) 

E abs : Absorbed energy, D(x): Exposure dose at position x; 

η: Eta, ρ Beta : Layout density in Beta range 

PEC is adjusting the absorbed energy at all feature edges to be 

equal to dose to clear (D clear ). The exposure dose of large 

features is set: D 50% = 1 = Base Dose = D size ~ 2 * D clear 

The Base Dose is dependent on the resist sensitivity, but 

independent of layout and stack. The PEC is adjusting the local 

doses relative to base dose. The “base dose sensor” is exposed to 

50% layout density in Beta range. The best exposure in the 

center will determine the base dose. 

The local density in the corner region is 12.5%. The best 

exposure dose will be: D 12.5% = (1+ η) / (1 + 0.25 * η) 

Eta = (D 12.5% - 1) / (1 - 0.25 * D 12.5% ) 

After calibrating base dose and Eta, Beta can be determined by 

exposing following Beta calibration pattern (Fig. 4) with radius 

variation at base dose: 

Fig.1: Checkerboard dose sensor and reaction of corner to dose 

change (for positive resist) 

As the infinite checkerboard pattern has the layout density of 

50% independent of the proximity influence ranges, the 

pattern is not sensitive to proximity effect at the optimum dose 

(base dose). The corners of the squares show a high sensitivity 

for over- and underexposure. The sensitivity at the corner 

depend on the short-range blur (Fig. 2). 

Fig 4: Beta calibration pattern with dose sensor with radius variation 

The sensor exposed to 50% layout density (showing best 

exposure) will determine the correct Beta. 

unal @genisys-gmbh.com 

[1] Developed by GenISys GmbH, www.genisys-gmbh.com 

[2] J. Pavkovich, J. Vac.Sci. Technol., B, Vol.4, No.1, 1986 

[3] P. Hudek,Microelectronic Engineering 83 (2006) 780-783 

Fig 6th 2: Dose Nanoscience sensitivity and of Nanotechnology sensor at different Conference, short range zmir, blur 2010 650


Theme F686 - N1123 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


P 

P 

maximum 


Theme F686 - N1123 

An experiment investigation of GaAs/AlGaAs Solar Cells Efficiency 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

ULeyla Baak BüklüUP P*, Aye ErolP P, M. Çetin ArikanP P, Ben RoyallP 

Pand Naci BalkanP 

1 

PDepartment of Physics, Istanbul University, Istanbul, Turkey 

PDepartment of Computing and Electronic Systems, Essex University, UK 

2 

Abstract- In this work, the efficiency of GaAs/AlGaAs solar cell which was formed by a top ring geometry by photolithography method 

obtained. The efficiency and spectral response of the cells were investigated by I-V measurement and photoconductivity (PC) measurements 

respectively. 

Solar cell devices based on III-V semiconductors have an 

efficiency around 30% which is higher than Si based cells. 

Because the broader part of solar spectrum is covered by 

these structures [1]. The band gap of ternary and quaternary 

III-V semiconductors can be tailored changing alloy 

compositions for example the band gap energy of GaR1-xRAlRxRAs 

semiconductors changes from 1,42eV (GaAs) to 2,16eV 

(AlAs). 

In this study epitaxially grown n on p GaAs/GaAlAs solar 

cell structure given in Figure 1 has been employed. GaAlAs 

having Al concentration of 0,8 was added to the structure in 

order to absorb solar energy starting from 1,6 eV. 

0,10 

0,08 

0,06 

Figure 3. I-V set-up 

3cm 

8cm 

13cm 

18cm 

23cm 

28cm 

33cm 

I (mA) 

0,04 

0,02 

0,00 

-0,02 

0,0 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 

V(Volt) 

Figure 1. The solar cell structure 

Solar cell structure was fabricated in ring contacts as mesa 

structures having contacts on the top of the structures using 

photolithography techniques as shown in Figure 2. 

Top layer was just for ohmic contacts and interior part of 

the ring removed after ring shaped gold deposition by 

selectively etching. Au/Ge:Au/Ni alloy was used as ohmic 

contact to n type material on the top, Au:Zn/Au ohmic 

contact to p type material at the bottom. 

Figure 4. I-V characteristic of solar cell has taken depending on the 

distance between sample and UV lamp 

The efficiency of solar cell calculated using the equation 

given below. 

I 

scVoc 

FF 

 

(1) 

P 

s 

Where R PRs, power; FF, fill factor; IRscR, shortcircuit 

current; VRoc, Ropen-circuit voltage. Using Equation 1, 

the efficiency of the solar cell calculated as 13%. 

5 35K 

4 

3 

PC(a.u.) 

2 

Figure 2. Solar cell which formed by photolithography 

Fabricated structure was mounted on a ceramic holder with 

gold contact pads that was used for wiring. Sample contacts 

from the top and from the bottom layers were join to gold 

paths by ultrasonic bonding. 

I-V measurements were taken in a light tight box with 

200W high pressure mercury lamp as shown in Figure 3. 

Obtained spectrum was taken at different intensities by 

changing distance between light source and solar cell. Figure 

4 shows the obtained I-V curves were taken at different light 

intensities by using inverse square law. 

1 

0 

1,2 1,4 1,6 1,8 2,0 2,2 2,4 2,6 2,8 3,0 3,2 

Energy(eV) 

Figure 5. Photoconductivity measurement of solar cell has taken 

35K, 100mV sensitivity and 100Hz frequency 

As seen from the Figure 5, PC spectrum of solar cell starts 

absorbing at 1,5eV and peaks at 1.65eV. 

In summary, the efficiency of GaAs/AlGaAs structure 

calculated from I-V curve and spectral response region was 

obtained. 

*Corresponding author: lbbuklu@gmail.com 

[1] A.W. Bett1, F. Dimroth2, G. Stollwerck2, O.V. Sulima, 

1999, Appl. Phys. A 69, 119–129 


P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Microwave-Assisted Deposition of Microwire Patterns of Metal Nanoparticles 

1 

UUursoy OlgunUP P* 

1 

PDepartment of Chemistry, Sakarya University, Sakarya 54187, Turkey 

Abstract-Nanoparticles were self-assembled as organized microwire patterns on various substrates due to the stick-slip motion of the contact 

line during the microwave evaporation of solvent. The colloid solutions of 0.03% (w/v) nanoaluminum in 10% (v/v) poly(dimethylsiloxane)- 

acetone were used to self-assemble the microwire patterns of Al on glass substrates, which were dipped into the solution and held against the 

wall. Also, the colloids of 0.001% (w/v) nanosilver prepared in acetone solution of 33.3% (v/v) chloroform, 16.6% (v/v) 

poly(dimethylsiloxane) and 0.3% (v/v) Tween-20 were utilized for the deposition of the microwire patterns under the microwave heating at 

51-55 °C. The rapid self-assembly process was demonstrated under the microwave and the width of microwires was about 1-20 m depending 

on the concentration of the nanoparticles. Processing of particles to produce surface patterns and their thin films will be presented. 

The microwave-assisted self-organization of colloidal 

particles in confining aqueous droplets was reported for the 

preparation of photonic band gap materials [1]. The 

microwave-assisted synthesis and the in-situ self-assembly of 

coaxial Ag/C nanocables have been studied [2]. Although the 

microwave synthesis of metal nanoparticles has been studied 

in the literature, the microwave processing of the colloids of 

metal nanoparticles has not been investigated in detail. The 

evaporation induced self-assembly of zeolite patterns was 

reported at room temperature recently [3]. 

Here, the deposition of aluminum and silver microwires was 

directed by the evaporation-induced self-assembly of 

nanoparticles under the microwave heating [4]. Compared to 

the conventional heating, the microwave radiation had many 

advantages, such as very short time heating, homogeneous 

energy transfer to the liquid and reduced bubble formation in 

solution. The formation of microwire patterns was due to the 

stick-slip dynamics of the contact line on the surface of the 

substrates. By using the microwave energy, the rapid selfassembly 

of the microwires from the metal nanoparticles was 

achieved within a few minutes for the first time. 

The contact line deposition of nanoparticles has been studied 

by several groups to prepare micropatterns of various 

materials. In this study, the effects of using microwave heating 

were explored for the first time to accelerate the particle 

deposition process. As shown in Figure 1, the role of 

microwave during the stick-slip motion of contact line was 

Figure 2: The images of nanoaluminum and nanosilver 

microwire patterns deposited on glass substrates at 55 C under 

microwave heating [4]. 

20 °C without heating, at 40 °C with conventional heating and 

at 55 °C with microwave heating. As demonstrated in Figure 

2, the microwire patterns produced using the microwave 

heating are very different for nano Al and Ag particles [4]. 

In summary, it was demonstrated that the colloidal selfassembly 

of particles under microwave is an efficient method 

to produce micropatterns of nanoparticles. The microwire 

deposition process presented in this study is relatively simple 

compare to the previous patterning techniques. The use of 

photoresist layer, micropatterned mask, monolayer coating 

and molded patterns is not required. As a result of these 

findings, it was concluded that the colloids of aluminum and 

silver nanoparticles are suitable for the rapid self-assembly of 

the microwire patterns under the microwave heating. 

*Corresponding author: HTuolgun@sakarya.edu.trT 

Figure 1. The mechanism of microwire deposition demonstrated by 

the stick-slip dynamics of the contact line [4]. 

investigated using the colloids of nano Al and Ag particles. 

The colloid solutions of 0.03%(w/v) nanoaluminum 

containing 10%(v/v) PDMS were placed in glass vials and the 

deposition of microwires on the wall surface was carried out at 

[1] S.H. Kim, S.Y. Lee, G.R. Yi, D.J. Pine, S.M. Yang, J. Am. Chem. 

Soc. 128, 10897, (2006). 

[2] J.C. Yu, X.L. Hu, L.B. Quan, L.Z. Zhang, Chem. Commun. 21, 

2704, (2005). 

[3] U. Olgun, V. Sevinç, Powder Tech. 183, 207, (2008). 

[4] U.Olgun. ACS Appl. Mater. Interfaces. 2(1), 28, (2010). 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Fabrication of Platinum Nanoparticles Using Amphiphilic Copolymer Template 

Numan HODA*, Burçin ACAR, Leyla BUDAMA, Önder TOPEL 

Akdeniz University Department of Chemistry Antalya Turkey 

Abstract-Production of nanoparticles with controlled size is important for their properties. In this study, production of Pt 

nanoparticles using PB-b-PEO amphiphilic copolymer template to control their size by loading different amount of precursor was tried. 

Synthesis of nanoparticles of metals, semiconductors 

and magnetic crystals has been accomplished by several 

methods including amphiphilic copolymer template. These 

kinds of copolymers have ability to form micelles in dilute 

solutions in selective solvents for one of the blocks [1]. 

Metal salts can be encapsulated in the core of micelles by 

complexation or association, corona provides stabilization. 

Encapsulated metals are easily chemically reduced or 

oxidized to convert them their nanoparticles. 

The aim of study is to control Pt nanoparticles size by 

adding different amount of precursor to copolymer 

micelles. 

PB-b-PEO is a typical amphiphilic copolymer which 

can form micelle in aqueous solution. In characterization 

of copolymer PB1800-b-PEO4000 (from Polymer Sources, 

Canada) micelles formed in aqueous solution, 

hydrodynamic diameter of micelles (D h ) was found to be 

52.4(±2) nm. DLS method also gives information about 

polydispersity of the micelles and this was about 0.075. 

The cmc of PB-b-PEO diblock copolymer in aqueous 

solution was estimated to be 2.94x10 -7 M by fluorescence 

spectroscopy. 

PB-b-PEO diblock copolymer micelles in aqueous 

solution were used to as nanoreactor to produce Pt 

nanoparticles having certain sizes. To control particle size 

amount of salt to be added was changed. TEM Picture was 

taken in 120 kV. The PB-b-PEO diblock copolymer 

micelles from TEM are showed in Fig. 1. Resulting 

pictures with different metal:polymer ratio (in mol) are 

given in Figs. 2.a-f with the size distribution. 

Figure 1. Micelles of PB-b-PEO in aqueous solution 

Figure 2. Nanoparticles produced in a;(3:1) , b;(1:1), c;(1:5), 

d;(1:10), e;(1:15), f;(1:20), metal:polymer loading. 

When metal:polymer ratio is favor of metal for example, 3:1, 

micelles do not stabilize all of metal salt added according to 

Fig.2a. In this figure, there are some agglomerates outside of 

the micelle. It may be understood that the complexation 

between metal salt and hydrophobic part of the copolymer is 

weak. It can be seen that in the other pictures nanoparticles 

are dispersed homogeneously. The mean diameters of 

nanoparticles for 1:1, 1:5, 1:10 and 1:20 ratios are 1.3(2), 

1.5(3), 1.4(3) and 1.1(2) nm, respectively. According to 

TEM pictures of nanoparticles obtained increasing amount of 

metal salt loading to micelles does not affect much the size 

of nanoparticles. This work was supported by Akdeniz 

University the Scientific Research Projects Coordination 

Unit under Grant No. 2007.01.0105.007. 

*Corresponding Author: nhoda@akdeniz.edu.tr 

[1] G. Riess, Prog. Polym. Sci., 2003, 28, 1107. 


P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Alternative Method to Production of Nano-Sized -SiAlON Powders 

1 

1 

1 

Onur EserP P, USemra KuramaUP P* and Göktug GünkayaP 

1 

PDepartment of Materials Science and Engineering, Anadolu University, Eskisehir, Turkey 

Abstract-In this study, the optimum milling system was investigated by using sedimentation method. The effect of type of mediums and 

dispersants were researched by using sedimentation tests. After the optimization of milling medium wet milling system was used to decreasing 

particle size of starting powders. All the milling time results were discussed related with the particle size of milled powder. 

There are some routes to prepare nano-sized SiAlON 

powders such as plasma-chemical and laser synthesis [1], solgel 

and as a top-to-bottom process high-energy mechanical 

milling [2]. Although, this method promises very low particle 

sizes (~40 nm), would increase the cost of the initial powder 

[3]. In this study -SiAlON described as SiR4RAlR2ROR2RNR6R, and 

doped with 5 wt.% YR2ROR3R. The weighed powders were 

planetary ball milled (Pulverisette 6 Fritsch, Germany) with 

SiR3RNR4R balls for 2 h in different solvent compositions (toluene, 

methyl ethyl keton, ethanol) and in different ratios. The 

solvent ratios were determined as given in the literature [4]. 

The level of agglomeration, a critical parameter for the 

efficiency of the milling process, was determined using the 

sedimentation method. As explained in our previous study [5], 

the most dispersed solvent composition was determined for 

-SiAlON system in three kinds of dispersant (oleic acid, 

polyethyleneglicol, sodium tripolyphosphate). In the present 

study polyvinylpyrrolidon was also investigated as an 

alternative to the other three in the -SiAlON system. The 

optimum solvent ratio was investigated in an ethanol:toluene 

system of 70:30 vol. ratio with the highest sedimentation 

height. The effect of the dispersant in the selected solvent 

composition was investigated by addition of oleicacid, STPP 

(sodium tripolyphosphate), PEG (polyethyleneglicol) and PVP 

(polyvinylpyrrolidon) as dispersants (Figure 1). 

Sediment height (mm) 

130 

125 

120 

115 

110 

105 

100 

95 

0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 

PVP 

(wt. %) 

Time (h) 

Figure 1. Effect of amount of (a) PVP on sedimentation height 

According to the result, the binary solvent system of ethanol 

and toluene (at a volume ratio 70:30) with 3 wt.% addition of 

PVP shows the most dispersed behavior and is used as a 

milling medium for milling studies. The first powder produced 

by conventional method which has a powder:ball:alcohol ratio 

of 1:1.5:2 and the other powder produced by high-energy 

mechanical milling in wet medium at 450 rpm for different 

times up to 40 hours. For the characterization of the particle 

size of the milled powders, two different types of method were 

used in this study. One of these is the dynamic light scattering 

method, and the average particle size of the milled powders is 

given in Fig. 2-3.The second method, BET, was used to 

measure the surface area of the powders an the mean particle 

size of (DRBETR). Comparison of the results of both methods 

shows that even though the particle size of powders decrease 

0.5 

1.0 

2.5 

2.0 

1.5 

3.0 

by increasing milling time, from sample C to N50. There was 

observed differences in results. These differences can be 

explained by the formation of agglomerates which are difficult 

to deform, even using ultrasonic treatment in the dynamic light 

scattering method. However, in the BET method the diffusion 

of NR2R gas into agglomerates is possible, giving more realistic 

results than the dynamic light scattering method. 

Particle Size (nm) 

700 

600 

500 

400 

300 

200 

100 

0 

Conventional 

5 

10 

20 

Time (h) 

Figure 2. Particle size analyse of powder by dynamic light scattering 

method 

Particle Size (nm) 

250 

200 

150 

100 

50 

0 

Conventional 

5 

10 

20 

Time (h) 

Figure 3. Particle size analyse of powder by BET 

As a consequence, the high energy milling in a wet medium 

system is an effective way to produce nano- -SiAlON 

starting powders. The most efficient milling medium for the 

-SiAlON suspensions is investigated as 70 vol. % Ethanol-30 

vol. % Toluen with the addition of 3 wt% PVP. The minimum 

-SiAlON powder size was obtained as 92 nm after 50 h 

milling in this medium. 

This work was supported by TUBITAK under Grant No. 

108T661. 

*Corresponding author: skurama@anadolu.edu.tr 

[1]. Bulic, F., Zalite, I., Zhilinska, N., 2004. Comparison of plasma-chemical 

synthesised SiAlON nano-powder and conventional prepared SiAlON 

powder, Journal of the European Ceramic Society, 24: 3303-3306. 

[2]. Li, Q., Zhang, C., Komeya, K., Tatami, J., Meguro, T., Gao, L., 2003. 

Nano powders of -SiAlON carbothermally produced via a sol-gel process, 

Journal of Materials Science Letters, 22: 885-887. 

[3]. Xu, X., Nishimura, T., Hirosaki, N., Xie, R., Yamamoto, Y., Tanaka, H., 

2005. Fabrication of -SiAlON nanoceramics by high-energy mechanical 

milling and spark plasma sintering, Nanotechnology, 16 : 1569-1573. 

[4] Eser, O. and Kurama, S., (2010). The effect of the wet-milling process on 

sintering temperature and the amount of additive of SiAlON ceramics, 

Ceramics International, doi:10.1016/j.ceramint.2009.12.025. 

[5] Eser, O., Kurama, S. and Gunkaya, G., 2010. The production of - 

SiAlON ceramics with low amount of additive, at low sintering temperature, 

J. The European ceram. Soc,. doi: 10.1016/j.jeurceramsoc.2010.01.024. 

30 

30 

40 

40 

50 

50 


1 

Effect of using sports equipment manufacturer nanotechnology to improve 

the performance of players in some 

Ali Jifri 

King Abdul Aziz University 

The research aims 

This research aims to identify the impact of sports equipment manufactured nano 

technology to improve the performance of the players. 

Research Methodology: 

The researchers Use: 

- Experimental approach to a single set, so that the sample is measured using the regular 

sport, and the tool manufacturer nano-technology. 

- Use descriptive approach researchers manner (analytical study) by using video imaging and 

analysis of motor qualitative manner (Hay and Reid Hay and Reid Model) and quantitative 

analysis of motor using analysis software (E - human) computer-literate. 

Research community: 

Research involved some Arab and foreign countries, namely: 

- Saudi Arabia. 

- Arab Republic of Egypt. 

- Syrian Arab Republic. 

- State of Portugal. 

- State of Serbia. 

Research Sample: 

Sample was selected in the manner deliberate search of the players the following sports: 

1 - Tennis Ground 

The number of players, five of the following countries (Saudi Arabia - Egypt - Syria - 

Portugal - Serbia) at this year's 9th Saudi ITF Junior Tennis Championships. 

2 – Basketball 

The number of players from the four national team players for the Saudi youth in 

Saudi Arabia. 

3 - athletics 

The number of players from two national team players in Saudi, Saudi Arabia. 

Surveys: 

Conducted surveys to identify the safety procedures and imaging cameras and the program for 

the analysis of motor as well as system calibration, the survey has shown safety procedures 

and preparation. 

The baseline study: 

The baseline study was conducted in the period from 15/10/2009 to 1/12/2009. 

Statistical treatment: 

Data were processed statistically using the Search Results: 

Conclusions: 

1 - Performance skill and muscle to the players a sample search tools manufactured nanotechnology 

was the best performance of the skill of motor tools manufacturer in the 

traditional way. 

2 - tools manufactured nano-technology lead to improved performance of the skill of the 

players in sports tennis, basketball and athletics. 

Reference : 

- Ableism and general human performance enhancement : Demands On Governing 

New Technologies In Sports Increase ,Nano technology magazine for small science , 

issue 9 , December 9, 2008 

- Ableism and general human performance enhancement : Demands On Governing 

New Technologies In Sports Increase ,Nano technology magazine for small science , 

issue 9 , December 9, 2008 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Electrical Force Microscopy and SKPM Investigations of Pb Doped CdS Films 

S.A. Klimova 1 , M. Arslan 2 *, S.V. Stetsyura 1 , M. Yavuz 2 , E.G. Glukhovskoy 1 , S.B. Venig 1 , Y. Elerman 2 

1 University of Saratov State, Department of Nano- and Biomedical Technology, 410012, Saratov, Russia 

2University of Ankara, Department of Engineering Physics, Faculty of Engineering, 06100 Besevler, Ankara, Turkey 

Abstract- The major focus of this work has been to observe structural and electrical properties of Pb doped CdS films. pH 

values of sub-phase can change the crystal structure. Furthermore, we found that surface potential values of these films 

depended on pH changing. 

Scanning probe microscopy methods allow the 

investigation of a variety of sample surface properties 

on a nanometer scale. As molecular electronics 

advance, the characterization of electrical properties 

becomes more and more important [1]. 

In this study, the structural properties of 

monolayers with Pb inclusions which were deposited 

on glass with Langmuir-Schaeffer method, were 

observed by using SEM (Fig.1, 2) and AFM. In 

additionally the electrostatic properties of films were 

investigated in EFM and SKPM. 

Due to the localization of electrons in the polymer 

chain, changing the crystalline structure. It means that 

crystal forms of Pb are sensitive to pH changes. As it 

can be seen from Figs. 1 and 2, the structure of the LB 

film is significantly altered by the changes of the pH 

sub-phase. Clusters are received when pH of the water 

sub-phase is 8 and the dendrites when 3. Variations of 

pH are carry out for control of the surface of the 

material CdS. Metal ions diffuse forward into the 

surface of CdS by annealing process with different 

temperature. 

Figure 1. (a) SEM image, and (b) hypermapping image of 

dendrite 

Figure 3. AFM image (a) 2D (b) 3D 

for dendrite structure 

(pH: 3.0) 

Figure 4. AFM image (a) 2D (b) 

3D for cluster structure 

(pH: 8.0) 

For these films, surface potential (ΔV) values vary 

from 0.35 V at pH 3.0 to 0. .07 V at pH 8.0. This 

decrease is due to the ionization of the monolayer at 

the air/aqueous interface. Therefore, the pH has a 

substantial influence on the stability of the films. 

In conclusion, for CdS with Pb Langmuir- 

and their electrical 

Blodgett thin films, grain size 

properties effected by sub-phase either acidic medium 

or basic medium [2]. 

* melike.arslan05@gmail.com 

[1] Macromol.Rapid Commun. 30, 1167–1178 (2009) 

[2] Thin Solid Films 327–329, 56–59 (1998) 

Figure 2. (a) SEM image, and (b) hypermapping image of 

cluster 

In SEM images, Pb accumulations observed on the 

surface of films. According to AFM images, the 

height of the deposited pattern is about 1 μm for 

dendrites (Fig. 3) and 0.5 μm for clusters (Fig. 4). For 

dendrite structure, large grains weree formed on top of 

glass. 


HRbRP 

P and 

P 

and 

will 

is 

P 

Lev 

P ) 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Measurement of ultralow magnetic fields with superconductor technology 

1 

1 

UUgur TopalUP P* andP P DorosinskiiP 

1 

PTÜBTAK-UME P.K. 54 41470,Gebze-Kocaeli/Türkiye 

Abstract-In this study we present a noval magnetic field measurement system for detection of ultra low magnetic fields (at the order of nT). The 

proposed system is based on bulk superconducting sensor and works at liquid nitrogen temperature. We predict that the lowest detected 

magnetic field (1 nTesla) will be much smaller than that of conventional fluxgate magnetometers but it is larger than the SQUID 

magnetometer. On the other hand, working facility at liquid nitrogen and easy fabrication of the sensor element seems to be important advantage 

for open area usage of the designed magnetometer, which is quite difficult by SQUIDs requring liquid helium usage. 

Magnetic sensors have some advantages compared to 

optical, infrared, acoustic sensors and radars in the detection 

of moving and static objects in the air, in the water or under 

the ground. Magnetic sensors may better determine the 

location of those objects and their type may be more suitable 

to follow their motion. One of the most important reasons for 

using magnetic sensors is the fact that the signal produced by 

magnetic objects is practically not attenuated by the 

environment. The aim of the present project is to construct a 

digital magnetometer using High-Temperature superconductor 

materials as a magnetic field sensor. These materials are very 

easy to produce, do not require liquid helium as in the case of 

SQUID magnetometer, can be used in liquid nitrogen and are 

-10 

expected to result in the magnetic field sensitivity of 10P 

Tesla. The idea behind this study can be summarized as 

follows. 

The effects of AC and DC magnetic fields on High-Tc 

superconductors have been investigated by many groups [1-5]. 

If an AC field (HRacR) with frequency of f is applied to high- 

Tc’s, magnetic field penetrates to the superconductor in case 

its amplitude is bigger than the first critical field H Rc1R. Then 

nonlinear magnetization of the superconductor is expected. 

Such an nonlinear magnetization causes the generation of odd 

harmonics with frequency of (2n+1)f. Co-application of AC 

and DC fields will generate even harmonics. It may be 

explained in details as follows. L. Ji et al. proposed that 

critical current is dependent on the local field, which is 

contrary to the Bean critical state model [1,6]. If an AC field, 

H=HRacRcos(wt), is applied to a type II superconductor, JRcR 

only depend on H and thus, Hwill be same for wt and 

wt+t. Then, M(wt)=-M(wt+) and so, symmetrical 

magnetization curve is expected. 

n 

Using Sin(nwt)=(-1)P Psinn(wt+) and 

n 

Cos(nwt)=(-1)P PCosn(wt+), M(wt) will generate only odd 

harmonics. 

On the other hand, in case of DC field together with AC 

field, H=HRdcR+HRacRcos(wt), situation is different. That is, 

antisymetrical magnetization is expected. 

In Anderson-Kim model, critical current density JRcR 

assumed to be equal to c/HRlocalR, where is pinning force and 

c speed of light. Ji et al. applied Anderson-Kim model to a 

superconducting plate with thickness D for the cases of 

HH* (H* is the field required for the 

penetration up to plate center) and obtained magnetization 

curve. They assume that applied field H is between HRaR HRbR 

2 2 

and HRaR>HRbR(see Fig.1 left). They also define P P= HRaRP Psgn(HRaR)- 

2 

Psgn(HRbR) (sgn(x)=1 for x>0 , sgn(x)=-1 for x2H*P P PH*harmonic signal is proportional to H*P P/HRacR. 

In case of superconductor is under field of 

H=HRdcR+HRacRcos(wt); 

HRaR=HRdcR+HRacR and HRbR=HRdcR-HRacR and for the case of P P

P 

Erkan 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Nanoscale Surface Characterization of Materials by SEM Stereoscopic Imaging 

1 

1 

UOrkun ErsoyUP P* andP P AydarP 

1 

PDepartment of Geological Engineering, Hacettepe University, Ankara 06800, Turkey 

Abstract-Surface texture of different type materials were quantified using digital elevation models (DEM) reconstructed from stereoscopic 

images acquired from different angles by scanning electron microscope (SEM). Nanoscale roughness parameters were measured on DEMs of 

volcanic ash, sphalerite, polymer beads with different surface textures. The implemented method presented in this study offers new insight for 

surface characterization of different materials on nanoscale regions. 

Three-dimensional reconstruction from stereoscopic images 

(acquired at varying specimen tilt angles) is based on the 

measurement of the disparity (parallax), which is the shift (in 

pixels) of the specimen features from one image to the other 

[1]. The resolution of the result is the same as the resolution of 

the SEM images. The parallax method for elevation 

measurement from stereo pairs consists of imaging the same 

object from two viewpoints at the same plane, so the parallax, 

or the object point displacement along an axis parallel to the 

straight line through these viewpoints contained on the 

viewer's plane is proportional to the distance between the 

selected point and the viewer's plane, i.e. the local elevation is 

proportional to the local parallax. 

Detailed information about the method and surface 

characterization of volcanic ash particles can be found in [2]. 

In this study, we measured roughness parameters of surfaces 

on profiles (ISO 4287; ISO 11562; ASME B46.1-2002 

standards) set in images. Volcanic ash particles and sphalerite 

spheres are coarser than polymer beads and have higher values 

of roughness parameters (Figure 1). 

Mean peak to valley height of roughness profile for finer and 

coarser beads are approx. 2 and 5 nm, respectively. 

Beside roughness measurements on nanoscale regions, it is 

also possible to measure elements such as distance, height 

steps, angles etc. on reconstructed 3D models Here, we show 

DEM of a broken bead and step height between two different 

layers in polymer bead (Figure 2). 

Figure 2. Reconstructed model of a broken polymer bead. The height 

step measurement between two levels on bead surface gives approx. 

7 microns. 

In summary, SEM stereoscopic imaging offers new insights 

for surface characterization of particles on nano- and macroregions. 

After reconstruction of the 3D models of surfaces by 

the implemented method, it is possible to quantify surface 

parameters of particles which become highly informative and 

valuable in characterizing particle structure details. 


Project No. 108Y063 and by Hacettepe University Research 

Foundation under Project No. 0701602009. We thank Prof. 

Dr. Ali Tuncel for providing polymer beads. 

*Corresponding author: oersoy@hacettepe.edu.tr 

[1] J.L. Pouchou et al, Microchimica Acta 139, 135 (2002). 

[2] O. Ersoy, J.Volc.Geotherm.Res. 190, 290 (2010). 

Figure 1. Reconstructed model of a volcanic ash particle and polymer 

beads (from [2]). 

The average profile roughness values for volcanic ash and 

sphalerite spheres are approx. 65 and 14 nm, respectively. 

Volcanic ash particles have a mean peak to valley height of 

roughness profile of approx. 550 nm while sphalerite has a 

value of approx. 105 nm. Polymer beads with different sizes 

and surface textures were analyzed. Finer beads have average 

profile roughness value of approx. 0.280 nm. Coarser beads 

have average profile roughness value of approx. 0.600 nm. 


P 

P 

P and 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Application of Nanotechnologies for Creation of 3D-imagery 

1 

2 

1,2 

2 

2 

UGrigoriy MunUP P* Ibragim SuleimenovP P, Nikolay SemenyakinP 

P, Dmitriy BobrovnikovP P, Lylya ZaitovaP 

1 

2 

1 

Gulnara GapparovaP 

PKazNU - Chemical faculty of Kazakh National University, Karasai Batyra 95, 050012 Almaty, Kazakhstan 

PAIPET – Almaty Institute of Power Engineering and Telecommunications, Baitursynova 126, Almaty 050013, Kazakhstan 

Abstract-The scheme of creation of 3D-imagery using a new approach of display screens design with nanoparticles using is suggested. 3Deffect 

is created at the expense of sequentially arranged layers; each of them possesses properties of separate display screen. 

The possibility of using of the phase transitions in solutions 

of thermosensitive polymers for imagery reproduction was 

discussed for the first time in [1]. The phase transition in 

solution of such polymer results in sharp increase of optical 

density, i.e. solution starts to scatter the light effectively. 

Transition can be realized locally. In particular, in filling of 

plane-parallel volume by thermosensitive polymer solution 

there is a possibility to realize the scheme when separate 

medium areas acquire ability to scatter the light and the others 

remain transparent. 

First type points are perceived as illuminated, second 

type – as dark since light from exterior source passes through 

them without scattering. In the simplest case local phase 

transition can be provided by using the diminutive heating 

element (diode- resistive panel). The local heating can be 

realized also owing to using of solution own conductivity and 

accompanying Joule heat release. 

Photograph of enlarged model, realized the principle 

suggested, is shown at Figure 1. The model is realized on the 

base of volume limited by plane-parallel glass walls and filled 

by (poly)N-isopropylacrylamide (PNiPAAM) aqueous 

solution, MM = 135 000, CRpolR = 0,3%; solution layer thickness 

is 5 mm. 

1 

Figure 2. Dependences of duration of phase transition on voltage 

U at various salt concentrations; RNaClR.=0,01(1), 0,02(2), 0,05(3) 

mol%, CRpolR = 0,1%; line (4) corresponds to frequency of frame 

change (= 1/24Hz). 

It is seen that parameter corresponding to accepted TV 

standard is realized at quite high voltage and concentrations of 

low-molecular salt only. It is necessary to emphasize that 

increase of phase transition speed is associated with nonlinear 

phenomenon proceeded in solution heated by electric current. 

The heating of solution of thermosensitive polymer results in 

alteration of its electroconductivity and this in turn affects the 

distribution of current density. 

An alternative way of increase of conductivity is 

connected to saturation of polymer solution by nanoparticles. 

In this case, marked nonlinear effects resulting in 

considerable increase of phase transition rate take place. For 

illustration, the dependence of intensity of optical signal 

passed through the solution on time is shown on pic.3. It is 

seen that the presence of nanoparticles results in appearance of 

self-oscillations of high frequency. 

1 

J 

Figure1. Aggregative screen model 

It is seen that points where phase transition occurred are 

perceived indeed as bright and the other- as dark. The daylight 

was used for obtaining of the photo. This emphasizes one of 

the advantages of systems of such type – they can work with 

daylight without extra energy consumption for highlighting. 

Another advantage of screens of such type is total 

transparency in initial state (achieved by using of optically 

transparent electrodes). This allows to use several layers 

located one after another for obtaining of 3D-effect. 

However, direct use of phase transitions in thermosensitive 

polymers faced with certain difficulties. The rate of phase 

transition is relatively low and the conductivity of solution 

requires to be increased by additives of low-molecular salt. 

The dependence of phase transition duration on applied 

voltage at different concentrations of low-molecular salt is 

shown at Figure 2. 

0,75 

0,5 

0,25 

0 

t, ms 

200 400 600 800 

Figure 3: Dependence of optical signal on time PNiPAAM solution 

containing gold nanoparticles; CRpolymR = 2%, CRAuR = 0,05 %, V = 70 V) 

*Corresponding author: grigoriy.mun@kaznu.kz 

[1] I.E.Suleimenov, G.A.Mun et.al. 19th Polymer Networks Group 

meeting Larnaca, Cyprus, 22-26 June 2008. Pa 48 



Theme F686 - N1123 

A New Method: Thickness Determination of Thin Films by Energy Dispersive X-ray 

Spectroscopy 

Sedat Canli 1,2* , Mustafa Kulakci 3 , Urcan Guler 3 , Rasit Turan 2,3 

1 Micro and Nanotechnology Department, Middle East Technical University, 06531 Ankara, Turkey 

2 Central Laboratory, Middle East Technical University, 06531 Ankara, Turkey 

3 Department of Physics, Middle East Technical University, 06531 Ankara, Turkey 

Abstract- EDS is a tool for quantitative and qualitative analysis of the materials. In electron microscopy, the energy of the 

electrons determines the depth of the region where the x-rays come from. By varying the energy of the electrons, the depth of 

the region where x-rays come from can be changed. Different quantitative ratios of the elements for different electron 

energies can be obtained using a thin film. The thickness of a specific film on a specific substrate corresponds to a unique 

energy-ratio diagram. In this study, it is shown that thickness of a thin film can be obtained by an appropriate analysis of the 

energy-ratio diagram of the EDS data obtained from the film. 

Scanning Electron Microscopes (SEM) and Energy 

Dispersive X-ray Spectroscopy (EDS) methods are 

being widely used in materials and nanotechnology 

researches. Thin films are very important for several 

industries, such as electronic semiconductor industry, 

optical coating industry or photovoltaic cells. In the 

current work, EDS was investigated as a potential tool 

to be used as a relatively easy methodology for 

measuring the thickness of thin films. 

Silicon, the main material of semiconductor 

technology was used as the substrate in this study. 

Gold, germanium and aluminum were coated on 

substrates by thermal evaporation method and SiO 2 was 

grown by the wet oxidation method. Corroborative 

thickness measurements were obtained by profilometer 

and ellipsometry. 

It is known that the electron beam generated by an 

SEM hits perpendicularly onto the surface of the films 

and the interaction volume changes with the applied 

electron energy. In the present study, energy values in 

the range of 3keV to 30keV with steps of 1keV were 

used. 

Figure 1: Monte Carlo electron trajectory simulations of the 

interaction volume in Fe at (a) 10keV. (b) 20keV. (c) 30keV [1]. 

At atomic scale, focused electrons hitting the sample 

excite inner electrons of the atoms. During the 

relaxation of the atoms, each atom radiates 

characteristic x-rays from K α , K β , L α , etc shells [2]. The 

detector collects and counts x-rays coming from the 

sample and constructs the spectrum. The EDS system 

normalizes and corrects the data using ZAF 

coefficients, and finally gives ratios of the elements. 

Atomic percentage ratios of the coated elements of 

varying thicknesses were collected. The gold ratio 

obtained from this sample set can be seen in Figure 2. 

Gold Ratio (%) 

100 

80 

60 

40 

20 

0 

Voltage & Atomic Gold Ratio 

25 nm 

50 nm 

75 nm 

100 nm 

125 nm 

150 nm 

175 nm 

SEM Voltage (keV) 

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 

Figure 2: Atomic percent ratios obtained on gold films with different 

thicknesses. 

Similar plots were separately obtained for each 

element and it was observed that different atomic ratio 

curves were obtained for the same thicknesses of 

varying coatings. 

For a specific gold ratio (i.e. %50) we draw a 

horizontal line and found corresponding SEM Voltage, 

for each film thickness. The collection of all data 

obtained from all films at each thickness was used to 

interpolate the data and construct a new graph of 

voltage vs. thickness. The reference graph was used as 

a tool to figure out the unknown thicknesses of these 

films. These results were further correlated using the 

Monte Carlo simulation software called Casino. 

In summary, it was shown that specific thickness of 

thin films on a substrate give unique atomic percent 

voltage-ratio curves and these data can be used as a 

tool to construct reference data for further thickness 

determination. It is shown that this methodology can 

be exploited for all elements of interest that were used 

as a coating on thin films at nanoscale, which is made 

available by the Monte Carlo simulations developed 

for this particular study. 

* Corresponding author: canli@metu.edu.tr 

[1] Goldstein J.I. Scanning Electron Microscopy and X-ray 

Microanalysis, New York 1992 

[2] Reimer L. Scanning Electron Microscopy, Springer-Verlag, 

Berlin 1998 


P 

P 

P 

P 

P 

P*P 

P,P 

P and 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Topological Analysis of the Integer Quantum Hall Effect 

1 

2,3 

4 

1 

UAylin YildizUP 

P, Afif SiddikiP 

PDeniz EksiP Ismail SokmenP 

1 Department of Physics, Dokuz Eylul University, Izmir 35160, Turkey 

2 

PDepartment of Physics, Istanbul University, Istanbul 34134, Turkey 

PDepartment of Physics, Harvard University, Cambridge MA 02138, USA 

4 

PDepartment of Physics, Trakya University, Edirne 22030, Turkey 

3 

Abstract-We discuss the role of topology on the integer quantum Hall effect (IQHE). The characteristics of the edges as well as the bulk 

states in a Hall bar with two identical square gates in the interior and a Corbino disc geometries with and without disorder have been analyzed 

in detail. The current distribution obtained from the Linear Response Theory (LRT) is presented for all systems. 

Vortices in Type II superconductors, Aharonov-Bohm 

effect and many other examples put forward the important role 

of topology in condensed matter physics. Since the discovery 

of the quantum Hall effect [1], important topological 

investigations have been performed [2-5]. 

The famous gauge invariance argument of Laughlin [2] is 

fundamental to the phenomena. Laughlin's argument, focussed 

on a closed cylinder with a strong magnetic field normal to its 

surface, is threaded by a time dependent magnetic flux. Each 

time the flux was increased by one flux quantum, an electron 

was argued to be adiabatically transferred from the inside to 

the outside edge of the cylinder. This resulted in a flow of 

electrical current proportional to the electro-motive driving 

force, with a precisely quantized coeffcient of proportionality - 

the Hall conductance [2]. The Laughlin's argument was 

elaborated on by Halperin to a Corbino disc - a hollow disc 

shaped sample [3]. Within a Corbino-disc geometry, the 

quantized Hall conductance could be understood as a discrete 

transfer of electrons between the inner and outer edges, one 

for each magnetic flux quantum threading the bore of the disc. 

The importance of the edge state was first demonstrated by 

this work. 

The equivalence of Hall bar sample enclosed on itself under 

the periodic boundary conditions as well as gauge invariance 

and Corbino disc topologies is one of the intriguing research 

topics. In this study we define two geometries - a Hall bar with 

identical square gates in the interior region and a Corbino disc 

as an annular 2DEG system surrounding a metallic contact 

[i.e., an electron reservoir (electrode)] and surrounded in turn 

by a second metallic contact as shown in Figure 1. 

The Hall bar geometry involve a physical edge which connects 

the probing contacts. A unique feature of Corbino disc is that, 

unlike other two-dimensional semiconductor devices, their 

boundaries consist entirely of metallic contacts and no edge 

connects the contacts. This different sample configuration led 

to the observation of completely different effects. 

The characteristics of the incompressible strips (IS) have 

been analyzed for both geometries with and without disorder. 

We apply the Thomas-Fermi Approximation (TFA) assuming 

the electrostatic quantities vary slowly in the quantum 

mechanical scale such as magnetic length [7]. We obtained 

circular ISs in Corbino disc near inner and outer annulus at 

T=5K temperature under the influence of B=8T, which 

obviously confirm the edge picture for Hall conductance 

stressed by Halperin. Under T=4K, B=8.5T conditions the 

obtained edge states in the clean Hall bar sample are parallel 

to the straight line connecting source and drain. On the other 

hand, the circular edge states in Corbino geometry cut the 

corresponding line perpendicularly. With increasing magnetic 

field the existence of ISs in both systems is described by the 

bulk states. This picture is valid for a small magnetic field 

range. 

In the presence of a small fixed current the system is locally 

in thermal equilibrium. In this case the linearity between the 

current density and the electric field is almost conserved that 

the Linear Response theory (LRT) is valid [8]. The Hall 

current in Hall bar sample is carried by edge states for B=7.5T 

and T=6K conditions, while with increasing the magnetic field 

up to 8T current penetrates the ISs around the gates. 

Our calculations show that the existence of disorder 

broadens the ISs and the bulk picture is ascendent in both 

systems independent of the geometry. 

In summary, we analyze the edge or bulk states realizations 

of the IQHE in a Hall bar with two identical square gates in 

the interior and a Corbino disc geometries with and without 

disorder. We conclude that the edge and bulk states are 

actually related and the topological characters of the Hall bar 

and Corbino disc systems are quite different. 

*Corresponding author: HTaylin.yildiz@deu.edu.trT 

Figure 1. (a) Hall bar geometry with identical square gates in the 

interior region (red squares). (b) Corbino disc geometry. The blue 

regions indicate the two-dimensional electron gas, the red areas are 

source (S) and drain (D) elements and the yellow squares denotes the 

metallic contacts in both samples. 

[1] K. Von Klitzing, G. Dorda and M. Pepper, Phys. Rev. Lett. 45, 

494 (1980). 

[2] R. B. Laughlin, Phys. Rev. B 23(10), 5632 (1981). 

[3] B.I. Halperin, Phys. Rev. B 25, 2185 (1982). 

[4] G. Kirczenow, J.Phys.: Condens. Matter. 6, L583-L588 (1994). 

[5] E. Yahel, A. Plalevski, and H. Shtrikman, Superlattices and 

Microstructures 22(4), 537 (1997). 

[7] A. Siddiki, R. R. Gerhardts, Phys. Rev. B 70 (2004) 195335. 

[8] K. Güven, R. R. Gerhardts, Phys. Rev. B 67 (2003) 115327. 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Fully Differential High Voltage Amplifier Design for Stick-slip Nanopositioning 

Nazmi Burak Budanur 1* , Devrim Yılmaz Aksın 1 , Oğuzhan Gürlü 2 

1 Electronics & Communications Department, Istanbul Technical University, Istanbul 34469, Turkey 

2 Physics Department, Istanbul Technical University, Istanbul 34469, Turkey 

Abstract – A fully differential high voltage amplifier to drive stick-slip piezoelectric actuators is designed. The amplifier consists of a fully 

differential amplifier and a common mode amplifier as ICs, and a power boosting stage with discrete components. By this design approach we 

achieve slew rates of 300 V/μs on high capacitive loads of 10 nF. 

The motivation of this work is to build a high resolution 

nanopositioner to be used in the sample positioning stage of a 

scanning tunneling microscope (STM). Due to the stick-slip 

motion principle, a high voltage (with an amplitude of 

approximately 300V) ramp signal with very high slew rates is 

needed to drive piezoelectric ceramics with several hundredths 

of grams of load on them. Period of the ramp signal should be 

in the range of 0.1s in order to make the motion in reasonable 

time scales. Additionally, a high voltage and fast control 

electronic can be applied in other systems that require nano 

positioning by means of piezo electric positioners. 

There are single ended examples of HV amplifiers in 

literature with an operational amplifier in the input stage 

followed by class-AB power boosting output stages in which 

the output common mode is determined by a simple negative 

feedback [1], [2]. Our design, shown in Figure 1, has three 

main blocks: Input fully differential amplifier, class-AB power 

amplifier and common mode feedback amplifier. Input 

amplifier and the common mode amplifier are designed in 

0.35 micron CMOS technology with 3.3V sources, and the 

power amplifier is build with discrete components with a 

155V DC source. Since the output common mode level is to 

be determined at the half of the high voltage DC source, 

common mode sensing circuit divides the output voltage to a 

suitable level. 

We design and simulate our circuit on Cadence Virtuoso 

Spectre with SPICE models of discrete components and the 

AMS 0.35μm libraries. The power stage will be realized with 

discrete components whereas the low power sections will be 

realized through AMS. AC simulation result of the differential 

loop is shown in Figure 2. As it is clear from the figure, the 

DC gain of the amplifier is 90dB, its gain band width product 

is 370kHz and its phase margin is 83 degree. 

Figure 2. AC Simulation result. 

In conclusion, a fully differential amplifier design with a 

300V/μs slew rate is done to drive stick-slip piezoelectric 

nanopositioners. This work is a collaborative project of ITU 

VLSI and nano scale surface science labs. 

* budanur@itu.edu.tr 

[1] Colclough, M. S., 2000, A Fast high-voltage 

amplifier for driving piezoelectric positioners, Review of 

Scientific Instruments, vol.71 pp. 4323-4324 

[2] Wang, D. H., Zhu, W., Yang, Q., Ding, W.M., 2009, 

A High-voltage and High-power Amplifier for Driving 

Piezoelectric Stack Actuators, Journal of Intelligent Material 

Systems and Structures, Vol. 20 pp. 1987-2001 

Figure 1. HV Amplifier Design Blocks 

One of the main advantages of the fully differential 

approach is the ability to use relatively low voltage devices. 

Since high voltage BJT and MOS transistors have large 

geometries, parasitic capacitors of these devices determine the 

frequency behavior of the whole circuit. It is possible to obtain 

a differential voltage on the load, approximately double of the 

DC source. 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Chemically specific dynamic characterization of photovoltaic and 

photoconductivity effects of surface nanostructures 

Okan Öner Ekiz,Koray Mizrak, and Aykutlu Dâna 

UNAM-National Nanotechnology Research Center, Bilkent University, Ankara 06800, Turkey 

Abstract— We report characterization of photovoltaic and photoconductivity effects on nanostructured surfaces 

through light induced changes in the X-Ray photoelectron spectra (XPS). The technique combines the chemical 

specificity of XPS and the power of surface photovoltage spectroscoy (SPV), with the addition of the ability to 

characterize photoconductivity under both static and dynamic optical excitation. A theoretical model that quantitatively 

describes the features of the observed spectra is presented. We demonstrate the applicability of the model on a multitude 

of sample systems, including homo and hetero-junction solar cells, CdS nanoparticles on metallic or semiconducting 

substrates and carbon nanotube films on silicon substrates. 

X-Ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS) is a powerful 

spectroscopic technique for characterization of surfaces with 

chemical specificity. The photoelectron spectra carries 

information about binding states of different atomic species 

within tens of nanometers of the surface, as well as 

information on local potential variations. If the emitted 

electrons are not compensated by an external electron gun or 

directly from the substrate, local potentials can vary due to 

local conductivity variations that result in different amounts of 

accumulated charge. Overcharging by injection of excess 

electrons were previously used for surface characterization. [1] 

Surface potentials can be shifted by direct application of a 

voltage to the substrate. Such shifts resulting from direct 

voltage stimulus were previously modeled for static and 

dynamic voltage excitations, taking into account conductivity 

and capacitances of surface domains.[2,6] Nanostructures are 

increasingly finding application in photovoltaic technologies. 

Investigation of photovoltaic and photoconductivity effects in 

nanowires, nanocrystals and nanocomposites are interesting 

from a fundamental scientific point of view. 

Conventional characterization techniques lack chemical 

specificity, and most of the time require precision fabrication 

of contacts on nanostructures using techniques such as 

electron beam lithography or related lithographies with 

nanoscale resolution, especially if single nanoparticles are 

involved. Surface photovoltage spectroscopy (SPV) has been 

traditionally applied to characterize photoinduced surface 

photovoltage changes upon illumination, using the Kelvin 

Probe as a readout method for surface potential shifts. [7,8] 

Also, Kelvin probe microscopy has been used to observe 

photovoltaic effects on nanoscale structures. Chemically 

specific readout of photoinduced surface potential changes is a 

highly desirable analytical capability. Such chemically 

specific measurements are not possible with conventional 

Kelvin probe measurements. Previously, XPS has been used to 

probe the surface photovoltage of silicon surfaces.[9] 

Recently, Cohen[10,11] et al. demonstrated that surface 

potential shifts related to external illumination were 

observable in XPS spectra of composite semiconductor 

surfaces. It was demonstrated that static or quasi-static shifts 

of XPS peaks can be related to photovoltaic and 

photoconductive effects. The shifts can be quantitatively 

studied with films on conductive substrates. In this article we 

demonstrate an approach that allows the study of photovoltaic 

and photoconductivity effects using the XPS, under static or 

modulated illumination. Surface potentials of domains are 

internally modulated due to both photovoltaic and 

photoconductivity effects. We show that a circuit model can 

be used to estimate the changes in spectra under static and 

dynamic illumination conditions. Light induced surface 

potential differences due to photovoltaic and photoconductive 

effects can be identified. 

Figure: Schenatic illustration of the described characterization method. 

*Corresponding author: ekiz@bilkent.edu.tr, aykutlu@unam.bilkent.edu.tr 

[1] Lau, W. M. A surface charging technique in photoemission spectroscopic 

studies of dielectric-semiconductor structures. J. Appl. Phys. 1990, 67, 1504– 

1509. 

[2] Suzer, S. Differential Charging in X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy: A 

Nuisance or a Useful Tool? Anal. Chem. 2003, 75, 7026 – 7029. 

[3]Suzer, S.; Sezen, H.; Ertas, G.; Dâna, A. XPS measurements for probing 

dynamics of charging. J. Electron Spectrosc. Relat. Phenom. 2010, 176, 52 – 

57. 

[4]Sezen, H.; Ertas, G.; Dana, A.; Suzer, S. Charging/Discharging of Thin 

PS/PMMA Films As Probed by Dynamic X-ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy. 

Macromolecules 2007, 40, 4109– 4112. 

[5] Filip-Granit, N.; van der Boom, M. E.; Yerushalmi, R.; Scherz, A.; Cohen, 

H. Submolecular Potential Profiling Across Organic Monolayers. Nano Lett. 

2006, 6, 2848 – 2851. 

[6]Cohen, H.; Maoz, R.; Sagiv, J. Transient Charge Accumulation in a 

Capacitive Self- Assembled Monolayer. Nano Lett. 2006, 6, 2462 – 2466. 

[7]Clabes, J.; Henzler, M. Determination of surface states on Si(111) by 

surface photovoltage spectroscopy. Phys. Rev. B 1980, 21, 625–631. 14 

[8]Bardeen, J. Surface States and Rectification at a Metal Semi-Conductor 

Contact. Phys. Rev. 1947, 71, 717–727. 

[9]Schlaf, R.; Hinogami, R.; Fujitani, M.; Yae, S.; Nakato, Y. Fermi level 

pinning on HF etched silicon surfaces investigated by photoelectron 

spectroscopy. J. Vac. Sci. Technol. A 1999, 17, 164–169. 

[10]Cohen, H.; Sarkar, S. K.; Hodes, G. Chemically resolved photovoltage 

measurements in CdSe nanoparticle films. J. Phys. Chem. B 2006, 110, 

25508–25513. 

(19) Cohen, H. Chemically resolved electrical measurements in organic selfassembled 

molecular layers. J. Electron Spectrosc. Relat. Phenom. 2010, 176, 

24 – 34. 


P 

P 

P 

P and 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Spectroscopic Investigation of Gold and Silver Nanoparticles Produced Using Femtosecond Laser 

Pulses 

1 

1 

2 

1,3 

1 

UBelgin GencUP P*, Erhan AkmanP P, Oral Cenk AktasP P, Elif KacarP Arif DemirP 

PLaser Technologies Research and Application Center, Kocaeli University, Kocaeli 41275, Turkey 

PLeibniz Institute for New Materials ( INM), CVD/Biosurfaces Department, Saarbrücken, D-66123, Germany 

3 

PDepartment of Physics, Kocaeli University, Kocaeli 41380, Turkey 

2 

1 

Abstract-In this study, we investigate the spectroscopic analysis of Au and Ag nanoparticles produced using fs laser pulses. The laserinduced 

plasma was generated by focusing a 355-nm, 6 ns pulse from a Q-switched Nd:YAG laser with pulse energy varied from 10 to 30 mJ. 

Spectroscopic measurements of the spectra emitted from laser-induced plasma are performed using Czerny-Turner type spectrometer 

(BAKI-S). 

Laser-induced breakdown spectroscopy (LIBS) is an useful 

atomic emission spectroscopic technique. Laser produced 

plasmas at atmospheric pressure are useful for analysis of the 

elemental composition of solids, liquids, gases and aerosols 

due to its reliable advantages of lack of any difficult previous 

sample preparation and direct measurement capability [1,2]. 

The use of metal particles for biomolecule detection,optical 

limiting application has continued to make the laser and 

optical spectroscopy of small metal particles an important area 

of research [3]. The silver material is used in many products as 

bactericide [4], whereas gold material is explored for many 

possible applications and its catalytic activity [5]. 

In this study, UV-VIS spectral lines taken from gold and 

silver plates were compared using nanosecond laser coupled 

UV-VIS spectrometer. Gold and silver nanoparticles spectra 

were taken from liquid droplet and dried liquids on glass 

surface. Absorption spectra of mixed gold and silver in liquids 

were studied as function of particle concentrations. 

The experimental system for the current study is shown 

schematically in Figure. 1. In the first case, the samples were 

ablated using a Nd:YAG laser (Continum Surelite III) 

operating at the third harmonic (355 nm) with a repetition rate 

of 10 Hz and pulse duration of 6 ns. The energy of the laser 

pulse was monitored by an energy meter. The laser-induced 

plasma were produced by focusing the laser beam with a 150 

mm plano-covex lens. Spectroscopic measurements of the 

spectra emitted from laser-induced Titanium plasma are 

performed using Czerny-Turner type spectrometer (BAKI) 

developed in the Laser Technologies Research ad Application 

Center (LATARUM) of Kocaeli University. The wavelength 

range of the recorded spectrum between 365 nm and 565 nm is 

shown.Figure 2. 

Nd:YAG Laser 

Delay 

Generator 

Power 

Meter 

Half-Wave 

Plate 

Prisma 

UV-VIS 

Spectrometer 

Beam 

Splitter 

IC C D 

Camera 

Intensity (a.u) 


6400 

5400 

4400 

3400 

2400 

1400 

9000 

8000 

7000 

6000 

5000 

4000 

3000 

405,548 nm Ag (I) 

421.259 nm Ag(I) 

365 415 465 515 565 

Wavelength (nm) 

380.192 nm Au (I) 

390.109 nm Au (I) 

406.507 nm Au (I) 

431.848 nm Au (I) 

443.727 nm Au (I) 

448.825 nm Au (I) 

462.056 nm Au (I) 

2000 

365 415 465 515 565 


479.258 nm Au (I) 

521.908 nm Ag(I) 

514.744 nm Au (I) 

523.026 nm Au (I) 

Figure 2. The LIBS spectrum recorded by UV-VIS spectrometer 

(BAKI-S) (a) gold and (b) silver plates. 

In summary, we have reported on the element analysis of 

gold, silver and mixed gold-silver nanoparticles by laser 

induced breakdown spectroscopy. Our results show that 

identification of Au and Ag spectral emitted from very small 

amount of volume is possible using LIBS technique. 

*Corresponding author: belgingenc@kocaeli.edu.tr 

[1] C. A. D'Angelo et. al., Spectrochimica Acta Part B 63, 367, 

(2008). 

[2] . Yalçn, Spectroscopic characterization of laser produced 

plasmas and investigation of physical plasma paratmeters, PhD 

thesis, METU. 

[3] V.K. Pustovalov et. Al. Laser Phys. Lett. 1, No.10, 516–520 

(2004). 

[4] J.R. Morones et al.,Nanotechnol. 16, 2346e2353 (2005). 

[5] M. Brust., C.J. Liely, Colloids Surf.A 202, 175e186, (2002). 

546.987 nm Ag(1) 

565.577 nm Au (I) 

Figure 1. Laser-induced breakdown spectroscopy system. 

Data Acquisition 

and Analysis 



Theme F686 - N1123 

High Resolution AFM imaging in Liquid Environment 

Ümit Çelik 1 , Demet Catcat 2 , H. Ozgur Ozer 3 , Ahmet Oral 4 

1 Department of Materials Engineering, Istanbul Technical University, 34469, Turkey 

2 NanoMagnetics Instruments Ltd., 266 Banbury Road, Oxford OX2 7DL, UK. 

3 Department of Physics Engineering, Istanbul Technical University, Istanbul, 34469, Turkey 

4 Faculty of Engineering & Natural Sciences, Sabanci University, Istanbul, 34956, Turkey 

Abstract – We developed a low noise atomic force microscope which can achieve high resolution imaging in liquid 

environment. We designed a tube piezoelectric scanner that can achieve atomic resolution sensitivity with 2 m scan range. 

We have worked on noise reduction in laser source and optical feedback noise. We used optical beam deflection method 

(OBD) method to measure deflection of cantilever and we worked on noise reduction in ODB sensor. In this study we will 

present the major noise sources in ODB method with theoretical and practical experimental comparison results. 

We have developed a high resolution afm which can 

operate in liquid. This method offers the opportunity 

for the visualization individual mobile molecules in 

real-time as well as in real space under physiological 

environment at the molecular level. Spatial resolution 

is very important issue in biological molecules 

imaging, because biological molecules is generally at a 

few nanometers size. Recently, there has been a great 

progress in improving the spatial resolution for 

dynamic-mode in-liquid AFM [1, 2]. 

In this work, we used SPM control electronic which 

is supplied by NanoMagnetics Instruments Ltd. 

Firstly, we ensured that the scanner is working properly 

for atomic resolution imaging. We designed a tube 

piezo scanner and made its characterization. We 

analysed frequnecy spectra of mechanical response of 

the scanner. We tested our scanner in air using contact 

mode afm and we achieved atomic resolution on mica 

surface(figure 1). 

The low noise characteristic of the deflection sensor 

makes it possible toobtain a maximum frequency 

sensitivity limited by the thermal Brownian motion of 

the cantilever(figure 2) in every environment[1]. We 

designed a low noise deflection sensor and we did 

theoritical and practical comparisons. 

Figure 2. Brownian motion of the cantilever with 350MHz Rf 

injection in the air environment 

This work is supported by TÜBTAK and 

NanoMagnetics Instruments ltd. 

References: 

[1] T. Fukuma, K. Kobayashi, K. Matsushige, H. Yamada, 

True molecular resolution in liquid by frequency-modulation 

atomic force microscopy, Appl. Phys. Lett. 86 (2005) 

193108. 

[2] T. Fukuma, M. J. Higgins, S. P. Jarvis, Direct imaging of 

lipid-ion network formation under physiological conditions 

by frequency modulation atomic force microscopy, Phys. 

Rev. Lett. 98 (2007) 106101. 

Figure 1. Atomic resolution image on mica surface. 

We have worked on laser noise reduction. The rf 

modulation considerably reduces the mode hopping 

induced by the optical feedback. In addition, the 

multimode laser beam has a lower coherence than the 

single-mode does. Thus, the rf modulation also works 

well to suppress the optical interference noise[1]. We 

have injected diffrent rf frequency with diffrent 

amplitudes to laser diode and we tried to find optimum 

conditions. We have also tried different commercial 

laser diodes to make a comparison between them. 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Epitaxial Graphene Synthesis on Silicon Carbide Substrate 

Hüsnü Aslan 1 , 1 ,NihanÖzkan 2 ,and Ahmet Oral 1 

1 Faculty of Engineering & Natural Sciences University, Istanbul, 34956, Turkey 

2 Department of Physics Engineering, Istanbul Technical University, 34469, Turkey 

Abstract – Large scale single layer epitaxial graphene is going to be produced in the ultrahigh vacuum chamber and 

characterized by Atomic Force Microscope and Low Energy Electron Diffraction. 

Graphene, one atomic thick layer form of graphite, 

is composed of hexagonally arranged carbon atoms and 

the layers between two graphene sheets are bonded by 

weak van der Waals interaction. Its unique electrical 

and mechanical properties have recently made it popular 

in both science and technology. 

Graphene could be produced by using several methods 

both chemically and mechanically. The most popular 

and the easiest method is called mechanical 

exfoliation[1]. However, by using this method one can 

produce small-area graphene layer. In order to obtain 

large scale graphene, the method called epitaxial growth 

on SiC or CVD can be used. This method includes two 

steps. For the first step, SiC has to be etched by 

hydrogen gas in order to prepare suitable SiC surface 

for epitaxial growth. In this process, cleaned SiC 

samples are annealed in a vacuum chamber with %5 H 2 

and %95 Ar gas flow. For the second step, SiC chip is 

heated in ultrahigh vacuum to temperatures between 

1000-1500°C in order to sublimate Si [2,3]. 

In this work, we are planning to produce monolayer 

graphene on commercially available 4H-SiC(0001) 

sample. The growth process is going to be performed in 

an ultrahigh vacuum chamber equipped with e-beam 

heater and graphene layers are going to be characterized 

by Low Energy Electron Diffraction (LEED). In 

addition to this, thickness of this graphene layer is going 

to be measured by Atomic Force Microscope. 

ers 

107T720, 107T892 & 108T930 and NanoMagnetics 

Instruments Ltd. 

[1] Geim, A-K., and Novoselov, K-S.The rise of graphene, 

Nature Materials, 6, 183-191(2007). 

[2]Hass, J., De Heer, W.A., and Conrad, E.H. The growth and 

morphology of epitaxial multilayer graphene, Journal of 

physics: Condensed Matter, 20, 323202 (2008). 

[3]Ramachandran V., Brady, M.F., Smith, A.R., Feenstra, 

R.M., and Greve, D.W. Preparation of atomically flat surfaces 

on silicon carbide using hydrogen etching, Journal of 

Electronic Materials, 27, 308-312, (1998) 

. 

Figure 1. AFM image of an SiC (0001) wafer before 

hydrogen etching. 


P 

P mBar. 

P and 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Construction of a Combined Non-Contact Atomic Force Microscope & Scanning Tunnelling 

Microscope (nc-AFM/STM) 

1 

1 

1 

1 

UDerya GemiciUP P*, Hüsnü AslanP P, Özhan ÜnverdiP Ahmet OralP 

1 

PFaculty of Engineering & Natural Sciences, Sabancı University, Istanbul, 34956, Turkey 

Abstract-A combined non-contact Atomic Force Microscope (nc-AFM) & Scanning Tunnelling Microscope (STM) operating in Ultra 

High Vacuum(UHV) has been designed and constructed. The nc-AFM uses a fiber interferometer and Digiatl Phase Locked Loop for high 

resolution detection of cantilever displacements. 

In the early 1980's two IBM scientists, Binnig & Rohrer, 

developed a new technique for studying surface structure 

at atomic scale - Scanning Tunnelling Microscopy(STM). 

This invention was quickly followed by the development 

of a whole family of related techniques called Scanning 

Probe Microscopy (SPM). The most important SPM 

method is the Atomic Force Microscopy (AFM) where the 

tip-sample forces are measured to obtain topography of the 

sample even at the atomic scale. The inventions of STM 

and AFM revolutionised the surface science, helping 

scientist to resolve the atomic structure of surfaces in real 

space. 

In this work, we have designed and constructed a 

combined non-contact Atomic Force Microscope (nc- 

AFM) & Scanning Tunnelling Microscope (STM) based 

on fiber interferometer for the imaging surfaces ranging 

from non-conducting to conducting and from hard to soft 

and delicate samples in Ultra High Vacuum(UHV). The 

design is based on our previous work [3,4] with substantial 

improvement in vibration isolation and ease of assembly. 

UHV by imaging Gold evaporated on glass. STM images 

of this specimen is given in Figure 3. 

Figure 2. Optical Microscope images of home-made tungsten tips 

have been used for the experiment 

Figure 3. The STM image of of gold surface at UHV, 

-11 

p < 3×10P IRT R= 0.3 nA & VRBiasR = 1 V 

This work is supported by TÜBTAK , Project Number 

108T001, Ministry of Industry & Commerce, Project 

Number 409.STZ.2009-1 and NanoMagnetics Instruments 

Ltd. 

*Corresponding author: deryagemici@sabanciuniv.edu 

Figure 1. Photograph of the home made combined nc- 

AFM/STM. 

We have designed the combined microscope using 

Solidworks CAD program, the parts are machined at the 

workhops around Ankara. The final assembled nc- 

AFM/STM is shown in Figure 1 is mounted on a special 

8’’ CF flange. The base of the microscope is suspended 

using springs mounted on adjustable collars attached to 

four posts. In order to damp the external vibrations eddycurrent 

damping is used. Twenty eight SmCo magnets 

attached separately to the posts on a magnet holder as 

shown in Figure 1 are surrounded by copper plates fixed to 

the microscope base, the height of the magnet ring can be 

adjusted to set the desired damping coefficient. Tungsten 

tips are etched in KOH solution as shown in Figure 2. The 

microscope is going to be mounted in a separate UHV 

system, but the initial tests are performed in our existing 

UHV system. Nc-AFM/STM is tested for STM only in 

[1] G. Binning, H. Rohrer ‘Scanning Tunnelling Microscopy’, 

Helvetica Physica Acta, 55,726 (1982) 

[2 ] S.Morita,R.Wiesendanger, E.Meyer ‘Noncontact Atomic 

Force Microscopy’ pg 11-76 principle of NC AFM and 

semiconductor surfaces 

[3] M. Atabak, PhD Thesis, 2007, Bilkent University 

[4] M. Atabak, Ö. Ünverdi, H.Ö. Özer & A. Oral, J. Vac. Sci. 

Technol. B 27, 1001 (2009) 



Theme F686 - N1123 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


P 

P 

P 

P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Work Function Difference Measurements of Graphene, Graphite and SiOR2R Surfaces using Kelvin 

Probe Force Microscope (KPFM) 

1 

2 

3 

4 

2 

UNihan ÖzkanUP P*, Selda SonuenP P, Ümit ÇelikP P, Hidayet ÇetinP P, Ahmet OralP 

1 

PDepartment of Physics Engineering, Istanbul Technical University, Istanbul, 34469, Turkey 

2 

PFaculty of Engineering & Natural Sciences, Sabanci University, Istanbul, 34956, Turkey 

3 

PDepartment of Materials Engineering, Istanbul Technical University, 34469, Turkey 

4 

PDepartment of Physics, Bozok University, Yozgat, Turkey 

Abstract-We predict that we can determine the work function difference between grahene and SiOR2R, graphite and SiOR2 

and also graphene and graphite. We prepared graphene flakes on SiOR2R substrate by mechanical exfolation method and obtained images of 

topography and work function difference by Kelvin Probe Force Microscope. 

Kelvin Probe Force Microscopy (KPFM) is a new local 

probe measurement method of work function of different 

metals with high spatial resolution. It depends on the 

Kelvin method originally developed by William Thomson, 

also known as Lord Kelvin in 1898[1]. In 1991 KPFM was 

developed by Nonnenmacher et al. to look at different 

metal surfaces with high spatial resolution[2]. 

In this work we modified the Atomic Force 

Microscope(AFM) supplied by NanoMagnetics 

Instruments Ltd. to perform the Kelvin Probe Force 

Microscopy measurements. Graphene flakes were prepared 

by mechanical exfoliation of graphite crystals with tape 

and transfer onto Si(100) wafer with 300 nm thermal oxide 

as shown in Figure 1. 

Figure 2. a)Topography image of multi layer graphene and 

graphite by KPFM b)Cross section of topographic KPFM scan of 

graphene 

Figure 3. a) Work function difference image of multi layer 

graphene and graphite by KPFM b) Cross section of work 

function difference scan between graphite and SiOR2R of KPFM 

Figure 1. Optical microscope image of multi layer graphene 

produced by mechanical exfoliation method, x50 objective lens. 

There are different KPFM modes commonly 

employed[3] in the literature. We operated the KPFM in 

multi-frequency mode in this work, topographical signals 

and the Kelvin probe signal are simultaneously detected at 

first and second resonance frequencies of the cantilever, 

respectively. Thus topography of the surface and work 

function difference between the sample and tip are 

simultaneously determined. The first resonance frequency 

is used to obtain topography image as used in intermittentcontact 

AFM mode. The second resonance frequency is 

used to obtain the work function difference image of the 

sample, using a digital Lock-in Amplifier. An electrical 

contact is carefully applied from the side of the flake using 

silver paint. 

We obtained topography images of multilayer and single 

layer graphene as well as graphite flakes deposited on 

Silicon and measured the thickness of graphene. KPFM 

images of the samples were simultaneously obtained with 

the topographic images. We could measure work function 

difference between the graphene, graphite and SiOR2R as 

shown in Figure 2 and Figure 3.R 

Topography and KPFM images from single layer 

graphene will also be presented [4]. 

This work is supported by TÜBTAK , Project Numbers 

107T720, 107T892 & 108T930, Ministry of Industry & 

Commerce, Project Number 410.STZ.2009-1 and 

NanoMagnetics Instruments ltd. 

*Corresponding author: ozkan.nian@gmail.com 

[1] Lord Kelvin, Contact electricity of metals, Phil. Mag., 

46,82(1897) 

[2 ] Nonnenmacher M., Oboyle M-P.,Wickramasinghe 

H- K., Kelvin probe force microscopy, Appl. Phys. Lett.,58 , 

2921(1991) 

[3] Palermo V., Palma M., Samori P.,.Electronic Characterization 

of Organic Thin Films by Kelvin Probe Force Microscopy, Adv. 

Mater., 18, 145–164(2006) 

[4] Filleter T., Emtsev K-V., Seyller Th., Bennewitz R.,.Local 

Work Function measurements of Epitaxial Graphene, Appl Phys. 

Lett, 93,133117 (2008) 


T Peptide 

T 

P 

P,P 

P,P 

P and 

TT2429TTTT 

TT TT 


Theme F686 - N1123 

TNano and Micro Mechanical Study of Self-Assembled Peptide Amphiphile Nanofibers 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Yavuz Selim DadaP 

PAye Begüm TekinayP 

PAykutlu DanaP 

UMustafa Özgür GülerUP P* 

1 

PUNAM-Institute of Materials Science and Nanotechnology, Bilkent University, Ankara 06800, Turkey 

Abstract-Peptide amphiphile nanostructures have been used for various tissue engineering applications. Peptide amphiphile molecules selfassemble 

into nanofibers due to hydrogen bonding, hydrophobic interactions and electrostatic interactions. Three-dimensional network of these 

nanostructures form hydrogels that are used to culture cells for tissue engineering applications. In this study, we investigate the relationship 

between nanostructure and hydrogel mechanical properties. A direct relation between gel stiffness and -sheet forming tendency has been 

observed and it led us to measure the stiffness of individual nanofibers by AFM. Our results indicate that nano and micro mechanical properties 

can differ through self-assembly mechanism. This result is important in terms of characterization of peptide amphiphile materials and their 

applications in tissue engineering studies. 

amphiphiles are a group of molecules that contain 

both hydrophobic alkyl tail and bioactive peptide sequence 

which enables these molecules to form different 

nanostructures when they come together. The amphiphilic 

character of these molecules enables these molecules to 

assemble nanofibers and hydrophilic bioactive peptide 

sequences are presented on the periphery of the nanostructures 

[1]. These molecules can be easily programmed to self 

assemble into nanofibers by changing pH, and electrolyte 

addition [2,3]. These nanofibers assemble to form 3-D 

networks that can mimic extracellular matrix. Structure and 

bioactivity of the nanostructures make these materials 

promising for tissue engineering applications. Extracellular 

matrix (ECM) differs in terms of structural features and 

bioactivity in each tissue. The rigidity of the ECM has been 

shown to affect cell behavior; the cell motility [4], growth [5] 

and focal adhesion [6]. In addition, it has been shown that the 

mechanical properties of the ECM environment affect stem 

cell differentiation [7]. In a recent study, it has been shown 

that stiffness of these gels differs with regard to self assembly 

mechanism (pH and salt concentration) [8]. 

the pH and the electrolyte addition on self-assembly 

mechanism was studied. It has been observed that these 

molecules form gel at low pH and with addition of CaClR2 Rat 

neutral pH. We studied the effect of the differences in pH and 

electrolyte assembly with circular dichroism, FT-IR and 

rheology. 

We performed SEM in order to observe the nanofiber 

network. The stiffness of the hydrogels was measured by 

2+ 

rheology and it has been observed that CaP 

Pgels are stiffer 

than low pH gels. We also studied the secondary structure 

formation which is the main mechanism of self-assembly 

through these formulations by using circular dichroism and 

FT-IR. We observed elevated levels of -sheet structure in 

calcium formulations than the low pH formulation. 

We are currently measuring stiffness of individual 

nanofibers by AFM. The mechanical properties of the 

nanofibers formed are compared through different 

formulations. The stiffness of the gels and individual fibers 

will be studied to understand the relationship between them. 

*Corresponding author: HTmoguler@unam.bilkent.edu.trT 

[1] TM. O. Guler et al., TTBiomacromoleculesTT TT2006T,T TT7T, 1855-1863. 

T[2]T J. D. Hartgerink et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 2002, 99, 

(8), 5133-5138. 

T[3]T J. C. Stendahl et al., Adv. Funct. Mater. 2006, 16, (4), 499-508. 

[4] TR. J. Pelham et al., MolTT. Biol. CellTT TT1996TT,TT TT7TT,TT TT2429 TT. 

[5] P. C. Georges et al., TJ. Appl. Physiol.TT TT2005T,T TT98T, 

(T4T),T TT1547TT TT1553T. 

[6] R. J Pelham et al., TProc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 1997T,T TT94T, 

(T25T),T TT13661TT TT13665T. 

[7] A. J. Engler et al., TCell TT2006T,T TT126T, (T4T),T TT677TT TT689T. 

[8] M. A. Greenfield et al.,T TTLangmuirTT TT26(5)T, (2010) 3641-3647. 

TFigure 1. Hydrogels formed by the 3-D network of peptide 

amphiphile nanofibers. 

In this study, we analyzed nano and micro mechanical 

properties of peptide amphiphile materials since cell-matrix 

interaction occurs through individual nanofibers and compared 

these mechanical properties with the stiffness of hydrogel. 

There is a direct relation between nanofiber stiffness and gel 

stiffness. T 

We first synthesized a negatively charged peptide 

amphiphile molecule at physiologic conditions containing 

bioactive amino acid sequence; arginine-glycine-aspartic acid 

“RGD”. The synthesis and purity of the molecule is verified 

by liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry. The effect of 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Design Of An Experimental Setup For Measuring Electrical Conductivity Of Nanofluids 

Levent Cetin*, Alpaslan Turgut, I. H. Tavman 

Dokuz Eylul University Mechanical Engineering Department, 35100 Bornova/zmir 

Abstract- We represent a low cost instrumentation setup for measuring electrical conductivity of nanofluid. The 

resulting setup is exploited to measure electrical conductivity of Alumina (Al 2 O 3 ) nanoparticles 25 nm diameter in 

ethylene glycol for their different particle volume fractions. Approximately ten times increase in %5 particle volume 

fraction is observed. 

After the pioneering work of Choi[1] nanofluids 

become a new class of heat transfer fluids. Their 

potential benefits and applications in many 

industries from electronics to transportation have 

attracted great interest from many researchers both 

experimentally and theoretically. Most of these 

researches are related with the thermal conductivity 

and viscosity of nanofluids. On the other hand, 

electrical conductivity may give information on the 

stability of the suspensions. However, there are few 

studies concerning the electrical conductivity of 

nanofluids[2]. 

Instrumentation apparatus consists of a signal 

generator, two multimeters and a buffer circuit. 

System is driven with sinusoidal output from signal 

generator. Buffer circuit is exploited to isolate 

conductivity measurement cell and low power 

signal source. Buffer circuit is designed using OP07 

opamp which has low offset value 75V [3]. 

Measurement probe is a four point type. The 

configuration of the linear four-point probe is 

shown in Figure. 1. Current is injected into a probe 

on one end (probe a on figure) and extracted from 

the probe on the other end (probe d on figure), 

while the voltage difference between the two center 

probes (b and c) is measured with a high input 

impedance circuit. Current is measured from probe 

d to ground terminal of the circuit. 

d I 

 

(3) 

A V 

The geometric parameters are unified by defining 

electrode cell constant (d/A); where d is the length 

of the column of liquid between the electrodes and 

A is the area of the electrodes. 

Table 1 Cell geometry 

D [mm] A [mm 2 ] Cell coefficient [1 /mm] 

1.85 1,65 1,119879 

Conductivity of ethylene glycol is measured using 

designed apparatus and using this reference value 

we observe the linear increase on electrical 

conductivity of Alumina (Al 2 O 3 ) nanoparticles 25 

nm diameter in ethylene glycol for their different 

particle volume fractions. Approximately ten times 

increase in %5 particle volume fraction is observed. 

Relative electrical conductivity 

11 

10 Al2O3-EG 

9 

8 

7 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

0 1 2 3 4 5 

Particle volume fraction (%) 

Figure 2 Schematic representation of 

instrumentation setup. 

Figure 1 Schematic representation of 

instrumentation setup. 

The resistivity “” of the media is calculated using 

Ohm’s law: 

d V 

R 

(1) 

A I 

V A 

 

(2) 

I d 

Following the fact, Electrical conductivity is the 

reciprocal of electrical resistivity, it can be 

formulated as: 

In this study, an instrumentation setup using on 

the shell electronics components and basic lab 

equipment is designed. Using this system, 

electrical conductivity of the Alumina (Al 2 O 3 ) 

nanoparticles in ethylene glycol is monitored. 

Corresponding Author levent.cetin@deu.edu.tr 

[1] Choi, S. U. S. 1995. Enhancing thermal conductivity 

of fluids with nanoparticles. In Developments and 

Applications of Non-Newtonian Flows. (FED 231), (99– 

105). New York: American Society of Mechanical 

Engineers. 

[2] Ganguly S, Sikdar S, Basu, S 2009, Experimental 

investigation of the effective electrical conductivity of 

aluminum oxide nanofluids Powder Technology 

Volume: 196 Issue: 3 Pages: 326-330 Published: 

DEC 22 2009 

[3] http://cds.linear.com/docs/Datasheet/OP07.pdf 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Physical properties of nanostructure thin films of fluorine-doped indium oxide prepared by spray 

pyrolysis technique 

S.M.Rozati, Z.Bargbidi 

Depatment of physics, University of Guilan, Rasht 41335, Iran 

Email: smrozati@guilan.ac.ir 

Abstract- In this research, indium oxide nanostructure undoped and doped with F were prepared on glass substrates using spray 

pyrolysis technique. Various parameters such as dopant concentration, deposition temperatures, amount of indium oxide powder were 

discussed. Structural properties of these films were investigated by XRD & SEM. Electrical and optical properties have been studied 

by Hall Effect and UV-Visible spectrophotometer respectively. The thickness of the films is determined by PUMA software. The 

variation in refractive index, extension coefficient and band gap of these films also were investigated. 

Transparent conducting oxide such as In 2 O 3 :F (IFO) 

because of their high optical transparency in the visible 

region, good electrical conductivity are important. There are 

many applications for transparent conductive oxide ( TCO) 

films such as solar cells, liquid crystal display, and gas 

sensors[1]. 

TCO films have been prepared by various deposition 

techniques such as vacuum evaporation, sputtering, spray 

pyrolysis, sol gel, etc [2-4]. 

In this research, IFO thin films were prepared on glass 

substrates using spray pyrolysis technique. In 2 O 3 :F thin films 

were prepared by spraying a water solution containing 

indium chloride (0.2gr InCl 3 ) and NH 4 F used as dopant onto 

glass substrates heated at different substrate temperatures. 

Deposition of parameters conclude: distance between the 

spray nozzle an substrates 25 cm, the carrier gas using 

filtered compressed air, the spray rate 19 lit/min, volume of 

solution is 40 ml. 

All the above mentioned parameters were kept constant and 

only the concentration of NH 4 F (0-15wt%) and substrate 

temperature (400-600 ° C) were changed. 

In this work we first optimize the concentration of F wt% 

using electrical resistivity and optical transparency and 

secondly focused on the effect of substrate temperature on 

structural, electrical, optical properties of the samples with a 

constant fluorine concentration of 2wt%. 

Concentration of F in these films have been varied from 0- 

15wt%. as a result, the resistivity decreased quickly with 

increasing F concentration reaching a minimum of 

=1.35x10 -3 cm for an F concentration of 1wt%. For higher 

dopant content, the resistivity increased. The higher 

transmittance observed in the films for 2wt% of F doped. 

Since we were looking for a layer with both high transparent 

and good resistevity, we used figure of merit (FOM). Thus 

the optimized layer with 2wt% of F concentration was 

selected according to the most FOM [5]. 

The X-ray diffraction result of IFO films in various 

concentration are shown that, films are polycrystalline and 

crystallize in a cubic structure with preferential orientation 

along (222) and (400). Note also that no characteristic peaks 

of impurity and dopant phases have been observed. 

For investigation of temperature effect on the growth mode, 

we fixed the doping concentration at 2wt% F and studied the 

effect of the substrate temperature on the transparency. Fig. 1 

shows the variation of substrate temperature of IFO films 

with change in transmission. Films deposited at substrate 

temperatures of 400 to 450 °C exhibited less transmission in 

visible region, while by increasing the substrate temperature 

we get better transparency. 

The XRD results show that, films deposited at substrate 

temperature of 400 and 450 ° C, in addition to (222), (400) 

peaks have (211), (411), (341), (440), (622) peaks with high 

intensity. The presence and intensity of peaks decreased with 

increasing substrate temperature; as a result crystallinity 

improves leading to well-transmission and resistivity. 

Subsequently the amount of indium powder also was 

investigated for the prepared films. Result show that the 

resistivity is decreased by increasing of indium powder but 

transparency is decreased. 

The SEM results show that the size of crystals is in the 

range on nanometer. The size of particles changing with 

respect to deposition parameters. 

Besides, the thickness of the films is determined by PUMA 

software[6]. The variation in refractive index, extension 

coefficient and band gap of these films also were 

investigated. 

In conclusion, the optimum IFO films were prepared using 

0.2gr InCl 3 with F concentration of 2wt% at substrate 

temperature of 575 ° C. With this condition sheet resistance 

was 140 / and the optical transmission in visible region 

was 87.6%. 

T% 

100 

90 

80 

70 

60 

50 

40 

30 

20 

10 

0 

400 

450 

500 

550 

575 

600 

-10 

150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 

Wavlength(nm) 

Figure 1. Variation of substrate temperature of IFO films with 

change in transmission. 

[1] Chopra, K.L., Major,S.,Pandya D.K.,Transparent 

Conductors, Thin Solid Films, 1983. 102: 1-46. 

[2] Hartnalgel, H.L. Dawar, A.L., Jain. A.K., Semiconducting 

Transparent Thin Films,Paston Press,London,(1995). 

[3] Rozati, S.M., Mirzapour, S., Takwale, M.G., Marathe, B.R., 

Bhide, V.G., Materials Chemistry and Physics, (1993), 34: 119. 

[4] Golshahi, S., Rozati, S.M., Martins, R., Fortunato, E., Thin 

Solid Films, 2009, 518: 1149-1152. 

[5] Haacke, G., J. Appl. Phys., (1976), 47: 4086. 

[6] Biring, E.J., Chambouleyron, I., Martinez, J.M., Estimation 

of the optical constants and the thickness of thin films using 

unconstrained optimization, Journal of Computational Physics, 

1999, 155: pp. 862-880. 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Determination of Critical Micelle Concentration (cmc) of PB-b-PEO Diblock Copolymer by Two 

Different Methods 

Önder TOPEL*, Burçin ACAR, Leyla BUDAMA, Numan HODA 

Akdeniz University Department of Chemistry, Antalya, Turkey 

Abstract- Critical micelle concentration (cmc) was measured for PB 1800 -b-PEO 4000 amphiphilic diblock copolymer in aqueous solution by 

two different methods. The fluorescent probe technique was utilized with pyrene as a probe molecule, and the intensity of the scattered light 

was used in dynamic light scattering technique. The cmc values obtained by these two techniques are rather close each other. 

Micellization of block copolymers is an important 

research area of colloid science in the last few decades. 

Block copolymers may have a soluble block which 

constitutes corona, and an insoluble block which 

constitutes core in selective solvents. In these solvents 

micelles resemble different morphologies such as sphere, 

warm-like and lamellar. The self-assembled micelles have 

found many applications in many areas such as drug 

delivery systems, surface modification and viscosity and 

water purification. 

Micelles are observed only above a certain concentration 

which is the critical micelle concentration (cmc). The cmc 

can, most conveniently, be defined as that concentration 

below which only single chains are present but above 

which both single chains and micellar aggregates can be 

found. There are some methods to measure cmc such as 

tensiometry, spectrofluorometry, and dye solubilization [1- 

3]. DLS (Dynamic Light Scattering) method is a rather 

new method to determine cmc of diblock copolymer 

micelles [4]. In this study we report the cmc behavior of 

PB 1800 -b-PEO 4000 (Polymer Sources, Canada) in aqueous 

solution using two different methods, DLS and 

fluorometry. 

cmc 

1,5 

A series of block copolymer solutions ranging from 

1.72x10 -5 -4.31x10 -8 mol/L were prepared from aqueous 

stock solution of block copolymer PB-b-PEO (2%) which 

was stirred for 24 h at room temperature. These aliquots 

were filtered with 0.45μm filter to get rid of large 

agglomerates and dusts. The dispersion was filtered 

through a 0.45 mm filter. Size and distribution of the 

micelles were analyzed by means of a DLS instrument 

(Malvern Zetasizer Nano ZS) with a He-Ne laser beam at a 

wavelength of 633 nm at 25°C and 173° of scattering 

angle. The results of DLS measurements are expressed in 

size distribution by intensity. 

Intensity 

300 

250 

200 

150 

100 

50 

cmc 

0 

0 5 10 15 20 

concentration x 10 7 (mol/L) 

Figure 2. Plot of concentration vs. DLS intensity 

1 

0,5 

0 

-10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 

log c 

I1/I3 

By plotting concentration vs. intensity data, the cmc 

value is obtained from the intersection of the two curves 

(Figure 2). According to DLS results the cmc is found to 

be 3.07x10 -7 mol/L. The cmc values by two different 

methods are rather close each other. 

This work was supported by Akdeniz University The 

Scientific Research Projects Coordination Unit under 

Grant No. 2007.01.0105.007. 

Figure 1. Plot of the fluorescence intensity ratio I 374 /I 385 

(from pyrene emission spectra) vs. log c 

First, the critical micelle concentration of copolymer in 

aqueous solution was determined using pyrene as a 

fluorescence probe. The excitation spectra (350-450 nm) 

of the solutions were recorded with an emission 

wavelength of 340 nm with the excitation and emission 

bandwidths being set at 5 nm. The ratios of the peak 

intensities at 374 and 385 nm (I 374 /I 385 ) of the excitation 

spectra were recorded as a function of block copolymer 

concentration. The cmc value was taken from the 

intersection of the tangent to the curve at the inflection 

with the horizontal tangent through the point at the low 

concentrations (Figure 1). The cmc of PB-b-PEO diblock 

copolymer in aqueous solution was estimated to be 

2.94x10 -7 mol/L by fluorescence spectroscopy. 

*Corresponding Author:ondertopel@akdeniz.edu.tr 

[1] Birdi, K. S., 1997. Handbook of Surface and Colloid 

Chemistry. CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL. 

[2] Dominguez, A., Fernandez, A., Gonzalez, N., Iglesias, E. and 

Montenegro, L, 1997. Determination of critical micelle 

concentration of some surfactants by three techniques. J. Chem. 

Educ., 74 (10): 1227-1234. 

[3] Nakahara, Y., Kida, T., Nakatsuji,Y. and Akashi, M., 2005. 

New Fluorescence Method for the Determination of the Critical 

Micelle Concentration by Photosensitive Monoazacryptand 

Derivatives. Langmuir, 21; 6688-6695. 

[4] App. Note: Surfactant micelle characterization using dynamic 

light scattering 

http://www.malvern.com/common/downloads/campaign/MRK80 

9-01.pdf 


P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Preparation of Anion Exchange Membrane and Its Characterization by AFM and EFM 

1 

1 

1 

UZeynep ÇolakoluUP P*, Nilay GizliP P, Mustafa DemircioluP 

1 

PDepartment of Chemical Engineering, Ege University, Bornova, 35100, zmir, Turkey 

Abstract-For the selective removal of arsenic species from water, a heterogeneous anion exchange membrane was prepared on 

polyethylene backbone containing quaternized immobilized N-methyl-D-glucamine (NMDG). Surface characterization and electrostatic 

conductivity of this material were investigated by atomic force microscopy (AFM) and electrostatic force microscopy (EFM). Roughness 

values show that materials have no porosity, while positive values of surface skewness (1.398) point to extreme peaks on the membrane 

surface and surface kurtosis (2.174) lower than 3.0 to broader height distributions. Characterization of materials by AFM and EFM served 

for both optimization of preparation conditions and improvement of material properties. 

Safety in drinking water is a challenge by climate change. 

Arsenic is important due to high toxicity and its high levels 

some cities in Turkey. Main forms of arsenic met in ground 

waters are arsenite or arsenate anions. Therefore the 

separation by ion exchange comes as the first alternative 

method for ground waters. Removal performance of arsenic 

must be enhanced for a viable industrial application. The aim 

of this study is to produce the anion exchange membranes 

and to characterize them by using AFM and EFM. Recent 

studies show hopeful results in the name of using anion 

exchange membranes for the purification of water sources 

from hazardous ions since these membranes have excellent 

electrochemical properties [1]. 

In this study, membranes were prepared by a 

heterogeneous method, in which powdered ion exchange 

resin of NMDG was combined with polyethylene, pressed 

and heated up till 250°C and kept for 10 min. Then the 

membrane was subjected to morphological and 

electrochemical characterization. The surface structure of 

membranes was observed by multimode AFM (RT-SHPM, 

NanoMagnetics Instruments). The membrane surfaces were 

scanned by aluminium reflex coated silicon probe (Tap 

300AI, NanoMagnetics Instruments) having the spring 

constant of 40 N/m and the resonance frequency of 300 kHz 

in dynamic mode. Scan area and speed were chosen as 

2 

10x10 μmP Pand 5 μ/s, respectively. 

The roughness parameters such as root mean square 

roughness (RMS), mean roughness (Ra), average mean 

height (Hav), surface skewness (Ssk) and surface kurtosis 

(Sku) were obtained by using built-in software SPM 1.16.13. 

It’s found that surface skewness was positive 1.398 which is 

also numerically greater than 1.0 indicates that it has extreme 

peaks on the surface [2]. Surface Kurtosis was found as 

2.174 which is lower than 3.0, so the membrane shows 

broader height distributions [3]. Imaging by EFM, another 

AFM technique, is used to characterize materials for 

electrical properties. In this technique, a conductive AFM tip 

interacts with the sample through long-range Coulombic 

forces. These interactions change both oscillation amplitude 

and phase of AFM cantilever, which are monitored to create 

EFM phase image [4]. In this study, the voltage levels were 

chosen as -4V and +4V for forward and backward potentials. 

Scan speed of 8μm/s was applied for the samples with the 

2 

area of 30 x 30μmP P. 

Figure 1. AFM and EFM Phase views of membranes. 

The image at the left in Figure 1 is an AFM image on 

which lighter regions show peaks on the sample surface, on 

EFM image (to the right) lighter regions represent 

conductive areas. Various properties were observed by 

changing the parameters such as area scanned, scan speed, 

applied voltage, head lift, rising and falling time in order to 

determine the optimum conditions for measurement. As a 

result, before delving into experimental tests and 

performance studies requiring large amount of material and 

laborious tasks in a separation process, characterization of 

materials by AFM and EFM during preparation phase of 

them helps both to screen the alternatives and to optimize the 

preparation conditions for the development of novel 

selective materials and the improvement of their properties. 

*Corresponding author: HTzeynepcolakoglu@hotmail.comT 

[1] Punita V. Vyas, B.G. Shah, G.S. Trivedi, P. Ray, S.K. 

Adhikary, R. Rangarajan, Characterization of heterogeneous anionexchange 

membrane, Journal of Membrane Science 187 (2001) 

[2] J. F. Jørgensen, L. L. Madsen, J. Garnaes, K. Carneiro, K. 

Schaumburg, Calibration, drift elimination and molecular structure 

analysis, JVST B, 12(3), 1698-1701 (1994) 

[3] J. F. Jørgensen, N. Schmeisser, J. Garnaes, L. L. Madsen, K. 

Schaumburg, L. Hansen, P. Sommer-Larsen. (1994) Dynamics 

and structure of selfassembled organic molecules at the solidliquid 

interface, Journal of Surface & Coating Technology 67, pp. 

201-11 

[4] F. M. Serry, K. Kjoller, J. T. Thornton, R. J. Tench, and D. 

Cook. Electric Force Microscopy, Surface Potential Imaging, and 

Surface Electric Modification with the Atomic Force Microscope 

(AFM). 



Theme F686 - N1123 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Investigation of Reverse Micellar System of Polystyrene-block-polyacrylic acid in Toluene 

Burçin Acar*, Leyla Budama, Önder Topel, Numan Hoda 

Akdeniz University Department of Chemistry, Antalya-Turkey 

Abstract- Reverse micellization of polystyrene-block-polyacrylic acid copolymer in toluene was investigated by dynamic light scattering 

and transmission electron microscope. Micelles were found to be spherical and their hydrodynamic diameter was 79.9 nm. 

Amphiphilic block copolymers, consist of a hydrophilic 

block and a hydrophobic block, are known to form into 

micellar structures by self-assembling in nonpolar organic 

solvents. Micelles formed from block copolymers have 

many applications in scientific and technical fields, such as 

drug-delivery system, synthesis of functional 

nanoparticles, detergency, oil recovery and catalysis [1-7]. 

Previous studies have demonstrated that polystyreneblock-polyacrylic 

acid (PS-b-PAA) forms reverse micelles 

in some organic solvents [8]. The polyacrylic acid 

constitutes the core of the micelle and the polystyrene 

constitutes the corona of the micelle. 

In this study, we have investigated micellization 

behaviour of PS 10912 -b-PAA 10269 copolymer in toluene by 

dynamic light scattering (DLS) and transmission electron 

microscopy (TEM). Polystyrene-block-poly(tertbutylacrylate) 

was first synthesized by ATRP and then 

converted into PS-b-PAA by hydrolysis. Micelles were 

prepared just dissolving copolymer in toluene and heating 

to 135°C then cooling to room temperature. DLS was used 

to measure the hydrodynamic diameter of micelles (D h ), 

and TEM was used to characterize the morphology of the 

micelles. According to DLS measurements D h of the 

micelles is 79.9 nm (Fig. 1) and to TEM image, micelles 

are spherical (Fig. 2). 

Figure 2. TEM image of PS 10912 -b-PAA 10269 in toluene 

This work was supported by TÜBTAK under the Grant 

No. TBAG-108T806. 

*Corresponding Author: burcinacar@akdeniz.edu.tr 

[1] D. Myers, Surfaces, Interfaces, and Colloids. Principles and 

Applications; VCH Publishers: New York (1991) 

[2] D. Langevin, In Reverse Micelles Biological and 

Technological Relevance of Amphiphilic Structures in Apolar 

Media; Luisi, P. L.; Straub, B. E., Eds.; Plenum Press: New 

York, p 287 (1982) 

[3] (a) K. Petrak, Brit. Polym. J. 22, 213 (1990) (b) K. Kataoka, 

G. S. Kwon, M. Yokoyama, T. Okano, Y. Sakurai, J. Controlled 

Release, 24, 119 (1993) 

[4] (a) Fendler, J. H.; Fendler, E. J. Catalysis in Micellar and 

Macromolecular Systems; Academic Press: New York, (1975) 

[5] G. Riess, Colloids Surf A 153:99 (1999) 

[6] G. S. Kwon, K. Kataoka Adv Drug Deliv Rev 16:295 (1995) 

[7] M. Moffitt, A. Eisenberg, Macromolecules 30:4363 (1997) 

[8] Karine Khougaz,† Xing Fu Zhong,‡ and Adi Eisenberg 

Aggregation and Critical Micelle Concentrations of Polystyreneb-poly(sodium 

acrylate) and Polystyrene-b-poly(acrylic acid) 

Micelles in Organic Media Macromolecules 29, 3937-3949 (19) 

Figure 1. DLS of PS 10912 -b-PAA 10269 micelles in toluene 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Direct measurement of humidity adsorption kinetics of Calix[4]arene derivative using QCM technique 

Omer Mermer 1* , Salih Okur 2 , Fevzi Sümer 1 , Mahmut Ku 3 , eref Ertul 4 , Mevlüt Bayrakç 4 , Mustafa Ylmaz 4 

1 Ege University, Department of Electrical and Electronics Engineering Bornova/Izmir/TURKEY 

2 Izmir Institute of Technology, Department of Physics Urla/Izmir/TURKEY 

3 Selçuk University, Department of Chemical Engineering, Selçuklu/Konya/TURKEY 

4 Selçuk University, Department of Chemistry, Selçuklu/Konya/TURKEY 

Abstract— This study focuses on the optimization and characterization of calix[4]arene derivative based sensor film coated on 

a quartz substrate by drop casting method for use in the detection of humidity. The humidity adsorption and desorption kinetics 

calix[4]arene were investigated by Quartz Crystal Microbalance (QCM) technique. The Langmuir model was used to 

determine the kinetic parameters such as adsorption, desorption rates and Gibbs free energy between relative humidity between 

11% and 97%. Our reproducible experimental results show that calix[4]arene films have a great potential for humidity sensing 

applications at room temperature operations. 

Monitoring and control of humidity is essential for 

industrial progress of the world such as petroleum industry, 

medical equipments, food industry and the manufacturer of 

moisture sensitive products. Furthermore clean rooms, 

greenhouses, research and developments labs are all 

environments that are highly effected by moisture levels and 

require constant monitoring [1–2]. 

Quartz crystal microbalances (QCMs) have been widely 

used in recently as promising gas sensor applications owing to 

their high sensitivity and ease of measurement, since the 

measured frequency shift is directly proportional to the mass 

change on a quartz crystal [1–2]. 

Thin films of calix[4]arene derivatives have been widely 

used in chemical sensors. Due to their zeolite-like capacity 

and selectivity, calix[4]arene became promising materials for 

sensor applications. The functional groups at the upper and 

lower rims determine their selectivity in host-guest 

interactions and physical properties [3]. Calix[4]arene 

derivatives have been used in recent times as gas sensors 

applications [4,5]. 

The frequency response curve QCM-based sensor to 

cyclic humidity change is depicted in Figure 2 for different 

RH levels. The frequency shift of QCM decreases sharply 

with increasing humidity concentrations while there is no 

change in that of the empty QCM (adsorption process). On the 

other hand, during the desorption process, the humidity level 

is turned back to the initial value, as a result, QCM recovers 

back to its initial resonance frequency value. 

Langmuir adsorption isotherm model is frequently 

used to describe adsorption and desorption kinetics of gas 

vapor molecules onto organic or inorganic films [6-7]. 

According to this model, the rate of surface reaction for 

forming a monolayer on the surface is related to fractional 

coverage (), the humidity concentration, and the rate 

constants for the adsorption (k a ) and desorption (k d ) processes. 

Figure 3 shows the experimental data and the fitting curve for 

first adsorption cycle. k a and k d fitting parameters determined 

from the fit using Langmuir equation to the experimental data 

are given by 62.49 M -1 s -1 and 0.0005 s -1 , respectively [8]. 

10 

8 

Figure1 Chemical formula and full name of special design 

calix[4]arene. 

In this work, special design calix[4]arene molecules were 

designed and synthesized for increasing moisture capturing 

feature. Chemical structure and full name of this molecule is 

given in Figure 1. We have used QCM technique for humidity 

detection using a calix[4]arene thin film. We have obtained 

very good response and high repeatability characteristics. The 

adsorption-desorption kinetics are analyzed and discussed in 

details. 

f(Hz) 

0 

-2 

-4 

-6 

-8 

-10 

-12 

-14 

11%RH 

43%RH 

54%RH 

75%RH 

84%RH 

97%RH 

0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 

time(s) 

Figure2 The frequency response curve QCM-based sensors to 

cyclic humidity change 

-f(Hz) 

6 

4 

2 

K' 

8.08 

k obs 

0.0455 

f 

( t) 

K(1 

e 

k a 

62.49 

( kobst) 

0 

50 100 150 200 

time(s) 

k d 

0.0005 

) 

G (kJ/mol) 

Figure3 The experimental data (blue line) and the fit (red line) 

to the Langmuir adsorption isotherm equation 

In summary, the QCM results show that calix[4]arene 

thin films are very sensitive to humidity and give reproducible 

adsorption and desorption kinetic behavior to humidity 

changes for short time periods. Our results open a new era to 

the high-sensitivity and high-selectivity gas sensor 

applications. This work was supported by TUBITAK under 

Grant No. TBAG- 109T240. 

-29.3 

*Corresponding author: omermermer@gmail.com 

[1] H. Aizawa, et al., Sens. Actuators B 101 (2004) 150. 

[2] H. Zeng, et al., Sens. Actuators B 122 (2007) 1 

[3] Koshets I. A., et.al.,Sens. Actuators B 106, (2005), 177 

[4] Ohira, Shin-I. , et.al., Talanta 2009, 77, 1814. 

[5] S. Okur,et.al., Talanta, Volume 81, Issues 1-2, 2010, Pages 248 

[6] D. S. Karpovich and G. J. Blanchard, Langmuir 1994,10, 3315 

[7] Y.L. Sun, et. al, Talanta 73, 857-861, 2007. 

[8] A. Erol, et.al., Sensors and Actuators B: Chem., 145, 2010, Pages 174-180 


P 

P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Investigation of Crystal Structure of 4-(3-Benzylpiperidino)-propionylamino benzenesulfonamide by 

X-ray Powder Diffraction Method 

1 

2 

3 

erife YalçinP P, UHasan TürkmenUP P*, Mehmet AkkurtP 

PDepartment of Physics,Harran University, anlurfa 63000,Turkey 

PDepartment of Chemistry,Harran University, anlurfa 63000,Turkey 

3 

PDepartment of Physics,Erciyes University, Kayseri 38039,Turkey 

P 

2 

1 

Abstract-The Crystal Structure of 4-(3-Benzylpiperidino)-propionylamino benzenesulfonamide [1] was synthesised by the reaction of 3- 

chloropropionylamino benzenesulfonamide and Benzylpiperidine, was characterised by X-ray powder diffraction method. Crystal Structure of 

this compound by X-ray powder diffraction method has not been studied before. In this study, we found crystal system of title compound as 

triclinic. We also investigated unit cell parameters, grain size analysis of the title compound (1). We hope that the results obtained in this study 

would give some ideas about electrical, magnetical and optical features of this compound. 

CA inhibition with sulfanilamide discovered by Mann and 

Keilin [2] was the beginning of a great scientific adventure 

that led to important drugs, such as the antihypertensives of 

benzothiadiazine and high-ceiling diuretics type, [3] the 

sulfonamides with CA inhibitory properties mainly used as 

antiglaucoma agents, [4,3,5] some antithyroid drugs, [3] the 

hypoglycemic sulfonamides, [6] and, ultimately, some novel 

types of anticancer agents.[7] The report of Krebs [8] that 

mainly the unsubstituted aromatic sulfonamides of type 

ArSOR2RNHR2R act as strong CAIs, and that the potency of such 

compounds is drastically reduced by N-substitution of the 

sulfonamide moiety, constituted the beginning of extensive 

structure–activity correlations, which led to some valuable 

drugs during a short period of time. 

FW(S)*Cos(Theta) 

0.128 

* Fit Size Only: XS(nm) = 86.6 (130.0), Strain(%) = 0.0, ESD of Fit = 0.0, LC = 1.0 

(1) 

Figure 1. The scheme of the title compound 

Powder diffraction is a scientific technique using X-ray, 

neutron or electron diffraction on powder or microcrystalline 

samples for structural characterization of materials The most 

important advantage of this method is that it doesn’t explain 

individual atoms which occured molecule, it explains structure 

of whole molecule. In addition application of this method is 

very fast and useful. And it doesn’t need large samples, 

structure of molecule doesn’t decompose while using this 

method. Different features of a powder diffraction pattern can 

be exploited in the characterization of a material such as Unit 

cell dimensions, Presence of a crystalline impurity (or 

incorrect indexing), Symmetry Presence (or absence) of 

amorphous material, Crystallite (domain) size. Of course, 

powder diffraction data is most commonly used as a 

"fingerprint"in the identification of a material. 

Diffraction datas of title sample was collected by RIGAKU 

model D-MAX 2000 powder diffraction system using copper 

radiation [ (CuK ) = 1.54056Å] at room temperature. And it was 

o 0 

scanned between 2 = 5P P- 90.0 P P. It was used JADE program for 

Crystal structure analysis of diffraction pattern according to 

Hanawalt method. X ray diffraction pattern and grain size of the 

title compound (1). 

0.000 

0.080 Sin(Theta) 

0.396 

Figure 2. X ray diffraction pattern and grain size of the title 

compound (1) 

Treor90 computer program Dicvol com Ito compu ter 

puter program program 

a = 11.888739 0.026612 Å a =12.4498 Å a = 10.2649 Å 

b = 13.958968 0.020446 Å b =12.4748 Å b = 11.9679 Å 

c = 11.581524 0.012098 Å c = 8.0520 Å c = 10.2650 Å 

= 118.975861 0.167434 ° =111.054 ° = 112.0734 ° 

= 106.036736 0.154640 ° = 95.595 ° = 116.3524 ° 

= 43.969582 0.068493 ° =128.538 ° = 75.7616 ° 

3 

V = 1159.04 ÅP 

3 

V = 819.66 ÅP V = 

1042.41ÅP 

As seen from table 2, result from computer programs, ito, 

dicvol and treor are adaptable with one another. 

*Corresponding author: hturkmen@harran.edu.tr 

[1] Hasan Turkmen et all..Bioorganic&Medicinal Chemistry letters, 

15, 2005, 367-372 

[2]. Mann T, Keilin D. Sulphanilamide as a specific carbonic 

anhydrase inhibitor. Nature 1940;146:164–165. 

[3] Maren TH. Carbonic anhydrase: Chemistry, physiology and 

inhibition. Physiol Rev 1967;47:595–781. 

[4]. Supuran CT, Scozzafava A. Carbonic anhydrase inhibitors and 

their therapeutic potential. Exp Opin Ther Patents 2000;10:575–600. 

[5].. Maren TH. Relations between structure and biological activity of 

sulfonamides. Annu Rev Pharmacol 

Toxicol 1976;16:309–327. 

[6]. Drew J. Drug discovery: A historical perspective. Science 

2000;287:1960–1964. 

[7] Owa T, Nagasu T. Novel sulphonamide derivatives for the 

treatment of cancer. Exp Opin Ther Patents 2000;10:1725–1740. 

3 


P 

P 


Investigation of Crystal Structure of 4-(3-methylpiperazino)-propionylamino benzenesulfonamide 

by X-ray Powder Diffraction Method 

1 

2 

3 

Uerife YalçinUP P*, Hasan TürkmenP P, Mehmet AkkurtP 

PDepartment of Physics,Harran University, anlurfa 63000,Turkey 

PDepartment of Chemistry,Harran University, anlurfa 63000,Turkey 

3 

PDepartment of Physics,Erciyes University, Kayseri 38039,Turkey 

P 

2 

1 

Theme F686 - N1123 

Abstract-In this study, The Crystal Structure of 4-(3-methylpiperazino)-propionylamino benzenesulfonamide was investigated by X-ray powder 

diffraction method. Diffraction datas of the title sample was collected by RIGAKU model D-MAX 2000 powder diffraction system using 

copper radiation [ (CuK ) = 1.54056Å] at room temperature. It was used treor90 programe for Indexing diffraction peaks. In this study, we found that 

crystal system of the title compound is monoclinic. We also investigated unit cell parameters and grain size analysis of the title compound. 

Sulfonamides and their derivatives have been the subject of 

investigation for many reasons. The sulfonamides are 

important constituent of many biologically significant 

compounds. The chemistry of sulfonamides is of interest as 

they show distinct physical, chemical and biological 

properties. The sulfonamide derivatives are known for their 

numerous pharmacological activities, antibacterial, antitumor, 

insulin-release stimulation and antithyroid properties [1]. The 

sulfonamides that inhibit the zinc enzyme Carbonic anhydrase 

(CA, EC 4.2.1.1) represent an important class of biologically 

active compounds. Carbonic anhydrase inhibitors have been 

extensively studied in the past due to their potential 

applications as drugs for treating diseases such as cancer, 

glaucoma, epilepsy, and as diuretics [2–10]. 

In this study, It was decided to investigate Crystal Structure 

of4-(3-methylpiperazino)-propionylaminobenzenesulfonamide 

by x-ray powder diffraction method, 

because inhibitory activity of this compound [9] is in the 

nanomolar (nM) range. In addition these kinds of compounds 

have been extensively studied in the past due to their potential 

applications as drugs. It is important to note that structure of 

this compound should be studied because it seems to be 

promising compound (figure 1). 

Table 1. Unit cell parameters of the title compound 

a = 20.05826 Å = 90.000000 

b = 10.10002 Å = 96.0477 

c = 8.31361 A 

= 90.000000 

3 

Unit cell volume: 1674.87 ÅP 

Figure2. The scheme of the title compound’s diffraction pattern 

FW(S)*Cos(Theta) 

2.601 

* Fit Size Only: XS(nm) = 7.9 (1.5), Strain(%) = 0.0, ESD of Fit = 0.01626, LC = 0.754 

Figure 1. The scheme of the title compound 

In this study, crystal structure of sulfonamide derivates was 

investigated by X ray powder diffraction meyhod. 

Diffraction datas of title sample was collected by RIGAKU 

model D-MAX 2000 powder diffraction system using copper 

radiation [ (CuK ) = 1.54056Å] at room temperature. And it was 

o 

scanned between 2 = 5P P- 90.0 . It was used JADE programe for 

Crystal structure analysis of diffraction pattern according to 

Hanawalt method. It was used treor90 programe for Indexing 

diffraction peaks. X-ray diffraction pattern of the title compound 

is given in Figure 2. 

As a result of the Treor90 program, crystal system of title 

compound was obtained as monoclinic and unit cell parameters 

was obtained as in Table 1 

Grain size of the title compound is given in Figure 2. As seen 

in Figure 3, Grain size is nanometer size. 

0.000 

0.102 Sin(Theta) 

0.362 

Figure3. The scheme of the title compound’s grain size 

*Corresponding author: serifeyalcin@harran.edu.tr 

[1] T.H. Maren, Annu. Rev. Pharmacol. Toxicol. 16 (1976) 309–327. 

[2] C.T. Supuran, A. Scozzafava, A. Casini, Med. Res. Rev. 23 

(2003) 146. 

[3] C.T. Supuran, A. Scozzafava, Exp. Opin. Ther. Pat. 12 (2002) 

217. 

[4] C.T. Supuran, Exp. Opin. Invest. Drugs 12 (2003) 283. 

[5] T.H. Maren, G.C. Wynns, P.J. Wistrand, Mol. Pharmacol. 44 

(1993) 901. 

[6] A. Casini, F. Abbate, A. Scozzafava, S. David, A. Mastrolorenzo, 

C.T. Supuran, Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 13 (2003) 841. 

[7] T.H. Maren, B.W. Clare, C.T. Supuran, Roum. Chem. Quart. Rev. 

2 (1994)259. 

[8] G. Liang, J.P. Baysb, J.P. Bowen, J. Mol. Struct. (Theochem) 401 

(1997) l65. 

[9] H. Turkmen, M. Durgun, S. Yilmaztekin, M. Emul, A. 

Innoocenti, D. 

Vullo, A. Scozzafava, C.T. Supuran, Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 15 

(2005) 

[10] T.H. Maren, Drug Dev. Res. 10 (1987) 255. 



Theme F686 - N1123 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


P 

P and 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Analytical Solution of an Electrokinetic Flow in a Nano-Channel using Curvilinear Coordinates 

1 

1 

1 

UMehdi MostofiUP P*, Davood D. GanjiP Mofid Gorji-BandpyP 

1 

PDepartment of Mechanical Engineering, Noshiravani University of Technology, Babol, Iran 

Abstract-In this paper, an electrokinetic flow of an electrolyte in a 15 nm radius nano-channel will be studied. This study will be with existence 

of the Electric Double Layer (EDL) and fully analytical. Governing equations for electrokinetic phenomena are Poisson-Boltzmann, Navier- 

Stokes, species and mass conservation equations. Induced electric potential force the electrolyte ions and decrease the mass flow rate. In this 

paper, it is assumed that, zeta potential has small quantity. In this paper, after getting the equations set from the literature and transforming it 

into curvilinear coordinates, the set will be simplified and be solved analytically for small zeta potentials in a nano-channel. 

One of the most important subsystems of the micro- and 

nano- fluidic devices is their passage or “Micro- and Nano- 

Channel”. Nano-channel term is referred to channels with 

hydraulic diameter less than 100 nanometers [1]. By decrease 

in size and hydraulic diameter some of the physical parameters 

such as surface tension will be more significant while they are 

negligible in normal sizes. 

Concentrating surface loads in liquid – solid interface makes 

the EDL to be existed. If the loads are concentrated in the end 

of nano-channels, a potential difference will be generated that 

forces the ions in the nano-channel. However, induced electric 

field is discharged by electric conduction of the electrolyte. 

Rice and Whitehead [2], Lu and Chan [3] and Ke and Liu 

[4] studied the flow in capillary tube. None of them solved the 

problem based on the curvilinear coordinates system. Also, all 

of them studied the problem with existence of the pressure 

gradient while in the modern applications, the pressure 

gradient can be eliminated and consequently, solving the 

problem considering this fact is necessary. In this paper, for 

small zeta potentials without pressure gradient will be studied 

based on the curvilinear coordinates in a capillary tube. 

In electrokinetic processes, for the most general form of the 

study, seven nonlinear equations govern an electrokinetic 

process [5]. In this paper, by some simplifications that will be 

mentioned later, this set will be made simpler. 

Next in this work, a very long nanotube will be 

investigated. According to the fact that reference length of the 

tube according to x direction (L) is very larger than capillary 

radius (R) and reference amount for theta ( ), we can neglect 

several terms of the equations. In addition, it is assumed that, 

electric potential in the x direction is constant. According to 

these assumptions, the equations mentioned below will be 

available: 

1 

 

r 

X p 

X m 

 

2 

(1) 

r r 

r 

 

1 

r 

 

 

u 

 

r 

r r 

 

 

1 X 

r 

 

r r 

r 

1 X 

r 

r r 

r 

p 

m 

 

e 

E0 

RT 

2 

F U 

0 

 

X 

p 

X 

m 

 

(2) 

 

 

X 

 

p 0 

r 

 

(3) 

 

 

X 

m 

0 

r 

 

(4) 

By applying boundary conditions(no slip condition at wall 

and free stream velocity in center of nano-channel for velocity 

field and zeta potential at wall and finite amount of it at center 

of the nano-channel for potential field), we have the following 

figures. Figures (a) and (b) show the results for velocity and 

potential fields respectively. 

In summary, by considering curvilinear coordinates and 

using Taylor series, some derivation of Developed Bessel 

ODE has been derived and solved for Poisson-Boltzmann 

equation. In addition, velocity profile in nano-tube has been 

achieved for small amounts of zeta potentials. Results those 

are derived by curvilinear coordinates are in good agreement 

with those of resulted by rectilinear ones in [5]. 

Figure 1. Normalized distribution of potential as a function of 

normalized radius. 

Figure 2. Normalized velocity profile as a function of 

normalized radius. 

* Corresponding author: HTmehdi_mostofi@yahoo.comT 

[1] S. Kandlikar, et. al, Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow in 

Minichannels and Microchannels. Elsevier Limited, Oxford (2006). 

[2] Rice, C.L. and Whitehead, R. J. Phys. Chem., 69(11), 4017–4023 

(1965) 

[3] W.Y. Lo, and K. Chan. J. Chem. Phys., 143, 339–353 (1994) 

[4] H. Keh, and Y.C. Liu, J. Colloids and Interface Surfaces, 172, 

222–229 (1995) 

[5] Zheng, Z.: Electrokinetic Flow in Micro- and Nano- Fluidic 

Components. Ohio State University, (2003). 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Multi wall carbon nanotubes as a sensor and p-aminophenol as a mediator for rapid and sensitive 

determination of cysteamine in presence of tryptophan 

Hassan Karimi-Maleh * Ali A. Ensafi, 

1 Department of Chemistry, Isfahan university of technology, Isfahan, Iran 

Abstract— In this work, we describe the determination of two important biological compounds, cysteamine (CA) and 

tryptophan (TP) by electrochemical methods using multi wall carbon nanotubes as a sensor and p-aminophenol as a mediator 

for the first time. The proposed method was successfully applied to the determination of CA in both capsule and 

urine samples. 

Cysteamine (CA) or 2-mercaptoethylamine is the chemical 

compound with the formula HSCH2CH2NH2 [1]. It is the 

simplest stable aminothiol and a degradation product of the 

amino acid cysteine. Under the trade name Cystagon, 

cysteamine is used in the treatment of disorders of cystine 

excretion. Cysteamine cleaves the disulfide bond with cystine 

to produce molecules that can escape the metabolic defect in 

cystinosis and cystinuria. It is also used for treatment of 

radiation sickness [2]. Cysteamine crosses the plasma and 

lysosomes, and it reacts with crystallized cystine within the 

lysosomes to form cysteine and cysteine–cysteamine mixed 

disulfides, which leave through the lysine porter [3]. The 

cysteamine and its disulfide, cystamine, have been shown to 

be neuroprotective in a number of cell culture and animal 

models [4]. Tryptophan (TP) is one of the 20 standard amino 

acids, as well as an essential amino acid in the human diet. It 

is encoded in the standard genetic code as the codon UGG. 

Several methods have been proposed for the determination of 

cysteamine and trptophan in biological samples including 

chromatography [5,6], electrophoresis [7], gas 

chromatography with flame photometric detection [8] ion 

exchange chromatography [9] and electrochemical methods 

[10, 11] using modified electrodes. Therefore, in 

continuation of our studies concerning the preparation of 

chemically modified electrodes [12-15], we have used 

voltammetric and electrochemical impedance spectroscopic 

techniques at pH 5.0 to demonstrate the electrochemical 

behavior of CA and TP on the multi-wall carbon nanotubes 

paste electrode modified with p-aminophenol as a mediator for 

the first time. The results show that the proposed method is 

highly selective and sensitive in the determination of CA and 

TP out performing any method reported in the literature on 

electrochemistry for simultaneous determination of these two 

substances. The detection limit, linear dynamic range, and 

sensitivity to CA with carbon nanotubes paste electrode 

modified with p-aminophenol (p-APMCNTPE) are 

comparable to, and even better than, those recently developed 

which use voltammetric methods. 

Using differential pulse voltammetry, CA and TA in mixture 

can each be measured independently from the other with a 

potential difference of 600 mV. Using the modified electrode, 

the kinetics of CA electrooxidation was considerably 

enhanced by lowering the anodic overpotential through a 

catalytic fashion. The mechanism of CA electrochemical 

behavior at the modified electrode surface was analyzed by 

Cyclic voltammetric (CV), chronoamperometric, and 

electrochemical impedance spectroscopy (EIS) methods in an 

aqueous solution at pH=5.0. The electrocatalytic currents 

increase linearly with the CA and TP concentrations over the 

ranges 0.5–300 mol L -1 and 10.0–650 mol L -1 , respectively. 

The detection limits for CA and TP will be equal to 0.15 and 

5.5 mol L -1 , respectively. The proposed method was 

successfully applied to the determination of CA in both 

capsule and urine samples. 

*Corresponding author: h.karimi@ch.iut.ac.ir 

[1] wikipedia. February 06, 2010. 

[2] B.P. Lukashin and A.N. Grebeniuk, Radiatsionnaia biologiia, 

radioecologiia / Rossiskaia akademiia nauk, 41, 310, 2001. 

[3] L. Wood et al. Brain Research. 158, 158, 2007. 

[4] P. Lochman et al. Electrophoresis, 24, 1200, 2003. 

[5] M. Stachowicz et al. J. Pharm. Biomed. Anal. 17, 767, 1998. 

[6] H. Kataoka, et. Al. J. Pharm. Biomed. Anal. 11, 963, 1993. 

[7] A.J. Jonas and J.A. Schneider, Anal.Biochem. 114, 429 1981. 

[8] H. Kataoka, et. al. J. Chromatogr. B 657, 9, 1994. 

[9] M. Hsiung et. al. Biochem, Med. 19, 305, 1978. 

[10] J.B. Raoof et. al. J. Mater. Sci. 44, 2688, 2009. 

[11] J.B. Raoof. et. al.Electroanalysis, 20, 1259,2008. 

[12] A.A. Ensafi and H. Karimi-Maleh, J. Elecroanal. Chem. 640, 75, 2010. 

[13] A.A. Ensafi, et. al. J. Solid State Electrochem. In press. 

[14] H. Karimi-Maleh, et. al. J. Solid State Electrochem. 14, 9, 2010. 

[15] H. Karimi-Maleh et. al. J. Braz. Chem. Soc.20, 880, 2009. 

Figure 1. SEM image of a) p-APMCNTPE, and b) CNPE. 


P 

P 

P 

P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

1 

Binary Memory Cells on the Base of Stimuli-Sensitive Macromolecules 

1 

2 

2 

UIbragim SuleimenovUP P*, Grigoriy MunP Pand Ellina MunP 


2 

PChemical faculty of Kazakh National University, Karasai Batyra 95, 050012 Almaty, Kazakhstan 

Abstract-It is shown that macromolecules of thermosensitive polymer with hysteresis properties may be synthesized. It was shown theoretically 

and experimentally that systems with information recording density comparable to molecular can be produced on the base of such polymers. 

At present time, an active search of systems providing for 

data recording at molecular and submolecular level takes 

place. Search in this direction is stimulated by well-known 

fact: the most compact data recording is realized in biological 

systems. 

In the present work a base for elaboration of data recording 

systems using synthetic macromolecules were laid. It is shown 

that in solutions of stimuli-responsive polymers hysteresis 

phenomena take place. The dependence of solution’s optical 

density on temperature obtained under the solution heating 

differs significantly from the analogous curve obtained under 

its cooling. This is the basis for realization of digital units. 

Poly-N-isopropylacrylamid (PNIPAM) aqueous solution 

(MM= 135 000 with concentrations 0,2 weight % was 

analyzed). The dependence of solution’s optical density under 

heating and cooling in quasistationary regime with thermo 

stating was registered. The example of results obtained is 

shown at Figure 1. It can be seen that curves obtained differ 

considerably from each other, besides, it is seen that there is a 

temperature span which two different states of system can be 

realized in. 

1 

0,8 

0,6 

0,4 

0,2 

D, rel. units 

2 

0 

31 32 33 34 35 36 37 

Figure1. Temperature dependence of optical density of PNIPAM 

aqueous solution from the temperature, obtained at increase (1) and 

decrease (2) of temperature. 

One of these states can be considered as logical zero, another 

one-as logical one; conversion between them can be 

considered as data recording. One should underline, that it is 

not necessary for this conversion from one state to another to 

affect system as a whole. This conclusion was demonstrated 

by the example of cross-linked analogue of explored polymer, 

i.e. gel (poly)N-isopropylacrylamide. It is known that such 

network is thermosensitive, i.e. its degree of swelling in water 

and water solutions depends significantly on temperature. 

Firstly, it was experimentally shown that hysteresis 

phenomena, i.e. difference between dependences of degree of 

swelling on temperature obtained under the heating and 

cooling of sample, takes place for gel of specified type too. 

Secondly, it was found that conversion from one state to 

another can pass locally under sample’s weak heating and 

following temperature adjustment up to the value TR0 

1 

T, 

0 

PC 

R(Figure2). Net parts corresponding to different states, which 

can be put in accordance to logical zero and one, can exist 

under the same thermodynamic variables (temperature, 

pressure). 

Therefore, hydrogel sample showing local hysteresis 

phenomena can be considered as a medium suitable for data 

recording. Dimensions of individual memory cell depend 

significantly on the network’s elastic properties and are quite 

big. However, they can be decreased at the expense of 

conversion to individual macromolecules. 

Figure 2. Temperature corresponds to two logical variables 

Theory that confirm this conclusion for individual 

macromolecules is developed in the work. This theory shows 

that hysteresis phenomena of molecules of thermosensitive 

polymer are caused by formation of intramolecular micelles. 

The formation mechanism is completely analogous to that 

passing in solutions of surfactants. The fact of existence of 

hysteresis phenomena itself allows to conclude that under the 

certain values of thermodynamic variables the fragments, 

which form or not form micelles, can co-exist in the same 

chain. 

Correlation of this conclusion with behavior of hydrogel 

microscopic sample shows that data recording can be realized 

with high density. Dimensions of individual digital unit are 

determined by dimensions of macromolecular chain fragments 

capable to form micelle. At least, under the condition of weak 

interaction between individual macromolecules in solutions 

each of them can quite possess the properties of binary 

memory cell. 

We show, that complexes formed by such thermosensitive 

macromolecules on the surface of solid body may be used as 

an alternative data recording system. Possibility of using of 

such complexes for creation of adapters capable to be a 

connecting-link between classic solid-state circuit component 

and systems of information processing on the quasibiological 

basis is discussed. 

* Correspondign author: Esenych@yandex.ru 


P 

T Additional 

T The 


Theme F686 - N1123 

1 

Decoders on Neural Network Base and its Physical Implementation 

1 

1 

1 

UIbragim SuleimenovUP P*, Sergei PanchenkoP P, Vasilyi VasinP 


Abstract-It is shown, that there is possibility to realize encoder and decoder block codes on neural network basis, which can be designed 

on stimuli-sensitive polymer base. 

Reliable transmission is the one of the fundamental 

problems of theory and practice of telecommunications. 

Noise combating coding is one of important directions of 

researches in this field of science. Recently, using of 

neural networks or similar to it objects is offering for 

ensuring noise combating coding. 

It is known, that neural networks allow recognizing 

images [1], including in those cases, when distortions of 

information are large enough. Therefore using it allows 

decreasing noise significantly. 

Using of neural network decoders has number of 

advantages in compare to classical iterative decoders. 

Main advantage of it is parallel handling of code (parallel 

calculations is fundamental property of neural networks), 

which can provide decreasing time of latency of decoding 

and encoding. 

However, nowadays neural networks are mainly 

represented by integrated circuits, which can simulate not 

great number of neurons. Majority of neural network 

methods are realized by proper software. 

A scheme of physical implementation of neural network 

based on stimuli-sensitive polymers immersed by 

nanoparticles is proposed in present report. 

A model of unsupervised learning neural network, which 

can provide functions of decoding of N-dimension block 

code, was designed as the first stage of research. In case of 

unsupervised learning neural network it is possible to 

calculate and to specify coefficients of additive adder of 

separate neurons a priori. Using network has 3 layers of 

k 

neurons (Figure 1). First (input) layer consist of M (M=2P P) 

neurons. It is called layer of images. Second layer also has 

M neurons. It is intended for recognizing received code 

pattern. Last layer is intended for comparison of 

recognized code pattern and information message. It has K 

neurons. 

Figure 1. Scheme of decoding neural network 

Figure 2 illustrates feasible Tphysical realization of a 

single neuron. The scheme contains: 

- Photodetector 1 which receives optical signals 

including the signals generated by other neurons of 

network (in elementary case it is a photoresistor which 

resistance depends on intensity of total optical signal); 

- controlling element 2 – the film with the changing of 

transparency based on the stimulus-sensitive polymer; 

- additional light source 3 providing the transmission 

of optical signal from one neuron to others; 

- optical communication links 4, which transmit the 

signal from present neuron to others. 

Present system has all required properties of additive 

adder under condition that the film transparency 

dependence on the control signal is nonlinear. 

Figure 2. Optical neuron scheme 

1 

3 

The scheme Figure 1 is used for the demonstrativeness. 

In this work it is show that the scheme without the 

electrical connections can be realized. It can be achieved 

through the use of light-sensitive polymers immersed by 

nanoparticles and having nonlinear permittivity 

dependence. In this case for the controlling of output 

switch 2 transparency the combined influence is used. The 

influence represents the sum of the Tsignals entering the 

input of the neuron, the signal from the additional light 

source and the source of the electromagnetic field, which 

is common to all neurons of the system. 

light source 3 in this case serves for the loss 

compensations in the light transmission via the optical 

channel. Nanoparticles [2] provide increasing of polymer 

sensitivity to external influences. 

paper also shows that the optical communication 

channels can be implemented integrative, i.e. it can 

provide a large number of neurons at once. This can be 

achieved through the use of semitransparent elements 

combined with the output switch 2. 

The disadvantage of this approach is that the set of 

weighting coefficients is limited. However, Tto solve the 

problem of decoding this is not a significant obstacle, 

since the code sequence can be selected from the set 

allowing the physical implementation on the basis of 

physical semitransparent elements. 

*Corresponding author: HTEsenych@yandex.ruT 

[1] Gorban A.N., Dunin-Barkovskiy V.L. Neiroinformatics (in 

Russian). Novosibirsk:1998 

[2] Ergozhin E.E., Zezin A.B. Suleimenov I.E., Mun G.A. 

Hydrophilic polymers in nanotechnology and nanoelectronics (in 

Russian). Almaty-Moscow: 2008, 216 p. 

2 

4 


P 

P 

P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

3-D Fluorescence and Colored Patterns of Polydiacetylene Supramolecules 

1 

2 

3 

2 

Oktay Yarimaga,P PSumi Lee,P PYang-Kyu ChoiP P* and UJong-Man KimUP P* 

1 

PInstitute of Nanoscience and Technology, Hanyang University, Seoul, 133-791, Korea 

2 

PDepartment of Chemical Engineering, Hanyang University, Seoul, 133-791, Korea 

3 

PDepartment of Electrical Engineering, KAIST, 305-701, Korea 

Abstract-We present the results of investigation on a polydiacetylene (PDA)-based thermal imaging system, both as a thermo-fluorescence 

sensor and a thermochromic display. By using raplica-molding of PDA supramolecules embedded to polyvinyl alcohol and a consequent 

back-side irradiation, it is posssible to obtain 3-dimentional colored image and morphological patterns on free-standing elastic film. The 

similar method is also useful to fabricate a pixel of the thermochromic display. Morphological and optical properties of the generated patterns 

are very promising for micro-thermal imaging applications. 

Polydiacetylenes (PDAs) are unique materials in terms of 

their stress induced chromatic transitions [1]. They are one of 

the thermo-fluorescent materials, i.e. thermal stress induces 

non-fluorescent to fluorescent phase switching. And more 

interestingly, the fluorescence intensity strongly depends on 

the temperature of the vesicles [2]. Up to date, most of the 

investigations on PDAs have focused on the generation and 

patterning of different PDA derivatives in forms of selfassembled 

layers, supramolecular structures and microclusters 

[3], [4]. Generation of colored images on batch type 

films by UV-light irradiation through a photo-mask is another 

elegant example of patterning techniques [5]. Although the 

reported investigations contributed to the ongoing course of 

PDA-based chemo/thermo/bio imaging system development, 

we have realized that utilization of the pre-patterned structures 

in the desired applications have been limited due to substrate 

selectiveness and challenges arising from the fabrication 

process. Accordingly, we have recently reported a novel 

method to fabricate 3-dimensional (3-D) colored and 

fluorescence images on a free-standing composite film [6]. 

by mixing and stirring steps, replica molding process was used 

to transfer the size and shape of the mold bearings to the PDA- 

PVA composite solid film. A UV-light irradiation from the 

back-side of the mold afforded polymerization of diacetylene 

vesicles to PDA with a color transition to blue, selectively on 

the replicated features (Figure 1). 

Due to size reduction factor, the dimensions of the desired 

patterns should be designed carefully. “The smaller the mold 

pattern, the larger the size reduction factor” is the key concept 

to consider. Replicated and polymerized blue color structures 

possess very attractive properties in terms of elasticity, 

thermo-chromism, thermo-fluorescence and 3-D morphology 

which form the bases of a thermal imaging system. 

A similar approach has been effectively employed also to 

demonstrate thermochromic information display [7]. This time 

micro-pixel array of PDA-embedded PVA composite was 

formed on micro-heaters using replica-molding and blue-tored 

color transition of the pixels was achieved by supplying 

thermal stress from the built-in micro-heaters. 

We will discuss the possible effects of dimensional 

shrinking on heating and cooling cycle (response time) of the 

display system and the advantages of having 3-D pixels in 

terms of visible color contrast and fluorescence intensity. 

The authors gratefully thank to National Research 

Foundation of Korea for financial support through 

International Research & Development Program 

(K20901000006-09E0100-00610). This work was supported 

by the ERC program grant (No. R11-2007-045-03004-0) and a 

grant from the National Research Laboratory (NRL) program 

(No. R0A-2007-000-20028-0 and 20090083161) of the 

Korean Science and Engineering Foundation (KOSEF), which 

is funded by the Korean Ministry of Education, Science and 

Technology (MEST). We would like to thank to CAFDC 

center for their support. 

Figure 1. (a) PDA-embedded PVA film during peeling off from 

a mold after replica molding process and polymerization. (b) 

The blue film shifts color to red with thermal stress. (c) PDA is 

not fluorescent in blue phase while in red phase it fluoresces. (d) 

3-D morphological structure of image patterns is very attractive 

for construction of elastic fluidic micro-chips. 

In our knowledge, the methods dealing with micro-thermal 

analysis are quite complicated and expensive. Present study 

will focus on the generation and integration of PDA-based 

thermochromic morphological and image patterns in order to 

implement a thermal monitoring system, both as a sensor and 

a display. After embedding the monomer diacetylene vesicles 

into a host polymer matrix such as polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) 

*Corresponding author: HTjmk@hanyang.ac.krTH 

[1] D. H. Charych, J. O. Nagy, W. Spevak, M. D. Bednarski, Science 

261, 585 (1993). 

[2] R. W. Carpick, T. M. Mayer, D. Y. Sasaki, A. R. Burns, 

Langmuir 16, 4639 (2000). 

[3] J. H. Baek, H. Ahn, J. Yoon, J.-M. Kim, Macromol. Rapid 

Commun. 29, 117 (2008). 

[4] T. Kim, R. M. Crooks, M. Tsen, L. Sun, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 117, 

3963, (1995). 

[5] J.-M. Kim, Y. B. Lee, S. K. Chae, D. J. Ahn, Adv. Funct. Mater. 

16, 2103 (2006). 

[6] O. Yarimaga, S. Lee, J.-M. Kim, Y.-K. Choi, Macromol. Rapid 

Comm. 31, 270 (2010). 

[7] O. Yarimaga, M. Im, B. Gu, T. W. Kim, Y. K. Jung, H. G. Park, 

Y-K. Choi, Proceedings of MEMS2008, 750-753 (2008). 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Defect Tolerance in Self-Assembled Networks with Mobile Nano-Machines 

Birkan Polatoğlu*, Alper Rasim Çakır and Sema Oktuğ 

İstanbul Technical University, Department of Computer Engineering, İstanbul 34469, Turkey 

Abstract - We concentrated on network of finite number of nano-machines that are freely floating in their environment and that interact via 

molecular communication. We improve the proposed defect tolerance mechanisms that are based on Reverse Path Forwarding routing algorithm 

in order to tolerate defects in self-assembled networks that contains mobile nano-machines. Our solution keeps the broadcast tree up-to-date 

effectively. 

Nanoelectronic devices are investigated as an alternative 

to CMOS technologies recently. These devices are extremely 

small and thus need very low charge transfers to switch state 

[1]. The proposed properties of nanoelectronic devices provide 

greater device density and make them advantageous over 

CMOS. However the circuits using these devices are 

susceptible to defects and faults because of these properties. 

Nano-machines can be interconnected to cooperate and 

share information and overcome collaborative tasks. 

Communication between nano-machines can be performed 

through different technologies, such as electromagnetic, 

acoustic, nanomechanical or molecular. Molecular 

communication is the most promising technique in comparison 

to other ones due to the size and natural domain of molecules. 

Molecular communication is inspired by the communication 

among living cells, and it is defined as the transmission of 

information using molecules. Molecular communication takes 

place in aqueous medium. Due to the organic and chemical 

nature of the nano-machines and information molecules, the 

nanonetwork is highly sensitive to the environmental 

conditions, such as temperature, humidity, medium viscosity 

and pH. The communication process can be negatively 

affected by sudden variations of these conditions [2]. 

DNA self-assembly is a bottom-up fabrication technique 

that uses DNA as a scaffold material to attach electronic 

devices. Self-assembly does not have control over the 

placement of devices, so it is prone to higher defect rates than 

those produced by other techniques. Systems built using 

bottom-up self-assembly of nanoelectronic devices will need 

to incorporate defect tolerance in their design in order to 

maintain their advantage over CMOS [1]. 

The presented defect tolerance mechanism in [1] does not 

require an external defect map, nor does it require redundancy 

of complex computational circuits. Reverse path forwarding 

algorithm is used to map out defective nodes at startup and to 

create a broadcast tree of non-defective nodes. The interface 

between the system and the micro-scale world are called via. 

The special broadcast packet is inserted into the network from 

vias that are located one in each side center and one in the 

center of the NxN network. On receiving the special broadcast 

packet, the node broadcasts it on its entire links, except the 

link that it received the packet on [1]. 

Nano-machines (nodes) in the proposed mechanism in [1] 

are immobile and each node is assumed to have four 

transceivers, so the maximum number of children of a node is 

four. Transient and permanent faults during system operation 

are not handled as well. The broadcast tree is created in the 

beginning by broadcasting the gradient packet and this tree is 

used for communication among the nodes. If one of the nodes 

on broadcast tree is deteriorated transiently or permanently, 

the links passing from this node will not be functional. The 

children or the sub tree under the failed node or link are 

unreachable from vias and treated as defective nodes. 

Here, we concentrated on a system in which finite number 

of nano-machines freely floating in their environment that 

interact via molecular communication. Each nano-machine in 

the system is identified with a single-stranded DNA with the 

purpose of unique addressing. Inspired from the living cells, 

nano-machine’s DNA is assumed as a database to store all 

single-stranded DNA sequences of the other nano-elements as 

a potential neighbor. In this nano-network environment it is 

assumed that all cells are taken from the same living creature 

which will guarantee that all of the nano-elements have the 

same DNA sequence or database. We propose new mechanism 

that handles transient and permanent faults during system 

operation by improving the proposed framework on [1]. We 

define a new state for the children of the failed nodes and call 

it ‘free non-defective’ state. In case of node failure in 

broadcast tree, the nodes under the failed node change their 

status from ‘non-defective’ to ‘free non-defective’. The nodes 

that do not take packet from other nodes during specific 

timeout interval set their status to ‘free non-defective’ as well. 

In molecular communication, after a certain time, 

information molecules disintegrate into other molecules and 

they are not interpreted by receiver node. In their life time, 

molecules can travel by diffusion in average a certain maximal 

distance called communication radius [3]. Each node can 

send information molecule to the nodes in its communication 

radius. The nodes in the communication radius of ‘free nondefective 

node’ will query the nodes around to find ‘free nondefective’ 

ones. When a ‘free non-defective’ node identified, 

it is set as the child of the node sending the query and its state 

is made ‘non-defective’. The broadcast tree that connects all 

reachable non-defective nodes is kept up-to-date by the help of 

this mechanism. 

In summary, our work introduces a new approach for the 

defect tolerance in self-assembled networks that contain 

mobile nano-machines by improving the mechanisms 

introduced earlier in order to keep the broadcast tree up-todate 

effectively. Currently, we are collecting data from 

simulation that we have improved for these enhancements. 

*Corresponding author: polatoglu@itu.edu.tr 

[1] J.P. Patwardhan, C. Dwyer, A. R. Lebeck, and D. J. Sorin, 2005. 

Evaluating the Connectivity of Self-Assembled Networks of Nanoscale 

Processing Elements, NANOARCH '05. 

[2] I.F. Akyildiz, F. Brunetti, C. Blázquez, 2008. Nanonetworks: A 

New Communication Paradigm, Elsevier Computer Networks 52. 

[3] J. Wiedermann, L. Petrů, 2008. Communicating Mobile Nano- 

Machines and Their Computational Power, Third International ICST 

Conference, NanoNet. 


P 

P 

P 

P Hans-Elias 

P and 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Hydroflown: A MEMS Based Underwater Acoustic Particle Velocity Sensor 

1 

2 

3 

M. Berke Gür,P 

de BreeP 

UTuncay AkalUP P* 

PDepartment of Mechatronics Engineering, Bahçeehir University, stanbul 34353, Turkey 

PMicroflown Technologies, Han University of Applied Sciences, Arhhem 6826, The Netherlands 

3 

PSUASIS Ltd., TUBITAK MRC Campus, Gebze-Kocaeli 41470, Turkey 

2 

1 

Abstract-An acoustic field is fully described by two different but related variables: the scalar acoustic pressure and the vector valued acoustic 

particle velocity. Conventional hydrophones measure the acoustic pressure variable only. However, it is the particle velocity that carries 

directional information and provides a more complete description of the acoustic field. Hydroflown is a novel MEMS based underwater acoustic 

particle velocity sensor under development, when combined with a MEMS hydrophone is capable of completely measuring the underwater 

acoustic field. Unlike conventional accelerometer based underwater acoustic particle velocity sensors, the sensor will not exhibit resonance and 

is expected to have a flat frequncy response from dc to 20 kHz. 

An underwater acoustic wave is a propagating energy 

packet which causes a disturbance in the ambient pressure and 

induces a small volumetric motion (whose rate is termed the 

particle velocity). Although the amplitudes of the acoustic 

pressure and particle velocity are related, the latter is a vector 

valued and hence, carries directional information regarding 

acoustic energy propagation. While the scalar valued acoustic 

pressure is easily measured using a hydrophone, low cost 

sensors capable of accurately measuring the particle velocity 

has remained a major challenge. Several underwater sensors 

designed for this purpose (all which are not commercially 

available) rely on accelerometers that are packaged such that 

the sensor is naturally buoyant in water [1,2,3]. 

Recently, a novel MEMS based acoustic particle velocity 

sensor, called the Microflown, capable of measuring the 

particle velocity in air was developed [4]. This paper outlines 

the preliminary concepts and work done for extending the 

Microflown sensor to underwater applications. The new 

sensor is termed appropriately the Hydroflown. The 

Microflown measures the particle velocity using two parallel 

oriented platinum wire resistances. The wires are 200 nm thin 

and 5m wide (see Figure 1). When voltage is applied across 

the wire terminals the wires heat up to 300°C. An acoustic 

wave propagating perpendicular to the wires results in a 

temperature difference between the wires. The upstream wire 

will cool down more compared to the downstream wire due to 

convective heat transfer, which will result in a change in the 

resistance of the wires. The particle velocity is proportional to 

the voltage change induced by the change in the resistance. 

The sensor has a flat frequency response from dc up to 20 

kHz. 

The Hydroflown sensor is to be manufactured by first 

depositing a 300nm layer of Silicon Nitride (SiR3RNR4R) on a 

Silicon wafer followed by the deposition of a photoresist. This 

Silicon Nitride layer is used as a mask for the wet chemical 

etching process in the following steps. Next, a 200nm 

Platinum layer is added using the sputter technique. The 

resistive wires and the terminals are patterned from this 

Platinum layer using the lift-off technique. After 

photolithography, the Silicon Nitride layer is removed using 

reactive ion etching. Finally, the Silicon wafer is etched with 

anisotropic wet chemical etching using Potassium Hydroxide 

(KOH) to create the channel and the bridge. 

Although the working principle of the Hydroflown sensor is 

Table 1. A comparison of the acoustic properties of air and 

seawater. 

Property Air Seawater 

Speed of Sound (m/s) 340 1500 

Density (kg/m 3 ) 1,2 1025 

Acoustic Impedence (Pa s/m) 415 1,54×10 6 

Specific Heat (kJ/kg/K) 1,0 4,0 

Thermal Conductivity (W/m/K) 0,025 0,596 

similar to the Microflown sensor, the former is designed to 

work underwater. Since water will start to boil above 100°C, 

the sensor is required to be encapsulated in an acoustically 

transparent package filled with another fluid with a higher 

boiling temperature. A comparison of the acoustic properties 

of air and seawater are presented in Table 1. 

In summary, Hydroflown, a novel underwater sensor for 

measuring the acoustic particle velocity is introduced. The 

working principles of the sensor are defined. The lab tests of 

the sensor are currently in progress and the first sea trials are 

scheduled for the summer of 2010. The Hydroflown sensor is 

expected to provide higher quality measurements with fewer 

sensors compared to conventional pressure measuring 

hydrophone based systems. Initial applications of the sensor 

are planned for uniform line arrays. This work is supported by 

the EUROSTARS Programme grant E!-4224 Hydroflown. 

*Corresponding author: tuakal@suasis.com 

Figure 1. A scanning electron microscope image of a bridge 

type Microflown MEMS acoustic particle velocity sensor clearly 

showing the Platinum resistive wires and the terminals. 

[1] K. J. Bastyr et al., J. Acoust. Soc. Am. 106, 6 (1999). 

[2] W. D. Zhang et al., Sensors 9 (2009). 

[3] V. Shchurov, Vector Acoustics of the Ocean, engl. transl. (2006). 

[4] H.-E. de Bree, Acoust. Aust. 31 (2003). 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Implementation of DSMC Method to Nano Knudsen Compressors 

Nevsan engil 

EDA Ltd., Silikon Blok,No:22, ODTÜ Teknokent,06531, Ankara, Türkiye 

Abstract- If density is low or characteristic length is micro/nano scale, it can be said that gas is rarefied. In rarefied gas conditions, gas starts 

flowing slowly from cold to hot. This phenomenon is called thermal creep or transpiration. Using thermal creep phenomenon, Knudsen 

compressors are built. In this study various properties of a nano scale Knudsen compressors are analyzed with direct simulation Monte Carlo 

(DSMC) method. 

Lately, a number of Micro/Nano Electro Mechanical 

Systems (MEMS/NEMS) have been developed. These 

devices sometimes include mechanical systems work with 

the fluids such as micro/nano size gas compressors. These 

compressors have much potential in the area of 

chromatography, spectroscopy, micro plasma 

manufacturing and chemical sensors [1,2]. 

If two gas reservoirs with different pressures and 

temperatures are connected with a channel, gas starts 

flowing from high-pressure side to low-pressure side. 

When the reservoir pressures get equal, gas flow stops 

even if reservoir temperatures are different. In micro/nano 

scale lengths, gas is rarefied even if pressure is 

atmospheric. If gas is rarefied and a temperature gradient 

exists, gas flows slowly from cold region to hot region. It 

is called thermal creep or transpiration phenomenon [3]. 

Using this phenomenon, it is possible to construct various 

micro/nano size Knudsen compressors. 

The theoretical efficiencies of Knudsen pumps are high 

compared to conventional vacuum pumps. Besides they 

are very reliable because they include no moving parts. 

Recent technological development in the area of thermal 

isolation on MEMS/NEMS, enable to use high temperature 

gradients to obtain high volume rates [1]. 

Gas flows related with the MEMS/NEMS devices have 

high Knudsen numbers (Kn) similar to rarefied gases of 

high atmosphere flights. Rarefied gas flows with high 

Knudsen number ( Kn 0.1) depart from local thermal 

equilibrium because of the inadequate molecule collisions. 

Consequently, the linear relations between not only shear 

stress and velocity gradient but also heat conduction and 

temperature gradient are lost. As a result continuum based 

Navier-Stokes and Euler equations cannot be used because 

these equations use linear constitutive equations [4]. 

In rarefied gas flows with high Knudsen number 

( Kn 0.1) , both continuum equations with high order 

non-linear constitutive equations, like Burnett equations, 

and molecular based methods can be used. Burnett 

equations are not used widely because these equations are 

difficult to solve and have both stability and complicated 

boundary condition problems. In rarefied gas flows, 

generally molecular methods are preferred. Molecular 

methods are based on the Boltzmann equation, which is a 

mathematical model and difficult to solve both analytically 

and numerically. Only its simplified versions can be 

solved. Molecular dynamic (MD) is the best-known 

physical molecular method [3]. MD is generally used to 

analyze liquid and dense gas flows. Because of the huge 

number of the molecules, only very small flow volumes 

can be analyzed for very small time durations. Direct 

simulation Monte Carlo (DSMC) is another physical 

molecular model. In this method molecule movements and 

collisions are decoupled and one DSMC molecule 

represents many physical molecules [5]. DSMC consists of 

four main steps. The first step is “molecule movement” 

step. In this step, molecules move inside the flow area. The 

second step is “molecule indexing” step. Molecules are 

indexed based on their cell information. The third step is 

“molecule collisions” step. Here molecules in the same 

cells undergo collisions with each other. The fourth step is 

“calculation of macroscopic properties” step. In this step, 

using microscopic molecule information, macroscopic 

values in each cell are calculated. 

In this study one stage and multi-stage Knudsen 

compressors are analyzed with DSMC method. Pumping 

speeds and maximum pressure ratios of Knudsen 

compressors will be reported together with boundary 

conditions used. 

Figure 1. Reservoir pressure decreases with thermal 

transpiration. 

sengiln@itu.edu.tr 

[1] S. McNamara and Y.B. Gianchandani, J., 2005. On-Chip 

Vacuum Generated by Micro Machined Knudsen Pump, 

Microelectromech. Syst. 14, 4:741-745. 

[2] E.P. Muntz and S.E. Vargo, 2002. Microscale Vacuum 

Pumps in The MEMS Handbook, M. Gad-el-Hak, Ed. Boca 

Raton, FL: CRC. 

[3] G.E. Karniadakis and A. Beskok, 2002. Micro Flows 

Fundementals and Simulation, Springer-Verlag, New York. 

[4] S. Chapman and T.G. Cowling, 1970. The Mathematical 

Theory of Non-Uniform Gases, Cambridge University Press, 

New York. 

[5] G.A. Bird, 1994. Molecular Gas Dynamics and the Direct 

Simulation of Gas Flows, Clarendon Press, Oxford. 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Humidity Sensing Properties of Organic PVC-Bt6 Complex Thin Films 

Salih Okur 1 , Mavişe Şeker 1 , Nesli T. Yağmurcukardeş 1 , Gülşah Kurt 2 , Bedrettin Mercimek 3 , Mahmut Kuş 4 


2 Aksaray University, Department of Chemistry, Aksaray/TURKEY 

3 Selçuk University, Department of Chemistry Education , Selçuklu/Konya/TURKEY 


Abstract: Humidity adsorption and desorption kinetics of Benzoylthiourea derivative-PVC complexes (PVC-Bt6), modified using two-step 

process, were measured for the first time by Quartz Crystal Microbalance (QCM) technique. Reproducible experimental results, obtained at 

room temperature, show that PVC-Bt6 complexes exhibit good sensitivity for humidity. 

Poly(vinyl chloride) (PVC) has received great attention as 

it is a cheap and readily available material. It is known that 

introducing hydrophilic groups like thiol compounds into 

PVC chains increases the intermolecular force and also 

this type of reaction can be performed in solution, melt or 

suspension.[1-3] Benzoylthiourea derivates are sensitive 

due to C=S groups. 

In this study we used PVC-Benzoylthiourea complex as 

humidity sensor based on quartz crystal microbalance 

technique. PVC-Benzoylthiourea derivative (PVC-BT6) 

was synthesized by nucleophilic substitution reactions of 

chlorine atoms. In this structure, PVC exposed to chemical 

modification processing several steps with amine and 

benzoyl isothiocyanate. In Fig.1, the schematic diagram of 

PVC-BT6 molecule is shown. This compound gives 

complexes in different colours with MCl2 [M=Co(II), 

Ni(II), Hg(II) and Pt(II)] in PH = 3–5. 

Dektak 150 profilometer of Veeco. Relative Humidity 

were obtained commercial humidity-temperature sensor. A 

closed box partly filled with saturated salt solutions 

generates relative humidity in the free room above the salt 

with good accuracy. The value of the relative humidity 

depends on the type of salt used as given in the reference 

[3]. 

dF/Hz 

5 

11% 

0 

22% 

11% 

22% 

-5 43% 

53% 

43% 

-10 

53% 

75% 

-15 

84% 

84% 75% 

94% 

-20 

94% 

dF/Hz 

-25 

97% (a) 

-30 

0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 

Time/sec 

dF/Hz 

5 

0 

-5 

-10 

-15 

-20 

-25 

53% 

75% 

84% 

94% 

97% (b) 

0 200 400 600 800 1000 

Time/sec 

Figure2.(a) QCM frequency shifts for different increasing and 

decreasing RH values.(b) Comparison of QCM frequency shifts 

for different RH values. 

HN 

HN 

S 

CH 

H 2C 

N 

N 

H 

O 

N 

S 

CH 2 

CH 

N 

O 

H 

Fig.2 (a) shows the frequency response of PVC-Bt6 film 

when the relative humidity increased and decreased step 

by step between 11% and 97% RH for an equal time 

intervals and (b) shows the comparison of frequency shifts 

between 11% and 97% RH. 

30 

Figure1. The Schematic Diagram of PVC-Bt6 molecule. 

QCM with the model of CHI400A Series from CH 

Instruments was used to measure the change in the 

resonant frequency due to mass loading of water molecules 

after exposure of the crystal at different humidity 

environments e.g. at 11%, 22%, 43%, 55%, 75%, 84%, 

94%, 97% relative humidity (RH. 

Saurbey Equation is used to calculate the mass change 

(Δm) from the measured frequency change (Δf). 

2 

2 f0 

m 

f 

 

(1) 

A 

where f 0 is resonant frequency of the QCM crystal, A is 

the area of the gold disk coated onto the crystal, ρ is the 

density of the crystal and μ is the shear modulus of quartz. 

QCM consisted of AT-cut piezoelectric quartz crystal with 

resonant frequency of 8MHz, density (ρ) of 2.684g/cm3 

and shear modulus (μ) of 2.947x1011 g/cms2. PVC-Bt6 

complex was dispersed in tetrahidrofuran (THF) solvent 

and coated on the quartz crystal by drop-casting method. 

The thickness of the film was measured as 450 nm with 

- F (Hz) 

25 

20 

15 

10 

5 

0 

upward 

downward 

20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 

Relative Humidity (%) 

Figure3. QCM frequency shifts for increasing and decreasing RH 

values. 

Fig. 3 shows how the QCM frequency changes with 

increasing and decreasing RH values. There is a clear 

linear dependence. 

Our QCM measurements results exhibit that PVC-Bt6 

complex based sensor is very sensitive to the humidity 

changes even at room temperature. 

*Corresponding author: salihokur@iyte.edu.tr 

[1] C. Mijangos, D. Lo´pez, Macromolecules 28, 1369 (1995). 

[2] Reineeke H., Lo´pez D., Mijangos C. J. Appl. Polym. Sci. 

1999;74:1178. 

[3] S. Okur, M. Kus, F. Özel, V. Aybek, M. Yilmaz, Talanta, 

81;1-2; 2010; 248. 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Routing Congestion Removing of Nano/CMOS FPGA circuits 

Hossein Hamidipour 1 , Parviz Keshavarzi 1 and Ali Naderi 1,* 

1 Electrical and Computer Engineering Faculty, Semnan University, Semnan, Iran 

Abstract CMOS Molecular (CMOL) architecture basically called hybrid nanowire/ molecular/ semiconductor circuit 

which incorporates the nanodevices and nanowires crossbar into the CMOS IC implementation. CMOL technology uses the 

advantages of nano and CMOS technology together. In this paper we have proposed a recursive method for removing the 

routing congestion in nano/CMOS (CMOL) FPGA circuits and route them successfully where CMOLCAD tool cannot route 

them without congestion. CMOL FPGA architecture, with T basic cells and a latch cell per tile, uses K basic cells (which is 

predefined by user), a latch cell for logic implementation and (T-K) cells for routing issue. When the circuit encountered 

congestion, CMOLCAD tool decreases K to route the circuits. In this proposed method, we keep and rank the placement 

solutions in some of the last iterations of placement algorithm, according to the cost then use them for routing the circuits 

with more options. If the routing on the highest priority placement solution has failed, this solution will be removed from the 

ranking and another placement solution will be used according to the ranking. The results of applying the proposed method 

on some of benchmark circuits indicate that we can route the failed routing nano/CMOS circuits without change the structure. 

Silicon technology continues to advance towards the end of 

Moores Law, predicted with the end of CMOS scaling only 1015 

years away. The theorical and experimental [1, 2] results indicate that 

the plausible alternative for current technology is hybrid 

semiconductor/ nanodevices circuits. This structure uses the 

functionality of programmable diodes (latching-switches) in crossbar 

structure (Fig. 1.a) beside the silicon chip. The functionality of such 

devices is illustrated in Fig.1.1b. CMOS Molecular (CMOL) [3] 

architecture basically called hybrid nanowire/ molecular/ 

semiconductor circuit which incorporates the nanodevices and 

nanowire crossbar into the CMOS IC implementation. CMOL 

technology uses the advantages of nano and CMOS technology 

together. 

(a) 

proposed method routes the circuit without congestion by predefined 

K or we test all of the kept solutions. In this procedure the cell 

connectivity domain (A) is constant. In fact we use routing driven 

placement for nano FPGA circuits. For testing the feasibility and 

efficiency of the proposed method we have selected 10 circuits 

(MCNC benchmark and some of other circuits) that CMOLCAD tool 

cannot route them without congestion by predefined values of A and 

K. Each circuit has been implemented by original CMOLCAD and 

our proposed method. In original CMOLCAD, the circuits could not 

be routed successfully on final placement platform but the proposed 

method can route these failed routing circuits successfully. The 

results show that our method results in only 1.5% and 1% increase in 

area and timing cost respectively for total cost of ten circuits. 

Total analysis shows that the additional CPU time for running our 

method for ten circuits is 26.5 seconds while total time for 

CMOLCAD is 313 seconds. This means only 8.5% increase in CPU 

time for running our method. 

In this paper we first review the nano/CMOS hybrid circuits 

(CMOL) and then we discuss about their design automation and 

congestion. Finally we explain our method and the results. 

In summary the proposed method by a recursive process routes the 

nano/CMOS circuits which had faced congestion in CMOLCAD. It 

can be seen that by paying negligible additional costs, we route the 

failed routing circuits. This method can be added to CMOLCAD and 

other nano circuit CADs for removing congestion and route the 

circuits successfully with higher probability. 

(b) 

Figure 1: (a) Nanowire/nanodevice crossbar (b) I-V curve of a twoterminal 

crosspoint nanodevice-programmable diode. 

Each CMOL FPGA [4, 5] cell uses a basic inverter cell (I-Cell) and 

a latch. CMOL CAD utilizes basic and latch cells in square shaped 

tiles. Each tile has a latch cell and T basic cell surrounding the 

latch. CMOL FPGA uses K basic cells (predefined by user) and a 

latch cell for logic implementation and (T-K) cells for routing (Fig. 

2). When the circuit encountered congestion, CMOLCAD tool 

decreases K to route the circuit. This is a drawback for CMOLCAD 

tool that cannot route the circuit with predefined K. In the proposed 

method, we keep and rank the placement solutions in some of the last 

iterations of placement algorithm according to the cost then use them 

for routing the circuits with more options. If the routing on the 

highest priority placement solution has failed, this solution will be 

removed from ranking and another placement solution will be used 

according to the ranking. This procedure will be continued until the 

Figure 2: A fragment of two-cell CMOL FPGA fabric 

*Corresponding author: alinaderi1998@gmail.com 

[1] A. DeHon and K.K. Likharev, in Proc. ICCAD (2005 ). 

[2] P .J. Kuekes, G.S. Snider, and R.S. Williams, Sci. American 293 

(2005). 

[3] D.B. Strukov and K.K. Likharev, in Proc. FPGA, (2006) 

[4] D.B. Strukov and K. K. Likharev, Nanotechnology, (2005). 

[5] D.B. Strukov, Ph.D. Dissertation, (2006) 



Theme F686 - N1123 

The Design and Analysis of Novel MEMS Force Amplifier 

Ergin KOSA 1 Umit SONMEZ 1 , Huseyin KIZIL 2 , Levent TRABZON 1,* 

1 Mechanical Engineering, Istanbul Technical University, Istanbul 34437, Turkey 

2 Metallurgical and Materials Engineering, Istanbul Technical University, Istanbul 34469, Turkey 

Abstract — The compliant micro mechanisms achieve high amplification of forces that can be used as cutting force 

in micro- and nano-fabrication. We designed a novel and simple micro-compliant system by SOI-MUMPs technology so that 

input force is multiplied by 11.1 times at the output. 

It is preferable to amplify the force of any actuator in microscale 

applications [1]. In this paper, we aim to get force 

amplification by means of novel micro-compliant mechanism. 

The range of force amplifications in micro-compliant system 

makes it possible to explore very interesting applications in 

micro- and nano-fabrication and unique research topics in 

micro- and nano-technology. There are several approaches to 

fabricate micro-compliant systems and surface 

micromachining is one of the most utilized technology to 

fabricate micro-complaint system [2] 

One of the most crucial points in design of micro-compliant 

system is the elastic deformation of materials in the force 

amplification scheme [3,4]. There are many advantages of 

compliant mechanisms, such as; no friction at the joints, 

monolithic structure, no wear under operating conditions, no 

lubrication needed and high precision [5,6]. Moreover, it 

enables us to manufacture the mechanism with less and single 

parts without joints. This paper includes design, simulation 

and optimization of the micro compliant force amplifier. The 

rigid body model of micro mechanism is derived and position 

analysis is run by MATLAB and simulation of the microsystem 

is run by ANSYS. 

The system is designed by SOI-MUMPs fabrication 

technology [7]. The thickness and width of the elastic joints 

are 25 and 3 microns, respectively. The system is composed of 

two stages with long rigid beams. The length of rigid beams in 

the first stage is 500 and 600 μm and length of the rigid beams 

in the second stage are 700 and 800 μm. Two rigid beams are 

linked to each other by compliant hinges with length of 100 to 

300 μm. The micro compliant mechanisms are operated at 

small degrees at about from 0 to 10 degrees in which it is 

expected to get high amplification factor. The amplification 

factor is defined as A=F /F 

out in where the F in is input force 

applied to the system and F out is the output force obtained 

from the micro mechanism. 

We designed various hinge 

geometries at the conjunction of the rigid beams, such as 

triangle, rectangle, and straight beams with small curvature. 

We analyzed each different design of micro amplifier at 

different conditions. 

We aimed at examining the effect of curvature and length of 

different complaint hinges so that we designed flexible hinges 

in 150, 200, 300 microns lengths and we observed that when 

the length of beams decreases from 300 to 150 microns, the 

amplification factor increases. Moreover, the height of curve 

on the hinges improves magnification of forces as it decreases 

from 30 microns to 10 microns. 

Since we utilize the SOI-MUMPs processes, the 

optimization of micro-compliant system is limited by the 

fabrication design rules. The optimization also depends on the 

input force and stiffness of materials so that different stiffness 

Fig. 1: Amplification factors for straight, triangular and rectangular 

hinges with different lengths 

at the output point enables us to get a range of amplification 

factors. 

As a conclusion, we have designed a novel micro-compliant 

mechanism by SOI-MUMPs technology with different hinge 

geometries. We found that the amplification of factor is 9.9, 

8.5 and 7.8 for straight beams with length of 150, 200 and 300 

μm, respectively, as shown in Fig.1. The straight beams have 

small offset at the center and it is only 10 μm in height for all. 

The hinges with rectangle and triangle shapes, the 

amplifications are 11.1 and 8.9, respectively. Moreover, 

amplifications of the 200 μm straight beam with 10, 20, 30 μm 

offsets at the center are 8.5, 7.0, 6.0, respectively. Thus, the 

offset at the center and the length of straight beams affect the 

magnification factor of compliant system. 

* Corresponding Author: levent.trabzon@itu.edu.tr 

[1]M. B. Parkinson, B. D. Jensen and K. Kurabayashi, Proceedings of 

DETC’01(2001) 

[2]J. Li, Z.S. Liu, C.Lu, Q. X. Zhang and A.Q.Liu, The 13th International 

Conference on Solid-State Sensors, Actuators and Microsystems (2005) 

[3] C. F. Lin and C. J. Shih, Tamkang Journal of Science and Engineering, 

Vol. 9, No 3, pp. 215-222 (2006) 

[4]G. Chena and Larry L. Howell, Precision Engineering 33 pp.268–274 

(2009) 

[5]C. B. W. Pedersen and A. A. Seshia, Journal of Micromechanics and 

Microengineering pp. 234, (2004) 

[6]S. Kota, J. Hetrick, Z. Li and L. Saggere, IEEE/ASME Transaction on 

Mechatronics, Vol.4, No:4 (1999). 

[7] www.memscap.com/mumps/documents/SOIMUMPs.dr.v4.pdf, 

14.03.2010 


P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

A New Model to Calculate Pull-in Limit and Position of Electrostatic Fixed-Fixed Beam Actuator 

1 

1 

UCevher AkUP P* and Ali YildizP 

1 

PDepartment of Electrical-Electronics Engineering, Mersin University, Mersin 33342, Turkey 

Abstract-This paper present a new formula and model that has been developed to calculate pull-in limit of fixed-fixed cantilever MEMS 

actuators. In the model, we both determined a new pull-in limit and formulated the relationship between voltage and deflection. Formula is wellmatched 

with results of simulation that is based finite-element method. 

Electrostatic actuators have been very popular due to their 

low-power consumption, small dimensions, and easy 

fabrication. They have been used as a capacitive pressure 

sensor for measuring blood pressure [1], as a microwave 

switch [2], as an air flow sensor [3], as a micro-actuator for 

probe-based data storage [4], as an inkjet head [5], and optical 

scanners [6] is well known commercial applications. 

An electrostatic MEMS actuators consist of a two parallel 

plate, one is coated on a substrate and not movable (bottom 

electrode), the other one (top electrode) is above it with an 

initial gap and fixed from both end. The middle of top 

electrode is free to move. When a voltage difference is applied 

between electrodes, middle of top electrode will incline to 

bottom electrode (see Figure1). 

Figure 1. Bectrostaticactuator (Side wiew) 

For many years, researchers have used lumped model for 

electrostatic MEMS actuators to calculate pull-in limit. It was 

estimated as one-third of initial gap. However, when it is 

checked by software which utilizes finite element method, 

pull-in limit seems to be at a different value. It appears to be 

around 40% of initial gap (see Figure 2). 

and displacement. Values calculated from model are very 

close to those obtained from simulation. Model also delivers a 

simple formula. One can simply calculate required voltage for 

a desired displacement instead of utilizing numerical 

distributed methods which is time consuming and requires 

more computing power. 

*Corresponding author: cevher.ak@mersin.edu.tr 

[1] Hin-Leung Chau, and K.D. Wise, “An ultraminiature solid-state 

pressure sensor for a cardiovascular catheter,” IEEE Trans. Electron 

Devices, vol. 35(12), pp. 2355-2362, 1988. 

[2] Dooyoung Hah, and Euisik Yoon, “A Low-Voltage Actuated 

Micromachined Microwave Switch Using Torsion Springs and 

Leverage,” IEEE Trans. Microwave Theory and Tech., vol. 48(12), 

pp. 2540-2545, Dec. 2000. 

[3] Yu-Hsiang Wang, and Chia-Yen Lee, “A Mems-based Air Flow 

Sensor with a Free-Standing Micro-cantilever Structure,” Sensors, 

vol. 7, pp. 2389-2401, Oct. 2007. 

[4] Michel S.C. Lu, and Gary K. Fedder, “Position Control of 

Parallel-Plate Microactuators for Probe-Based Data Storage,” J. 

Microelectromech. Syst., vol. 13(5), pp. 759-769, Oct. 2004. 9 

[5] S. Kamusuki, M. Fujii, T. Takekoshi, C. Tezuka, and M. Atobe, 

“A high resolution, electrostatically driven commercial inkjet head,” 

Proc. IEEE MEMS 2000 conf., pp. 793-798, Miyazaki, Japan, 23-27 

Jan. 2000. 

[6] H. Schenk, P. Dürr, D. Kunze, H. Lakner, and H. Kück, “An 

electrostatically excited 2D-micro scanning-mirror with an in plane 

configuration of the driving electrodes,” Proc. IEEE MEMS 2000 

Conf., Miyazaki, Japan, 23-27 Jan. 2000, pp. 473-478. 

Figure 2. New model 

In this work, we proposed a new model which gives pull-in 

limit of a fixed-fixed beam actuator at 40% of the initial gap. 

It is consistent with simulation results and previous 

experimental models. In addition to pull-in limit, the new 

model demonstrates a good relation between applied voltage 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Comparative Study of Humidity Sensing Properties of PVC-Bt6-Cu and PVC-Bt6-Hg Complex 

Films 

Mavişe ŞEKER 1 , Salih OKUR 1 , Nesli T. YAĞMURCUKARDEŞ 1 , Gülşah KURT 2 , Bedrettin MERCİMEK 3 , Mahmut KUŞ 4 

1Izmir Institute of Technology, Department of Physics Urla/Izmir/TURKEY 

2Aksaray University, Department of Chemistry, Aksaray/TURKEY 

3 Selçuk University, Department of Chemistry Education, Selçuklu/Konya/TURKEY 

4Selçuk University, Department of Chemical Engineering, Selçuklu/Konya/TURKEY 

Abstract: This study focuses on respectively the characterization of PVC-BT6-Cu complex and PVC-BT6-Hg complex films coated on a 

quartz surface by drop-casting method for humidity detection and comparison of these two thin films properties. The Resistance and quartz 

crystal microbalance (QCM) were employed for the characterization. The change of resistance and resonance frequency was monitored with 

different increasing and decreasing relative humidity (RH) values between 11% and 97%.The humidity adsorption and desorption kinetics 

of the PVC-Bt6-Cu complex and PVC-Bt6-Hg complex films was examined by QCM technique. 

Poly(vinyl chloride) (PVC) was modified with 

benzoilizotiyosiyanat and amine derivative and PVC 

connected benzoylthiourea ligand (PVC-Bt6) was 

obtained.Then Cu and Hg complexes of this ligand were 

synthesized.[1] In Fig.1 molecular structure of (a) PVC- 

Bt6-Cu complex and (b) PVC-Bt6-Hg complex are shown. 

CH 2 -CH 

CH 2 -CH 

CH 2 -CH 

CH 2 -CH 

20 

20 

%11 

%11 RH 

%11 

%11 RH 

0 

0 

%22 

%22 

-20 

%43 

%43 

-20 

-40 %53 

%53 

-60 

%75 

Cu-PVC 

Cu-PVC 

-40 

%75 

(under %84 RH) 

%84 

%84 

-80 

%94 

-60 

%94 

-100 

Hg-PVC (a) -80 

Hg-PVC (b) 

%97 

(under %84 RH) 

-120 

200 400 600 800 1000 1200 

Time/sec 

0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 

Time/sec 

0 

dF/Hz 

1000 

dF/Hz 

N 

N 

N 

N 

y = 4.1948 * e^(0.032107x) R= 0.98952 

100 

HN 

N 

S 

O 

Cu 

S 

O 

NH 

N 

HN 

N 

S 

O 

Hg 

S 

O 

NH 

N 

- f(Hz) 

Hg 

downward 

10 

Cu 

Hg 

upward 

Cu 

(c) 

1 

20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 


(a) 

Figure 1. (a) Chemical structure of synthesized (a)PVC-Bt6- Cu 

complex (b)PVC-Bt6- Hg complex 

QCM is a sensor that extremely sensitive to mass changes 

in the nanogram scale by measuring the change of 

positions of its resonance frequency and it responds to a 

given increase of mass simultaneously, regardless of the 

species deposited.[2-3] We used in our study QCM with 

the model of CHI400A Series from CH Instruments 

(Austin, USA) to monitor the change in the resonance 

frequency of quartz crystals between gold electrodes 

owing to the fact that saturated aquatic solutions which it 

was subjected. Relative humidity (RH) values of solutions 

were 11%, 22%, 43%, 53%, 75%, 84%, 94% and 97%. 

1mg/1ml Cu complex and Hg complex were dissolved in 

tetrahidrofuran (THF) solvent and 5μl of solutions were 

coated onto QCM thermally evaporated gold electrodes 

which has 17μm separation and 120 nm thickness by dropcasting 

method. QCM frequency shifts and Resistance 

versus Time values were observed depending on relative 

humidity with Keitley 2420 Sourcemeter and commercial 

humidity-temperature sensor. 

(b) 

Figure 2. (a) Comparison of QCM frequency shifts of PVC-Bt6- 

Cu complex and PVC-Bt6-Hg complex for different increasing 

and decreasing RH values.(b) QCM frequency shifts (Hz) as a 

function of time (s) for relative humidity values 11% and %84. 

(c) The frequency response of PVC-Bt6-Cu and PVC-Bt6-Hg 

films covered QCM adsorption-desorption process at fixed point 

relative humidity conditions between 11% and 97% RH. 

In Fig.2(a) QCM frequency responses of PVC-Bt6-Cu 

and PVC-Bt6-Hg comlexes are occured step by step 

depending on the different relative humidity conditions 

between 11% and %97. In Fig.2(b) We can see QCM 

frequency shifts (Hz) as a function of time (s) for relative 

humidity values of 11% and %84. The adsorption and 

desorption data taken from Fig.2(a) shows an exponential 

dependence on relative humidity RH as shown in Fig.2(c). 

Fig.2 shows the frequency response of PVC-Bt6-Hg 

complex based sensor is more sensitive than PVC-Bt6-Cu 

complex based sensor for humidity changes at room 

temperature. 


[1] R. Navarro, K. Bierbrauer, C. Mijangos, E. Goiti, H. 

Reinecke, Polym. Degrad. Stab. 93, 585–591 (2008) 

[2] P. Payra, P.K. Dutta, Zeolites: a premier, in: S.M. Auerbach, 

K.A. Carrado, P.K. Dutta (Eds.), Handbook of Zeolite Science 

and Technology, Marcel Dekker Inc., New York, 2003. 


81;1-2; 2010; 248. 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Fabrication of Micro Channels with Angled Sidewall on Silicon by Nd:YAG Laser Ablation 

Alperen Acemoglu, 1 Veysel Ozkapici 2,* ,Vural Kara 1 ,Omid Tayafeh 3 ,Huseyin Kizil 4 and Levent Trabzon 1,* 

1 Department of Mechanical Engineering, Istanbul Technical University, Gumussuyu, Istanbul 34437, Turkey 

2 BNM Fabrika Biyo Nano Mikro Tek. San. Ve Tic. Ekinciler Cad. 7/4 stanbul 34830, Turkey 

3 Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering, Istanbul Technical University, Maslak, Istanbul 34469, Turkey 

4 Department of Metallurgical and Materials Engineering, Istanbul Technical University, Maslak, Istanbul 34469, Turkey 

Abstract— We present experimental results on microfabrication of micro channels with angled sidewall on silicon surface by Nd:YAG laser. 

The purpose is to create V-shaped deep micro channels on silicon surface for producing nano-sharp micro Si-knife. The results can be used to 

characterize the behavior of ablation process under different laser parameters to achieve optimal processing conditions for Si-micromicromaching 

in MEMS such as V-shaped channels, slots and singulation process of vias. 

Micro channels on silicon wafer play an important role in 

many MEMS and NEMS applications. There are several 

microfabrication processes for creating proper micro channels 

on silicon surface. Conventional chemical and mechanical 

processes like etching, engraving and sawing have been 

successfully applied on to fabrication of micro channels [1, 2]. 

Although well developed and mature production process, they 

are not suitable for all kind of MEMS application. That’s why 

laser are widely used to create this kind of channels on 

material, laser fabrication process is a non contact process 

therefore preferred in our task. 

Lasers are a powerful tool for micromachining 

applications. A focused laser beam can easily be concentrated 

onto a small target of a few micron diameters. The laser 

material-interaction in this target area will be controlled by 

laser parameters such as wavelength, pulse energy and pulse 

duration which determine peak power density [3]. Certain sets 

of parameters can cause thermal effects for marking, cutting, 

and drilling. 

In our work, we have specially chosen to work with 

Nd:YAG DPSS laser which has 1064 nm wavelength and 60 

W maximum power. There were limited survey on that, most 

of the laser on literature was in the UV range with either 

femto- or pico-seconds system, which are very expensive. Our 

main focus was creating those micro channels by nanosecond 

laser with a wavelength of 1064 nm. 

One of the important findings in the study is to have U- 

shaped channels with laser beam directed on the Si-wafer 

perpendicular. This observation is defined as tapering affect 

and it depends on the repletion of the laser ablation and depth 

of the channel produced in the ablation process [5]. Tapering 

affect is around 30°- 40° for 10 – 50 μm deep channels and 

they are roughly V-shaped channel as shown in Fig. 2a. 

Tapering affect was reduced to 10 °- 15° when channel depth 

is in between 51 and 150 μm. 

Main aim of this work is to create angled sidewall 

production on silicon wafer by laser. Then, we examined laser 

beam ablation on Si-wafer by different angles with laser beam. 

By means of adjustable wedge, the Si is oriented as 30°-45°- 

60° degree with respect to incoming laser in order to see 

sidewall affect and channel-wall angles. The channel-wall 

angles should be 30°-45°-60° degrees after inclined Si-wafer 

ablation by laser if there is no tapering effect. We measured 

channel-wall angles by profilometer on each Si wafer ablated 

by a different angle. We found that the channel-wall angles are 

38°-42°, 29°-34° and 19°-22° for ideally expected sidewall 

angel 60°, 45° and 30°, respectively. The difference between 

measured and expected angles is due to tapering effect in Si 

laser ablation. 

(a) 

(b) 

Figure 1: (a) Schematic drawings of angled channels set up (b) Angled 

micro channel fabrication setup. 

We first studied ablation effect of perpendicular laser 

beam on silicon surface. We observe and measure the effect of 

laser on scribed or grooved channels by profilometre by 

changing laser ablation velocity, frequency, power and 

repetition. It is been showed that 40 – 100 μm wide and 5- 250 

μm deep groves can easily been produced by laser. There were 

big debris or (HAZ) around the channel due to thermal affect 

of laser. As our expectation and previous literature info, 

ablation affect of laser increased by power, frequency, 

repetition increments and velocity decrements [3]. The degree 

of ablation does not linearly depend on the aforementioned 

parameters; the relationship is very complex and well 

explained [4]. 

Figure 2: (a) Optical microscope picture of micro channels produced by laser 

(b) Profilometre result graph of sidewall angel of laser ablated micro channel. 

This work was partially supported by TUBITAK under Grant No. 8080090 

*Corresponding authors: levent.trabzon@itu.edu.tr and 

veysel.ozkapici@bnmfabric.com 

[1] G.S. May,S.M.Sze, Fundamentals of semiconductor fabrication,Jonh 

Willey & Sons, Inc.,(2004). 

[2] G. T. A. Kovacks, N. Maluf,G.W. Crabtree,Bulk Micromachining of 

Silicon K. Petersen, IEEE, VOL. 86, NO. 8, (1998) 

Phys. Today 57, No. 12, 39 (2004). 

[3]A. Ostendorf, K. Koerber, T. Nether, T. Temme: “Material Processing 

Applications for Diode Pumped Solid State Lasers” In: Lambda Highlights, 

No. 57 , Göttingen (2000) 

[4] Holmes A.S., Pedder J.E.A., Boehlen K., Advanced laser micromachining 

processes for MEMS applications, SPIE Proceedings Vol. 6261,(2006) 

[5] T. Otani,L. Herbst, M.Hegling.S.V.Govorkov, A.O. Wiessner 

Microdrilling and micromachining with diode-pumped solid-state lasers 

Bogdanovic et al., Appl. Phys. A 79, 1335–1339 (2004) (2003). 


P 

P and 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Electrokinetic Flow Modeling in a Porous Nanochannel using Curvilinear Coordinates 

1 

1 

1 

UMehdi MostofiUP P*, Davood D. GanjiP Mofid Gorji-BandpyP 

1 

PDepartment of Mechanical Engineering, Noshiravani University of Technology, Babol, Iran 

Abstract- In this Paper, it is expected to model the behavior of the electrokinetics driven fluid in porous nanochannel. in this case, continuum 

theory is no longer valid. As a result, it is necessary to model the Poisson-Boltzmann and Navier-Stokes using molecular simulation. In 

continue, for four typical nano-scale particles, porous media assumption is made and validity of the continuum theory in nano-scale is 

investigated. 

One of the most important subsystems of the micro- and 

nano- fluidic devices is their passage or “Micro- and Nano- 

Channel”. Nano-channel term is referred to channels with 

hydraulic diameter less than 100 nanometers [1]. By 

decrease in size and hydraulic diameter some of the physical 

parameters such as surface tension will be more significant 

while they are negligible in normal sizes. 

Concentrating surface loads in liquid – solid interface makes 

the EDL to be existed. If the loads are concentrated in the 

end of nano-channels, a potential difference will be 

generated that forces the ions in the nano-channel. However, 

induced electric field is discharged by electric conduction of 

the electrolyte. 

Rice and Whitehead [2], Lu and Chan [3] and Ke and Liu 

[4] studied the flow in capillary tube. None of them solved 

the problem based on the curvilinear coordinates system. 

Also, all of them studied the problem with existence of the 

pressure gradient while in the modern applications, the 

pressure gradient can be eliminated and consequently, 

solving the problem considering this fact is necessary. In this 

paper, for small zeta potentials without pressure gradient 

will be studied based on the curvilinear coordinates in a 

capillary tube. 

In case of electrokinetic flows in porous media, references 

[5] – [7] can be mentioned in order to have some review 

about it. In this work, a nano-tube with 15 nm radius will be 

investigated. Despite most of the works were done, in this 

work, curvilinear coordinates will be employed. 

Based on [8], in nano-scale, we should aware of the 

compatibility of traditional theories that are used in greater 

scales. On the other hand, in nano-scale, there are 

experimentally proved limitations that, traditional theories 

Table 1. (a) Effect of four typical particle diameters on zeta 

potential in a 15 nm radius nano-tube 

Normalizes Zeta 

Radius (nm) 

Potential for Particles 

1 0.06 

2 0.22 

4 0.56 

8 0.84 

are no longer valid. In this paper, it is tried to trespass those 

borders and as a result, molecular simulation has been 

employed and the nano-tube is assumed to be porous. In this 

case, Poisson-Boltzmann equation must be solved [8]. 

In simulation phase of the work, first of all, analytical 

treatment has been employed in order to have non-porous 

media results. Figure (a) shows the result in this case. After 

that, some specific particle diameters have been investigated 

in order to have achievements about the particle diameter 

effect on the zeta potential in nano-tube. In this paper, 

diameters of 1, 2, 4 and 8 nm are investigated. Table (a) 

shows the results of these four simulations. As the 

simulation mentions, the greater the particle, the more 

significant the zeta potential. The zeta potential have been 

given in Table (a) are normalized by the wall zeta potential 

in a non-porous similar nano-tube. 

In summary, by considering curvilinear coordinates and 

applying it on a nano-tube, no porous media is investigated. 

Then, for some specific nano-scale particle diameters, 

simulation has been applied. In the case of particles, for 

greater particles in comparison of the tube diameter, 

significant effects of particles have been occurred and as a 

result, continuum mechanics are no longer valid. However, 

for smaller particles, it has been shown that, continuum 

mechanics are valid at least for diffusion layer. This 

achievements are in good agreements with experimental 

results in [8]. 

* Corresponding author: mehdi_mostofi@yahoo.com 

Figure 1. (a) Normalized distribution of potential as a function of 

normalized radius in a non-porous nano-tube with 30 nm diameter. 

[1] S. Kandlikar, et. al, Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow in 

Minichannels and Microchannels. Elsevier Limited, Oxford (2006). 

[2] Rice, C.L. and Whitehead, R. J. Phys. Chem., 69(11), 4017– 

4023 (1965) 

[3] W.Y. Lo, and K. Chan. J. Chem. Phys., 143, 339–353 (1994) 

[4] H. Keh, and Y.C. Liu, J. Colloids and Interface Surfaces, 172, 

222–229 (1995) 

[5] Coelho, D. et. al. J. Colloid Interface Sci. 181, 169 (1996). 

[6] Coelho, D. et. al. Fractals, 5, 507 (1997). 

[7] Marino, S. et. al. J. Colloid Interface Sci. 223, 292 (2000). 

[8] G. Karniadakis, et. al. Microflows and Nanoflows. Springer 

(2005). 


P 

P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

2 

Vole Repeller Spider Robot with Artificial Muscle 

1 

2 

UKadir SabancUP P*, Cevat AydnP 

1 

PSelcuk University Doganhisar Vocational School, Konya, Turkey 

PSelcuk University Faculty of Agriculture, Agricultural Machinery Department, Konya, Turkey 

Abstract-In this study, an example of using nitonel which is an alloy with shape memory at the robotic field. Nitonel material that is commonly 

used in today movement technology, don’t pollute the environment, quiet operating, economic, easy controlled has been used as artificial muscle at 

the robot. It is aimed to remove the rat that gives harm to crop at the field through designing an amplificatory and a sonant signal 25- 35 KHz 

amp on this robot. 

Today, using alloys with shape memory is generalized fast 

into many technological areas. Alloys with shape memory is 

used various fields from temperature sensors at electronic to 

blood pressure test valves at the medicine, from automotive 

radiator fans to robots with multi leg at the robotic [1, 2]. 

When robot movement systems are generally examined, it is 

seen that hydraulic, pneumatic, electric motor systems that are 

called as traditional robot accelerator mechanisms are the most 

common systems [3]. 

In recent years, various studies have been achieved about 

working principles, characteristics and application of nitonol 

wires at the robotic areas. Nitinol wires are used as artificial 

muscle at multi leg and reptile robots [4,5,6]. 

The working block diagram of vole repeller spider robot 

with artificial muscle used in this study is shown in Figure 1 

and 2. 

Figure 1. Spider robot top view 

Figure 2. Block diagram of system 

The Vole has an important place among the pests that are 

accepted as general plant pests of culture plants. The vole is 

harmful for every kind of plant as field plants; wheat, barley, 

rye, oats, pulses, and industry and oil seeds, fruits vegetable 

garden plants, meadow, young forest. They are active at day 

time and night time especially at night time. They gives harm 

to crops through cutting, corroding, eating and polluting the 

amount at least tenfold section more than their eating section. 

The agricultural medicine has an important place to prevent 

disease, crop loss due to harmful and foreign plants. But the 

agricultural pest control with chemicals should be applied 

sensitively, carefully and with minimum medicine loss 

because those medicines has negative effects on human health, 

environment and natural balance and increasing producing 

costs [7]. 

Various methods are used to struggle against to mouse and 

rat. Chemical methods are commonly used one. Poisonous 

feed are mostly used at chemical applications. It has been seen 

that many birds died because of eating poisonous wheat that 

are used at vole struggle because those wheat are not places 

well in to the holes and left on open area. Also poisoning is 

seen at the children of families who are deal with agriculture 

because of contact or eaten those rat feed by the children. 

Ultrasonic rat repeller robot can be used at supplementary of 

other methods. It is used at the area which is isolated from 

voles and invasion of vole again this isolated area is 

prevented. The rats/vole is very sensitive against to voice. 

Even a simple noise disturbs them. The point to take into 

consideration is to produce the noise which only disturbs the 

vole not human. The rodent kinds can hear up to 80 kHz 

frequencies noises. However human ear can hear only 20Hz- 

20 Khz frequencies noises. In this study, the circuit on the 

robot will give 25-40 kHz frequency range so it is though that 

the vole will be dismissed from agriculture field. Also the 

robot won’t harm to the products at the land because it is light 

not heavy. Seperately spider robot doesn’t harm the crop in the 

field because it is so light. Because of not using harmful toxic 

for destroying mice and nature, natural balance will be 

protected. Nitinol materials, getting widespread in our 

country, are used in a robotic field. 

*Corresponding author: ksabanci@selcuk.edu.tr 

[1] Dilibal S., Sönmez N., Dilibal H., “Ni-Ti ekil Bellekli Alamlar 

ve Teknolojik Kullanm Alanlar”, 3. Uluslar aras leri Teknolojiler 

Sempozyumu, 2003 

[2] Dilibal S., Dilibal H., “Ituhand Robot El ve Mayn Temizleme 

Alannda Kullanlabilirlii”, Savunma Teknolojileri Kongresi, 2002 

[3] Dilibal S., Güner E.,Akturk N., "Three-finger SMA Robot Hand 

and ts Practical Analysis", Robotica, 20,175-180, 2002 

[4] Topba E., Akku N., “ekil Hafzal Alamlar ve Endüstriyel 

Uygulamalar”, Makine Teknolojiler Elektronik Dergisi, Cilt 4 sayfa 

15-22,2007 

[5]Liu C.Y., Liao W.H. “A Snake Robot Using Shape Memory 

Alloys” , International Conference On Robotics And Biomimetics, 

,August 22-26,2004, Shenyang, China 

[6] Raparelli T, Zobel P. B. and Durante F., "A Robot Actuated by 

Shape Memory Alloy Wires,", Proc. Of International Symposium on 

Industrial Electronics, Vol. 2, pp.420-423, 2002. 

[7]Dursun, E., 2000. Meme Anmasnn Pülverizasyon 

Karakteristiklerine Etkileri. Ekin Dergisi Yl : 6, Say 21. 

[8]Sabanc K., ”Yapay Kas Kullanlarak Örümcek Robot Tasarm”, 

Yüksek Lisans Tezi, Selçuk Üniversitesi Fen Bilimleri 

Enstitüsü,Konya,2005. 



Humidity Sensing Properties of Copper Phthalocyanine (CuPc) Thin Films 

Theme F686 - N1123 

Özgen SÖKE 1 , Salih OKUR 1 , Nesli T. YAĞMURCUKARDEŞ 1 

1 Izmir Institute of Technology, Faculty of Science, Department of Physics, Gulbahce Koyu Kampusu, 35430, Urla, Izmir, Turkey 

Abstract—This study focuses on the humidity adsorption and desorption kinetics of copper phthalocyanine (CuPc) nanoparticle thin film 

prepared by drop cast method, were investigated by quartz crystal microbalance (QCM) technique. Reproducible experimental results show that 

CuPc thin films have a great potential for humidity sensing applications at room temperature. 

Phthalocyanine (Pc) are the subject of a great deal with 

wide-ranging applications. Copper phthalocyanine (CuPc) 

thin films have potential applications as surface 

conductivity-based gas sensors, solar cells, dyes, field-effect 

transistors , and organic light emitting diodes (OLEDs). The 

humidity adsorption and desorption studies of CuPc is very 

important for many humidity and gas sensing device 

applications. In Fig.1 molecular structure of copper 

phthalocyanine (CuPc) is shown. [1]- [6] 

F/Hz 

5 

0 

-5 

-10 

-15 

-20 

-25 

(a) 

11% 

22% 

11% 

43% 

22% 

53% 

43% 

53% 

75% 

84% 75% 

84% 

94% 94% 

97% 

-30 

0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 

Time(sec) 

- F (Hz) 

100 

10 

1 

y = 0.45016 * e^(0.042563x) R= 0.99637 

y = 1.1664 * e^(0.033464x) R= 0.99547 

downward 

upward 

0,1 

0 20 40 60 80 100 

Relative humidity %(RH%) 

Fig.2 (a and b) The frequency response of Copper phthalocyanine (CuPc) 

thin films covered QCM adsorption–desorption process at fixed point 

relative humidity conditions between 11% and 97% RH. 

(b) 

 

Fig.1 Structure of Copper Phthalocyanine (CuPc) 

5 

0 

%11 RH 

%11 RH 

Quartz crystal microbalance (QCM) is a technique that was 

used to analyze the change in the resonant frequency. This 

resonant frequency is sensitive to mass changes of the 

crystal. In our study, we used QCM with the model of 

CHI400A Series from CH, after exposure of the crystal 

mass loading of water molecules at different humidity 

environments e.g. at 11%, 22%, 43%, 55%, 75%, 84%, 

94%, 97% relative humidity (RH). [1]- [6] 

The mass change (Δm) from the measured frequency change 

(Δf) is calculating to use Saurbey Equation ; 

2 

2 f0 

m 

f 

 

A 

(1) 

where f 0 is the resonant frequency of the QCM crystal, ρ is 

the density of the crystal, μ is the shear modulus of quartz 

and A is the area of the gold disk on the crystal. 

CuPc molecules (99% Purity) were solved in toluene with 

1mg/ml concentration and 5μl of solution were coated onto 

surface of QCM by drop-casting method. After evaporation 

of toluene, thicknesses of CuPc film was measured as 

300nm with Dektak 150 profilometer of Veeco. 

Fig.2 (a) shows the frequency response of copper 

phthalocyanine (CuPc) film when the relative humidity 

increased and decreased between 11% and 97% RH for an 

equal time(400sec) intervals and (b) show how the quartz 

crystal microbalance (QCM) frequency changes with 

increasing and decreasing RH values. 

F/Hz 

-5 

-10 

-15 

-20 

-25 

22% 

43% 

53% 

75% 

84% 

94% 

97% 

-30 

0 200 400 600 800 1000120014001600 

Time(sec) 

Fig.3 Comparison of frequency shifts between 11% and 97% RH. 

Fig.3 shows the comparison of QCM frequency shifts for 

11%, 22%, 43%, 55%, 75%, 84%, 94%, 97% RH values. 

Our QCM and electrical measurements results show that 

humidity sensing properties of Copper Phthalocyanine 

(CuPc) is very sensitive to humidty changes and reversible 

adsorption/desorption behavior which is an indicative of a 

good humidity sensor even at room temprature. 


[1] S. Okur, M. Kus, F. Özel, V. Aybek, M. Yilmaz, Talanta, 81;1-2; 2010; 

248. 

[2] F.Young, M. Shtein, S.R. Forrest, Nature Mater.4,37,(2005) 

[3] Caronna, T.; Colleoni, C.; Dotti, S.; Fontana, F.; Rosace, G. 

J.Photochem. Photobiol., A, 184, 135 (2006) 

[4] Z. Bao, A. J. Lovinger, and A. Dodabaladur, Appl. Phys. Lett. 69, 3066 

(1996). 

[5]Yamashita M, Inui F, Irokawa K, Morinaga A, Tako T, Mito A,Appl 

Surf Sci, 130, 883 (1998). 

[6] A. Schmidt, L.K. Chau, A. Back, N.R. Armstrong, C.C. Leznoff, B.P. 

Lewer (Eds.), Phthalocyanines, Properties and Applications, New York: 

VCH, 1996. M 



Humidity Sensing Investigation of ZnO Nanostructures Using QCM Technique 

Nurdan Asar 1 , Nesli Tekguzel Yagmurcukardes 2 , Ayse Erol 1 , Salih Okur 2 , M. Cetin Arikan 1 

1 Istanbul University Faculty of Science Physics Department 34134 Vezneciler, Istanbul, Turkey 

2 Izmir Institute of Technology 35430 Urla, Izmir, Turkey 

Theme F686 - N1123 

Abstract: ZnO nanostructures were synthesized via chemical sol-gel method in two different morphologies. Their humidity sensing properties were investigated by 

using Quartz Crystal Microbalance (QCM) technique. It was found that the frequency shift of the ZnO nanostructures coated on QCM increases with increasing relative 

humidity between 33-77 % at room temperature. The results show that humidity sensing properties are strongly dependent on morphology of the nanostructures. 

ZnO is one of the most important promising metal oxide 

semiconductors for gas/vapour/humidity sensing applications and has 

pronounced sensitivity to gases such as NH 3 , NO 2 , CO, H 2 , ethanol 

and humidity [1-4]. It has been observed that ZnO nanostructures 

synthesized in different morphologies compared with its thin film or 

bulk counterparts have much more sensitivity due to their high 

surface to volume ratio and more chemically active centers [5]. 

In this study we synthesized ZnO nanostructures by using chemical 

sol-gel method. Crystal structure and morphology of ZnO 

nanostructures synthesized in different experimental conditions were 

characterized by X-Ray Diffraction (XRD) and Scanning Electron 

Microscopy (SEM). 

(a) 

(a) 

Samples S2 and S3 were synthesized with different molarities of Zn +2 

and OH - solutions. Samples dried in ambient air for 24 hours. As seen 

from the Figures 1 (a) and (b), the morphology of S2 is nanoparticle 

while the morphology of S3 is nanowire and both structures have 

diameter as ~ 20 nm. XRD patterns showed that both samples are 

crystallized in hexagonal wurtzite structure. 

Humidity sensing investigations of ZnO nanostructures were 

carried out using Quartz Crystal Microbalance (QCM) technique. 

Samples dispersed in ethanol were dropped on quartz crystal and 

exposed to various saturated salt solutions. The frequency responses 

of the ZnO nanostructure sensors to relative humidity changing 

between 33-77% RH were measured at room temperature. Relative 

humidity was recorded by commercial sensor simultaneously. 

(b) 

Figure 2: Frequency responses of S2 and S3 sensors under 33 – 77% relative humidity 

exposure at room temperature. 

(c) 

(d) 

Figure 2 shows response and recovery curves of the sensors. When 

%RH was decreased from 77 to 33%, frequencies of the sensors were 

backshifted to their initial values. In comparison with nanowires, 

nanoparticles showed larger frequency shift. 

The experimental results demonstrated that ZnO nanoparticles are 

more sensitive to humidity changes compared to nanowires due to 

having high surface to volume ratio and much more chemically active 

centers. 

This work was supported by Scientific Research Projects 

Coordination Unit of Istanbul University. Project number 4907. 

Figure 1: (a-b) SEM images and (c-d) XRD patterns of samples S2 and S3, respectively. 

[1] Hongsith N., Choopun S., Mangkorntong P.,Mangkorntong N., 2005. CMU. J. 

Special issue on nanotechnology. vol. 4 No. 1: 15-20. 

[2] Sadek A. Z., Choopun S., Wlodarski W., Ippolito S. J., Kalantar Zadeh K., 2007. 

IEEE Sensors Journal. Vol. 7, No. 6. 

[3] Krishnakumar T., Jayaprakash R., Pinna N., Donato N., Bonavita A., Micali G. and 

Neri G., 2009. Sensors & Actuators: B. 143, 198. 

[4] Qi Q., Zhang T., Yu Q., Wang R., Zeng Y., Liu L., Yang H., 2008. Sensors and 

Actuators B: Chemical. 638-643. 

[5] Hongsith N., Viriyaworasakul C., Mangkorntong P. , Mangkorntong N. , Choopun 

S., 2008 Ceramics International 34: 823–826. 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Humidity Sensor applications based on Carbon Nanotubes (CNTs) modified with various Calixarene 

molecules measured by a Quartz Crystal Microbalance (QCM) 

F. Nadi Gür 1* , S. Okur 1* , Nesli T. Yağmurcukardeş 1 , Mustafa Yılmaz 2 , Mahmut Kuş 3 


2 Selçuk University, Department of Chemistry, Selçuklu/Konya/TURKEY 


Abstract— We predict that CNTs modified with calixerene molecules has a strong potential to investigate as a humidity 

sensors. This study focuses on humidity sensing properties of CNTs modified with calixrene. The humidity adsorbtiondesorption 

kinetics are tested by Quartz Crystal Microbalance (QCM) technique. According to the our experimental results, 

modified CNTs with calixerene film will be possible option and open new approaches for more reliable, high sensitive, 

reversible and cost effective electro-chemical sensor applications. 

The accurate measurements of humidity levels are very 

important concerns in environmental fields, such as medical or 

domestic applications for human comfort, industrial uses, 

agriculture, automobiles.Thus, the requirement for cheap, 

reliable and sensitive sensors are urgent. 

Across all over the world, researchers have been 

interested in CNT based sensors and CNTs have shown to be 

strong potential for the revolutionary of sensors generations 

[1]. As can be seen from Fig.1, due to their small size, high 

strength, high electrical and thermal conductivity, and large 

effective active area, CNTs have many advantages compare to 

the bulk or thin films for electro-chemical sensor applications 

[1,2]. 

repeatability characteristics. The adsorption-desorption 

kinetics are analyzed and discussed in details. 

F (Hz) 

50 

%11 

0 %22 (a) 

%43 

-50 %53 

-100 

-150 

%75 

%84 

%94 %94 

%75 

%84 

%11 

%22 

%43 

%53 

-200 

%97 

-250 

0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 

Time (s) 

- F (Hz) 

1000 

100 

F (Hz) 

50 

0 

-50 

-100 

-150 

-200 

(b) 

%43 

%53 

%75 

%84 

%97 

-250 

0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 

Time (s) 

y = 13.733 * e^(0.028238x) R= 0.99383 

y = 8.1544 * e^(0.034337x) R= 0.98145 

(c) 

downward 

upward 

Figure 1: SEM image of carbon nanotubes film 

Thin films of calixarene derivatives have been widely used 

in chemical sensors. Due to their zeolite-like capacity and 

selectivity, calixarenes became promising materials for sensor 

applications [3]. Calixarene derivatives have been used in 

recent times as gas sensors applications [4]. It is also known 

that some calixarene derivatives adsorb water molecules. Salih 

Okur reported a humidity sensing properties of calixerene 

derivatives [5]. However we did not reach any application of 

CNTs modified with calixerene molecules based on humidity 

sensor. 

QCM tehnique is a powerfull option to investigate sensing 

properties of modified CNTs, since it is highly sensitive to 

mass changes 1 ng/ 2 [2]. QCM has been used widely to 

monitor the change in mass loading by measuring the shift of 

its resonant frequency [5]. 

In this work, we firstly started with CNTs dissolved into 

ethanol and CNT film coated by drop-casting technique. 

Humidity measurements of CNT film were recorded and 

monitored by QCM from %11 RH to %97 RH. According to 

Fig.2 adsorbtion-desorbtion process are very fast and 

reversible. We have obtained very good response and high 

10 

20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 


Figure 2: QCM frequency shifts (Hz) as a function of time (s) for different 

increasing and decreasing relative humidity values between 11% and 97% RH 

(a) and (b) The change in the QCM frequency vs varying RH values (c) 

In summary, both CNTs and Calixerene derivates show very 

good response to humidity changes sensor applications. 

Modified CNTs with Calixerene molecules show highly 

sensitive responce to RH changes and can be used as cost 

effective sensor materials. 

*Corresponding author: salihokur@iyte.edu.tr ,fatihnadigur@gmail.com 

[1] Niraj Sinha, Jiazhi Ma, and John T. W. Yeow, Carbon Nanotube-Based 

Sensors,JNN Vol.6, 573–590, 2006 

[2] Y. Zhang, K. Yu, R. Xu, D. Jiang, L. Luo, Z. Zhu, Quartz crystal 

microbalance coated with carbon nanotube films used as humidity sensor, 

Sens. Actuators A 120 (2005) 142–146.) 

[3] Koshets I. A., et.al.,Sens. Actuators B 106, (2005), 177 

[4] Ohira, Shin-I. , et.al., Talanta 2009, 77, 1814. 

[5]Salih Okur, Mahmut Kus, Faruk Ozel, Mustafa Yılmaz,Humidity 

adsorption kinetics of water soluble calix[4]arene derivatives 

measured using QCM technique,Sensors and Actuators B 145 (2010) 93–97 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Investigation of Humidity Sensing Properties of ZnS Nanowires 

S.Okur 1 , N.Tekgüze1 1 l, A. Erol 2 , N.Üzar 2 , M.Ç. Arıkan 2 

1 Izmir Institute of Technology, Faculty of Science, Department of Physics 

Gülbahce Koyu Kampüsü, Urla, Izmir,35430, Turkey 

2 Istanbul University, Science Faculty, Physics Department, Vezneciler, 34134 Istanbul, Turkey 

Abstract— ZnS nanowires synthesized by the VLS (Vapor-Liquid-Solid) method and were investigated by Quartz Crystal Microbalance (QCM) 

method and electrical measurements. The synthesized nanowires were exposed to relative humidity (RH) between 33% and 100% under 

controlled environment. Our experimental results show that ZnS nanowires have a great potential for humidity sensing applications for room 

temperature operations. 

Semiconductor nanostructures have attracted great attention as 

materials for sensing gases and humidity due to their superior sensing 

features such as very high surface to volume ratio, lower cost and ease 

to fabricate as a sensor compared to bulk or thin films [1]. Sensing and 

controlling of humidity is very important for many manufacturing 

environments such as food, automotive and electronics industries. ZnS 

nanostructures should be used as humidity and gas sensor due to their 

highly active surface properties. 

In this work, we explored the humidity sensing capability of ZnS 

nanostructures using QCM method, at which the measured frequency 

shift is directly proportional to the mass change on a quartz crystal [2], 

and electrical measurements such as voltage-current (I-V), resistance- 

RH% and capacitance-frequency (C-f) from 33% RH to 100% RH. 

ZnS nanostructures were synthesized using VLS technique. Fig.1 

shows the morphology of the synthesized nanostructures is nanowires 

with their diameters range from 60 nm to 300nm. 

decreases almost linearly with increasing RH. This decreasing of 

resistance was about four orders. Typical I-V curves of ZnS nanowires 

sensor from 33% RH to 100% RH are shown in Fig.3b. These I-V 

curves are a straight line, showing ohmic behavior. Molecules of 

moisture interaction with semiconductor surfaces influence surface 

conductivity due to physical and chemical adsorption of water 

molecules. Charge exchange occurs between adsorbed species from the 

moisture and the semiconductor surface. Conductivity of ZnS 

nanowires sensor increases with increasing relative humidity is related 

to amount of the absorption of moisture molecules on the surface of 

ZnS nanowires sensor. 

Resistance (Ohm) 

10 11 

10 10 

10 9 

10 8 

10 7 

y = 6,9462e+11 * e^(-0,11993x) R= 0,96093 

B 

10 12 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 

10 6 

10 5 

Fig. 1: SEM image of the ZnS nanostructures 

In order to monitor humidity sensing properties, ZnS is 

ultrasonically dispersed in ethanol and solution was applied on the 

surface of quartz crystal and between the two gold (Au) electrodes by 

drop-casting technique for QCM and electrical measurements, 

respectively. The dropped solution was dried at room temperature until 

ethanol was totally evaporated. The quartz crystal and electrodes 

loaded with ZnS nanowires were exposed to the relative humidity at the 

same time. Fig. 2 shows the frequency shift of ZnS loaded QCM crystal 

under varying relative humidity (RH) between 45 and 75% for four 

humidity adsorption/desorption cycles. During the adsorption of 

moisture molecules on the sensor surface the frequency shift decreases 

with increasing RH and goes to near saturation values, while frequency 

shift decreases during the desorption. This is why ZnS nanowires 

posses a large specific surface area, moisture molecules adsorb easily 

on the sensor surface and the mass of quartz crystal increases with 

increasing RH. 

dF/Hz 

0 

-200 

-400 

-600 

-800 

-1000 

dF/Hz Relative Humidity (%) 

40 

0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 

Fig. 2: The frequency responses of an loaded QCM with drop-casted ZnS 

nanowires (red squares) comparing with relative humidity values of a 

commercial sensor (blue circles) for 4 humidity adsorption-desorption cycles 

between 45% and 75% RH. 

Fig.3a shows the resistance variation of ZnS nanowires depending 

on varying relative humidity. The resistance of ZnS nanowires 

Time (s) 

80 

75 

70 

65 

60 

55 

50 

45 


Current (A) 


A 

0,02 

0,015 

0,01 

0,005 

0 

-0,005 

-0,01 

-0,015 

100 33% 

-0,02 

-6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 

b 

Voltage (V) 

Fig. 3: a) The resistance variation, b) the I-V characterization of ZnS nanowires 

under varying relative humidity 

In summary, the QCM and electrical measurements results 

show that ZnS nanowires can be used for potential humidity 

sensor application. 

*Corresponding author:neslihanuzar@istanbul.edu.tr. 

[1] D.P: Norton, Y.W. Heo, M.P. Ivill, K. Ip, S. J. Pearton, M. F. Chisholm, T. 

Steiner, Materials Today, 34, 7, (2004) 

[2] Lukas Schmidt-Mende and Judith L. MacManus-Driscoll, 10, 40-48, 2008. 

90% %43 

84% 55% 

75% 

55% 84% 

90% 43% 

100% 33% 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Humidity Sensing Properties of Titanium Dioxide (TiO 2 ) Thin Films 

Mehmet KABADAYI 1 , Salih OKUR 1 ,Nesli T. YAĞMURCUKARDEŞ 1 

1 Izmir Institute of Technology, Faculty of Science, Department of Physics, Gulbahce Koyu Kampusu, 35430, 

Urla, Izmir, Turkey 

Abstract- Humidity sensing properties of TiO 2 nanoparticle thin film that prepared by drop casting method were investigated 

by quartz crystal microbalance (QCM) and electrical characterization. The results of our experiment show that TiO 2 

nanoparticles have a great potential for humidity sensing applications at room temperature. 

Pure titanium dioxide does not occur in nature but is 

derived from ilmenite of leuxocene ores. The TiO 2 

nanoparticles generally present in three crystal phases: 

anatase, rutile, and brookite. Due to its high 

photocatalytic activity, anatase is used as a photocatalyst 

to treat various waste waters [2]. 

In our study we used commercially available millennium 

PC 500 TiO 2 which has 5-10nm particle size, 99% 

anatase form and 250 m 2 /gr BET surface area. 1gr TiO 2 

dispersed in 20ml distilled water and kept into ultrasonic 

cleaner for 30 minute at 50 0 C. After waiting 10 minutes 

the semi-transparant part of the dispersion was taken. 

And 5μl of the dispersion is coated over a glass substrate 

by drop-casting method. The thickness of the film was 

measured as 450 nm with Dektak 150 profilometer of 

Veeco. SEM image of drop casted millenium PC 500 

TiO 2 thin film is shown in Figure1. 

(1) 

where is resonant frequency (8MHz), A is the 

area of the gold disk coated onto the crystal, ρ is 

the density of the crystal (2.684g/cm 3 ), and μ is the 

shear modulus of quartz (2.947x10 11 g/cms 2 ). 

F/Hz 

2 

0 

-2 

-4 

-6 

11% 

22% 

43% 

53% 

84% 

75% 

94% 

84% 

94% 

97% 

-8 

0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 

2 

1 

0 

(a) 

Time/sec 

43% 

53% 

75% 

22% 

11% 

y = 0,698 - 0,067407x R= 0,9972 

y = 2,2276 - 0,077601x R= 0,99245 

(b) 

-1 

f/Hz 

-2 

-3 

-4 

-5 

upward 

downward 

-6 

0 20 40 60 80 100 


Figure 2(aand b):Frequency change with different RH(%) values 

Figure 1. SEM image of drop casted millenium PC 500 TiO2 thin film. 

For the electrical characterizations, Au metal with 

high purity (99.9%) was thermally evaporated on 

the TiO 2 film with a separation of 17 μl. Keithly 

2420 Sourcemeter was used to investigate 

electronic parameters. To estimate the frequency 

change due to mass loading of water molecules, 

QCM with the model of CHI400A Series from CH 

Instruments was used. Electrical characterization 

and frequency changes were obtained with the 

exposure of the film at different relative humidity 

(RH) ratios. (11%, 22%, 43%, 55%, 75%, 84%, 

94%, and 97% RH.) 

To convert the measured frequency change to the 

mass change, Sauerbrey Equation is used [3]. 

Figure 2 (a and b) shows the frequency changes due 

to different relative humidity values .The frequency 

of the TiO 2 film is decreasing and increasing 

humidity values from 11% to 97%. 

A positive frequency observed during the resonance 

oscillations because of the behaviours of TiO 2 

films.Our experimental results give that TiO2 

nanoparticle sensor is sensitive to relative humidity 

changes at room temperature 


81;1-2; 2010; 248. 

[2] Tetsuro, K., Toshiaki, O., Mitsunobu, I., et al., 

Photocatalytic Activity of Rutile–Anatase Coupled TiO2 

Particles Prepared by a Dissolution–Reprecipitation 

Method, J.Colloid. Interf. Sci., 2003, vol. 267, no. 2, pp. 

377–381. 

[3] G. Sauerbrey, Z. Phys. 155 (1959) 206. 


P 

P 

P 

P 

P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Electrical and Optical Properties of Al Doped ZnO Film and Potential Applications of Gas Sensors 

1,2 

1,2 

1,2 

1,2 

UO. SancakogluUP 

P*, M. ErolP 

P, M. BektasP 

P, F. EbeoglugilP 

P, H. SozbilenP 

3P, O. Mermer 2,3P, E. Celik 1,2 

1 

PDokuz Eylul University, Department of Metallurgical and Materials Engineering, Tinaztepe Campus, 35160 Buca, Izmir-Turkey. 

2 

PDokuz Eylul University, Center for Fabrication and Application of Electronic Materials (EMUM), Tinaztepe Campus, 35160 

Buca, Izmir-Turkey 

3 

PEge University, Deparment of Electrical and Electronics Engineering, 35100, Bornova, Izmir-Turkey. 

Abstract-Undoped and Al doped semiconductor ZnO films on Si(100) and glass substrates were prepared by sol-gel technique. For this 

propose, transparent solutions were prepared with Zn and Al based precursors. The solutions were deposited on glass substrates using spin 

coating technique which decreases the film thickness up to nanoscale and gives the coating a smooth characteristic. Deposited films were dried 

o 

o 

at 300P PC for 10 min in order to remove hydrous and volatile content, subsequently films were heat treated at 500P PC for 5 min. to remove 

o 

organic contents and then to obtain ZnO phase structure the films were annealed at 600P PC for 1 hour in air atmosphere. Finally the surface 

morphologies and roughness values of the films were determined via AFM (atomic force microscopy) and profilometer, respectively. The 

structural and optical properties of these films have been investigated by XRD (x-ray diffractometer) and optical properties such as 

transmittance spectrum, optical band gap, and optical constants (refractive index, extinction coefficient, real and imaginary parts of the dielectric 

constant) of the films were determined. 

Zinc oxide (ZnO) has attracted extensive interest because 

of its important role in various applications, for example, gas 

sensor [1], varistors [2], surface acoustic wave devices [3], 

optical waveguides [4] as well as blue/UV light emitting 

devices [5]. In addition, ZnO has been considered as an 

excellent candidate to replace indium tin oxide (ITO) and tin 

oxide (SnO2) as transparent conductive electrodes in flat panel 

display and solar cell devices [6,7]. The advantages of zinc 

oxide include inexpensiveness and relative ease of 

lithography. However, the electrical conductivity of un-doped 

zinc oxide is not high enough for practical application. Further 

reduction of resistivity of zinc oxide can be achieved either by 

doping group III elements such as B, Al, In and Ga to replace 

zinc atoms [8] or group IV elements, F, to substitute oxygen 

atoms [9]. 

The structural and morphological properties of 

semiconductor oxides have a substantial effect on their optical, 

electrical and gas sensing properties. The controlledparticle 

size and morphology facilitate the desired characteristics in 

the materials. Several simplewet chemical routes like sol–gel, 

co-precipitation and Pechini route have been adapted to form 

nanostructures [10]. 

specific acid-alcohol medium to remove the contaminations 

and prepare the surface for sol-gel coating. The films were 

deposited by the technique detailed in Figure 1. 

Figure 2 shows the x-ray diffraction spectra of the pure 

ZnO film. It also represents the success of the coating process. 

Figure 2. X-ray diffraction spectra of the pure ZnO film. 

The structural and optical properties of the films will be 

shown in details. b) 

The authors are indebted to State Planning Foundation 

(DPT) and Dokuz Eylul University for financial support. 

*Corresponding author: orkut.sancakoglu@deu.edu.tr 

Figure 1. Flow chart of sol-gel processing for ZnO thin films. 

In the present study; pure, and Al substituted ZnOR Rthin films 

were deposited on glass substrates by sol-gel method and spin 

coating technique. Si(100) and glass substrates were 

mechanically cleaned by using a new designed apparatus in a 

[1] K.S. Weibenrieder, J. Muller, Thin Solid Films 30 (1997) 30. 

[2] E. Olsson, L.K.L. Falk, G.L. Dunlop, R. Osterlund, J. Mater. Sci. 

20 (1985) 4091. 

[3] C.R. Gorla, N.W. Emanetoglu, S. Liang, W.E. Mayo, Y. Lu, M. 

Wraback, H. Shen, J. Appl. Phys. 85 (1999) 2595. 

[4] M.H. Koch, P.Y. Timbrell, R.N. Lamb, Semicond. Sci. Technol. 

10 (1995) 1523. 

[5] D.C. Look, D.C. Reynolds, C.W. Litton, R.L. Jones, D.B. Easton, 

G. Cantwell, Appl. Phys. Lett. 81 (2002) 1830. 

[6] G. Hass, J. Heaney, A.R. Toft, Appl. Opt. 18 (1975) 1488. 

[7] R. Barber, G. Pryor, E. Reinheimer, SID Digest Tech. 28 (1997) 

18. 

[8] G. Sberveglieri, B. Benussi, G. Coccoli, S. Groppelli, P. Nelli, 

Thin Solid Films 186 (1990) 349. 

[9] C. Grivas, S. Mailis, L. Boutsikaris, D.S. Gill, N.A. Vainos, P.J. 

Chandler, Laser Phys. 8 (1998) 326. 

[10] C. S. Navale, V. Ravi, I.S. Mulla, Sensors and Actuators B 139 

(2009) 466–470 


P 

P 

P,P 

P andP 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Development of a Humidity Sensor Using PEGR40R-Stearate 

1 

1 

1 

2 

1 

Umut Alper TekinP P, Ramazan slamoluP P, Sevgi Klç ÖzdemirP 

PSalih OkurP 

PUEkrem ÖzdemirUP P* 

1 

PDepartment of Chemical Engineering, Izmir Institute of Technology, Izmir, 35430 Turkey 

2 

PDepartment of Physics, Izmir Institute of Technology, Izmir, 35430 Turkey 

Abstract-A humidity sensor was developed using Polyoxyethylene Stearate (PEGR40R-St), which was drop-casted over a quartz crystal 

microbalance (QCM). The response time to different humidity levels were tested and found that the humidity sensor using PEGR40R-St was 

responded to the humidity changes much faster than that for a commercial humidity sensor. 

Relative humidity plays an important role in human life. For 

the comfort and health of humans, continuation of biological 

processes, preservation of goods, and proper operation of 

machines and devices, relative humidity needs to be 

maintained at desired humidity level. Although a large number 

of research has been conducted using different sensing 

materials with various sensing mechanisms, new materials and 

methods are being sought for improving the current humidity 

sensors.[1-6] Use of a quartz crystal microbalance (QCM) has 

received a lot attention to detect the various kinds of gaseaous 

and vapors of organics. The quartz crystal microbalance 

consists of a quartz crystal sandwiched between two metal 

gold electrodes. Applying an alternating electric potential 

across the crystal induces vibrational motion of the crystal. 

These vibration motions results in a transverse acoustic shear 

wave which propagates through the crystal. When a mass is 

deposited on the top of the crystal, resonace frequency 

changes, which in turn, the change in the resonant frequency 

can be related to the mass coated on the electrode surface. 

Therefore, the use of this technique with a humidity sensing 

element is expected promising to detect the humidity at 

various levels Being highly hydrophilic, polyethylene glycol 

stands as a very good candidate for humidity sensing 

applications. In the present study, QCM surface was coated 

with PEGR40R-St with a drop-casting method. Hydrogen atoms 

of the water molecules are expected to make strong bonds 

with the ether oxygen atoms in the PEG chains, resulting of 

accumulation of water on the quartz crystal. 

Figure 1 shows the comparison of the PEG40-St and a 

commercial humidity sensor to the relative humidity change. 

As can be seen in the figure, the developed sensor responded 

the relative humidity change much faster than the commercial 

humidity sensor. 

Figure 2 shows the repeatability of the PEGR40R-St to the 

humidity change. The relative humidity values seen in the 

figure were obtained from the commercial humidity sensor. As 

can be seen from the figure, the PEGR40R-St shows a promising 

result on the determination of the relative humidity. The 

hysteresis seen in the figure was related to the data obtained 

from the unattained equilibrium in the commercial humidity 

sensor due to its higher response times. The fact that the 

response time for the commercial sensor were found to be 

much higher. Therefore, we suggest that the PEGR40R-St could 

be developed as a humidity sensor with a much shorter 

response time. 

F, Hz 

50 

0 

-50 

-100 

-150 

-200 

-250 

dF/Hz Relative Humidity (%) 

152 160 168 176 184 192 200 

Time/min 

Figure 1. Comparison of PEGR40R-St and a commercial humidity 

sensor to the relative humidity change. 

f (Hz) 

100 

0 

-100 

-200 

-300 

-400 

-500 

PEG Nanofilm 

20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 


Figure 2. Repeatability of the PEG40-St humidity Sensor to the 

relative humidity change. 

1.run 

2.run 

3.run 

*Corresponding author: HTekremozdemir@iyte.edu.trT 

[1] Y. Zhang, K. Yu, R. Xu, D. Jiang, L. Luo, Z. Zhu, Quartz crystal 

microbalance coated with carbon nanotube films used as humidity 

sensor, Sens. Actuators A 120 (2005) 142–146. 

[2] F.P. Delannoy, B. Sorli, A. Boyer, Quartz crystal microbalance 

(QCM) used as humidity sensor, Sens. Actuators B 84 (2000) 

285–291. 

[3] P.R. Story, D.W. Galipeau, R.D. Mileham, A study of low-cost 

sensors for measuring lowrelative humidity, Sens. ActuatorsB24–25 

(1995) 681–685. 

[4] P.G. Su, Y.L. Sun, C.C. Lin, Novel low humidity sensor made 

ofTiO2 nanowires/poly(2-acrylamido-2-methylpropane sulfonate) 

composite material film combined with quartz crystal microbalance, 

Talanta 69 (2006) 946–951.I 

[5] P.G. Su, Y.L. Sun, C.C. Lin, A low humidity sensor made of 

quartz crystal microbalance coated with multi-walled carbon 

nanotubes/Nafion composite material films, Sens. Actuators B 115 

(2006) 338–343. 

[6] H.W. Chen, R.J. Wu, K.H. Chan, Y.L. Sun, P.G. Su, The 

application of CNT/Nafion composite material to low humidity 

sensing measurement, Sens. Actuators B 104 (2005) 80–84. 

90 

80 

70 

60 

50 

40 

30 

20 




Theme F686 - N1123 

Nanodistance Measurement based on CD pick-up Head using Auto Offset Canceller Amplifier 

Pezhman Sasanpour 1 , Mohammad Haghnegahdar 2 , Milad Taherian 2 and Bizhan Rashidian 1,2* 

1 Institute for Nanoscience and Nanotechnology, Sharif University of Technology, Tehran, Iran 

2 Department of Electrical and Electronics Engineering, Sharif University of Technology, Tehran, Iran 

Abstract— We have designed and implemented system for detection of linear movement detection below 30 m. In linear 

regime focus error signal can be exploited as a criterion of displacement. In this regard optical pick-up head of CD drives and 

its quadrant photodiode and laser system can be used as a reliable system. In order to improve operation of system independent 

of environment light, we have added an additional system consisting amplifier + offset canceller after the module in order to 

omit background light noise and accordingly enhance the sensitivity and resolution of system. 

Precise displacement detection is one of important issues 

in the nano science and nano technology. There are different 

ideas for detecting small scale movement with different levels 

of accuracy. Among those, interferometery and capacitance 

sensors can be mentioned [1-3]. Using position sensitive 

photodiodes and embedded quadrant photodiode system of 

used in pickup head of optical disk drives, has found lots of 

potential applications [4-6]. Considering cost efficiency and 

easily access, in addition to accuracy and sensitivity, we have 

implemented and improved a method of movement detection 

based on quadrant photodiode system used on optical pick-up 

head of CD drives. 

The main idea in this method is exactly the same used in 

the pickup head of CD/DVD for focus error detection and 

correction. In a usual pickup head light beam emitted from a 

laser diode after spreading over a grating is divided into 3 

separated light beam that are directed on the CD surface. Light 

beam reflected from CD surface will then be directed onto the 

center of quadrant photo diode. If position of CD is exactly on 

focus plane of laser beam, reflected light beam on the quad 

photo diode will have shape of circle. Otherwise reflection of 

beam on the surface of photo diode will not be a complete 

circle and it will be similar to ellipse. This elliptic figure will 

produce different levels of power on each of photo diode. 

Focus error of CD in this system is defined (A+C)-(B+D). 

As it has been shown in figure 1, according to direction, 

focus error signal (FES) could be positive or negative. By 

using the FES in its linear regime, this system can be used as a 

method for detection of displacement in linear direction. 

c 

a 

A 

D 

B 

C 

(A+C) 

(B+D) 

b 

(A+C)-(B+D) 

FE>0 

d 

A 

D 

B 

C 

(A+C) 

(B+D) 

A 

D 

B 

C 

(A+C) 

(B+D) 

(A+C)-(B+D) 

FE=0 

(A+C)-(B+D) 

Figure1: (a) Microscopy image of quadrant photodiode (QPD)module 

used in optical pick-up head. (b) FES for Object in Focus plane. 

(c) FES for Object below focus plane. (d) FES for Object above focus 

plane. 

Figure 2 shows result of QPD signal obtained by moving 

object. As it has been depicted linear region in this system is 

30 m. 

FE


Theme F686 - N1123 

Free vibration analysis of carbon nanotubes based on nonlocal continuum and gradient 

elasticity theories 

Ömer Civalek 1 , Bekir Akgöz, Hakan Ersoy 

1 Akdeniz University, Civil Engineering Department, Division of Mechanics 

Antalya-TURKIYE, Tel: + 90- 242-310 6319, Fax: + 90-242-310 6306 

Abstract- Free vibration analysis of single walled carbon nanotubes (CNT) is presented based on the Euler-Bernoulli beam 

theory. The size effect is taken into consideration using the Eringen’s non-local elasticity theory. Gradient elasticity theory is 

also adopted for modeling. The governing differential equations for CNT vibration is being solved using the differential 

quadrature (DQ) method. Numerical results are presented to show the effect of nonlocal behavior on frequencies of CNT. 

The concept of carbon nanotubes (CNTs) was first 

introduced in 1991 by Iijima [1] in Japan. Reviews on the 

development and application of such nano structures have 

been presented [2]. So, the studies of mechanical behaviors 

of carbon nanotubes have being attracted more and more 

attentions of scientists in the world and also have become a 

new research area of applied mechanics [3,4]. In the 

present work, the consistent governing equations for the 

beam model for CNTs are derived for free vibration 

analysis. Nonlocal beam and couple stress beam theories 

are adopted for modeling. It is known that, the stress state 

of any body at a point x is related to strain state at the same 

point x in the classical elasticity. But this theory is not 

conflict the atomic theory of lattice dynamics and 

experimental observation of phonon dispersion. As stated 

by Eringen [5] the linear theory of nonlocal elasticity leads 

to a set of integropartial differential equations for the 

displacements field for homogeneous, isotropic bodies. 

According to the nonlocal elasticity theory of Eringen’s, 

the stress at any reference point in the body depends not 

only on the strains at this point but also on strains at all 

points of the body. This definition of the Eringen’s 

nonlocal elasticity is based on the atomic theory of lattice 

dynamics and some experimental observations on phonon 

dispersion. In the present manuscript two different 

approaches are used for modeling of carbon nanotubes. 

Euler-Bernoulli beam-nonlocal model [5] 

4 

2 

W 

2 

2 W 

EI A W ( e0a) 

A 0 (1) 

4 

2 

x 

x 

Euler-Bernoulli beam-gradient elasticity theory [6] 

W 

x 

W 

x 

4 

4 

2 

2 

EI g EI A 0 (2) 

4 

4 

7 

Table 1. First three frequencies (10 

) of S-S carbon 

8 

nanotubes via gradient theory ( L 510 

m , 

3 

12 2 

2300kg 

/ m , m , t 510 10 

E 10 N / 

m ) 

Mode 

g/L (DQ results) 

0.005 0.015 0.125 

1 0.10388 0.10669 0.11374 

2 0.41065 0.41103 0.42301 

3 0.91863 0.92007 0.93485 

7 

Table 2. First three frequencies (10 

) of S-S carbon 

8 

nanotubes via nonlocal theory( L 510 

m , 

3 

12 2 

2300kg 

/ m , m , t 510 10 

E 10 N / 

m ) 

Mode (e 0 a) 2 (DQ results) 

0 2 4 

1 0.10273 0.10158 0.09962 

2 0.40967 0.40863 0.40553 

3 0.9172 0.90864 0.90637 

[1] S. Iijima, Nature, 354, 56 (2001). 

[2] D. Qian, G.J. Wagner, W.K. Liu, Appl. Mech. Rev., 

55, 495(2002). 

[3] C.M. Wang, V.B.C. Tan, T.Y. Zhang, J. Sound Vib. 

294, 1060 (2006). 

[4] J.N. Reddy, S.D. Pang, J. Appl. Phys. 103, 023511 

(2008). 

[5] A.C. Eringen, J. Appl. Phys., 54, 4703 (1983). 

[6] S.P. Beskou, D. Polyzos, D.E. Beskos, Struct. Eng. 

Mech. 15, 705(2003). 

[7] Ö. Civalek, Engineering Structures, 26, 171(2004). 

The results obtained by differential quadrature (DQ) 

method [7] using two higher order elasticity theories are 

listed in Tables 1-2. In table 1, first three frequencies of 

simple supported (S-S) carbon nanotubes are listed for 

different gradient parameter. It is shown that, the 

frequencies are increased gradually with the increasing 

value of g for all modes. Nonlocal parameter also affected 

on frequencies (Table 2). When the nonlocal parameters 

are increased, the values of frequencies are decreased, 

significantly. It is possible to say that, the classical beam 

theories can not to capture to size effect on mechanical 

behavior of nano sized structures. So, it is suitable to use 

some higher order continuum theory such as nonlocal 

elasticity theory or gradient strain theory to investigate the 

size effect on mechanical behaviour of nano/micro 

structures. 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Hexagonal Boron Nitride (h-BN)/Polyimide Hybrid Films 

Canan Kızılkaya * , Yusuf Mülazim, M.Vezir Kahraman, Nilhan Kayaman Apohan, Atilla Güngör 

Marmara University, Department of Chemistry 34722 Istanbul/Turkey 

Abstract - Polyimide (PI)/hexagonal boron nitride (h-BN) hybrid materials were prepared from a polyimide precursor 

and functionalized h-BN with a silane coupling agent by thermal imidization technique. Their surface morphologies, 

structures and thermal performances were determined. The thermal characteristics of PI/ h-BN hybrid films were found 

to be better than the polyimide without h-BN. 

Aromatic polyimide films have aroused a great deal of 

interest as one of the attractive precursors for producing 

carbon and graphite films in recent years. Compared with 

most organic polymeric materials, PI exhibits superior 

thermal stability and mechanical strength. Therefore, a 

large number of PI compositions have been extensively 

investigated and most of them are well-suited for use as 

matrix resins, adhesives, and coatings for highperformance 

applications in the aerospace, electric, and 

micro-electronic industries [1,2]. 

Boron nitride is a ceramic material that is isoelectronic 

with carbon. Much like carbon, it exists in multiple 

allotropic forms. The most common structure of boron 

nitride is the hexagonal form (h-BN). Hexagonal boron 

nitride has a graphite-like structure with strong bonding 

within the planar, fused, six-membered rings and weak van 

der waals bonding in-between layers. Along the c-axis for 

h-BN, boron and nitrogen atoms are stacked above each 

other in alternating layers [ 3]. Because of its properties, it 

has found uses in heat conductivity applications, electrical 

insulation applications, corrosion resistance applications, 

lubrication applications, personal care applications, and as 

a plastic additive [4]. 

In the present study, Polyimide (PI)/hexagonal boron 

nitride (h-BN) hybrid materials were prepared from a 

polyamic acid as a polyimide precursor and modified h- 

BN with a silane coupling agent. Aminoalkoxysilane is 

one of the most widely adopted silane coupling agents for 

the modification of various oxide surfaces. This agent, 

uses for surface treatment of the filler to improve the 

affinity between filler and matrix, thereby significantly 

increasing the thermal properties of the composite. In 

silane acts as a bridge to connect the ceramic filler and the 

polymer matrix together, because it has two different 

chemical structures at the two ends of the molecule. The 

morphological, mechanical, and thermal properties of the 

polyimide hybrid films with different h-BN content were 

characterized. 

In conclusion, h-BN containing PI hybrid materials were 

prepared. ATR-FTIR study indicates that the inorganic 

network had formed during imidization. The 

morphological study proved that the h-BN particles in the 

polyimide matrix is dispersed homogeneously. The 

thermal stability of the hybrid materials improved with the 

increasing amount of h-BN in the compositions. The 

Limiting Oxygen Index results increased from 32.0 to 

42.6. The h-BN containing hybrid materials show fire 

resistance than the pure polyimide. The mechanical 

properties show that the polyimides/h-BN hybrid materials 

are hard and brittle compared with pure polyimide. The 

solvent and chemical resistance experiments for all 

materials show good performance. 

Figure 1: SEM Micrographs of PI/h-BN 0.5 

*Corresponding author: ckizilkaya@gmail.com 

[1] C.Kızılkaya ,S. Karataş , N. K. Apohan , A. Güngör, Journal 

of Applied Polymer Science, 115, 3256-3264, (2010). 

[2] S Karatas, N.K. Apohan, H. Demirer, A. Gungor Polym. 

Adv. Technol., 18,490–496 (2007) 

[3] M.T. Huang, H. Ishida, Surf. Interface Anal.,37, 621–627 

(2005). 

[4] J. Eichler, C. Lesniak, J European Ceramic Society, 28,1105– 

1109, ( 2008). 

. 



Theme F686 - N1123 

UV CURABLE B/F/Si CONTAINING HYBRID MATERIALS 

Bihter Zeytuncu, 1* M.Vezir Kahraman 2 and Onuralp Yucel 1 

1 Applied Research Center of Materials Science and Production Technology, Istanbul Technical University, Istanbul 34469, Turkey 

2 Department of Chemistry, Marmara University, Istanbul 34722, Turkey 

Abstract — A series of UV-curable boron/flour/silicon containing hybrid coatings prepared by anhydrous sol-gel technique. 

The chemical structure of hybrid coatings was characterized by FT-IR, RT-IR, 1 H-NMR and 29 Si-CP MAS-NMR techniques. 

UV curable coatings were applied on polycarbonate substrates. The physical and mechanical properties of UV-cured coatings 

such as pendulum hardness, pencil hardness, contact angle, gel content, MEK rubbing test, tensile test, abrasion resistance, 

chemical resistance, flame retardant, anti-stain and gloss were examined. Thermal gravimetric analysis (TGA) was made. 

Results of all analysis conducted on free films and coatings were discussed. The morphology of the hybrid materials was 

examined by SEM. The hybrids were nanocomposites. 

Sol-gel is widely used method for the preparation of 

organic-inorganic hybrid based coating materials [1]. 

Organic-inorganic hybrid materials combine the 

advantages of either elasticity, impact resistance of organic 

polymers and the high mechanical strength, chemical 

resistance, thermal stability, optical qualities of the 

inorganic materials. The UV curable hybrid coatings 

prepared by sol-gel method, have low cost, fast curing, low 

viscosity and long time duration [2,3]. The UV curable 

hybrid coating materials have good adhesive, hardness, 

good mechanical and chemical properties, which are 

sensitive to the environment [4]. 

The aim of this study was to prepare and characterize 

UV-curable, boron/flour/silicon-containing epoxy acrylate 

based organic-inorganic hybrid coatings having abrasion 

and flame resistant, anti-stain and high gloss properties. 

Therefore, in the first stage; borate ester was synthesized. 

Then, hybrid coatings having various concentrations of 

boron/flour/silicon were prepared and applied on to 

Polycarbonate panels and were hardened by UV 

irradiation. The prepared hybrid coatings were 

characterized by the analysis of various properties such as 

hardness, abrasion and chemical resistance, flame 

retardancy, gloss and stress–strain tests. The thermal and 

morphological behavior of the hybrid coatings was also 

evaluated. 

The solvent resistance of coatings was examined by 

performing the MEK rubbing test. The solvent resistance 

is excellent; exceeding 500 MEK double rubs while pencil 

hardness is greater than 5H, also indicative of highly crosslinked 

film. The gel content of polymeric films was found 

to be between 98 to 99,7 %. The cross-cut adhesion 

experiment showed that 100 % adhesion was reached for 

all coatings. The chemical resistance of all hybrid coatings 

was also investigated by immersing samples in various 

reagents (10 % NaOH, 10 % HCl, 10 % H 2 SO 4 , Xylene) 

for 24 h time period. The general physical appearance of 

samples was perfect and no cracks were observed. 

Abrasion resistance is often characterized by the Taberabraser 

method measuring the mass decrease caused by the 

mechanical degradation of protective layers that is treated 

by abrading grinders. The high boron/flour/silicon content 

demonstrated a better protective performance in 

comparison to other formulations. The LOI values of these 

coatings increased from 20.4 to 23.1. The thermal 

oxidative stability of the hybrid coating was investigated 

by thermo gravimetric analysis (TGA) technique in air 

atmosphere. The maximum weight loss temperature was 

raised to 425 ◦C. The enhancement of incorporation of 

B/F/Si on the thermal stability of epoxyacrylate resins was 

thus demonstrated. Therefore it is concluded that the 

thermal stability of epoxy acrylate resin is enhanced by 

adding B/F/Si as a flame retardant. The morphology of the 

fractured surfaces was observed by scanning electron 

microscopy (SEM). Figure 1 presents the SEM image of 

the hybrid coating material. The SEM micrograph show 

spherical borosilicate particles are distributed within the 

hybrid system. The approximate particle size is less than 

100 nm. 

Figure 1: SEM micrograph of the hybrid coating 

In summary, UV curable boron containing organicinorganic 

hybrid coating was prepared by anhydrous solgel 

technique. The properties of boron-containing hybrid 

coating materials such as hardness, chemical and abrasion 

resistance were improved. All hybrid coatings were 

obtained crack free and transparent. The solvent and 

chemical resistance experiments proved that all the hybrid 

materials are promising as a candidate for the related 

applications. On the other hand thermal and flameretardant 

properties of hybrid coatings were improved by 

the increasing of B/F/Si content. The morphology studies 

indicate that, the nanometer-scaled inorganic particles 

disperse homogenously in the hybrid system. 

*Corresponding author: bihter_zeytuncu@hotmail.com 

[1] Brinker, C.J.; Scherer, G.W.: "Sol-Gel Science: The Physics 

and Chemistry of Sol-Gel Processing"; Academic Press, New 

York, USA, (1990). 

[2] Holman, R.; Oldring, P.; “UV& EB curing formulation for 

printing inks, coatings and paintings”, London (1998). 

[3] Odian, G.: "Principles of Polymerization"; Fourth Edition; 

Wiley Interscience, New York, USA, (2004) 96. 

[4] Cho, J:; Kim, E.; Kim, H.K.; Hong, J.: “An investigation of 

the surface properties and curing behaviour of photocurable 

cationic films photosensitized by anthracene” Polymer Testing, 

21 (2002) 781. 

[5] Kahraman, M.V., Boztoprak,Y., Güngör, A., Apohan, A.K., 

Progress in Organic Coatings 66 (2009) 52–58. 



Theme F686 - N1123 

The Maleimide Modified Epoxy Resins for the Preparation of UV-Curable Hybrid Coatings 

Zerrin Altınta *, Sevim Karata¸ Nilhan Kayaman-Apohan and Atilla Güngör 

Marmara University, Department of Chemistry 34722 Istanbul/Turkey 

Abstract: In the present study, maleimide-modified epoxide resin containing UV-curable hybrid coating materials were prepared and coated 

on polycarbonate substrates in order to improve their surface properties. The coating formulations with different compositions were prepared 

from UV-curable bismaleimide-based epoxy oligomer and sol–gel mixture. The thermal and morphological properties of these coatings 

materials were investigated by using TGA and SEM techniques. The thermal characteristics of UV curable hybrid films were found to be 

better than without Bismaleimide and sol-gel precursor. 

Polymers of N-substituted maleimides and their 

derivatives having a rigid imide ring in the backbone are 

known as high performance polymers. Among them, 

bismaleimides (BMIs) have attracted much attention 

because of their high-temperature resistance, high glasstransition 

temperature, excellent chemical and corrosion 

resistance, and low cost. Bismaleimide resins are an 

addition-type polyimide class of macromolecular 

compounds produced from bismaleimide monomers and 

contain unsaturated end groups. Bismaleimides capped 

prepolymers are cured into a highly cross-linked network 

by additional reactions without the evolution of volatile 

by-products. However, due to their high cross-link density, 

they are often brittle, resulting in low impact and fracture 

toughness. Introduction of a long, flexible epoxy chain into 

the backbone of bismaleimides is expected to reduce crosslink 

density and also to improve fracture toughness by 

dissipating the impact energy along the entire molecular 

chain [1]. 

Currently, to meet the demand of highly miniaturized 

electronic devices, non-linear optical applications, and the 

development of next generation spacecrafts, further 

improvement in the high performance polymers is needed. 

Organic–inorganic hybrid coatings offer the opportunity to 

combine the desirable properties of organic polymers 

(elasticity, processability) and inorganic solids (hardness, 

chemical inertness, and thermal resistance). Close to the 

excellent properties of the obtained coatings, 

photopolymerization process itself affords advantages such 

as very high reaction rates at room temperature and spatial 

control of polymerization. These materials manifest some 

advantages such as low optical propagation loss, high 

chemical, and mechanical stabilities as well as good 

compatibility with different surfaces to be coated [2-3]. 

Hence, in this work, a novel bismaleimide was 

synthesized by the reaction of cycloaliphatic diepoxide 

with N-(carboxyphenyl) maleimide. Afterwards, the 

hybrid coatings based on UV-curable bismaleimide capped 

cycloaliphatic epoxy oligomer were prepared by sol–gel 

method to investigate the coating properties. The hybrid 

materials were characterized by analysis of hardness, 

gloss, adhesion, and stress–strain. The thermal and 

morphological behaviors of the coating were also 

evaluated. 

Table 1. TGA analysis of coating networks 

Samples 

60CF 

25CF-35BMI 

25CF-35BMI-5Si 



First 

weight 

loss 

( O C) 

355 

360 

355 

360 

355 

Max. 

weight 

loss 

( O C) 

445 

445 

445 

445 

445 

Final 

weight 

loss 

( O C) 

595 

625 

630 

635 

645 

In conclusion, a series of UV-curable organic-inorganic 

hybrid coatings were prepared based on sol–gel reactions 

for TEOS and MAPTMS in the presence of epoxy 

modified Bismaleimide oligomer (BMI) and urethane 

acrylate oligomer (UA). Incorporation of bismaleimide 

modified epoxy resin into the organic part strongly 

increased the thermal resistance of hybrid samples. Upon 

increasing the inorganic content of the coating material, 

thermal, mechanical, and other properties, such as 

hardness, gloss, contact angle, and abrasion resistance, 

were also improved. Corona-treated polycarbonate test 

panels facilitated the adhesion of the coating materials. All 

hybrid coatings were obtained crack-free and transparent. 

Furthermore, the increase in the contact angle data of the 

hybrid coatings demonstrated the formation of 

hydrophobic surface. 

*Corresponding author: altintas_zerrin@hotmail.com 

[1] F. Yılmaz, L. Cianga, Y. Gu¨ ner, L. Toppare, Y. Yacı, 

Polymer, 45, 5765, (2004). 

[2] H. Tang, W. Li, X. Fan, X. Chen, Z. shen, O. Zhou, Polymer, 

50,1414 (2009). 

[3] L. A. White, J. W. Weber, L. J. Mathias, Polym. Bulletin , 46, 

339, (2001). 


P 

P m) 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Characterization and Bactericidal Activity of Melt Blended Polyethylene Nanocomposite Film 

Containing Silver Nanoparticles 

1 

2 

UMaryam JokarUP P*, Russly Abdul RahmanP 

1 

PIslamic Azad University, Damghan Branch, Damghan, Iran , (2) University Putra Malaysia (UPM), Selangor, Malaysia 

Abstract- Silver nanoparticles were incorporated into low density polyethylene (LDPE) by melt blending and subsequent hot pressing. 

Polyethylene glycol was added as compatiblizer agent. Polyethylene-silver nanocomposites were characterized by atomic force microscopy 

(AFM). Antimicrobial activity of silver nanocomposites against Escherichia coli and Staphylococcus aureus was evaluated. LDPE-silver 

nanocomposite resulted in increasing lag time and reducing maximum bacterial concentration significantly (p

P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Preparation of Nano-Silver Containg Uv-Curable, Abrasion And Flame Resistant Nanocomposite 

Coatings And Investigation of Their Antimicrobial Properties 

1 

1 

1 

URaife Deniz TokerUP P* , Nilhan Kayaman ApohanP P, Mehmet Vezir KahramanP 

1 

PDepartment of Chemistry, Marmara University, 34722 Goztepe , Istanbul, Turkey 

Abstract- Nano-sized silver or silver salts containing nanoparticles, due to their larger surface area compared to microparticles, interact with 

bacteria and viruses more quickly and give reaction. In this study was to prepare UV-curable abrasion and flame resistant nanocomposite 

coatings having antimicrobial properties. The hybrid coating formulations with various sol-gel content were applied on to Polycarbonate 

panels and were hardened by UV irradiation. In addition, the free films were prepared by pouring the formulations into a Teflon® mold. To 

investigate the antimicrobial effect of Ag on the coating, nano-sized Ag containing nanocomposite coatings were prepared. The chemical 

29 

structure of hybrid coatings was characterized by FT-IR and P 

PSi -NMR techniques. Thermal and mechanical properties of the coatings were 

determined. Abrasion, hardness, gloss, and adhesion tests of the materials were performed. SEM and AFM investigation were made for 

determining the size of the Ag nanoparticles. The growth of Gram-positive Staphylococcus aureus and Gram-negative Escherichia coli 

bacteria on the prepared plates was examined. 

Polymers containing the phenyl phosphine oxide group 

have been studied extensively for a number of applications in 

recent years .Among them , phosphorus containing polymers 

showed significant improvement in flame retardancy of the 

nanocomposite. Phosphine oxide moiety provides a strong 

interacting site for imparting miscibility with several system. 

Connell and co-workers at NASA longly have developed a 

series of phenyl phosphine oxide containing polymers for 

durability in space environments [1,2]. 

Metal nano materials like cooper, gold , zinc , titanium , 

silver, magnesium show good antibacterial properties because 

of their large suface area but silver nanoparticals effecantcy 

against bacteria , viruses , and other eukaryotic microorganizm 

.[3] 

Inreen years , the synthesis of organic-inorganic hybrid 

materialshave attracted considerablethe desired properties 

such as; abrasion, impact resistance, thermal stability etc.[4] 

The sol gel route is the most commonly applied method for 

the preparation of organic-inorganic hybrid at nano, micro – 

scale. 

In this study in the first stage; bis (4-methylphenyl) 

methylphosphine oxide was obtained from the reaction of 

dichlorophosphine oxide and p-bromofluorobenzene. Then, 

after a series of progressive reactions, synthesis of 

trimethoxysilane end-capped bis[(4- -hydroxyethoxy) 

phenyl] methyl phosphine oxide urethane was performed. 

Figure 2. AFM and SEM micrograph of the silver nanoparticles in 

composite 

To investigate the antimicrobial effect of Ag on the coating, 

nano-sized Ag containing nanocomposite coatings were 

prepared. Thermal and mechanical properties of the coatings 

were determined. Abrasion, hardness, gloss, and adhesion 

tests of the materials were performed. SEM and AFM 

investigation were made for determining the size of the Ag 

nanoparticles. The growth of Gram-positive Staphylococcus 

aureus and Gram-negative Escherichia coli bacteria on the 

prepared plates was examined. 

*Corresponding author: HTdeniztoker84@hotmail.comT 

Figure 1. bis[(4- -hydroxyethoxy)phenyl] methyl phosphineoxide 

urethane 

And by adding spesific ratios of methacryloxypropyl 

trimethoxysilane (MPTMS), a mixture was prepared where 

sol-gel technique was used. In the second stage, urethane 

acrylate based oligomers from IPDI, HEMA and PPG400 

were synthesized and in the third stage, silver nanoparticles 

were synthesized by using AgNOR3R. 

The hybrid coating formulations with various sol-gel 

content were applied on to Polycarbonate panels and were 

hardened by UV irradiation. In addition, the free films were 

prepared by pouring the formulations into a Teflon® mold. 

[1] Connell JW, Smith Jr JG, Hergenrother PM. Polymer 

1995;36:5e11; 

[2] D.J. Riley, A. Gungor, S.A. Srinivasan, M. Sankarapandian, C. 

Tchatchova, M.W.Muggli, T.C.Ward, J.E. McGrath, Polym. Sci. 

Eng. 37 (1997) 9. 

[3] Frattini A, Pellegri N, Nicastro D, de Sanctis O. Mater Chem 

Phys 2005;94:148. 

[4] G. Kickelbick, Prog. Polym. Sci. 28 (2003) 114. 


P 

P Department 

P 

P Chemistry 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Application of Artificial Neural Networks for Kinetic Investigation of Thermal Degradation Process in 

Nanocomposites 

1 

1 

1,2 

1 

UM. KhanmohammadiUP P*, M. Ahmadi AzqandiP P, A. Bagheri GarmarudiP 

P, N. KhoddamiP 

2 

1 

Department, Faculty of Science, IKIU, Qazvin, Iran 

of Chemistry & Polymer Laboratories, Engineering Research Institute, Tehran, Iran 

Abstract-Polyimide-Silica Hybrid nanocomposite samples were prepared by sol-gel technique. Specimens from the hybrid nanocomposite were 

submitted to thermogravimetric afnalysis and thermal degradation kinetics of hybrid nanocomposite was investigated by thermogravimetric 

analysis. The kinetic parameters were obtained via the chemometric data processing of mass loss curves. The non-linear fitting method based on 

Particle Swarm Optimization (PSO) algorithm was used to fit the mass loss curves at three heating rates and to adjust the non-linear curves. PSO 

is a population based stochastic optimization technique inspired by social behavior of bird flocking or fish schooling. PSO shares many 

similarities with evolutionary computation techniques such as Genetic Algorithms (GA). The system is initialized with a population of random 

solutions and searches for optima by updating generations. However, unlike GA, PSO has no evolution operators such as crossover and 

mutation. Moreover, the activation energy, order of reaction and pre-exponential factor of degradation for the nanocomposite containing 

different amount of inorganic filler was determined by PSO-ANN and then being compared with other methods e.g. pseudo first-order. It was 

concluded that PSO algorithm is stronger and more efficient in comparison with other methods for predication of kinetic parameters. 

Particle swarm optimization (PSO) is a population based 

stochastic optimization technique inspired by social behavior 

of bird flocking or fish schooling [1]. PSO shares many 

similarities with evolutionary computation techniques such as 

Genetic Algorithms (GA). The system is initialized with a 

population of random solutions and searches for optima by 

updating generations [2,3]. However, unlike GA, PSO has no 

evolution operators such as crossover and mutation. In PSO, 

the potential solutions, called particles, fly through the 

problem space by following the current optimum particles. 

Each particle keeps track of its coordinates in the problem 

space which are associated with the best solution (fitness) it 

has achieved so far. (The fitness value is also stored.) This 

value is called pbest. Another "best" value that is tracked by 

the particle swarm optimizer is the best value, obtained so far 

by any particle in the neighbors of the particle. This location is 

called lbest. When a particle takes all the population as its 

topological neighbors, the best value is a global best and is 

called gbest. The particle swarm optimization concept consists 

of, at each time step, changing the velocity of (accelerating) 

each particle toward its pbest and lbest locations (local version 

of PSO). Acceleration is weighted by a random term, with 

separate random numbers being generated for acceleration 

toward pbest and lbest locations. 

Nanocomposite was prepared by sol-gel technique. In this 

method, tetraethoxysilane (TEOS), 10% wt solution of 

polyamic acid in DMAc and water was used as precursors. 

Specimens from the Polyimide-Silica Hybrid nanocomposite 

were submitted to thermogravimetric analysis using the 

TA2100 (TA Instruments) thermal analyzer. The mass of the 

samples ranged from 5 to 10 mg and the analysis was done in 

a flowing of nitrogen atmosphere (50 ml/min). The experiment 

was conducted by heating samples at a constant linear heating 

rates of 5 °C/min, 10 °C /min, 20 °C /min up to 700 °C.The 

resulting curves are percentages of remaining nano composite. 

PSO algorithm was used in fitting of non-linear curves that 

were used in order to obtain the kinetic parameters as function 

of temperature and different heating rates, which could fit the 

weight loss curves. In this way, the mathematical modeling 

was based on bellow equation: 

AW . 

inEa( 

n 1) 

 

w 

 

 

R 

10 

. 

 

Ea 

2.3150.4567 

RT 

 

 

(1 W 

 

1 

1n 

1n 

f 

) 

 

W 

f 

where: w is residual mass fraction (g); Win is initial mass of 

specimen (g); A is pre-exponential factor; Ea is activation 

energy (J/mol); n is order of reaction; b is heating rate 

(°C /min); R is gas constant (8.31451 J/mol.K); T is 

temperature (K) and wRf Ris final mass fraction (g). The method 

is based on linear fitting of model related to the obtained 

parameters. PSO has been successfully applied in many 

research and application areas. It was demonstrated that PSO 

gives reliable results in kinetic investigation of thertmal 

degradation. Another reason of PSO attraction is the few 

parameters which are needed to be adjusted. One version, with 

slight variations, works well in a wide variety of applications. 

We found PSO algorithm is more efficient than other methods 

in the predication of kinetic parameters. 

*Corresponding author: mrkhanmohammadi@gmail.com 

[1] Zhang C, Li Y and Shao H, Proceedings of the World Congress 

on Intelligent Control and Automation (WCICA), 2, 1065-1068, 

2000. 

[2] Peng J, Chen Y, and Eberhart R, Proceedings of the Fifteenth 

Annual Battery Conference on Applications and Advances, 173-177, 

2000. 

[3] Chatterjee A and Siarry P, Computers & Operations Research, 

33, 859-871, 2006 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Fabrication and physical properties of EPDM/NBR/organoclay Nanocomposites 

M. Ersali 1 *, N. Fazeli 1 , Gh. Naderi 2 

1 Islamic Azad University, Science and Research Branch, Polymer Engineering Group,P.O.Box 14155/4933,Tehran, Iran 

2 Iran Polymer and Petrochemical Institute, Polymer Processing Society , P.O.Box 14965/115, Tehran, Iran 

Abstract Different blends based on 70 %(wt) ethylene propylene diene monomer rubber (EPDM) and 30 %(wt) acrylonitrile butadiene rubber 

(NBR) with various amount of organoclay (OC) were prepared. The effect of organoclay on structures of the samples was investigated by X- ray 

Diffraction (XRD). The obtained results show an intercalated structure. The effect of organoclay on cure characteristics and physical properties 

of the samples was investigated. It has been observed that incorporation of organoclay into polymeric matrix increases the viscosity and crosslink 

density and shortens the scorch time and optimum cure time of the compounds. Significant improvement in abrasion resistance and compression 

set of EPDM/NBR nanocomposites were observed. The rebound resilience of nanocomposites decreased with increasing of the organoclay 

content. 

It has been long years that elastomeric blends have attracted 

the attentions. Some of their advantages are ease of process 

ability, better properties and manufacturing more inexpensive 

product. EPDM/NBR blends have both properties of each 

rubber such as oil and hydrocarbon resistance, ozone, heat and 

good process ability since it contains two types of polar and 

non polar rubbers [1]. nanoclay addition to polymer blends 

causes more improvements in their properties. This group of 

materials has attracted the attentions because of improving 

mechanical and thermal properties[2], diffusivity [3] and 

flammability resistance [4]. Since EPDM based 

nanocomposites have good oxygen, heat and ozone resistance 

and can be applied in different applications such as profiles, 

cable insulation, jackets, weather and heat resistant 

products[5]. On the other hand, NBR based nanocomposites 

have attracted attentions because of NBR excellent oil 

resistance, good tensile strength and abrasion resistance and 

also its applications such as static gaskets, oring, seal for 

valves, shafts for crankshafts, high pressure resistant hoses for 

hydraulic applications[6]. 

The aim of this article was developing and making 

EPDM/NBR nano-composites through a melt compounding 

process by using organo-clay in the above blend and also 

studying the effect of organo-clay on curing characteristics, 

morphology and properties of the blend. 

Figure 1 shows XRD patterns for pure organoclay(OC) and 

nanocomposites. 

Figure 1- X-ray diffraction patterns of (a) OC 20A, (b) EPDM-NBR-7%OC, 

(c) EPDM-NBR-5%OC, (d) EPDM-NBR-3%OC. 

As it can be seen, the characteristic diffraction peak of cloisite 

20A is located at 2 =3.4 corresponding to a basal interlayer 

spacing of 25.98 A. For nanocomposite samples the mentioned 

peak has been shifted to lower angle at 2 =2.59 (equals to 

d 001 =34.09 A). The increase in basal spacing of layers denotes 

the introduction of rubber chains inside the layers of nanoclay 

and presentation of an intercalated structure in 

nanocomposites. Obviously, the increase in the amount of 

organoclay has not changed the location of the peak (and 

consequently the space between the layers) but caused the 

intensity of peak to be increased. 

As it can be seen, the optimum curing time and scorch time 

decreased when organoclay was increased. In fact, the existing 

ammonium in organoclay facilitated the vulcanization and 

decrease curing time[7]. The maximum and minimum torque 

increased with organoclay. 

Rebound resilience decreased when organoclay content 

increased. Abrasion resistance improved by addition of 

organoclay. This improvement was observed in all 

nanocomposites. When the content of organoclay increased, 

higher abrasion resistance was obtained and Relative volume 

loss decreased. Improvement in abrasion resistance is 

probably due to improvement in polymer chains crosslink 

density and decrement of the free chains. Compression set 

increases with organoclay, this means that permanent set 

decreased. 

In this research work, different samples of EPDM/NBR 

nanocomposites were prepared. XRD results showed that in all 

nanocomposites, rubber chains have been introduced into the 

organo-clay layers and extended the spaces, so that 

intercalated structures have been obtained. Study of curing 

characteristics of the samples showed that the addition of 

organoclays to the blends reduces optimum curing and scorch 

time. This is due to the formation of complexes between 

quaternary amine groups in organoclay and zinc salt or sulfur 

which accelerates the curing process. Moreover, it has been 

concluded that the more the amount of nano-clays, the higher 

the crosslink density. Finally, physical properties of the 

nanocomposites were measured. It has been shown that the 

addition of organoclay to the blends increaseds abrasion 

resistance and compression set of the samples and decreases 

their Rebound resilience. This is due to the intercalation of 

chains inside the layers in addition to the higher crosslink 

density of nanocomposites. 

*Corresponding author: Mohammad.Ersali@gmail.com 

[1] Mitchell. J. M, J Elast and Plast., 9, 329-340 (1977) 

[2] A. Usuki, Y. Kojima, M. Kawasumi, A. Okada, A. Fukushima, T. 

Kurauchi, O. Kamigaito, J Mater Res. 8 (1993) 1179. 

[3] G. Choudalakis and A.D. Gotsis, Eur. Polym. J. 45 (2009) 967-984. 

[4] A.B. Morgan, Polym. Adv. Technol. 17 (2006) 206-217. 

[5] Y.W. Chang, Yang, Y., Ryu, S. and Nah, C. Polymer International, 51(4) 

(2002) 319 324. 

[6] W. G. Hwang, K. H. Wei, C.M. Wu, Polymer 45 (2004) 5729 5734. 

[7] M. Arroyo, M.A. Lopez-Manchado, B. Herrero, Polymer. 44 (2003) 2447. 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Gradient Modeling of Strengthening and Softening in Inelastic Nanocrytalline Materials with 

Reference to the Triple Junction and Grain Boundaries 

Babur Deliktas 1 * and George Z. Voyiadjis 2 

1 Department of Civil Engineering, Mustafa Kemal University, Hatay, Iskenderun 31200, Turkey 

1 Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering, Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge, LA 70803, USA 

Abstract-The work presented here provides a generalized structure for modeling polycrystals from micro to nano size range. The polycrystal 

structure is defined in terms of the grain core, the grain boundary and the triple junction regions with their corresponding volume fractions. 

Depending on the size of the crystal from micro to nano different types of analyses are used for the respective different regions of the polycrystal. 

The analyses encompass local and nonlocal continuum or crystal plasticity. Depending on the physics of the region dislocation based inelastic 

deformation and/or slip/separation is used to characterize the behavior of the material. The analyses incorporate interfacial energy with grain 

boundary sliding and grain boundary separation. Certain state variables are appropriately decomposed to energetic and dissipative components to 

accurately describe the size effects. Additional entropy production is introduced due to the internal subsurface and contacting surface. 

This new formulation does not only provide the internal interface energies but also introduces two additional internal state variables for 

the internal surfaces (contact surfaces). One of these new state variables measures tangential sliding between the grain boundaries and the other 

measures the respective separation. A multilevel Mori-Tanaka averaging scheme is introduced in order to obtain the effective properties of the 

heterogeneous crystalline structure and to predict the inelastic response of a nanocrystalline material. The inverse Hall-Petch effect is also 

demonstrated. The formulation presented here is more general and it is not limited to either polycrystalline or nanocrystalline structured materials 

However, for more elaborate solution of problems a finite element approach needs to be developed. 

The material modeling of nanocrystallines has been 

emphasized recently by Gleiter (2000). He pointed out the 

outstanding possibilities of the so called, microcrystalline 

materials that are usually defined as the single or multi phase 

polycrystalline metallic materials with grain sizes typically 

less than 100nm. It has been well recognized that 

nanaocrystalline materials may exhibit increased strength and 

hardening, improved toughness, reduced elastic modulus and 

ductility, enhanced diffusivity, higher specific heat, enhanced 

thermal expansion coefficient, and superior soft magnetic 

properties in comparison with conventional polycrystalline 

materials (Ashby, 1970; Hall, 1951; Petch, 1953). 

The plastic deformation mechanisms of nanocrystalline 

structure are much more complicated than those of the 

polycrystalline material. Few of the controversial issues of the 

plastic behavior of the nano/polycrystalline materials are in 

regard to the work hardening and strengthening in such 

materials. For example, experimental studies reported by Qing 

and Xingming (2006) showed that when the grain size of 

nanocrystalline is greater than a critical value, the Hall-Petch 

(H-P) relation is satisfied for a wide range of nanocrystalline 

materials. However, as the grain size of metals decrease 

beyond the critical value, the H-P slope becomes negative. 

The so called inverse softening effect of the H-P relation is 

observed for some nanocrystalline materials (Nieh and Wang, 

2005; Tjong and Chen, 2004; Zhao, et al., 2003). This inverse 

Hall–Petch phenomenon was first explained in terms of 

porosity in nanocrystalline materials. This explanation was 

proved incorrect when high quality NC materials were 

produced and, they still exhibited a negative Hall–Petch slope 

(Khan, et al., 2000). To understand the inverse Hall–Petch 

phenomenon, numerous studies were conducted. Many models 

are based on the rule of mixtures and on the competition of 

two or more mechanisms (Carsley, et al., 1995). Meyers et al. 

(2006) and Qiang and Xingming (2006) presented very 

approximate models based on the rule of mixtures as in 

composite materials in order to show the inverse softening 

effect of the H-P relation. 

The computational methods available for simulating 

nanocrystalline materials are clearly imperfect but they may 

be capable of providing important insights into the behavior 

of nanoscale materials. Therefore, in this paper, the 

theoretical bases for modeling the inelastic behavior of the 

material is based on the thermodynamic framework and 

constitutive laws given in the works of Voyiadjis and 

Deliktas (Voyiadjis and Deliktas, 2009a; b) where the 

theoretical concepts have been elaborated in detail. The 

present treatment is different than that previously proposed 

by Voyiadjis and Deliktas (Voyiadjis and Deliktas, 2009a; b) 

in that this new formulation does not only provide the 

internal interface energies but also introduces two additional 

internal state variables for the internal surfaces (contact 

surfaces). By using these internal state variables together 

with displacement and temperature, the constitutive model is 

formulated as usual by state laws utilizing free energies and 

complimentary laws based on the dissipation potentials. One 

of these new state variables measures tangential sliding 

between the grain boundaries and the other measures the 

respective separation. A homogenization technique is 

developed to describe the local stress and strain in the 

material. The material is characterized as a composite with 

three phases: the grain core, the grain boundaries and triple 

junctions. The model presented for a general case is then 

applied to pure copper under uniaxial tensile load. The results 

are compared with the experimental data. 

The geometrical representation of the RVE proposed by 

different authors (Mecking and Kocks, 1981; Pipard, et al., 

2009) can be conceptually described by three regions such as 

the grain core, the grain boundary, and triple junctions with 

their corresponding internal interfaces, respectively. In this 

work the simplified nanocrystalline structure shown in Figure 

1b is represented as a 2D triangle representative volume 

element (RVE) of a composite material with three phases; 

grain core, grain-boundary, and triple junction (see Figure 1). 


P 

P 

P 

P 

P 

P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Evaluation of Permeability of Masterbatch-Based PA6/nanoclay Composite Films 

1 

1 

UMohammad FasihiUP0F P*and Mohammad Reza Abolghasemi0TP 

Technology of Polymer Research Group, Iranian Academic Center for Education, Culture and Research (ACECR), Branch of Amirkabir 

University of Technology, Tehran, Iran, 

Abstract-This study focuses on the effect of the nanoclay masterbatch on the extent of exfoliation and barrier properties of PA6/organoclay 

nanocomposite films. Gas permeability through nanocomposite films decreased significantly just by loading a small amount of nanoclay. 

Theoretical models fit the experimental data appropriately. 

Over the last decades, a great deal of researches have been 

devoted to the different fields of polymer-layered silicate 

nanocomposites which have shown promising improvements 

[1-3] 

in properties, at low filler volume fraction.P 

One of the great attractive applications of polymer-layered 

silicate nanocomposites is the field of packaging. The 

reduction of oxygen permeability is of crucial importance 

since oxygen as an atmospheric component which promotes 

the spoilage mechanism of food. Incorporating layered silicate 

into the polymeric matrix, ordinarily, improves gas barrier 

properties of the polymer by reducing the volume available for 

gas transport as well as making a more tortuous path for 

[4-6] 

penetrant molecules. P 

The current study examined the effect of nanoclay 

dispersion by using particulate nanoclay and nanoclay 

masterbatch, on morphology and oxygen permeability of 

polyamide-6 /layered silicate nanocomposite films bearing 

different concentrations of nanoclay, as a potential candidate 

for good packaging applications. Furthermore, the 

permeability data has also been compared to the theoretical 

models. 

XRD results showed flat diffraction profile and the absence 

of any basal reflections indicated that the ordered layers of 

nanoclays in the nanocomposites have been disrupted. 

With regards to the crystalline structure, all films exhibited a 

o 

strong reflection at 21.5P distinguished t 

crystal form which showed that the loading of nanoclay did 

not alter crystal structures in thin films. 

Although XRD scan results suggested only a low degree of 

intercalation, the morphology observed with TEM indicated 

the presence of both intercalated and exfoliated structures. The 

general impression obtained from TEM was that the use of 

masterbatch builds up a higher degree of exfoliation that 

confirms the better properties of masterbatch-based 

nanocomposites. The maximum aspect ratio of the layers as 

deduced from the TEM micrographs was about 210 in all 

samples. 

Oxygen permeability was reduced by a factor of 4 over the 

pure polyamide by incorporation of 3 wt% nanoclay. As the 

nanoclay loading was increased to 7 wt%, only a slight 

improvement in permeation resistance was observed. 

Several studies on modeling the barrier properties of 

polymer nanocomposite have been performed based on the 

[7], 

tortuous pathway concept by Cussler.P Fredrickson and 

[8,9] 

Gusev et al.P Bharadwaj improved Nielsen’s model by 

[6] 

simply introducing a new order parameter. P Another model 

[10] 

called NG model was developed by Ghasemi et al.P 

PThe 

theoretical models fit the experimental data properly. 

In summery, we showed improvements in oxygen barrier 

and mechanical properties by increasing the silicate content. In 

particular, nanocomposite films based on masterbatch 

exhibited the best performances. XRD scans and TEM 

micrographs collectively demonstrated the good dispersion 

and orientation of silicate platelets inside the matrix, as well as 

the possible presence of polymer-clay interactions. The 

theoretical model fitted the experimental data very well. 

Figure 1. TEM images of specimens (a) particulate nanoclay-based 

films (b), (c) masterbatched-based films 

*Corresponding author: 

mohammadreza.abolghasemi@gmail.com 

[1] Ke, Y., Long, C., Qi, Z, J. Appl. Polym. Sci. 1999, 71, 1139- 

1146. 

[2] Becker, O., Cheng, Y., Varley, J. R., Simon, G. P, 

Macromolecules 2003, 36, 1616-1625. 

[3] Alexandre, M., Dubois, P. Mater. Sci. Eng. 2000, 28, 1-63. 

[4] H. Yamamoto, Y. Mi, S.A. Stern, J. Polym. Sci., Part B: 

Polym. Phys. 1990, 28, 2291-2304. 

[5] Fornes, T. D., Paul, D. R., Polymer 2003, 44, 4993-5013. 

[6] Liu, L., Qi, Z., Zhu, X. J. Appl. Polym. Sci. 1999, 71, 1133- 

1138. 

[7] Yang, W.H. Smyrl, E.L. Cussler, J. Membr. Sci. 2004, 231, 

1-12. 

[8] G. H. Fredrickson, J. Bicerano, J. Chem. Phys. 1999, 110, 

2181-2188. 

[9] A.Gusev, H.R. Lusti, Adv. Mat., 2001, 13, 1641-1643. 

[10] E. Ghasemi, A. H. Navarchian, “Modeling the Effects of 

Silicate Layer Orientation on Barrier Properties of Polymer/Clay 

Nanocomposites”, proceeding of 9th International Seminar on 

Polymer Science and Technology (3TISPST3T 2009), Tehran, Iran. 


P 

P 

P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Electrical Behaviours of Flame Retardant Huntite and Hydromagnesite Reinforced Polymer 

Composites for Cable Applications 

1,2 

1,2 

UHüsnügül Ylmaz AtayUP 

P*, Erdal ÇelikP 

PDepartment of Metallurgical and Materials Engineering, Dokuz Eylul University, 35160 Izmir, Turkey 

PCenter for Fabrication and Applications of Electronic Materials, Dokuz Eylul University, 35160 Izmir, Turkey 

2 

1 

Abstract - As huntite and hydromagnesite mineral undergoes an endothermic decomposition with water and carbon dioxide release, it has 

been studied as flame retardant filler for polymers in potential electrical applications. In this study, the electrical properties of flame retardant 

huntite and hydromagnesite mineral reinforced polymeric composites were investigated. Phase and microstructural analysis of huntite and 

hydromagnesite powders were undertaken using XRD and SEM-EDS preceeding the fabrication of the composite materials. The minerals 

with different particle size and content were subsequently added to ethylene vinyl acetate copolymer to produce composite materials. After 

the fabrication of composites, their electrical properties such as conductivity, dielectric constant, specific resistance, impedance, capacitance 

and dissipation factor were investigated as a function of particle size and loading level. It was concluded that conductivity increased with 

decreasing particle size to nanoscale. 

Due to their low weight and ease of processing, the use 

of polymers is arised by their remarkable combination of 

properties in our daily life. Even though to be used in so 

many areas and show great facilities, polymers are also 

known for their relatively high flammability. Beside, most 

of them are accompanied by corrosive or toxic gases and 

smoke which are produced while the combustion is 

continuing [1]. So that, it is rising as an important issue to 

extent polymers’ usage for obtaining their fire resisting 

property for the applications [2]. Hence some ancillary 

materials are used to make polimers fire resistant. They are 

added into the compound whose application properties 

became closely related to the physical properties of the 

additive itself. Huntite/hydromagnesite is a halojen free 

inorganic mineral that can be used as a flame retardant 

additive to the flammable polymeric materials. Its 

effectiveness comes from the fact that it decomposes 

endothermically and consumes a large amount of heat, 

while also liberating water, which can dilute any volatiles 

and thus decrease the possibility of fire (Equations 1 and 

2) [3]. Decomposition begins at somewhat higher 

temperature, near 400°C, and consumes 1244 J/g [4]. 

MgR4R(COR3R)R3R(OH)R2R.3HR2RO 4MgO + 3COR2R+4HR2RO (1) 

MgR3RCa(COR3R)R4R 3MgO + CaO + 4COR2R (2) 

In the present work, a series of composites were 

prepared using an ethlylene vinyl acetate copolymer 

matrix and different concentrations of 

huntite/hydromagnesite mineral to ethylene vinyl acetate 

copolymer to evaluate the electrical properties. In this 

sense, properties of complex conductivity, impedance, 

capacitance, dissipatation factor, dielectric constant and 

specific resistance measurements were performed to 

huntite hydromagnesite reinforced plastic 

compositesamples. 

. Only conductivity test results is shown here (Figure 1). 

The result shows that decreasing the size to nano scale 

makes the polymer composite more conductive. On the 

other hand, in spite of the fact that it seems to be changing 

the conductivity related with the loading level, it can be 

expressed that increasing filler amaount increased the 

polymer’s conductivity. The increase in conductivity with 

the increasing of the filler amount mainly stems from the 

establishing of conducting networks in the polymer matrix 

[5]. In addition, we have a good aggrement with the 

literature [6] that finer particles may support this 

mechanism as the ionic conductivity of the polymer 

composite increased. In toher words, for both size effect 

and the loading level effect tests, it can be seen that 

frequency assists helps to increase conductivity of the 

composites. The other electrical properties such as 

dielectric constant, specific resistance, impedance, 

capacitance and dissipation factor were improved with 

changing particle size and content. 

Complex Conductivity (S/cm) 

(a) 

0,35 

0,30 

0,25 

0,20 

0,15 

0,10 

0,05 

0,00 

-0,05 

10 μm 

1 μm 

0.1 μm 

0,0 2,0x10 6 4,0x10 6 6,0x10 6 8,0x10 6 1,0x10 7 

Frequency (Hz) 

Complex Conductivity (S/cm) 

0,32 

0,30 

0,28 

0,26 

0,24 

0,22 

0,20 

0,18 

0,16 

0,14 

0,12 

0,10 

0,08 

0,06 

0,04 

0,02 

0,00 

-0,02 

49% 

55% 

61% 

64% 

67% 

69% 

0,0 2,0x10 6 4,0x10 6 6,0x10 6 8,0x10 6 1,0x10 7 

(b) 

Frequency (Hz) 

Figure 1. Conductivity of huntite/hydromagnesite reinforced 

plastic composite materials as a function of frequency according 

to (a) particle sizes and (b) contents of reinforced powder 

The authors would like to acknowledge to Likya Minelco 

Madencilik Sti. and Minelco Specialities Limited. 

*Corresponding Author: HThgulyilmaz@gmail.comTH 

[1] O’Driscoll, Mike. (1994). Industrial Minerals December. 

[2] F. Laoutid, L. Bonnaud, M. Alexandre, J.-M. Lopez-Cuesta, 

Ph. Dubois (2008). Materials Science and Engineering R 

[3] Ahmed Basfar, and H. J. (2009) Journal of Fire Sciences. 

[4] Haurie, L., at al. (2006). Polymer Degr. And Stability 91 (5) 

989-994. 

[5] Guohua Chen at al (2007).Mat. Chem. and Phy. 104 240–243 

[6] Zhaoyin Wena at al. (2003) Solid State Ionics 160 141– 148 



Theme F686 - N1123 

PEG assisted synthesis of Mn 3 O 4 Nanoparticles: Structural and Magnetic Study 

A.Baykal 1 *, M.Toma 1 , Z.Durmus 1 , H.Kavas 2 and M.S.Toprak 3 

1 Department of Chemistry and 2 Physics, Fatih University, B. Cekmece, 34500 Istanbul, Turkey 

3 Functional Materials Division, Royal Institute of Technology - KTH, SE16440 Stockholm, Sweden 

Abstract- In this work, Mn 3 O 4 nanoparticles have been successfully synthesized by polyethylene glycol (PEG)-assisted 

hydrothermal route for the first time. X-ray powder diffraction (XRD), fourier transform infrared spectroscopy (FT-IR), transmission 

electron microscopy (TEM) and vibrating scanning magnetometry (VSM), electron spin resonance (ESR) were used for the 

structural, morphological and magnetic investigation of the products, respectively. 

Among magnetic materials, manganese oxide 

(Mn 3 O 4 ) as a magnetic transition metal oxide is an 

important material. Nanometer-sized manganese oxide 

(Mn 3 O 4 ), with notable increased surface area and greatly 

reduced size, is expected to display better performance in 

these aspects of application [1]. In this study the crystallite 

size from X-ray diffraction pattern and particle size from 

transmisson electron micrographs were calculated as 23±1 

nm and 24.5±1.5 nm respectively. Transmisson electron 

microscopy (TEM) analysis also showed the 

polycrystalline nature of the product. Magnetic 

characteristics of Mn 3 O 4 NP were evaluated by electron 

spin resonance (ESR) measurements in the temperature 

range of 24 °K – 294 °K and the Curie temperature was 

observed as 43 K. Also the magnetic phases occured in 

nano sized Mn 3 O 4 are detected below Tc by this method. 

The room temperature paramagnetic characteristic are 

verified by vibrating scanning magnetometry (VSM). 

1st Derivatives of EPR Absorbtion Peaks 

0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 

Applied Magnetic Field (Oe) 

294 K 

266 K 

230 K 

202 K 

175 K 

153 K 

122 K 

104 K 

74 K 

50 K 

Figure 2. First derivatives of EPR absorption peaks vs applied 

magnetic field at various temperatures above 50 °K. 


..............................................112 

exp 

fit 

D= 23 nm 

= 1 nm 

.......................................................................200 

................103 

211 

....................................................004 

...........................................................220 

20 30 40 50 60 

2(Degree) 

.....................................................................204 

......................................................015 

..................................................................312 

........................................................................303 

.......................................................321 

................................................................224 

........................................................................116 

...........................................................400 

Figure 1. XRD pattern and line profile fitting of Mn 3 O 4 NP’s via 

PEG assisted hydrothermal route. 

ESR analysis showed antiferromagnetic interacting 

spins at >50 °K and ferromagnetic interacting alignment < 

50 °K revealing a Tc of 43 °K in Figure 2 and 3. 

1st Derivatives of EPR Absorbtion Peaks 

50 K 

49 K 

47 K 

45 K 

44 K 

42 K 

39 K 

37 K 

36 K 

34 K 

32 K 

31 K 

28 K 

27 K 

24 K 

0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 

Applied Magnetic Field (Oe) 

Figure 3. First derivatives of EPR absorption peaks vs applied 

magnetic field at various temperatures below 50 °K. 

* Corresponding author: hbaykal@fatih.edu.tr 

[1] H. Kavas, Z. Durmus, M. enel, S. Kazan, A. Baykal, M.S. 

Toprak, Polyhedron doi:10.1016/j.poly.2009.12.034. 


P indicating 

P for 

for 

P 

P curves 

P existing 

P at 

P and 

P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

1 

Polyol Synthesis of PVP–MnR3ROR4R Nanocomposite 

1 

1 

2 

3 

Z. DurmusP P, UA. BaykalUP P*, H. Kavas,P P, M.S. ToprakP 

2 

PDepartment of Chemistry,P PDepartment of Physics, Fatih University, B.Çekmece, 34500 Istanbul, TurkeyP 

3 

PFunctional Materials Division, Royal Institute of Technology - KTH, SE-16440 Stockholm, Sweden 

Absract- We report on the synthesis of polyvinyl pyrrolidone (PVP)-MnR3ROR4R nanocomposites via a polyol route. The capping of PVP around 

MnR3ROR4R nanoparticles was confirmed by FTIR spectroscopy, the interaction being via bridging oxygens of the carbonyl (C=O) and the 

nanoparticle surface. Tc and TRBR PVP-MnR3ROR4 Rnanocomposite were observed at 42 K and 28.5 K respectively. 

MnR3ROR4R is known to crystallize in the normal spinel 

structure with a tetragonal distortion elongated along the c- 

axis. Manganese ions are placed in the tetrahedral A-sites 

2+ 

3+ 

(MnP 

P) and octahedral B-sites (MnP 

P) [1-4]. The FTIR 

spectra of PVP and PVP-MnR3ROR4R nanocomposite are 

shown in Fig. 1. It is worth noting that the C=O stretch 

-1 

band is present at 1660 cmP pure PVP and after 

formation of PVP-MnR3ROR4R nanocomposite this stretching 

-1 

red shifts of ~20 cmP 

a strong interaction 

between MnR3ROR4R nanoparticles and C=O of PVP host 

matrix. 

Magnetization (emu/g) 

0,3 

0,2 

0,1 

FC (100 Oe) 

ZFC 

-dM/dT 

-dM/dT 

FC 

0 20 40 60 80 

ZFC 

% Transmittance (a.u.) 

PVP 

PVP/Mn 3 

O 4 

2958 

2923 

4000 3500 3000 2500 2000 1500 1000 500 

Wavenumber (cm -1 ) 

Figure 1. FTIR 

nanocomposite. 

2882 

2855 

In plane C–H bending 

of different –CH 2 

1660 

spectra of (a) pure PVP (b) PVP-MnR3ROR4R 

Crystalline phase was identified as MnR3ROR4R and the 

crystallite size was obtained as 6±1 nm from X-ray line 

profile fitting. As compared to the average particle size of 

6.1±0.1 nm obtained from TEM analysis in Fig. 2, which 

reveal nearly single crystalline nature of these 

nanoparticles. 

Relative Frequency 

35 

30 

25 

20 

15 

c) 

1642 

–C–N stretching 

–C–N stretching 

D=6,1 nm 

=0,1 

0,0 

0 20 40 60 80 

0 20 40 60 80 

Temperature, (K) 

Figure 3. Zero-field-cooled (ZFC) and field-cooled (FC) 

magnetization curves PVP-MnR3ROR4R nanocomposite. 

The sample has hystheresis with small coercivity and 

remanenet magnetization at 40 K, resembling the 

superparamagnetic state. a.c. conductivity measurements 

on PVP-MnR3ROR4 Rnanocomposite revealed a conductivity in 

-7 -1 

the order of 10P 

P S·cmP lower frequencies (Fig. 3). The 

conductivity changes with respect to frequency can be 

+2 

explained by electronic exchange occuring between MnP 

+3 

’ 

and MnP in sublattice of spinel lattice. The P 

’’ 

of PVP-MnR3ROR4 Ras a function of frequency are 

found to be slightly temperature dependent. 

* Corresponding author: hbaykal@fatih.edu.tr 

[1] Z. Durmu., A. Baykal, H. Kavas, M. Direkçi, M.S. Toprak, 

Polyhedron, 28, 2119-2122 (2009). 

[2] T. Ozkaya, A. Baykal, H. Kavas, Y. Koseoglu, M.S. Toprak, 

Physica B 403 (2008) 3760–3764. 

[3] A. Baykal, Y. Koseoglu, M. Senel, Cent. Eur. J. Chem. 5(1) 

2007 169–176. 

[4] Z. Durmu, H. Kavas, A. Baykal, M.S. Toprak, Cent. Eur. J. 

Chem. 7(3) 2009 555-559. 

10 

5 

0 

5,0 5,5 6,0 6,5 7,0 7,5 

Diameter (nm) 

Figure 2. TEM micrograph of PVP-MnR3ROR4R and calculated 

histogram from several TEM images with a log-normal fitting. 


P 

P 

P 

R2R PIN(80) 

P 

P 

gP 

P Ozlem 

P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Synthesis and Characterization of Polyindole/TioR2R Nanocomposites 

1 

1 

1 

Bekir SahanP ErolP 

UH. Ibrahim UnalUP P* 

1 

PSmart Materials Research Lab. Department of Chemistry, University of Gazi, Ankara, Turkey 

Abstract-Polyindole/TiOR2R nanocomposites are synthesized by in-situ polymerization using FeClR3R as an oxidizing agent in the presence of 

sodium dodecybenzenesulfonate (Na-DBS) surfactant at two compositions with high yields. Characterizations of the polyindole (PIN) and 

polyindole/TiOR2R nanocomposites were carried out by using various techniques namely: elemental analysis, FTIR, particle size, conductivity, 

magnetic susceptibility, density, TGA, XRD, SEM and TEM measurements. 

Polymer and metal oxides have been studied for many 

years for their independent electrical, optical, and mechanical 

properties. The combination of semiconducting and 

mechanical properties of conjugated polymers with the 

properties of metals or semiconducting inorganic particles 

has brought new prospects for wide application areas [1]. 

One of the widely studied metal oxide is TiO R2R because of its 

unique optical, electrical, chemical, high photocatalytic 

activity, photoelectric conversion efficiency, electrokinetic, 

colloidal and electrorheological properties [2-3]. Among the 

classes of inherently conductive polymers, PIN is much 

interested one due to its several advantages such as fairly 

good thermal stability, electrochromic properties, high redox 

activity and stability [4]. Therefore, PIN has received a 

significant amount of attention in the past several years and 

may be a good candidate for applications in various areas, 

such as electronics, electrocatalysis, anode materials in 

batteries, anticorrosion coatings and electrorheology. PIN 

and its derivatives have been synthesized either by an 

Table 1. Some physical characteristics of the materials. 

Coding 

Conductivity 

- 

(S cmP 

1 4 

)x10P 

Magnetic 

susceptibility 

(XRgR,cm 

1 7 

P)x10P 

- 

Density 

-3 

(g cmP P) 

PIN 1.03 21.27 0.94 21 

* 

PS-PIN 1.40 11.55 0.95 20 

TiOR2R(10)/PIN(90) 0.12 32.88 0.98 18 

TiOR2R(20)/PIN(80) 0.11 87.70 

1.03 19 

* 

PS-TiOR2R(10)/PIN(90) 7.74 8.39 1.02 19 

* 

PS-TiO (20)/ 4.32 9.66 

1.06 18 

*Where S denotes the presence of surfactant. 

Positive magnetic susceptibility values were indicated 

that conducting mechanism in the PIN and PIN/TiOR2R 

nanocomposites were polaron in nature. The presence of 

Na-DBS surfactant and increased percentage of TiOR2R were 

observed to slightly enhance the density of the materials 

synthesized. It was observed that, the thermal stabilities of 

the PIN/TiOR2R nanocomposites were higher than PIN as 

expected, which is an important parameter for industrial 

applications such as vibration damping in 

electrorheological fluids. Expected distinctive XRD 

patterns of PIN/TiOR2R nanocomposites were identical to 

those of TiOR2R nanoparticles reported in the literature, with 

an implication of deposited PIN on the surface of TiOR2R 

particles and had no effect on the degree of the 

crystallinity of TiOR2R. SEM and TEM results revealed the 

morphologies of the materials and indicated the 

homogeneous distribution of the components in the PIN 

and PIN/TiOR2R nanocomposites. In conclusion, PIN/TiOR2R 

nanocomposites were successfully synthesized, suitable for 

further zeta-potential measurements, electrorheological 

Particle 

sizes 

(μm) 

electrochemical, a chemical oxidative, emulsion, or 

interfacial polymerization [5-6]. 

In this study PIN/TiOR2R nanocomposites were synthesized 

especially to investigate their colloidal properties and 

electrorheological activities in order to use as vibration 

damping material in shock absorbers in future studies. For 

this purpose, first PIN, then four types of PIN/TiOR2R 

nanocomposites were synthesized without and with the 

presence of 7%Na-DBS, and all the codings are given in 

Table 1. Elemental analysis results indicated that the 

nanocomposites were successfully prepared with desired 

amounts of surfactant and composition. FTIR results showed 

the expected distinctive absorptions belonging to both PIN, 

TiOR2R proofed the formation of both homopolymer and 

PIN/TiOR2R nanocomposites. Conductivities of the materials 

were observed to increase with the inclusion of surfactant 

onto the PIN and PIN/TiOR2R nanocomposite surfaces 

(Table 1). 

(solidification of dispersions under the influence of 

external electric field in milliseconds, repeatedly and 

reversibly) studies, creep-recovery tests and vibration 

damping experiments, which will be the second part of this 

study. 

* HTCorrespondingTH author: hiunal@gazi.edu.tr 

[1] Q.-T. Vu, M. Pavlik, N. Hebestreit, J. Pfleger, U. Rammelt, 

W. Plieth, Electrochim. Acta 51, 1117 (2005). 

[2] Q.-T. Vu, M. Pavlik, N. Hebestreit, U. Rammelt, React. 

Funct. Polym. 65, 69 (2005). 

[3] J.J.M. Halls, K. Pichler, R.H. Friend, S.C. Moratti, A.B. 

Holmes, Appl. Phys. Lett. 68, 3120 (1996). 

[4] G. Nie, X. Han, J. Hou, and S. Zhang, J. Electroanal. Chem. 

604, 125 (2007). 

[5] Z. Cai, M. Geng, and Z. Tang, J. Mater. Sci. 39, 4001 (2004). 

[6] H. Talbi, B. Humbert, and D. Billaud, Synth. Met. 84, 875 

(1997). 


P 

P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Synthesis and Properties of Photosensitive Polyimide–Titania Nanocomposite Thin Films 

1 

2 

1 

Süleyman KöytepeP P, H. brahim AdgüzelP P, UTurgay SeçkinUP P* 

1 

PDepartment of Chemistry, University of Inonu, Malatya, TR Türkiye 44280 

2 

PDepartment of TPhysicsT, University of Inonu, Malatya, TR Türkiye 44280 

Abstract-In this study, synthesis, morphology, and properties of high refractive index photosensitive polyimide–titania hybrid materials are 

reported. Soluble polyimides with acyridine orange groups (PI 1-5) was first synthesized from 3,6-bis(dimethylamino)acridine and five various 

dianhydride. The titania domain size in the hybrid materials analyzed by scanning electron microscopy (SEM) and X-ray diffraction (XRD) 

was around 40–100 nm. The prepared optically transparent films had tunable refractive index (1.583


Theme F686 - N1123 

Synthesis of Noncarbon Nanotubes/ conductive Polymer nanocomposite in free solvent media 

G.R. Kiani 1* and A. Rostami 2 

1 Department of Applied Chemistry, Faculty of Science, University of Maragheh, Maragheh, Iran 

2 School of engineering, emerging technologies, University of Tabriz, Tabriz, Iran 

Abstract- Conducting polymer/ halloysite nanotubes composite were obtained by a mechanochemical reaction in the 

solid state by milling system. The halloysite nanotubes(HNT) were coated with 2, 5- dithienyl pyrrole(SNS) via the 

in situ chemical oxidation polymerization. The characterization by transmission electron microscopy showed that 

the nanotubes were completely covered with conducting polymer. The nanocomposite was characterized using 

FTIR, X-ray diffraction, TGA and transmission electron microscopy. The conductivity of the nanocomposite was 

found to be 0.0066 (cm) -1 . (HNT) provide a new avenue for the preparation of nanocomposites. 

Conducting polymer nanotubes have recently 

become the object of numerous investigations 

because of their great potential in device 

applications, such as transistors [1], sensors [2], 

actuators and batteries [3], and so on. Holloysite has 

a wide variety of biological and non-biological 

applications. It has been used for storing molecular 

hydrogen [4], for catalyst conversions and 

processing of hydrocarbons [5] and for removing 

environmental hazardous species [6]. 

HNT and SNS in the presence of ammonium 

presulphate were placed in the ball milling apparatus 

and the mixture was milled for 30 minute at room 

temperature (25 Hz). The black powder of HNT-SNS 

nanocomposite was washed with water, and ethanol, 

then the dried in vacuum. 

TEM images of halloysite nanotubes (HNT) and 

HNT-SNS show that the halloysite nanotubes were 

coated with 2, 5- dithienyl pyrrole(SNS) via the in 

situ chemical oxidation polymerization. Also it is 

obvious that the poly SNS layer with the thickness of 

about 40 nm was only coated onto the outer surfaces 

of the HNTs. 

Figure2: FT-IR spectras of a) HNT b) HNT-SNS nanocomposite 

The conductivity of the HNT-SNS nanocomposite 

was found to be 0.0066 (cm) -1 and the conductivity 

value was acceptable. 

Figure1: TEM images of a) HNT b) HNT-SNS nanocomposite. 

Figure 2 shows the IR spectra of HNT, HNT-SNS 

product. The bands at 790 and 750 cm 1 in the HNT 

spectrum are assigned to the translational vibrations 

of the external OH groups as well as the out-of-plane 

OH bending according to the literature. Also the 

bands in 1600 and 3500 cm -1 for SNS in Fig 2b 

shows C=C and N-H respectively. 

Fig. 3 shows the XRD for the HNT and 

nanocomposite. It is obvious that the SNS has an 

amorphous structure so that it appears in 15-35 (2) 

in the nanocomposite structure. 

Figure 3: X-ray diffractograms of HNT and HNT-SNS. 

In summary, HNT/ conducting polymer 

nanocomposite were synthesized first time using 

milling system and its characteristics were 

determined. The halloysite nanotubes offer an 

alternative to carbon nanotubes due to their viability 

and low cost. 

*Corresponding author: kiani1348@gmail.com and 

kiani_gholamreza@yahoo.com 

[1] A.N. Aleshin, Adv. Mater. 18, 17 (2006). 

[2] M. Kanungo, A. Kumar and A.Q. Contractor, Anal. Chem. 758, 

5673 (2003). 

[3] R.H. Baughman, Science 308, 63 (2005). 

[4] X. Wang and M. L. Weiner US Patent Specification 

0233199 (2005) 

[5] R. Klimkiewicz and B. D. Edwarda J. Phys. Chem. 

Solids 65 459 (2004). 

[6] Z. Lin and R. W. Puls Environ. Geol. 39 753(2000). 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Synthesis and Characterization of Polyimide-silver Nanocomposite Containing Chalcone Moieties in 

The Main Chain by UV-radiation 

Khalil Faghihi 1 *, Meisam Shabanian 1 

1 Organic Polymer Research Laboratory, Department of Chemistry, Faculty of Science, Arak University, Arak, 38156, Iran, 

Abstract-The soluble polyimide (PI)-silver nanocomposite (PISN) 6a containing chalcone moieties as a photosensitive group was synthesized 

successfully by a convenient ultraviolet irradiation technique. A precursor such as AgNO 3 was used as the source of the silver particles. 

Polyimide 6 as a source of polymer was synthesized by the one-step synthesis of polyimide from polycondensation reaction of 4,4'-diamino 

chalcone 4 with pyromellitic anhydride 5 in the presence of iso-quinoline solution. The resulting composite film was characterized by FTIR 

spectoscopy, X-ray diffraction (XRD), scanning electron microscopy (SEM), thermogravimetry (TGA) and diffrantial scanning calorimetry 

(DSC). 

There is intense interest in the synthesis and properties of 

metal clusters and nanoparticles prepared in both aqueous and 

organic solutions and prepared in condensed state, for 

instance, polymers, zeolites and glasses. Clusters, 

nanoparticles and its containing materials are potentially 

useful in a wide range of application, including highly active 

catalysts [1], magnetic materials, quantum dots and 

miniaturization of electronic devices and nonlinear optical 

materials [2-5]. In this work, we investigated the preparation 

of new polyimide (PI)-silver nanocomposite by convenient 

ultraviolet irradiation technique at room temperature. The 

silver nanoparticles were homogeneously dispersed in the PI 

matrix and the PI–silver nanocomposites exhibited an 

ultraviolet–visible (UV-vis) absorption peak, corresponding to 

the characteristic surface plasmon resonance of silver 

particles. 

Polyimide 6 as a source of polymer was synthesized by the 

one-step synthesis of polyimide from polycondensation 

reaction of 4,4'-diamino chalcone 4 with pyromellitic 

anhydride 5 in m-cresol solution and in the presence of isoquinoline 

as a base (Figure 1). 

Figure 2. SEM image of polyimide-silver nanocomposite 6a 

In summery in this work, a polyimide-silver nanocomposite 

containing chalcone moieties was successfully prepared by a 

convenient reduction of silver by ultraviolet irradiation 

technique. From the SEM and XRD investigations, the silver 

nanopaticles homogeneously dispersed in the PI matrix. In the 

UV–vis absorption spectra of the PI-silver nanocomposite, the 

absorption peak due to the surface plasmon resonance of silver 

particles was observed at 418 nm. Because of the good 

thermal properties and Due to presence chalcone moieties in 

polymer backbone, these silver/PI nanocomposites can be 

photosensitive and has the potential for use in 

microfabrication of conductive components in microelectronic 

industry. 

*Corresponding author: k-faghihi@araku.ac.ir 

Figure 1. Synthetic route of PI 6 

The soluble PI–silver nanocomposite was prepared by using 

ultraviolet irradiation is presented. A precursor of the silver 

particles AgNO3 was used. The XRD pattern of the soluble 

PI-silver nanocomposite 6a. shows five diffraction peaks in 

the XRD patterns of samples 6a widen greatly, indicating the 

formation of the nanometer scale of silver particles in the PIsilver 

nanocomposite. Figure 1 containing diffraction signals 

at 2h values of 38.2 º, 45.3 º, 66.1 º, 75.5 º and 83.7 attributed 

to the diffraction planes (1 1 1), (2 0 0), (2 2 0), (3 1 1) and (2 

2 2) of fcc silver nanoparticles confirming the presence of 

silver nanoparticles in the nanocomposites. The SEM 

micrograph of the PI-silver nanocomposite 6a in figure 1 

shows that the silver nanoparticles were homogeneously 

dispersed in polyimide matrix (Figure 1). 

0B[1] Lewis, L.N. Chemical Review 93: 2693-2730 (1993). 

[2] Huang, J.C., Qian, X.F., Yin, J., Zhu, Z.K. and Xu, H.J. 

Materials Chemistry and Physics 69: 172-175 (2001). 

[3] Robin, E.S. and David, W.T. Chemistry Material 16: 1277- 

1284 (2004). 

[4] Henglein, A. Chemical Review 89: 1861-1873 (1989) 

[5] Kobayashi, T. and Iwaki, M. Surface and Coatings 

Technology: 196, 211-215 (2005). 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Intercalation of laurate anions into Mg-Al layered double hydroxide: 

Synthesis and characterization 

Nathalie Gerds, †‡* Jens Risbo, † Christian B. Koch, ‡ Vimal Katiyar, § David Plackett § and Hans Christian B. Hansen ‡ 

† Department of Food Science, Faculty of Life Sciences, Rolighedsvej 30, University of Copenhagen, DK-1958 Frederiksberg C, Denmark, 

‡ Department of Basic Sciences and Environment, Faculty of Life Sciences, University of Copenhagen, Thorvaldsensvej 40, DK-1871 

Frederiksberg C, Denmark and 

§ Solar Energy Programme, Risø National Laboratory for Sustainable Energy, Technical University of Denmark, 4000 Roskilde, Denmark 

Abstract—Laurate anions were intercalated into Mg-Al layered double hydroxide (LDH) using coprecipitation under constant pH. For 

comparison LDH-laurate was also prepared by anion-exchange and reconstruction from calcined LDH. Different synthesis conditions were 

investigated showing that a crystalline LDH-laurate phase can be obtained by combining an Mg-Al-ratio of 2:1 with a stoichiometrical amount of 

decanoic acid and post- synthesis hydrothermal treatment at 75°C for 12h. Powder X-ray diffraction and Fourier-Transform IR-spectra 

confirmed the intercalation of the laurate anions in the interlayer. From the TEM and SEM micrographs it can be seen that the particle 

morphology has a nanoporous structure containing interconnected platelets with a particle size in the range of 100-250 nm. Our work showed 

that LDH-laurate can be prepared by coprecipitation with comparable characteristics to that of the compound produced using the ion-exchange 

method. 

Intercalation of organic anions into layered double hydroxides 

(LDHs) is required for the successful development of 

polymer–LDH nanocomposites. Surfactant-intercalated LDH 

have been commonly used as nanofillers in polymers owing to 

their nanoscale structure and excellent enhancement of 

physical (e.g., barrier) and chemical properties [1]. 

Furthermore, LDHs can be used in controlled release drug 

delivery systems and removal of organic pollutants from soil 

and water [2-3]. Intercalation of long-chain anion surfactant 

into the LDH is an attractive way to make the interlayer space 

acceptable for polymers. The modification of the host material 

results in hydrophobic surface character of the layer 

compound and yields an extension of the interlayer distance. 

There are relatively few reports on the intercalation of longchain 

carboxylates into LDH using coprecipitation methods. 

Most of the published LDH investigations using a 

coprecipitation method were conducted with organic anions 

containing sulfonates [4-5]. The objective of this work was to 

create a fast, cost effective and environmentally friendly 

preparation method using long-chain carboxylates. In our 

research decanoate (laurate) anions have been intercalated into 

Mg-Al-LDH by coprecipitation in the presence of an ethanolic 

laurate solution kept at constant pH. 

In our study, we showed that the direct synthesis can result in 

a multi-phase system. X-ray diffraction analysis identified the 

presence of two series of basal reflection peaks demonstrating 

that two layered compounds were formed. Hence, in order to 

distinguish the LDH-laurate phases and the by-products, 

laurate-intercalated Mg-Al-LDH was prepared by the ionexchange 

and reconstruction method and used as reference 

material. Furthermore, the influence of the Mg-Al-ratio of 2:1 

and 3:1 was investigated. 

It was found that the solvent system, the Mg:Al ratio and the 

concentration of the carboxylic acid are critical parameters in 

the direct synthesis. An Mg-Al-ratio of 2:1 causes the 

formation of the intercalated LDH-laurate phase whereas an 

Mg-Al-ratio of 3:1 and excess of laurate anions favours the 

formation of Mg-laurate as a co-existing secondary phase. A 

pure crystalline LDH-laurate phase was obtained by 

combining an Mg-Al-ratio of 2:1 with a stoichiometrical 

amount of decanoic acid and post-synthesis hydrothermal 

treatment at 75°C for 12h. The powder X-ray-diffraction 

pattern of the laurate-intercalated LDHs prepared by the 

different synthesis routes shows that the intercalated form has 

a hydrotalcite-like structure. 

a) b) 

Figure 1: a) Scanning electron micrograph and b) transmission electron 

microscope images from an LDH-laurate sample prepared by the direct 

synthesis. 

The observed basal spacings are almost the same regardless of 

the synthesic route. This suggests that the laurate anions are 

intercalated as a monolayer in which the carboxylate chains lie 

perpendicular to the brucite-like layers. Fourier-Transform IRspectra 

confirmed the intercalation of the laurate anions in the 

interlayer. Transmission electron microscopy (TEM) and 

scanning electron microscopy (SEM) were used to study the 

crystal morphology structure. Typically, the different samples 

show similar plate–like morphology with particle sizes in the 

range of 100-250 nm. The direct synthesis results in a 

nanoporous structure consisting of interconnected platelets as 

seen in Figure 1a-b. This work is part of the current NanoPack 

project (http://www.nanopack.dk) funded by the Danish 

Strategic Research Council. 

*Corresponding author: ng@life.ku.dk 

[1] H.B. Hsueh and C.Y. Chen. Polymer 44, 5275 (2003). 

[2] Y.W. You et al., Colloids Surf. A: Physicochem. Eng. Aspects 205, 

161 (2002). 

[3] B.X. Li et al., Int. J. Pharm. 287, 89 (2004). 

[4] B. Wang et al., Mater. Chem. Phys. 92 190 (2005). 

[5] H. Zhang et al., J. Solid State Chem. 180, 1636 (2007). 



Theme F686 - N1123 

A Rheological Model For Determining Degree Of Exfoliation In Polymer/Clay Nanocomposites 

1 Hossein Ebrahimiand Ahmad Ramazani S. 2 

1 Islamic Azad University ( South Tehran Branch), Tehran,Iran 

2 Department of Chemical and Petroleum Engineering, Sharif University of Technology,Tehran,Iran 

Abstract— We present a conformational based model for prediction rheological behavior of nanocomposite. The EVA/clay 

and EVA/PE/clay nanocomposites with different nanoclay contents were prepared by melt mixing. The model calculations for 

the start-up viscosity are compared with experimental result. Then, a relation for determining degree of exfoliation of 

nanoparticles in polymeric matrix was derived. 

The degree of exfoliation, intercalation and dispersion of 

polymer/clay nanocomposites traditionally characterized by 

X-ray diffraction (XRD) and transmission electron 

microscopy(TEM); while both are effective tools, they are still 

limited in that they only probe a small volume of the sample 

and can be costly for routine characterization of 

nanocomposites. Further, XRD nor TEM alone cannot 

accuracy describe the level of clay dispersion and polymer 

nanocomposite structure. Rheologyical investigation gives 

important information about the structure formation during the 

synthesis of polymer/clay nanocomposites. 

In this study, a conformational based model for prediction 

rheological behavior of nanocomposite was presented. The 

conformational rheological models relate the stress tensor to 

the molecular conformation change concept during and 

so it seems that these models can be extended 

phenomenologically for a system, which includes polymer and 

particles. In this model two micro structural state variable 

called conformation tensor c and orientation tensor show the 

state of deformation of polymer molecules and orientation of 

particles during flow, respectively. 

For a non-compressible polymer fluid with a 

microstructure represented by a second order symmetric 

tensor, c, the Poisson bracket formalism leads to the following 

equations for the time evolution of c 

[1, 2 and 3]: 

c 

1 . . 1 

 

( . cc. ) ( cc. ) : 

t 

2 2 

c 

 

2( c. ) 

c 

In wich is a fourth-order tensor, called the mobility 

tensor, is the rate of strain tensor, is the vorticity tensor , 

stress tensor, and is the Helmholtz free energy. 

To derive the time evolution equations for orientation tensor 

, nanoparticles will be modeled inside the framework of the 

time evolution equation for the fiber orientation tensor by 

Folgar and Tucker, 1984; Advani and Tucker 1987[4]: 

d a 

, 1 1 . . . . 

( a a. . a a. 2 : aa) 2c 

I ( 

0 

a) 

dt 

2 , 2 

, , 

. 

in wich and are respectively the rate-of-strain tensor and 

the vorticity tensor. is related to the aspect ratio of the fibers. 

( =[(l/d) 2 - 1]/[(l/d) 2 +1], l and d represent respectively the 

fiber length and diameter, 0 is a constant equal to 3 for a 3D 

orientation and 2 for a 2D orientation introduced in order to 

satisfy the constraint tr a = 1. C I is the interaction coefficient 

parameter. With some modification in the above equations, 

we derive a new class of equations that can analyze the effects 

of different parameters to model. This model developed for 

intercalate and exfoliated systems. 

To prove the model, the EVA/clay and EVA/PE/clay 

nanocomposites with different nanoclay contents were 

prepared by melt mixing. The model calculations for the startup 

viscosity are reasonably in agreement with the 

experimental results both in exfoliated and intercalated 

systems. Comparing experimental results and model 

calculation was derived a relation that determine 

approximately degree of exfoliation of system. 

*Corresponding author: ebrahimi_h@yahoo.com 

[1] H. Eslami, A. Ramazani S. A., H. A. Khonakdar, Macromol. Theory 

Simul. 12, 524-530(2004). 

[2] A. Ramazani, M.Grmela, A. Kadi, J. Rheol. 3, 51(1999). 

[3] A. Ramazani, A. Ait-Kadi, M. Grmela, J. Non-Newtonian Fluid Mech. 73, 

241(1997). 

[4] J.S. Cintra, Jr and C.L. Tuker III, J. Rheol. 39(6), 1095, (1995). 

[5] R. Guenette and M. Grmela, J. Non-Newtonian Fluid Mech. 45, 

187(1992). 

[6] M. Grmela, P. J. Carreau, J. Non-Newtonian Fluid Mech. 23, 271(1987). 

[7] A.N.Beris,B.J.Edwards, Thermodynamics of flowing systems, 1 st edition, 

OxfordUniversityPress,NewYork(1994). 

[8] R.B. Bird, R.C. Armstrong and O. Hassager, Dynamics of Polymeric 

Liquids: vol. 1, Fluid Mechanics, 2 st edition, Wiley-VCH, New York (1987). 

[9] A. Ramazani, A. Ait-Kadi, M. Grmela, J. Non-Newtonian Fluid Mech.73, 

241(1997). 

[10] M. Rajabian, C. Dubois, M. Grmela and P.J. Carreau, Rheol. Acta 47, 

701 (2008). 


P on 

P 

P to 

P coordinated 

P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

The Study of Effect of Au(III) ion on the Thermal Degradation of Different Copolymers via Direct 

Pyrolysis Mass Spectrometry 

1 

1 

1 

UCeyhan Kayran UP P, Tugba OrhanP Pand Jale HacalogluP P* 

1 

PDepartment of Chemistry, Middle East Technical University, 06531 Ankara, Turkey 

Abstract- In this work, thermal degradation of different copolymers namely, polystyrene-block-poly(2vinyl pyridine) (PS-b-P2VP), 

polyisoprene-block- poly(2vinyl pyridine) (PI-b-P2VP) and poly(2vinyl pyridine)-block-polymethylmetacrylate (P2VP-b-PMMA) and the effect 

3+ 

of coordination of AuP thermal degradation mechanisms were studied via direct pyrolysis mass spectrometry. The metal functional 

copolymers were also characterized by classical techniques such as TEM, ATR-FT-IR and UV-vis spectrometry. 

Today’s material science deals increasingly with 

nanostructures, i.e., with structures of characteristic 

dimension between 1 and 100 nm [1]. For building up 

smaller structures, nature may serve as a model, where by 

self-organization and building up compartments, individual 

molecules are integrated into larger functional units and 

structural hierarchies. One single self-organization step is 

often not sufficient to realize functional systems. The 

synthesis of metal clusters in micro compartments of selforganized 

polymer systems offers the advantage to restrict 

the size growth of the particles to a predefined diameter and 

to prevent the particles from further aggregation. If the micro 

compartments are arranged on a superlattice, this kind of 

synthesis leads the nanoparticles to become also integrated 

into the lattice. This gives rise to the formation of 

nanostructured inorganic/polymer hybrid materials. The 

extremely large inorganic/polymer interface can be 

stabilized by attaching appropriate ligands to the polymer 

blocks [2, 3]. Weakly coordinated metal complexes serve as 

precursor materials which, by complex formation with the 

ligands, can be solubilized into the polymer compartments. 

There should not be too strong complexation between the 

precursor and the ligand, as otherwise, there will be no 

further reaction to the elementary metal. 

Recently, methods of synthesizing nanoclusters in microphase 

separated diblock copolymers having 

polyvinylpyridine blocks have been reported that provide 

greater control over cluster formation [4, 5]. 

In this work, synthesis and characterization of 

nanostructural metal ion composites and the effect of 

3+ 

coordination of Au P 

Pon thermal degradation of different 

copolymers having 2vinylpyridine unit, (polystyrene-bpoly(2vinylpyridine) 

(PS-b-P2VP), polyisoprene-bpoly(2vinyl 

pyridine) (PI-b-P2VP) and poly(2vinylpyridine)- 

b-polymethylmetacrylate (P2VP-b-PMMA)) were studied. 

The samples were characterized via classical techniques such 

as TEM, ATR-FT-IR, UV-vis spectrometry. TEM images 

proved the formation of nanoparticles. The disappearance of 

characteristic peaks due to pyridine stretching and bending 

modes in the FTIR spectra of the samples confirmed the 

coordination of metal ions to the pyridine nitrogen. 

Furthermore, the peak due to CO stretching of PMMA 

decreased in intensity while a new absorption peak appeared, 

which revealed that electron deficient gold (III) ion prefers 

coordination from both donor atoms of PMMA (namely 

carbonyl oxygen and pyridine nitrogen) in order to 

compensate its electron deficiency. 

In the UV-Vis spectra of metal functional copolymers, 

namely, Au-PS-b-P2VP, Au-P2VP-b-PMMA, Au-PI-b- 

P2VP the sharp absorption peak at around 290-320 nm was 

attributed to a LMCT transition from vinylpyridine nitrogen 

3+ 

to AuP 

Pion since electron deficient Au(III) ion was ready to 

accept electron from pyridine nitrogen. The pyrolysis mass 

3+ 

spectrometry analysis showed that coordination of AuP 

Pto 

pyridine nitrogen of poly(2-vinylpyridine) unit of 

copolymers affected thermal behavior almost similarly. In 

the case of P2VP-b-PMMA, besides the coordination of 

3+ 

3+ 

AuP P2VP unit, coordination of electron deficient AuP 

to carbonyl group of PMMA results a drastic change in the 

thermal stability of PMMA based products as shown in 

Figure 2. 

41 

--------------- 

5 

69 

--------------- 

3 

Figure 1. Thermal degradation mechanism of MMA monomer. 

20.00 40.00 60.00 

20.00 40.00 60.00 

20.00 40.00 60.00 

Figure 2. Evolution profiles of MMA monomer during the 

3+ 

pyrolysis of P2VP-b-PMMA, and AuP 

P2VP-b- 

PMMA 


Grant No. TBAG-106T656. 

*Corresponding author: ckayran@metu.edu.tr 

[1] S. Förster, M. Konrad, , J. Mater. Chem., 13, 2671 2003). 

[2]J.F., Ciebien, R.T., Clay, B.H.,Sohn, R.E., Cohen, New J. 

Chem., 685-691(1998) 

[3]A., Haryono, W.F., Binder, Small, 2, 600-611(2006) 

[4]T., Hashimoto, M., Harada, N., Sakamoto, Macromolecules, 32, 

6867-6870(1999) 

[5]E. T. Tadd, et al., Mat. Res. Soc. Symo. Proc., 703, 33-42(2002) 

100 

69 

41 


P 

P and 


Theme F686 - N1123 

1 

Poly(Vinyl Chloride)/Kaolinite Nanocomposites 

1 

1 

1 

UYasemin TurhanUP P*, Mehmet DoanP Mahir AlkanP 

PBalikesir University, Faculty of Science and Literature, Department of Chemistry, 10145 Balikesir, Turkey 

Abstract- Nanocomposites of poly(vinyl chloride) (PVC) have been prepared by solution intercalation method using both natural and 

modified kaolinites. Kaolinite was modified with dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) to expand the interlayer basal spacing. The characterization of 

PVC/kaolinite nanocomposites was made by X-ray diffraction (XRD) and transmission electron microscopy (TEM); the interactions between 

kaolinite and PVC was discussed by FTIR-ATR; the thermal stability was determined by simultaneous DTA/TG. FTIR-ATR confirms 

hydrogen bonds formed between dimethyl sulfoxide molecules and the inner surface hydroxyl groups of kaolinite. XRD and TEM results 

give evidence that kaolinite was dramatically intercalated into nanoscale and homogenously dispersed in the PVC matrix. Thermogravimetric 

analysis indicated that introduction of clay to the polymer network resulted in an increase in thermal stability. Ultraviolet (UV) absorbance 

experiments showed that nanocomposites have a higher UV transmission than PVC film. 

The synthesis and characterization of new and novel 

materials are one of the main objectives of advanced 

material research. Polymer nanocomposites, especially 

polymer-layered silicate nanocomposites, have become a 

valuable alternative to conventionally filled polymers and 

are of current interest because of the fundamental questions 

they address and their potential technological 

applications.[1-4] 

In this study, we synthesed nanocomposites with different 

relative compositions based on PVC and both natural and 

modified kaolinites by solution intercalation method. 

Modified kaolinit was prepared with succunimide via questdisplacement 

reaction. Figures 1, 2 and 3 show these 

reactions. 

the formation of residue and improve the thermal stability of 

the polymer matrix. The intercalated composites exhibit 

bigger UV transparency, but this transparency decreases with 

increase in kaolinite amount. TEM results have showed that 

the nanocomposites have both intercalated and exfloited 

morphology as shown Figure 4. 

Figure 1. Quest-displacement reaction 

Figure 4. Processing of nanocomposite and tem image of clay and 

nanocomposite 

0,71nm + 

Ultra saund field 

120 h stirring 

1,11 nm 

The work was financially supported by Balikesir University 

Research Fund (Project 2008/20). 

DMSO 

Figure 2. Intercalation of kaolinite with DMSO.( :O, :H, :S, 

: C ) 

Figure 3. Quest-displacement reaction of DMSO between 

SIM.( :O, :H, :S , :N, :C ) 

As a result, a series of nanocomposite materials consisting 

of PVC and layered kaolinite clay were prepared by 

effectively dispersing of the inorganic nanolayers of 

kaolinite clay in PVC matrix by the solution intercalation 

method FTIR-ATR, XRD, TEM, DTA/TG, BET and UV- 

Vis spectrophotometer experiments were carried out to 

characterize the morphology and properties of the 

nanocomposites. By means of intercalation of kaolinite with 

DMSO, the basal spacing of a natural kaolinite expanded 

from 0.71 to 1.11 nm as shown in Figure 2. It has also been 

observed that the organophilicity of kaolinite was enhanced. 

The intercalation of KDMSO with SIM are intercalated in 

the interlayer spaces of kaolinite by guest-displacement 

method as shown in Figure 3. 

Evidence from several spectroscopic and thermal 

analysis shows that SIM replaces the DMSO molecules. The 

incorporation of nanoparticle with polymer results in an 

increase in thermal stability. The nanocomposites enhance 

*Corresponding author:yozdemir@balikesir.edu.tr 

[1] Pinnavaia, T.J., Beall, G.W.,2000. Polymer-Clay 

Nanocomposites. United Kingdom, U.K: Wiley Series in Polymer 

Science; Wiley Chichester. 

[2] Viville, P., Lazzaroni, R., Pollet, E., Alexandre, M., Dubois, P., 

Borcia, G., Pireaux, J. J.,2003. Surface characterization of poly(_- 

caprolactone)-based nanocomposites,, Langmuir, 19: 9425–9433. 

[3] Alexandre, M., Dubois, P., 2000. Polymer-layered silicate 

nanocomposites:Preparation, properties, and uses of a new class of 

materials,, Mater. Sci.Eng., 28 (1-2): 1–63. 

[4] Turhan, Y., Doan, M.,Alkan, M., 2010. Poly(vinyl 

chloride)/Kaolinite Nanocomposites: Characterization and Thermal 

and Optical Properties,, Ind. Eng. Chem. Res.,49: 1503-1513. 


P 

P 

P 

P 

P,P 

P,P 

(P 

R Rm 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Differential Scanning Calorimetry Investigation of Conductive Nanocomposites Based on EVA 

Copolymer and Expanded Graphite 

1 

1 

2 

1 

1 

3 

4 

4 

4 

UI. H. TavmanUP P*, K. SeverP P, Y. SekiP P, A. EzanP 

PA. TurgutP 

PI. Özdemir P P, I. KrupaP P, M. OmastovaP P, I. NovakP 

1 

PMechanical Engineering Dept., Dokuz Eylul Univ., 35100 Bornova Izmir, Turkey 

2 

PTDepartment of Chemistry, Dokuz Eylül University, Buca, 35160 zmir, Turkey 

PFaculty of Engineering, Bartin University, Bartin, Turkey 

PPolymer Institute, SAS, Dúbravská cesta 9, 842 36 Bratislava, Slovakia 

4 

3 

Abstract- Polymers which are normally insulating materials, may be made electrically and thermally conductive by the addition of 

conductive fillers. In this study the nanocomposites consist of the ethylenevinyl acetate copolymer (EVA) as base material, the conductive 

fillers used are expanded graphite (EG) and untreated graphite (UG). Nanocomposites containing up to 50 weight % of filler material were 

prepared by mixing them in a Brabender Plasticorder. A differential scanning calorimetry study reveals us a decrease in glass transition 

temperature of the composite with increase in particle content. 

During the last decade there has been an increasing 

interest in the field of polymer nanocomposites since the 

modification of polymer matrix with small amounts of 

nanoparticles proved to be effective in enhancing the 

mechanical, electrical, thermal, fire retardant, barrier and 

optical properties of a variety of polymers. Polymergraphite 

nanocomposites are interesting due to their 

potential conductive properties. Graphite is found in nature 

in the form of graphite flakes or powder of various particle 

sizes. Graphite flakes, such as clays, are composed of 

layers, normally smaller than 100 nm in thickness[1]. If 

the appropriate process conditions are applied, graphite 

nanocomposites offer the potential to produce materials 

with excellent mechanical, electrical, and thermal 

properties at reasonable cost, which opens up many new 

applications[2] 

In this study Ethylene- vinyl acetate copolymer (EVA) 

containing 14 wt% of vinyl acetate (VA) was used as 

matrix material. Its melt flow index is 9.8 g/10min 

(190°C/2.16 kg). The filler materials were expanded 

graphite (EG) and untreated graphite (UG). Ethylenevinyl 

acetate copolymer (EVA) – graphite mixtures were 

prepared in a Brabender Plasticorder PLE 331 internal 

mixer at 150 °C for a total mixing time of 10 min, the 

mixing chamber capacity being 30ml. The rotors turned at 

35 rpm in a counter-rotating fashion with a speed ratio of 

1.1. After 10 minutes, the mixing chamber of the 

Brabender apparatus was opened and the resulting mixture 

taken out. The resultant mixture was then put in a 

comression moulding die and compressed in a 

compression molding press at 120°C, under 40 kP pressure 

for one minute to obtain samples in the form of sheets of 

1mm in thickness. During the mixing process the 

expanded graphite exfoliates. The exfoliation process 

starts on the edges of EG grains and the exfoliated graphite 

flakes have nano-sized dimensions with bigger surface 

areas compared to micro-sized dimensions of the UG 

pellets. 

The glass transition (TRgR), melting(TRmR), crystallization 

(TRcR) temperatures, as well as melting(hRmR) and 

crystallization (hRcR) enthalpies for pure EVA and also 

nanocomposites 6 and 15 weight % of EG; 6 and 15 

weight % of UG were measured by DSC at a 

heating/cooling rate of 10 °C /min. The results obtained 

using Perkin-Elmer DSC were given in Table 1. There was 

a decrease in glass transition temperature of the 

nanocomposites with respect to pure EVA, the decrease is 

slightly stronger for EG filled samples then UG filled 

samples. The melting(TRmR) and crystallization (TRcR) 

temperatures were practically unchanged for the 


The EVA- EG nanocomposite showed a lower 

percolation threshold of electrical conductivity which is 

about 5% of volumetric filler content, compared to about 

15% of volumetric filler content for EVA-UG composites. 

Electrical conductivity of EVA- EG nanocomposites was 

also higher than electrical conductivity of EVA-UG 

composites filled with micro-sized filler at the same 

concentrations. 

Table 1. DSC analysis results of EVA/UG and EVA/EG nanocomposites 

T g T hRm TR 

c hRc 

Sample Code o 

o 

o 

PC) (P PC) (j/g) (P PC) (j/g) 

Pure Eva -28.2 87.71 89.53 72.71 -6.49 

EVA-EG 

94/6 -32.32 87.39 74.67 73.25 -8.01 

EVA-UG 

96/4 -30.58 88.23 76.14 73.25 -7.53 

EVA-EG 

85/15 -33.35 87.74 60.55 73.92 -2.75 

EVA-UG 

85/15 -31.39 87.55 67.11 73.41 -5.01 

TRgR: Glass transition temperature 

TRmR: Melting temperature 

TRcR: Crystallization temperature 

hRmR: Melting enthalpy 

hRcR: Crystallization enthalpy 

This research was supported by the Scientific Support of 

the bilateral Project No. 107M227 of TUBITAK and SAS 

and partly by the project VEGA No. 2/0063/09. 

*Corresponding author: HTismail.tavman@deu.edu.trT 

[1] Guterres, J-M, Basso, N.R.S, Galland, GB, 2010, 

Polyethylene/Graphite Nanocomposites Obtained by In Situ 

Polymerization, Fabiana De C. Fim, Journal of Polymer Science: 

Part A: Polymer Chemistry, 48: 692–698. 

[2] H. Fukushima,H. , Drzal, L-T., Rook, B. P. , Rich, M. J., 

2006, Thermal Conductivity of Exfoliated Graphite 

Nanocomposites, Journal of Thermal Analysis and Calorimetry, 

85(1): 235–238. 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Synthesis and Thermal Properties of Polymer-Clay Nanocomposites 

Semra Karaca 1 *, Ahmet Gürses 2 , Mehtap (Ejder) Korucu 1 and Metin Açıkyıldız 2 

1 Atatürk University, Faculty of Science, Department of Chemistry, Erzurum, 25240, Turkey 

2 Atatürk University, K. K. Education Faculty, Department of Chemistry, Erzurum, 25240, Turkey 

Abstract- Clay mineral-polymer nanocomposites are prepared by dispersing solid organo clay minerals in two different polymer 

matrices, namely polyethylene (PE) and poly ethylene oxide (PEO) via two methods: melt intercalation and solution intercalation, 

respectively. The organo clay minerals are prepared by adding different amounts of surfactant corresponding to the CEC of the 

pristine clay mineral. The characteristics of the organo clay minerals are obtained by XRD, IR spectroscopy, DSC measurements. The 

amount of added surfactant has a direct effect on the interlayer separation and organophilicity–hydrophilicity balance of the clay 

mineral. Differential scanning calorimetry results indicated that the crystallization degree of samples are significantly different than 

that of virgin polymer both PEO/OMMT and PE/OMMT nano-composites. 

Polymer composites are widely used in applications 

such as transportation, construction, electronics and 

consumer products. The properties of particle-reinforced 

polymer composites are strongly influenced by the 

dimensions and microstructure of the dispersed phase. 

Recently, there has been a growing interest in the 

development of polymer-clay nanocomposites 0H[1- 

4].Nanocomposites constitute a new class of material that 

involves nano-scale dispersion in a matrix. Strong 

interfacial interactions between the dispersed clay layers 

and the polymer matrix lead to enhanced mechanical, 

thermal and barrier properties of the virgin polymer 1H[1,2]. 

Since clay is hydrophilic, it is necessary to make it 

organophilic via cation exchange, typically with 

alkylammonium cations 2H[3,4]. 

In the present study, non-polar polyethylene and polar 

polyethylene oxide are intercalated in the solid organo clay 

mineral prepared with different amounts of 

surfactant(CTAB).The influence of the amount of CTAB 

added to the clay on the final nanocomposites structure is 

studied. The thermal properties of the organo clay-polymer 

nanocomposites are determined. It was seen from XRD 

diagrams, the amount of surfactant added has a direct 

effect on the final organo clay mineral structure. The 

interlayer distance of the montmorillonite (OMT) increases 

with increased amounts of adsorbed surfactant, confirmed 

by XRD pattern. The nanocomposites were synthesized 

by polyethylene oxide and polyethylene via solution 

intercalation and melt intercalation methods by adding the 

changing amounts of polymers to the all of organo-clays. 

Solution intercalation facilitates production of thin films 

with polymer and oriented-clay intercalated layers. 

According to the XRD, FT-IR results, it can be said that 

clay has been intercalated and flocculated in polymer 

matrix. 

DSC analysis is generally one of the most convenient 

methods for analyzing first order transition like melting 

and crystallization. The nanocomposite samples with 

varying concentration of clay were subjected to DSC 

analysis. From the DSC plots the melting point(T m ), 

crystallization point (T c ) and the enthalpy of crystallization 

and melting were determined. The value of heat of fusion, 

measured by DSC method, is commonly used to calculate 

the degree of cyrstallinity(%X c ) .The results are given on 

Table 1. As shown from Table 1, the enthalpy of fusion 

and crystallization initially increases at lower 

concentration up to 2.0 % of loading and decreases with 

further increase in clay concentration for PEO/OMMT 


Table 1.The variation of Fusion Enthalpies with their CEC values 

and polymer content for PE/OMMT and PEO/OMMT 

nanocomposites 

Fusion Enthalpy(J) 

PE, (wt %) PEO, (wt %) 

CEC* 

100 98 95 92 100 98 95 92 

0.5 89.4 93.2 86.8 89.4 101.6 146.7 144.1 143.6 

1.0 89.4 86.3 80.2 83.2 101.6 138.4 139.8 130.8 

1.5 89.4 87.5 79.9 80.5 101.6 153.9 129.0 132.7 

2.0 89.4 81.3 84.0 81.6 101.6 151.5 138.8 122.1 

*(meq/100 g) 

The initial increase in T m and X c is attributed to the fact 

that clay platelets act as nucleating centres and favour 

crystallization by providing a higher level of nucleation 

density. The decrease in crystallization degree with 

addition of clay can be explained by considering two 

possibilities like slowing down of kinetics of 

crystallization and blockage of crystalline growth front 

caused by the clay platelets, dispersed in an irregular array 

in the nanocomposite. The melting enthalpy and 

crystallization degree initially increased up to 2.0% of 

loading of clay, then decreased up to 5.0% and then 

increased again in 8.0% of clay content for OMMT0.5-PE 

nanocomposite while it decreased up to 5.0%of loading 

and then increased for OMMT1.0-PE and OMMT1.5-PE 

nanocomposites. But, in OMMT2.0-PE, it decreased up 

to 2.0%of clay content, then increased up to 5.0% and then 

decreased. This decrease may be attributed to higher 

interfacial area and adhesion between the PE- matrix and 

clay platelets, which would act to reduce the mobility of 

crystallizable chain segments. 

*Corresponding author: 3Hskaraca@atauni.edu.tr 

[1] P. Meneghetti ,S. Qutubuddin, Thermochimica 

Acta,442,74(2006). 

4H[2] Y. Kojima, M. Kawasumi, A. Usuki, A. Okada, Y. 

Fukushima, T. Kurachi and O. Kamigaito, J. Mater. Res. 8, 1185 

(1993). 

5H[3] R.A. Vaia, H. Ishii and E.P. Giannelis, Chem. Mater. 5, 1694 

(1993). 

6H[4] S. Qutubuddin and X. Fu In: M. Rosoff, Editor, Nano- 

Surface Chemistry, Mercel Dekker, Inc., New York 653 (2002). 



Theme F686 - N1123 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


P 

P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

The Effect of Nanometer Size Mica Fillers on Mechanical Properties of Polyurethane 

1 

1 

2 

UAysel Ersoy YilmazUP P*, Ayten KuntmanP Pand Bulent AydemirP 

1 

PDepartment of Electrical-Electronics Eng, Istanbul University, Istanbul 34380, Turkey 

2 

PTubitak UME, National Metrology Institute, Gebze, Kocaeli 41470, Turkey 

Abstract-In this study mechanical properties of nanometer size mica added polyurethanes were investigated experimentally. At first mica 

particles at 1 nanometer size were prepared, and then polyurethane samples with different nanometer size mica concentrations were prepared. 

Except 10 % mica filler concentrations the resulting nano composites compressive strength is increased. 

Today in many engineering applications, more than one 

class of materials is used together. At this point additives and 

fillers gain extra importance due to their significant impact on 

electrical, thermal, mechanical and environmental properties 

of the resulting composite. Polyurethanes have a wide rage of 

applications including coatings, adhesives, fibers, thermal 

insulator, electrical insulators, etc. However they have some 

disadvantages such as low mechanical strength, low thermal 

stability, low electrical properties, etc. During the last decade 

several studies has been done to improve these properties 

using nano size particles [1-5]. 

In this study polyurethane nano composite with various mica 

concentrations is studied. To investigate the change in 

mechanical properties compressive strength tests were done 

according to the ASTM D1621-04a standard. 

In this study micas were modified with aminolauric acid and 

the preparation procedure was briefly given. Biotite 

(KMg2.5Fe2+0.5AlSi3O10(OH)1.75F0.25 ) which has a 

density of 2,9 g/cm3 is used as mica filler. To a suspension of 

aminolauric acid (8.61 g, 40 mmol) in 1,000 ml distilled 

water, concentrated HCl (4.17 g, 40 mmol) was added. The 

mixture was stirred at 80 C until getting a clear solution 

indicating the formation of ammonium salt. To this solution, a 

suspension of 20 g of mica in 1,000 ml of distilled water was 

added with mechanical stirring at 80 C. The stirring was 

continued over night. The resulted white precipitate was 

collected by suction filtration. The precipitate was suspended 

in hot distilled water with mechanical stirring for 1 h to 

remove the adsorbed salts. This process was repeated several 

times until no chloride ions were detected in the filtrate when 

adding 0.1 M AgNO3. The precipitate was dried in a vented 

oven at 60 oC for 3 days and then at 80 oC under 0.01 atm. 

vacuum for 24 h. 

All the polyurethane nano composite samples were prepared 

under the same laboratory conditions. The desired weights of 

polyurethane, mica and %0.01 Di butyltin dilaurate catalyst 

was mixed for 5 minutes. Then the mixture was heated to 100 

oC and 25% polymeric (methylenediphenylene diisocyanate) 

MDI was added. The new blend was poured into the mould 

and pressed for 10 minutes with the help of clamps. Mould 

was placed in a degasser under high vacuum to remove any air 

and potentially water vapor from the system. 24 h later the 

mould was opened and the samples were cut in the dimensions 

of 1mm by 50mm by 50mm. The highest content of mica in 

polyurethane samples was limited to 10 % by weight for nano 

fillers due to dispersion and processing problems. 

The mechanical tests to determine compressive strength were 

carried out on samples prepared according to the ASTM 

D1621-04a standard. The experiments were carried out with a 

Zwick tensile test machine at National Metrology Institute in 

TUBITAK. For the compressive strength tests, the samples 

were shaped into 12.3 mm diameter, 25.4 mm long cylinders. 

The test parameters can be adjusted with TestXpert software. 

Tests were performed at a speed of 1.00 mm/min. All tests 

were performed at 23 C (room temperature). 

Table 1. Compressive strength test results for 1 nm particle size 

Material Type Compressive Strength (GPa) 

Pure PU 9,056 

PU+%1 11,426 

PU+%3 11,600 

PU+%5 9,541 

PU+%10 7,816 

The preparation of PU nanocomposite foams were described 

in this study. Clay dispersion is affect by chemical process. 

With the inclusion of 3% micas, nanocomposite show a 

smaller cell size than pure polyurethane samples. Depending 

on the chemical structure of polyurethane, as high as 28% 

increase in compressive strength were observed in PU-mica 

nanocomposite. However increasing the filler content to 10% 

mica concentration opposite effect was observed in PU 

nanocomposite 13.6% decrease in compressive strength were 

observed. Preparation of polyurethane nanocomposite is a 

complicated process where many factors could effect bubble 

nucleation and bubble growth and in turn the compressive 

strength. For applications in electrical insulators, compressive 

strength is a very important property to calculate the mass of 

cover material upon the bare cable conductor. According to 

the results from this study cell size in polyurethane nano 

composite is decreased and compressive strength is 

remarkably increased at 3% mica addition. However detailed 

mechanism on how nano size mica particles affect mechanical 

properties of polyurethanes needs further investigation. 

*Corresponding author: aersoy@istanbul.edu.tr 

[1] R. A. C. Altafim, C. R. Murakami, S. C. Neto, L. C. R. Araújo, 

G. O. Chierice, “The Effects of Fillers on Polyurethane Resin-based 

Electrical Insulators”, Materials Research, Vol 6, No 2, pp. 187-191, 

2003. 

[2] X. Cao, L. J. Lee, T. Widya, C. Macosko, “Polyurethane/clay 

nanocomposites foams: processing, structure and properties”, 

Polymer , Vol. 46, pp.775-783, 2005. 

[3] J.H. Chang, Y. U. An, “Nanocomposites of Polyurethane with 

Various Organoclays: Thermomechanical Properties, Morphology, 

and Gas Permeability”, Journal of Polymer Science: Part B: Polymer 

Physics, Vol. 40, pp. 670–677, 2002 . 

[4] F. Saint-Michel, L. Chazeau, J.-Y. Cavaille, “Mechanical 

properties of high density polyurethane foams: II Effect of the filler 

size”, Composites Science and Technology Vol. 66, pp. 2709–2718, 

2006. . 

[5] K.J. Yao, M. Song, D.J. Hourston, D.Z. Luo, “Polymer/layered 

clay nanocomposites: 2 polyurethane nanocomposites”, Polymer 

Communication, Vol. 43, pp.1017-1020, 2002. 



Theme F686 - N1123 

MWCNT-Al 2 O 3 Hybrids Dispersed in Epoxy Composites 

Seda Aksel 1 , Özge Malay 1 , Dominik Eder 2 , Yusuf Z. Menceloğlu 1, * 

1 Sabanci University, Materials Science and Engineering Program, İstanbul,34956, Turke. 

2 University of Cambridge, Department of Materials Science and Metallurgy, Cambridge, UK 

Abstract— This work aims to investigate dispersion state and thermo-mechanical properties of aluminium oxide (Al 2 O 3 ) coated multiwalled 

cabon nanotubes (MWCNTs) in epoxy matrix. MWCNT-inorganic hybrids were introduced as an efficient filler to reduce entangled 

agglomerates in epoxy resin with improved thermal and mechanical characteristics. 

Carbon nanotube (CNT)-inorganic hybrids are a new class of 

materials that carbon nanotubes are coaxially coated with 

inorganic components. These materials show superior optical, 

mechanical, electrical and thermal properties with respect to the 

physical nature of inorganic component [1]. 

Previous studies which focus on addition of inorganic 

nanoparticles into carbon nanotube/epoxy nanocomposite also 

proved that inorganic nanoparticles diminish the agglomeration 

of carbon nanotubes in polymeric matrix [2]. This work 

primarily concentrates on coating of carbon nanotubes with 

aluminium oxide (Al 2 O 3 ) in order to improve dispersion of 

carbon nanotubes in epoxy matrix and to characterize CNT- 

Al 2 O 3 /epoxy nanocomposites prior to its use for specific 

applications with respect to enhanced thermal, mechanical and 

electrical properties. 

Multi-walled carbon nanotubes (MWCNTs) which were 

prepared by chemical vapor deposition (CVD) method, were 

used in this study. The average diameter of the nanotubes is 70 

nm and the length range is 100-200 μm. MWCNTs were coated 

with inorganic components via sol-gel process. Benzyl alcohol 

was used to functionalize hydrophobic surface of MWCNTs via 

the π-π interaction between the aromatic MWCNT surface and 

benzyl ring of benzyl alcohol [1,3]. 

MWCNTs, benzyl alcohol functionalized MWCNTs and 

Al 2 O 3 –MWCNT hybrids were used as filler and each 

nanocomposite film contains 0.05 wt% filler. The polymer 

matrix used for the composites was an epoxy based system with 

amine hardener. 

Solid State 

13 C-NMR spectroscopy of functionalized 

MWCNTs clearly shows the presence of -CH 2 group bonded to 

hydroxyl group (-OH) on the surface of MWCNTs by the peak 

at 62 ppm. Al 2 O 3 coating on MWCNTs hybrid was confirmed by 

XRD and SEM/EDX analyses as shown in Figure 1 (a,b). In 

addition to graphite peaks at 2θ values of 26 and 44 in the XRD 

plot of MWCNTs, alumina peak was observed at 39 for Al 2 O 3 - 

MWCNT hybrid. Weight percentage of aluminium and oxygen 

in the sample detected by EDX analysis also confirmed that 

sample was derived from the Al 2 O 3 molecules in Figure 2 (a,b). 

Optical microscope images in Figure 3 (a,b,c,d), which show 

dispersion state of MWCNTs in uncured epoxy resin, demostrate 

that degree of filler dispersion increases along with functionalized 

MWCNTs and hybrids. 

Figure 3. MWCNT dispersion in uncured epoxy matrix (a) 0.05 wt% 

MWCNTs (b) 0.05 wt% functionalized MWCNTs (c) 0.05 wt% 

MWCNT-Al 2 O 3 hybrids (d) 0.05 wt% MWCNT, 0.2 wt% Al 2 O 3 hybrids. 

MWCNT-Al 2 O 3 hybrids could be homogeneously dispersed in 

epoxy resin due to the less attractive forces between carbon 

nanotubes. SEM (Scanning Electron Microscopy) images in 

Figure 4 (a,b,c) show that functionalization of MWCNTs and 

uniform coating by Al 2 O 3 decrease the degree of agglomeration. 

Since the free surface area of carbon nanotubes reduces, weak 

electrostatic forces provided via inorganic coating decreases the 

entanglement degree. 

(a) (b) (c) 

Figure 4. SEM image of (a) MWCNTs (b) BA-functionalized MWCNTs 

(c) MWCNT-Al 2 O 3 hybrids. 

Addition of MWCNTs decreases the glass transition temperature 

(Tg) due to lower cross-linking degree of the epoxy matrix. 

Addition of benzyl alcohol and coating MWCNTs by Al 2 O 3 

reduces the decrease of Tg with respect to increase in dispersion 

state of the filler. On the other hand, 3-point bending analysis 

reveals that both flexural strength and flexural modulus of the 

nanocomposites increases via functionalization of the MWCNTs. 

In summary, MWCNTs were uniformly coated with an inorganic 

component, Al 2 O 3 . New filler type was developed to attain novel 

Al 2 O 3 -MWCNT/epoxy nanocomposite materials. 

*Corresponding author: yusufm@sabanciuniv.edu 

Figure 1.a. XRD Plot 

of the MWCNTs 

Figure 1.b. XRD Plot of the 

Al 2 O 3 -MWCNT Hybrids 

Figure 2.a. EDX Spectrum Figure 2.b. EDX Spectrum of 

of the MWCNTs the Al 2 O 3 -MWCNT Hybrids 

[1] Eder, D., Windle, A. H., 2008. Carbon-Inorganic Hybrid Materials: 

The Carbon-Nanotube/TiO 2 Interface, Advance Materials 20: 1787-1793. 

[2] Sumfleth, J., Prado, L.A, Sriyai, M., Schulte, 2008. K., Titania-doped 

multi-walled carbon nanotubes epoxy composites: Enhanced 

dispersion and synergistic effects in multiphase nanocomposites, Polymer 

49: 5105-5112. 

[3] Eder, D., Windle, A. H., 2008. Morphology control of CNT-TiO 2 

hybrid materials and rutile nanotubes, Journal of Materials Chemistry 

18: 2036-2043. 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Synthesis And Properties Of Clay-Cellulose-Polyester Nano-Hybrid materials 

Erkan Bahçe 1 , Süleyman Köytepe 2 and Turgay Seçkin 2 * 

1 Department of Mechanical Engineering, University of Inonu, Malatya, TR Türkiye 44280 

2 Department of Chemistry, University of Inonu, Malatya, TR Türkiye 44280 

Abstract-Polyester in which cellulose and clay reinforced particles are uniformly distributed are prepared. Novel hybrid polyester/cellulose/clay 

composites are structurally elucidated by means of FTIR, SEM, XRD and thermal analytical techniques. The selected polymer for the 

composites preparation was commercial polyester. The composites were prepared using a mixer. The polyester, cellulose and the various 

proportions of clay were mixed at 90 ºC during selected time considered adequate for a homogeneous mixture. The extracted composites were 

then dried using the vacuum oven for 24 hours. 

Recent advances in polymer–clay nanocomposites due to the 

pioneering work of researchers at Toyota on nylon-6/clay 

nanocomposites have demonstrated an improvement in both 

physical and mechanical properties [1]. Because of the 

nanoscale structure, polymer–clay nanocomposites possess 

unique properties which include an improvement in 

mechanical (modulus, strength, toughness), thermal (thermal 

stability, decomposition, flammability, coefficient of thermal 

expansion), and physical (permeability, optical, dielectric, 

shrinkage) properties [2]. Nanocomposites have been 

demonstrated with many polymers of different polarities 

including polystyrene, polycaprolactone, poly(ethylene oxide), 

poly(butylene terephthalate), polymethylmethacrylate, 

polyamide, polyimide, polyester, polyether, epoxy, 

polysiloxane, and polyurethane. Similarly, cellulose and other 

natural fibres are increasingly being used as reinforcements 

for enhancing the strength and fracture resistance of polymeric 

matrices because of their low density, low cost, renewability 

and recyclability as well as excellent mechanical 

characteristics that include flexibility, high specific strength 

and high specific modulus [3]. These unique properties are 

particularly desirable in applications as composite materials 

for automobiles, armour, sports, and marine industries. 

Natural fibers can be produced in many types of reinforcement 

composites, such as continuous and discontinuous 

unidirectional fibers, random orientation of fibers, etc. By 

taking the advantages from those types of reinforced 

composites such as produced good properties and reduced the 

fabrication cost, they had been used in the development of 

automotive, packaging and building materials. They can be 

spun into filaments, thread or rope. They can be used as a 

component of composite materials. 

Natural fibers are now emerging as viable alternatives to 

glass fibers either alone or combined in composite materials 

for various applications. The advantages of natural fibers over 

synthetic or man-made fibers such as glass are their relatively 

high stiffness, a desirable property in composites, low density, 

recyclable, biodegradable, renewable raw materials, and their 

relatively low cost. Besides, natural fibers are expected to give 

less health problems for the people producing the composites. 

Natural fibers do not cause skin irritations and they are not 

suspected of causing lung cancer [4]. The disadvantages are 

their relatively high moisture sensitivity and their relatively 

high variability of diameter and length. The abundance of 

natural fibers combined with the ease of their processability is 

an attractive feature, which makes it a covetable substitute for 

synthetic fibers that are potentially toxic [5]. 

Figure 1. The sutructure of the cellulose (reference should be defined 

as the square paratheses) [6]. 

Paint on ships, bridges, military vehicles and airplanes must 

be removed from the surfaces in order to allow detail surface 

in sections, to perform other works and repair operations, and 

to keep the weight down to acceptable levels. In the past, 

chemical have been used for removing paints. Due to the 

development of tougher paint systems to meet the increasing 

demands of the industry, more aggressive chemical paint 

strippers have been developed. These aggressive paint 

strippers are very efficient in doing the job, but they are 

hazardous and toxic to the environment and generate large 

amounts of hazardous waste. The present invention is a 

method of stripping paint from the painted surface comprising 

the step of cleaning the painted surface with a media 

(polyester) comprising hard shell pit particles sized between 

12 mesh and 50 mesh. 

In this study, the selected polymer for the composites 

preparation was commercial polyester, the composites were 

prepared using a mixer. The polyester, cellulose and the 

various proportions of clay were mixed at 90 ºC during 

selected time considered adequate for a homogeneous mixture. 

The extracted composites were then dried using the vacuum 

oven for 24 hours. 

It is an advantage of the present invention that the paint 

stripping method generates less toxic waste than most prior art 

methods. It is another advantage of the present invention that 

the method is both effective and efficient. Other advantages, 

features, and objects of the present invention will become 

apparent after one of skill in the art has reviewed the 

specification and claims. 

*Corresponding author: 0Htseckin@inonu.edu.tr 

[1] L. An, , H.M.Chan, , N.P. Padture, B.R. Lawn, J. Mater. Res. 11, 

204 (1996) 

[2] A.K. Bledzki, J. Gassan, Prog. Polym. Sci., 24, 221 (1999) 

[3] X. Fu, S. Qutubuddin, Mater. Lett. 42, 12 (2000) 

[4] I. Isik, U. Yilmazer, G. Bayram, Polymer, 44, 6371 (2003) 

[5] B.Z. Jang, Y.K. Lieu, J. Appl. Polym. Sci. 30, 3925 (1985) 

[6] R. Young, Cellulose structure modification and hydrolysis. New 

York: Wiley (1986). 


P 

P Institute 

P 

P Department 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Investigation of Natural Vibration Frequency of Graphene Sheet 

1 

1 

1,2 

Arman FathizadehP P, Masoumeh OzmaianP Pand UReza NaghdabadiUP 

P* 

1 

for NanoScience and Technology, Sharif University of Technology, Tehran, Iran 

of Mechanical Engineering, Sharif University of Technology, Tehran, Iran 

2 

Abstract- In this study, the vibration analysis of SLGs using molecular dynamic (MD) simulation as well as beam theory is reported for different 

dimensions. Using these results, parameters that affect the answers obtained by continuum theory can be modified for more accurate results and 

lower computational cost. 

In recent years, graphene sheets have attracted lots of 

interests because of their unique properties. It could be one of 

the prominent materials for the nanoelectronic devices in the 

future. But still limited work has been done on studying the 

mechanics of graphene sheets. 

Recently, some numerical and analytical models have been 

proposed for the study of vibrational behavior of single and 

multilayer graphene sheets (MLGS) [1-3]. Behfar and 

Naghdabadi investigated the vibration behavior of MLGS 

embedded in an elastic medium [1]. Kitipornchai et al. carried 

out an analysis based on a continuum-plate model for MLGSs 

by considering the Van der Waals force between the plates [2]. 

Sakhaeepour et al. calculated fundamental frequencies of 

single layer graphene sheet (SLGS) using molecular 

mechanics method [3]. 

Modeling in this paper is carried out by two methods, 

continuum theory and MD simulation. Consider a SLGS 

doubly clamped in two ends. The sheet is of length L, width is 

w, thickness t, density and the Young’s modulus E. The 

fundamental frequency according to the Euler-Bernoulli beam 

theory is given by [4] 

(1) 

 

 

 

 

L 

 

 

 

 

Lwt 

 

1/2 

2 

2 

At E A T 

0.57 

2 2 

where A is 1.03 for doubly clamped beam and T is the tension 

in the graphene sheet. The thickness is taken to be 0.34 nm 

(Van der Waals radius for carbon atoms), the density is 2250 

3 

kg/mP Pand the Young modulus is 1.02 TPa. 

1/2 

the system of atoms to vibrate in the first mode. Then with a 

Fourier analysis on variation of position of atoms or potential 

energy of the system with time, corresponding frequency of 

the system can be obtained. 

In order to investigate the fundamental frequency of SLGS, 

results are obtained for different dimensions by MD 

simulation as well as beam theory. As it can be seen in table 1, 

by increasing the aspect ratios of the graphene sheets, the 

results obtained by the beam theory get nearer to the MD's. 

There are many adjustable parameters which can affect the 

results of continuum model. The most important parameters 

are the parameter A, thickness and Young modulus of the 

equivalent beam (t, E), and mass distribution in the continuum 

model. A has a significant effect on the fundamental 

frequency. Effect of (t, E) is also important and their values 

for graphene are still under discussion. The mass distribution 

shows a little effect on frequency, especially for bigger sizes 

in which atomic spacing is negligible relative to sheet size. 

Present study may be used as a new method of adjusting these 

parameters for graphene to achieve more accurate results with 

continuum models. 

Table 1. Comparison of the fundamental frequency obtained using 

MD simulation and continuum beam theory. 

Dimensions 

(GHz) 

Length(nm) L/W MD Beam theory 

8.98 2.18 395.78 265.78 

12.32 6.22 185.42 225.15 

24.47 12.36 94.21 110.05 

35.54 17.95 56.07 48.89 

Figure 1. Molecular dynamics method used for calculating first 

natural frequency of grapheme sheets. This figure shows a vibrating 

graphene sheet with aspect ratio of 6.22 schematically. 

The molecular dynamics simulation is performed for 4 

different aspect ratios ranging from 1000 to 3000 atoms. 

These simulations are done with LAMMPS software [5] and 

using well-known REBO interaction potential which has been 

shown to be the most accurate one for study of mechanical 

properties of carbon nanostructures [6]. In order to model the 

doubly clamped boundary condition, two rows of atoms in the 

SLGS are fixed in two ends while the other sides are free. All 

of the atoms in the sheet are placed in such a way that they are 

initially at the position at the first mode shape of the sheet 

with velocity equal to zero. Then in a NVE ensemble, we let 

*Corresponding author: naghdabd@sharif.edu 

[1] K. Behfar, R. Naghdabadi, Comp. Sci. Tech., 65, 1159–1164 

(2005). 

[2] S. Kitipornchai, X. Q. He, K. M. Liew, Phys. Rev. B, 72, 075443 

(2005). 

[3] A. Sakhaee-Pour, M.T. Ahmadian and R. 

Naghdabadi,vNanotechnology, 19, 085702 (2008). 

[4] S. Timoshenko and D. H. Young, W. Weaver, New York, 425– 

427 (1974). 

[5] LAMMPS, An open source code for molecular dynamics 

simulation, HThttp://lammps.sandia.gov/TH. 

[6] D. Brenner, et al., J. Phys.: Condens. Matter.,14, 783–802 

(2002). 


P 

P 

P HR3RBOR3 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Performance of Zinc Borate Nanoparticles as an Anti-Wear Additive in Mineral Oil 

1 

2 

1 

1 

USevdiye Atakul SavrkUP P*, Mehmet GönenP P, Devrim BalköseP P, Semra ÜlküP 

1 

Pzmir Institute of Technology, Department of Chemical Engineering, Gülbahçe Köyü, Urla, zmir, Turkey 

2 

PPresent address: Süleyman Demirel University, Department of Chemical Engineering, Isparta, Turkey 

Abstract- Inorganic borates as a lubricating oil additive received extensive attention in recent years due to the remarkable tribological 

properties such as wear resistance, friction-reducing ability and oxidation inhibition. This study reports the synthesis of nano-sized zinc borate, 

its characterization as well as its performance in mineral oil as a lubricating additive. Zinc borate nanoparticles with different morphologies 

were prepared by two different raw materials groups. Spherical crystals were successfully synthesized by precipitation reaction in aqueous 

solutions of NaR2RBR4ROR7R·10HR2RO and ZnNR2ROR6R·6HR2RO, whereas supercritical ethanol drying method is applied to prepare broccoli type species 

after the precipitation step in aqueous solutions of HR3RBOR3R and ZnO. The lubricants were prepared by dispersing the zinc borate particles with 

sorbitan monostearate (Span 60) which was used as a surface modifier. The tribological properties of the mineral oil were determined by fourball 

wear test machine and the results indicated that wear scar diameter is reduced by 54.78% for the lubricant including zinc borate dried by 

supercritical ethanol drying compared to that of the mineral oil. 

The increasing interest of petrochemical industries on 

improving the performance of their products (lubricants, 

greases, gasoline, among others) has been simultaneously 

generating great incentives to develop additives that are able 

to supply the commercial demand of the competitive industrial 

markets. For tribology applications, particles as additives in 

base oil have been investigated widespreadly. These studies 

refer to synthesis and preparation of especially nanoscale 

particles, and their tribological properties and mechanisms 

[1,2]. The lubrication performance of a lubricant relies partly 

upon the thickness of the tribofilm under the severe conditions 

controlled by several parameters such as load, temperature, 

sliding speed and the mechanical properties of the film. A 

variety of mechanisms have been proposed to explain the 

lubrication enhancement of the nanoparticles suspended in 

lubricating oil. Ball bearing effect and protective film 

mechanisms have direct effect of the nanoparticles on 

lubrication enhancement, whereas mending and polishing 

effects have secondary effect on surface improvement [3]. 

This study aims to investigate the tribological properties of 

mineral oil including zinc borate nanoparticles and to expose 

the effect of morphology of the particles on anti-wear 

property. 

In this project, first group of zinc borate species were 

obtained by the homogenous precipitation method described 

by Ting et al. using ZnNR2ROR6R·6HR2RO, NaR2RBR4ROR7R·10HR2RO and 

ammonia [4]. Second group of zinc borate nanoparticles were 

3 

prepared by 4.7mol/dmP 

Rwith the stoichiometric 

amount of ZnO. Supercritical ethanol drying of submicron 

zinc borate was performed at 250 °C, 6.5 MPa for obtaining 

nano zinc borate particles. All zinc borate samples were 

characterized by SEM, TGA, DSC, FTIR, and XRD. The 

lubricants were prepared by adding sorbitan monostearate 

(Sigma Aldrich) and zinc borate particles into the mineral oil 

at 70 °C. They were mixed by both a homogenizer (OMNI 

GLH) and a magnetic stirrer (Yellowline MSH Basic) for 2 

minutes and 2 hours, respectively. Tribological 

characterization of the lubricants was carried out by a fourball 

wear test machine (made by Falex Corp.) The test balls 

were chrome alloy steel, No. E-52100 with a diameter of 12.7 

mm. The wear and friction test was performed at 392 N and 

the test duration was 1h. After the test, the morphology of 

worn surfaces of the balls run in the lubricant was obtained by 

SEM. Moreover, elemental composition of the ball worn 

surfaces was determined by EDX analysis. 

SEM images of zinc borate nanoparticles produced by 

different raw materials groups are shown in Figure 1. The 

zinc borate obtained by ZnNR2ROR6R·6HR2RO and 

NaR2RBR4ROR7R·10HR2RO includes spherical crystals (Figure 1a). On 

the other hand, zinc borate crystals dried by supercritical 

ethanol have broccoli type morphologies. Table 1 reports the 

tribological properties of the lubricants. It was revealed that 

sorbitan monostearate had a dramatic role in the reduction of 

wear scar diameter from 1.402 to 0.656 mm. When the 

nanoparticles dried by supercritical ethanol were used as 

lubricating oil additives, wear scar diameter is reduced to 

0.634 mm. 

(a) 

(b) 

Figure 1. SEM images of super critical ethanol dried nanoparticles 

obtained from zinc borates a) ZnNR2ROR6R·6HR2RO and NaR2RBR4ROR7R·10HR2RO 

and b)HR3RBOR3R and ZnO 

Table 1. Tribological properties of lubricants 

Wear Scar Friction 

Sample Additive 

Diameter (mm) Coefficient 

L1 - 1.402 1.645 

L2 Span 60 0.656 1.635 

L3 

ZB dried by 

SCE +Span 60 

0.634 1.601 

SEM analysis shows that the worn surface of the ball 

lubricated with L3 lubricant including zinc borate and 

surfactant exhibits much smoother surfaces without severe 

scuffing. Additionally, EDX analysis reveals that boron and 

zinc elements are also adsorbed by the worn surface of the 

ball. 

TÜBTAK (project number: 105M358), OPET Petrolcülük 

A. and Izmir Institute of Technology Centre for Material 

Research are greatly appreciated. 

HT*Corresponding author: sevdiyeatakul@iyte.edu.trT 

[1] Zhang M., Wang X., Fu X., Xia Y., 2009. Performance and 

anti-wear mechanism of CaCOR3 Rnanoparticles as a green additive in 

poly-alpha-olefin, Tribology International, 42:1029-1039. 

[2] Choundary R.B., Pande P.P., 2006. Lubrication potential of 

boron compounds: an overview. Lubrication Science, 14: 211-222. 

[3] Lee K., Hwang Y., Cheong S., Choi Y., Kwon L., Lee J., Kim 

S.H., 2009. Understanding the role of nanoparticles in Nano-oil 

lubrication, Tribology Letters, 35: 127-131. 

[4] Ting C., Cheng D.J., Shuo W.L., Gang F., 2009. Preparation 

and characterization of nano-zinc borate by a new method, Journal 

of Material Processing Technology, 209:4076-4079. 


and 

P 

CP 


Preparation and Characterization of Poly (3-Hydroxybutyrate) Homo and Copolymers 

Nanocomposite Films 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Onur GökbulutP P, Burcu KayaP P, Okan AknP Pand UFunda TihminliogluUP P* 

1 

PDepartment of Chemical Engineering, zmir Institute of Technology, Urla, 35430, Turkey 

Theme F686 - N1123 

Abstract- This study aims to prepare and investigate the characteristic properties of Poly (hydroxybutyrate) (PHB) and 

polyhydroxybutyrate-co valerate (PHB/HV) copolymers layered silicate nanocomposites. Nanocomposites were prepared via melt 

intercalation method by dispersing orgonamodified layered silicate nanoclays. The effects of clay loading and the polymer type on the water 

vapour, OR2R COR2R barrier properties were measured. In addition, Differential Scanning Calorimetry (DSC) and mechanical properties of 

the films were performed. Mechanical properties of the chitosan composites were enhanced with the addition of clay . The enhancement in 

the barrier properties were obtained upto certain clay content in composites. 

Among many different materials that mankind is dependent 

on plastics are the most important ones considering their 

widespread usage in food packaging, textile, communication, 

transportation, construction, medical industries. Currently, 

plastics and synthetic polymers are mainly produced using 

petrochemical materials that cannot be decomposed. In 

addition the amount of plastic waste increases every year. 

Therefore in the last decades there has been a significant 

increase in the development of biodegradable thermoplastic 

polyesters due to ongoing concerns about the disposal of 

conventional plastics and the increasing difficulty in 

managing solid wastes. 

Poly (hydroxyalkanoates), PHAs, comprise a family of 

biopolymers that has attracted much attention recently due to 

similar properties to conventional materials such as 

polypropylene, polyethylene, polystyrene, and PET. Bacterial 

biopolymers such as Poly (3-hydroxybutyrate) (PHB) and its 

copolymers with valerate (PHB/HV) are biodegradable 

thermoplastic polyesters and one of the most widely 

investigated members of the family of PHAs. PHB and its 

copolymers present good mechanical, thermal and barrier 

properties. PHB is a partially crystalline thermoplastic and 

has a high melting temperature. However PHB suffers from 

low melting stability, brittleness and lack of transparency [1]. 

Thus, recent studies are objected to improve the properties of 

PHB and its copolymers by addition of nanoclays. Surface 

modified clays have been studied as advanced additives to 

improve or balance thermal, mechanical, fire resistance, 

surface, or conductivity properties of nanocomposite due to 

their high surface to volume ratios and the subsequent 

intimate contact that they promote with the matrix at low 

filler additions [2]. In essence, three different methods are 

used to synthesize polymer-clay nanocomposite; melt 

intercalation, solution and situ polymerization. 

PHB and PHB-HV /layered silicate nanocomposites in the 

present study are prepared via melt extrusion. Natural PHB 

and its copolymer PHB-HV (2% and 12%) were purchased 

from Goodfellow Inc. and dried under vacuum at 80°C for 

two days before use. As clay, organophilic surface modified 

montmorillonite called Cloisite® 15A purchased from 

Southern Clay Products, Inc. Polymers and nanoclay are 

melted extruded by using a Thermofisher twin screw extruder 

with varying weight percentages of clay at a temperature of 

180 °C and a screw speed of 50 rpm. The extruded 

composites are dried under vacuum at 50 °C. The samples of 

PHB, PHB-HV and their nanocomposite are finally 

transformed into films by compression molding in a hot-plate 

o 

hydraulic press at 175 P PC and 5 Metric tons of pressure 

during 5 min. The polymer sheets are cooed to room 

temperature under constant pressure. 

The effect of filler concentration on the water vapor, OR2R 

and COR2 Rpermeability, mechanical and thermal properties of 

the composite films were evaluated. The structure of 

nanocomposites and the state of intercalation of the clay were 

characterized by Phillips X’Pert Pro MRD with Cu K 

radiation (=1.54 nm) under a voltage of 40 kV and a current 

of 40 mA. Samples were scanned over the range of 

diffraction angle 2 = 0.25-30°. Thermal properties of the 

polymer and the nanocomposite films are studied by a DSC 

technique with a Shimadzu Calorimeter at a heating rate 10 

o 

P/min. Morphology of polymers and their nano composites 

are analyzed by XRD and TEM. As a result of morphogical 

analyses , intercalated structure were obtained . The extent of 

intercalation depends on the amount of silicate and the nature 

of organic modifier present in the layered silicate . 

According to results of permeability measurements; the 

nanocomposite films exhibit good barrier properties as 

compared to their unfilled polymer films. The water vapor 

and gas permeability values of the composite films decreased 

significantly depending on the filler concentration and the 

type of filler used. The decrease in water vapor and gas 

permeability of PHB and PHB-HV- clay nanocomposite 

films are believed to be due to the presence of ordered 

dispersed clay nanoparticle layers with large aspect ratios in 

the polymer matrix. This causes an increase in effective path 

length for diffusion of water vapour and gas into polymer 

matrix. 

*Corresponding author: HTfundatihminlioglu@iyte.edu.trT 

[1] M. D. Sanchez-Garcia ; E. Gimenez ; J. M. Lagaron , 

Morphology and Barrier Properties of Nanobiocomposites of 

Poly(3-hydroxybutyrate) and Layered Silicates Wiley InterScience 

2008 , DOI 10.1002/app.27622 

[2] Reguera, J.; Lagaron, J. M.; Alonso, M.; Reboto, V.; Calvo, B.; 

Rodriguez-Cabello, J. C. Macromolecules 2003, 36, 8470. 

[3] Cabedo L.; Plackett D.;Gimenez E.; Lagaron J.M., Studying the 

Degradation of Polyhydroxybutyrate-covalerate during Processing 

with Clay-Based Nanofillers Received 31 March 2008; accepted 22 

September 2009, DOI 10.1002/app.29945 

[4] Pralay Maiti, Carl A. Batt, and Emmanuel P. Giannelis, New 

Biodegradable Polyhydroxybutyrate/Layered Silicate 

Nanocomposites , Biomacromolecules 2007, 8, 3393-3400 


P ions 

P 

P have 

P contact 


Theme F686 - N1123 

The Creation of Hydrophobic Clay Surfaces with Long Chain Hydrocarbon 

1 

1 

1 

UH. Hasan YolcuUP P*, Ahmet GürsesP P, and Metin AçkyldzP P, 

1 

PAtaturk University, K.K. Education Faculty, Dep. of Chemistry, 25240 Erzurum 

Abstract- In this study, the presence of lotus effect for the clay modified by using long chain hydrocarbon was investigated. It was 

found the powder sample comparison with pellet form exhibits super hydrophobic character. This may be attributed to the changing of 

roughness on the surface of modified clay particles depending on pressing and to the creating of higher energy surface with the adsorption of 

long chain hydrocarbon onto interlayer region of clay. 

Non wettable surfaces with high water contact angle 

(WCA) and facile sliding of drops are called super 

hydrophobic surface. Superhydrophobic surfaces with 

0 

water contact angles larger than 150P received a lot 

of research attention, due to important applications ranging 

from self cleaning materials to microfluidic devices [1, 2]. 

Many surfaces in nature are highly hydrophobic and self 

cleaning (e.g. lotus leaves). The design synthesis and 

application of new kinds of super hydrophobic and self 

cleaning organic or inorganic material will be essential and 

important task to fulfill [3]. 

The clay sample was purified by sedimentation, dried at 

vacuum oven and sieved to give a 38-85 m (>%92) size 

fraction using ASTM Standard sieves. Different amounts 

of hydrocarbon (0.05-1.0 g) was mixed with 500 mL 

aqueous solutions of CTAB (100, 200, 240, 260, 300, and 

320 mg/L). The mixture was shaken at 293 K, for 30 mins 

and 1g clay sample was added to this mixture and shaken 

for 30 mins in a thermostatic shaker at 200 rpm. The 

modified clay samples which produced by above 

procedure were filtered through filter paper of Whatman 

41 and dried at 383 K in a vacuum oven for 2 h. 

and water droplets leads to gaining the hydrophobic 

character of samples. But the powder organoclay has 

superhydrophobic character, probably due to lotus effect. 

The variation of initial CTAB concentration doesn’t 

significantly affect the contact angles of the pellet and 

powder samples (Figure 2). 

Figure 2. Effect of initial CTAB concentration on the contact 

angle 

Intensity (counts) 

2000 

1600 

1200 

800 

Raw clay 

*Corresponding author: HThasanyolcu@atauni.edu.trT 

[1] M. Ma and R. M. Hill. Curr. Opin. Colloid Interface Sci. 11, 

193-202 (2006). 

[2] A. Tuteja, et al. Science. 318, 1618 -1622 (2007). 

[3] X , Feng and L, Jiang,. Adv. Mater. 18, 3063-3078 (2006). 

[4] H.Y. Erbil et al, Science. 299, 1377 (2003). 

400 

0 

2 12 22 32 

2Theta (deg) 

Figure 1. X-ray diffraction spectrums for raw clay and produced 

organo-clay 

The XRD patterns shows the intensities of peaks for the 

organo-clay sample were significantly decreased with 

compared the raw clay. This attributed to the presence of 

exfoliated clay layers. It can be said that the basal spacing 

increases, depending on ion-exchange occurred between 

+ 

CTAP bounded hydrocarbon and the cations in the 

interlayer region of clay (Figure 1). 

In this work, the contact angles for the powder 

organoclay sample and pellet form were compared. It was 

0 

found that powder samples have 146P angle 

indicating the presence of lotus effect. On the other hand, 

the surface roughness of modified clay particles changes 

depending on pressing and the contact angle values 

0 

measured on the pellet reduce to about 90 P P. This shows 

that the effect of surface roughness on the hydrophobic 

character is predominant comparison with surface energy. 

Water droplets cannot penetrate into the pores of the 

hydrophobic surfaces due to the trapped air [4]. In the both 

forms, the reducing of contact areas between the surface 


P 

P scattering 

P 

Yusuf 

P 

P Corresponding 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Polymer-Nano-Particle Interaction Influence on The Rheology of Non-Newtonian Fluids 

1 

1 

UBurcu ÖzelUP P* andP P Z. MenceloluP 

1 

PFaculty of Engineering and Natural Sciences, Sabanci University, Istanbul 34956, Turkey 

Abstract-The aim of the present study is to systematical investigation of physicochemical parameter influence on the rheology of shear 

thickening/shear thinning behaviour of nano particles integrated polymeric fluids (also referred to as colloidal nanoparticle suspension, CNS) to 

shed a light on the mechanism behind the dilatant behaviour of CNS, which is an ongoing controversial issue in the relevant literature. 

Most of the chemical and allied processing industries 

encountered non-newtonian flow behavior; namely shear 

thinning and shear thickening. Shear thinning is a decrease of 

viscosity with increase shear rate, although less common, the 

opposite effect shear thickening occur in various kinds of 

fluids. Shear thickening is often observed in highly 

concentrated colloidal dispersions, characterized by significant 

increase in viscosity with increasing shear rate. 

There has been significant effort to understand the the 

structural origin of the shear thickening and different 

explanations have been given; namely, the hydrodynamic 

clustering and order-to-disorder transition. According to order 

disorder transition (ODT), monodisperse particles hexagonally 

packed within the layers but flow instability induce the 

particle break out of their ordered layer cause increase in 

particle interaction and induce rise in viscosity of the 

[1] 

suspension at the critical shear rate.P 

PThe second theory, 

hydrodynamic clustering, involves the hydrodynamic force 

[2-4] 

driven flocculation of particles.P 

PThese theories were 

[1-5] 

concluded from light/neutronP 

experiments as 

[2,3] 

well as from Stokesian Dynamic simulationsP however 

ODT theory investigated by these techniques can not explain 

the shear thickening behavior of polydisperse and irregular 

particle suspensions. All concentrated suspensions under right 

conditions can exhibit the shear thickening behaviour, 

however, the exact conditions and the origin of shear 

thickening behaviour are not well understood. 

In this study, we studied the effect of constituent parameters; 

particle size, concentration, surface chemistry, continuous 

phases, molecular weight and polarity of polymeric phase on 

the rheology of non-newtonian fluids. 

The most important parameter for the shear thickening 

behavior is the colloidal interactions between filler particles 

and polymeric fluids. To be able to study the effect of the 

colloidal interactions on the rheology of CNS, hydrophobic / 

hydrophilic fumed silica in the continuous liquid phase with 

different degrees of polarity have also been studied. 

Viscoelastic characterization indicate that colloidal 

interactions between particles and continuous phase and 

interaction strenght can be tailored by modifying the surface 

chemistry of silica particles or changing the polarity of the 

continuous phase (see figure). The relative strength of the 

interactions between particle-liquid, liquid-liquid and particleparticle 

determine whether dispersion is sol or gel. Sol shows 

shear thickening behavior under shear while gel shows shear 

thinning behavior. 

Although substantial number of researches have been study 

on the rheology of non-newtonian flow, the nature of the shear 

thickening behavior of colloidal suspension are not clearly 

understood until recently. Hydrodynamic clustering and order 

disorder transition theories are not reasonable model to 

explain our results because most of the studies in literature 

investigate the rheology of suspensions that are composed of 

monodisperse/nonagglomerated sphere particle. In our case, 

primary flow units are composed of flocs which are 

polydisperse, irregular and anisotropic structures, floc 

structure was observed in cryoscopic transmission electron 

micrographs and observed hydrodynamic radius was 

supported by dynamic light analysis. We designed an 

experiment in order to support new theory about the origin of 

shear thickening. Polyethylene glycol and hydrophilic fumed 

silica is known to exhibit shear thickening behaviour. In this 

HTpreliminaryTH study, lithyum chloride is dissolved in 

polyethylene glycol to make it conductive hence mixture is 

composed of insulating particles and conductive continuous 

media. Conductivity of system was measured during viscosity 

analysis and decrease in conductivity of system at critical 

shear rate give a clue about the mechanism of this rheological 

behaviour. Decrease in conductivity at critical shear rate 

indicate that effective volume fraction of insulating particle 

increase therefore resistivity of system increase. As a 

conclusion, we believe that shear thickening is not driven by 

these two theories that are suggested by publications. It is due 

to shear driven reduction of cluster size, as a consequence, 

well disperse particles increase of the effective volume 

fraction of particles in dispersion. 

a 

b 

Figure 1. Viscoelastic characterization of (a) shear thickening (b) 

shear thinning fluids 

* 

author: burcugenc@su.sabanciuniv.edu 

[1] R.L. Hoffmann, J.Colloid Interface Science 1972, 16, 155–173 

[2]G.Bossis, J.F.Brady, J.Chem.Phys. 1989, 91, 1866–1874 

[3] D.R.Foss, J.F.Brady, J. Fluid Mech. 2000, 407, 167-200 

[4] B.J.Maranzano, N.J.Wagner, J. Rheol. 2001, 45 , 1205–1222 

[5] H.M.Laun, R.Bung, S.Hess, W.Loose, O.Hess, K. Hahn, 

E.Hadicke, R. Hingmann, F.Schmidt and P.Lindner, J. Rheol. 1992, 

36, 743. 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Preparation and Characterization of Corn Zein Nanocomposite Films 

for Food Packaging Applications 

Il KURTULU 1 , Onur ÖZÇALIK 1,2 and Funda TIHMINLIOLU 1,2,* 

1 Department of Chemical Engineering, zmir Institute of Technology, zmir 35430, Turkey 

2 Materials Science and Engineering Interdisciplinary Master’s Programme , zmir Institute of Technology, zmir 35430, Turkey 

Abstract – Potential of novel corn zein-nanocomposite (CZNC) stand-alone films for gas and water vapor barrier applications 

in food packaging was investigated. Nanocomposites were prepared by dispersing organomodified layered silicate (OMLS) 

nanoclays within corn zein biopolymer matrix utilizing solution intercalation and melt intercalation methods together. 

Characterization results showed exfoliated structures of nanoclays within the zein matrix. Improvements in mechanical, 

thermal and water vapor barrier properties due to exfoliated nanoclays were obtained. 

Biopolymers offer a noticeable potential of replacing 

conventional petroleum based polymers in food packaging 

materials. In the last decades extensive research on biobased 

materials have been conducted and today biopolymer 

applications began to be used instead of conventional 

polymers in the industry. Recent advances in nanotechnology 

and nanocomposite applications are also remarkable and 

attractive for biopolymer materials. 

Food packaging holds an indispensable part of modern 

life. As distinct from the past, most of the food products used 

today are being consumed far from their origin and also after 

months as well for most of the products. Since introduction of 

cheap and useful thermoplastics such as polyethylene and 

polypropylene in 1950s, polymers replaced conventional 

packaging materials such as glass or metal and introduced new 

solutions and high standards for food packaging. Today the 

amount of polymeric food packaging waste generated is a 

serious problem. The amount of waste generated is huge, and 

recovery of polymeric materials is very low even compared to 

glass and metal packaging wastes. For example, in the case of 

polypropylene; which is used in single and multi-layer 

packaging with other polymers so characterized as a material 

hard to separate and identify in the waste; the recovery ratio is 

just about 0.25% according to EPA 2006 statistics [1]. 

Advances in the biopolymeric materials field, which are 

capable of complete degradation in the nature, made 

biopolymers advantageous alternatives over non-degradable 

conventional polymers. 

Protein based biopolymers including corn zein can be 

processed in to films and have excellent barrier to gases and 

moderate barrier to water vapor. Characteristic disadvantages 

of biopolymers such as low mechanical strength and 

dependency of their characteristics to moisture should be 

improved by utilization of nanocomposite applications that 

draw attention in many fields of material science. 

Nanocomposite applications enabled researchers and 

industry to produce a new era of polymeric composite 

materials with enhanced mechanical, barrier, thermal and 

functional properties. Ordered dispersion of nano-sized 

particles, named exfoliated structures, lead to significant 

improvements in polymer properties that can not be achieved 

by conventional composites. 

Although there are some studies concerning the utilization 

of nanocomposite applications of protein based polymers such 

as wheat gluten and soy protein [2,3,4], to our knowledge 

there is no study related to corn zein nanocomposite films. 

In this study, novel corn zein nanocomposite stand-alone 

films were developed to examine their feasibility with varying 

nanoclay content as an alternative food packaging material for 

barrier needs. The (OMLS) content of the samples was 

changed from 0% to 5% (weight clay/weight corn zein). 

Desirable barrier properties of zein films were enhanced by 

using two widely used nanocomposite production techniques; 

solution and melt intercalation; together. First solution 

intercalation method was used in the preparation of the 

samples. Sonication was utilized for the dispersion of OMLS 

nanoclays within the corn zein biopolymer chains. Then the 

prepared solution was poured in to icy water and corn zeinnanocomposite 

precipitates were collected and kneaded after 

they dry in an oven with controlled humidity. In the later part 

of the preparation, a twin-screw extruder suitable for 

nanocomposite applications with L/D ratio of 40 and 10 

heating zones integrated with a granule blade was used to 

process the organoclay intercalated precipitates in to granules. 

Finally, the nanocomposite compounds were pressed in hot 

press (Carver) in order to obtain the films to be cut in the 

required dimensions for the analysis. 

Results of the study showed good dispersion of 

nanoclays, predicted as successful intercalated and exfoliated 

structures depending on the clay content characterized by 

XRD analysis. Mechanical tests showed increased Young 

Modulus in CZNC and decreases in elongation at break values 

as was reported by many researchers for nanocomposites. The 

water vapor permeability of the CZNC showed significant 

decreases depending on the clay content. Enhanced properties 

in characterized films are believed to be due to the presence of 

ordered dispersed clay nanoparticle layers with large aspect 

ratios and good interaction of clays with corn zein chains in 

the polymer matrix. 

*Corresponding author: fundatihminlioglu@iyte.edu.tr 

[1] Marsh , K., Bugusu, B., 2007. “Roles, Materials, and Environmental 

Issues”, Journal of Food Science. Vol. 72, pp. 39-55 

[2] Chen, P. and Zhang, L., 2006. “Interaction and Properties of Highly 

Exfoliated Soy Protein/ Montmorillonite Nanocomposites”, 

Biomacromolecules,7 (6), pp. 1700-1706 

[3] Yu, J., Cui, G., Wei, M., Huang J., 2007, “Facile Exfoliation of Rectorite 

Nanoplatelets in Soy Protein Matrix and Reinforced Bionanocomposites 

Thereof”, Journal of Applied Polymer Science, Vol. 104, 3367–3377 

[4] tunc, S., Angellier, H., Cahyana, Y., Chalier, P., Gontard, N., Gastaldi, E., 

2007, “Functional properties of wheat gluten/montmorillonite nanocomposite 

films processed by casting”; Journal of Membrane Science, Vol.289, pp.159– 

168 


P 

P to 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Thermal and Mechanical Properties of Layered Silicate Chitosan Nanocomposite Films 

1 

1 

Hale OguzluP Pand UFunda TihminliogluUP P* 

1 

PDepartment of Chemical Engineering, zmir Institute of Technology, Gulbahce-Urla 35430,zmir,Turkey 

Abstract-This study investigated thermal, chemical, morphological and mechanical properties of layered silicate chitosan nanocomposite 

films. The films were prepared by solvent casting method with using different clay contents. Films were characterized by X-Ray Diffraction 

(XRD), Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy (FTIR), Differential Scanning Calorimetry (DSC) and Transmission Electron Microscopy 

(TEM). Furthermore, dynamic mechanical analysis (DMA) of the films was performed and storage modulus, loss modulus, damping and glass 

transition temperature were measured. Mechanical properties of the chitosan composites were enhanced with the addition of clay. Melt behavior 

and degradation temperatures did not change significantly with addition of clay. Morphological studies showed partially exfoliated/ intercalated 

nanocomposites structures. 

In recent years, many researches have been aimed to 

improve biodegradable properties of polymeric materials, 

thus; the use of natural polymers has grown extensively. [1] 

Chitosan is the most abundant natural polymer found in the 

exoskeletons of crustaceans and insects and in the cell wall of 

fungi and microorganisms which is the deacetylated product 

of chitin, poly(N-acetyl-D-glucosamine), The disadvantage of 

chitosan based-materials is poor physical properties according 

to synthetic polymers. [2] Therefore, the reinforcing fillers 

such as layered silicates can be used to in order to improve 

physical properties of chitosan films. The most widely used 

layered silicates are clays having nano-scale dimensions 

shown in Figure 1.a Developing chitosan nanocomposites by 

inserting chitosan chains into interlayer of clay can improve its 

mechanical properties. 

Figure 1. (a)The crystal structure of silicate layers (b) three main 

morphology achievable in nanocomposites structure [3] 

In the generation of nanocomposites, two specific 

characteristics of layered silicates play an important role. The 

first one is the ability of silicate sheets to disperse into 

individual layers while the second characteristic is the 

probability to modify their surface chemistry through ion 

exchange reactions with organic and inorganic cations. [4]. 

Depending on the surface properties, level of dispersion and 

the strength of interfacial interactions between the polymer 

matrix and layered silicate (modified or not), three different 

types of polymer/layered silicate composite structure are 

achievable which can be seen in Figure 1.b 

To enhance dispersion the following experimental procedure 

was applied. Firstly chitosan solution was in aqueous acetic 

acid solution. The solution was mixed and clay solutions with 

various clay contents were prepared by dispersing appropriate 

amounts of clays. After swollen of clays, sonication process 

was applied Clay solutions were added slowly into the 

chitosan solutions. The 2 %, 4 %, 8 % and 10 % (w/w) clay 

chitosan solutions were obtained. The final solutions were 

stirred and placed into sonicator. Finally, the films were dried 

at 50 °C 

1 

-1 

The FTIR spectra between 600 cm-P 4000 cmP 

Pof the 

nanocomposites were recorded using Shimadzu-FTIR 8400 

spectrometer. The structure of nanocomposites and the state of 

intercalation of the clay were characterized by Phillips X’Pert 

Pro MRD with Cu K radiation (=1.54 nm) under a voltage 

of 40 kV and a current of 40 mA. Degradation temperature of 

the samples were measured by differential scanning 

calorimetry DSC, TA instruments Q10 under nitrogen flow of 

50 mL/min. Glass transition temperatures, loss modulus, 

storage modulus and damping of the films were measured by 

dynamic mechanical analyzer, TA instruments. 

From the XRD experiments, the basal spacing of the clays in 

polymer nanocomposites were determined around 2.0 nm. 

Partial exfoliation and intercalation of the clays were obtained. 

Thermal results of the composites were tabulated in In Table 

1. The endothermic peaks indicate the water loss, while 

exothermic peaks indicate the degradation temperatures of 

polymer and polymer nanocomposites. Degradation 

temperatures of chitosan based nanocomposites were lower 

than the degradation temperature of pure chitosan. Moreover, 

the mechanical properties were improved with the addition of 

clay. 

Table1.Thermal properties of pure chitosan and chitosan/clay 

nanocomposites 

Endothermic Peak Exothermic Peak 

Samples 

°C (DRminR) 

°C (DRmaxR) 

Pure CS 123.85 297.56 

CS/2 wt % clay 125.55 282.13 

CS/4 wt % clay 121.89 268.42 

CS/8 wt % clay 129.26 286.28 

CS/10 wt % clay 124.50 283.89 

In conclusion, the results of the study showed that good 

dispersion of clays, predicted as partially exfoliated and 

intercalated morphology depending on the clay content as 

characterized by XRD and TEM. The improvement in 

mechanical properties of the nanocomposites was obtained. 

The thermal properties of the nanocomposites films did not 

change significantly with the addition of the clay. 

*Corresponding author: HTfundatihminloglu@iyte.edu.trT 

[1] M. Kolybaba et al. Science ,297, 5582, (2002) 

[2] N.V. Majeti and R. Kumar, React. and Funct. Polymers.46, 1–27 

(2000) 

[3] G.Choudalakis and A.D. Gotsis European Poly. Journal 45, 4 

(2009) 

[4] S. S.Ray and M. Okamotov,Progress in Polymer Science, 28, 11 

(2003) 


P 

P 

P 

P 

P 

P and 

PE. 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Preparation and SEM Characterization of Nanocomposites Based on HDPE and Graphite Powder 

1 

2 

2 

2 

3 

4 

4 

5 

M. SarkanatP P, UI. H. TavmanUP P*, K. SeverP P, A. TurgutP P, Y. SekiP P, P ErbayP P, F.GünerP Pand I.Özdemir P 

2* 

1 

PMechanical Engineering Dept., Ege University, 35100 Bornova Izmir, Turkey 

PMechanical Engineering Dept., Dokuz Eylul Univ., 35100 Bornova Izmir, Turkey 

3 

PTDepartment of Chemistry, Dokuz Eylül University, Buca, 35160 zmir, Turkey 

PPetkim Petrokimya Holding A.., 35801 Aliaa-zmir 

PFaculty of Engineering, Bartin University, Bartin, Turkey 

5 

4 

Abstract-Polymers which are in general insulating materials, may be made electrically and thermally conductive by the addition 

of conductive fillers such as graphite, carbon black, metal and metal oxide powders or fibers. In this study the conductive fillers 

used were nanosized graphite particles, the base material was high density polyethylene (HDPE). Nanocomposites containing up 

to 30 weight % of filler material were prepared by mixing them in a Brabender Plasticorder. SEM investigations of the 

composites prepared have been performed. 

Heat buildup in electronic components, lighting, 

transformer housings, and other devices that produce 

unwanted heat can limit service life and reduce operating 

efficiency. Traditionally, metals which are good thermal 

conductor, has been used for thermal management 

equipment such as heat sinks and heat exchangers. But 

metal parts are heavy and costly to produce. In recent 

years, they are being replaced by injection molded or 

extruded heat-conducting plastic compounds that provide 

lightweight cooling solutions. Advantages include design 

flexibility, parts consolidation, corrosion and chemical 

resistance, reduction of secondary finishing operations, 

and the processing benefits of plastics. Polymers which in 

general have low thermal conductivities (0.1-0.5 W/m.K) 

are made conductive by compounding conductive fillers 

such as graphite fibers and ceramic particles. Some 

thermally conductive plastics may offer up to 500 times (to 

100 W/mK) the conductivity of base polymers. These 

materials can be used to tailor the thermal conductivity to 

individual applications, providing the ability to dissipate 

heat precisely and efficiently. 

Various fillers, including metallic powders, are used to 

produce thermally conductive polymers. Graphite powders 

or fibers are frequently used especially for an improvement 

of electrical conductivity, antistatic properties as well as 

thermal conductivity of plastics, [1], [2]. The recent 

advancement of nano-scale compounding technique 

enables the preparation of highly electrically conductive 

polymeric nanocomposites with low loading of conductive 

fillers. Nanocomposites may offer enhanced physical 

features such as increased stiffness, strength, barrier 

properties and heat resistance, without loss of impact 

strength in a very broad range of common synthetic or 

natural polymers. In this study the conductive filler was 

graphite with an average particle size of 400 nm and purity 

of 99.9%, the matrix material was high density 

3 

polyethylene (HDPE) with a density of 0.968 g/ cmP a 

melt index of 5.8 g/10 min, supplied by Petkim A..- 

zmir. Nanocomposites containing up to 30 weight % of 

graphite powder filler material were prepared by mixing 

them in a Brabender Plasticorder at 180°C for 15 minutes. 

The mixing chamber of the Brabender apparatus was then 

opened and the resulting mixture is taken out, then after 

passing through the rollers the mixture was solidified. The 

resultant mixture in then put in a compression molding die 

and compressed in a compression molding press at 180°C, 

under 40 kP pressure for five minutes to obtain samples in 

the form of sheets of 1mm in thickness. 

SEM micrographs of graphite–HDPE composites are 

shown in Figure 1. It can be seen that the graphite powder 

are dispersed uniformly in the matrix as seen in figure 1. 

a 

b 

c 

Figure 1. SEM micrographs of Graphite reinforced HDPE 

composites a) %4 by weight Graphite reinforced HDPE, b) %10 

by weight Graphite reinforced HDPE, c) %20 by weight Graphite 

reinforced HDPE 

This research was supported by the Scientific Support of 

the bilateral Project No. 107M227 of TUBITAK and SAS 

and partly by the project VEGA No. 2/0063/09. 

* corresponding author: HTismail.tavman@deu.edu.trT 

[1] Krupa,I., Chodák,I., 200, Physical Properties of thermoplastic/ 

graphite composites, Eur. Polym. J., 37(11) 2159-2168. 

[2] Krupa,I., Novak,I., Chodák,I., 2004, HTElectrically and 

thermally conductive polyethylene/graphite composites and their 

mechanical propertiesTH, Synthetic Metals, 145, 245-252. 


P 

P and 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Optimization of Surface Modified Polymer/MWCNTs Nanofibers as Reinforcement in 

Nanocomposites 

1 

1 

1 

UElif ÖzdenUP P*, Yusuf MencelioluP Melih PapilaP 

1 

PFaculty of Engineering and Natural Sciences, Sabanci University, Istanbul 34956, Turkey 

Abstract -The focus of this study is to fabricate composite nanofibers containing MWCNTs and to incorporate them in making reinforced and 

toughened nanocomposites. A systematic understanding of the electrospinning process parameters for composite nanofibers was obtained and 

an emprical relationship between the parameters and the average fiber diameter was established by response surface methodology (RSM). 

Mechanical tests under flexural loads are reported to demonstrate the effect of the composite nanofiber reinforcement. 

Nano- to submicron-scale fibers are also recently explored 

for their reinforcing ability in composites. Carbon nanotubes 

(CNTs) have been widely considered as a filler material due 

to their unique electrical and mechanical properties such as 

electrical conductivity, high specific strength and stiffness 

[1]. There are numerous attempts to fabricate CNTs 

embedded electrospun polymeric nanofiber webs, to enhance 

mechanical properties of the nanofibrous structure [2,3]. 

However, these composite nanofibers have not been 

embedded into polymer matrices to produce nanocomposites. 

As reported in our previous work [4], surface reactive P(Stco-GMA) 

nanofibers are promising materials in reinforcing 

and toughening of the epoxy resin. For its extension, 

multiwalled carbon nanotubes (MWCNTs) reinforced 

polymer composite fiber webs have been fabricated using the 

electrospinning technique. 

The solutions of P(St-co-GMA)/DMF at various MWCNTs 

concentrations (1% wt, 1,5% and 2 % wt) were prepared and 

stirred magnetically for 24 hour to obtain homogeneity. Since 

PSt has aromatic ring, long term stabilization of MWCNTs in 

electrospinning polymer solution has been successfully 

achieved during nanofiber formation, which was also 

provided by the Dynamic Light Scattering (DLS) analysis. 

An electrical bias potential (via Gamma High Voltage ES 

30P-20W) was applied to the polymer solutions contained in 

2-ml syringe, which has an alligator clip attached to the 

syringe needle (diameter 300 m). The applied voltage was 

adjusted to 15kV, while the grounded collector was placed at 

10 cm away from the syringe needle. A syringe pump 

(NewEra NE-1000 Syringe Pump) was used to maintain a 

solution flow rate of 30 l/hr during electrospinning. 

The three level factorial design of experiments was 

implemented to investigate and identify the significance of 

two process parameters (one is the polymer concentration and 

the other is the MWCNTs concentration) on the average fiber 

diameter, as seen in Figure 1. The morphologies and the fiber 

diameters of PSt-co-GMA/MWCNTs fibrous webs were 

evaluated by scanning electron microscope (SEM - LEO 

1530VP). A quantitative relationship between the polymer 

and the MWCNTs concentration parameters and the average 

fiber diameter was sought by response surface methodology 

(RSM). SEM images demonstrated that P(St-co- 

GMA)/MWCNTs composite nanofibers were considerably 

thinner (200 - 550 nm) than P(St-co-GMA) nanofibers (400 – 

800 nm). This is attributed to the shear thinning effect 

associated with the MWCNTs. Due to the shear thinning 

behavior, shear viscosity decreased and resulted in reduced 

fiber diameter along with the increase on conductivity. 

Considering homogeneity of webs, uniformity and low 

variance in nanofiber diameter, electrospinning solution at 

30% polymer concentration and 1% MWCNTs concentration 

was preferred. 

In order to assess the mechanical performance due to the 

P(St-co-GMA)/MWCNTs composite fibers, they were first 

cut into 12 mm x 50 mm pieces. Next, the fiber mats were 

embedded into the epoxy resin per our procedure [4]. 

Thermal-mechanical properties of the neat epoxy and the 

composite nanofiber reinforced nanocomposites were 

investigated by using a dynamic mechanical thermal analyzer 

(Netzsch DMA 242). The storage moduli of the 30 wt% PStco-GMA/MWCNTs 

(1 wt%) composite nanofiber, at 

reinforced nanocomposites are about 20 times higher than the 

neat epoxy, at weight fraction of the nanofibers being as low 

as 2% at 80 C. Mechanical response of nanowebs, at various 

MWCNTs and polymer concentration, embedded into epoxy 

is also underway. 

Figure 1. The morphology of fibers at applied voltage 15 kV at 

polymer concentrations from 25% to 30% wt and MWCNTs 

concentrations from 1% to 2% wt with a constant tip-to-collector 

distance of 15 cm. 

*Corrresponding author: HTelifozden@su.sabanciuniv.eduT 

[1] Treacy, M. M. J.; Ebbesen, T. W.; Gibson, J. M. 1996 

Exceptionally High Young’s Modulus Observed for Individual 

Carbon Nanotubes. Nature, 381, 678–680. 

[2] Seoul C.; Kim Y.T.; Baek C.K;, 2003, Electrospinning of 

Poly(vinylidene fluoride)/Dimethylformamide Solutions with 

Carbon Nanotubes, Journal of Polymer Science: Part B: Polymer 

Physics, Vol. 41, 1572–1577. 

[3] Sen R.;, Zhao B.; Perea D.; Haddon R. C.; 2004 Preparation of 

Single-Walled Carbon Nanotube Reinforced Polystyrene and 

Polyurethane Nanofibers and Membranes by Electrospinning, Nano 

Letters, 4 (3), 459-464. 

[4] Ozden E.; Menceloglu Y.; Papila M. "Electrospun 

Polymer/MWCNTs Nanofiber Reinforced Composites 

“Improvement of Interfacial Bonding by Surface Modified 

Nanofibers”" , 2009 MRS Fall Meeting Symposium FF proceedings. 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Structural hybrid composites with Polymer/MWCNTs reinforced nanocomposite interlayers 

* 

Faculty of Engineering and Natural Sciences, Sabanci University, Istanbul 34956, Turkey 

Abstract— The focus of this study is to investigate toughening of conventional carbon fiber/epoxy prepregs by using surface 

reactive nanofibers containing MWCNTs as nanocomposite interlayers. Electrospun P(St-co-GMA)/MWCNTs nanofibers 

with the average diameter of 500 nm are laid up between carbon fiber prepreg plies and the hybrid composites are cured by 

vacuum bagging. Mechanical flexural tests of the hybrid composites are carried out. The results demonstrated significant 

improvement in flexural modulus and strength due to reinforced nanocomposite interlayers. 

Interlaminar modes of failure are of concern in laminated 

composite applications, particularly under shear and impact 

loading conditions. Poor interlaminar strength is usually 

considered as polymer matrix dominated problem for which 

the toughened and reinforced nanocomposites can provide 

substantial improvement. As reported in our previous work, 

the surface reactive P(St-co-GMA)/MWCNTs nanofibers are 

promising materials in reinforcing and toughening the epoxy 

resin [1]. Moreover, it was indicated [2] that nanofibers 

support the load and resist crack opening and delamination. 

Here P(St-co-GMA)/MWCNTs composite fiber mats were 

incorporated as interlayer reinforcement. 

Inhouse P(St-co-GMA) copolymers were first dissolved in 

DMF at %30 wt polymer concentration. The solutions were 

stirred magnetically for 24 hour to obtain homogeneity and 

then electrospun to produce the non-woven fiber mats. Syringe 

pump (NewEra NE-1000 Syringe Pump) was utilized to 

control the solution 

electrospinning. Applied voltage was adjusted to 15kV while 

the grounded collector was placed 10 cm away from the 

syringe needle. 

The fiber mats were placed between the prepreg plies to 

form reinforced interlayers by two different approaches. In the 

first method, nanofibers were electrospun onto a collector and 

peeled later to be laminated between successive plies. Second, 

P(St-co-GMA) were directly electrospun onto the conductive 

carbon fiber prepregs that were later stacked. Considering the 

efficiency of production, first method was preferred. Curing 

cycle was completed 36 hours at 100°C. 

The laminates with and without nanofiber reinforced 

nanocomposite interlayers were tested using Universal Testing 

Machine-ASTM D790 standard in 3 point bending mode. 

Different ply orientations were considered. Lay-up sequences 

were prepared as laminates of (0/0/0), (0/90/0) and (90/0/90) 

and hybrid composites of (0/m/0/m/0), (0/m/90/m/0) and 

(90/m/0/m/90) where “m” stands for fibrous mat interlayers. 

Preliminary results suggested that the interlaminar strength 

of the laminates were improved by using the reactive 

nanofibrous webs as interlayer reinforcement. Significant 

improvement in flexural modulus up to 15% was achieved by 

the hybrid composites compared to laminates without the 

nanocomposite interlayers. Depending on the ply orientations, 

flexural strength and modulus values of hybrid composites 

differed (See Figure 1). 0/0/0 lay-up sequence did not 

demonstrate significant improvement, in preliminary tests. 

That would be related to vacuum in curing process or any 

experimental error while laying up. Flexural tests of 0/0/0 and 

0/m/0/m/0 specimens were repeated. Flexural Modulus (E y ) 

and strength (S F ) of toughened and untoughened composites in 

0/0/0 lay-up were still low compared to sequences. Nanowebs 

enhanced the E y and S F in 0/0/0 lay-up while reinforcing the 

nanocomposite interlayers as in 0/90/0 and 90/0/90 

orientations. 

In order to investigate the failure mode of the composites, 

Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM) was utilized. SEM 

micrographs revealed that failure mode in hybrid composites 

differ from composites without the interlayers, as shown in 

Figure 2. 

Figure 1 Flexural Strength and Flexural Modulus of reinforced 

and unreinforced prepregs in 0/0/0, 0/90/0, 90/0/90 sequences. 

Figure 2 Failure Mode of Toughened Carbon/ Epoxy Prepregs 

(left) and P(St-co-GMA)/MWCNTs (right-small) nanofibers and 

nanofibrous webs @100 

*Presenting author: kaanbilge@sabanciuniv.edu 

[1] Ozden E.; Menceloglu Y.; Papila M. "Electrospun 

Polymer/MWCNTs Nanofiber Reinforced Composites “Improvement 

of Interfacial Bonding by Surface Modified Nanofibers”" , 2009 

MRS Fall Meeting Symposium FF proceedings. 

[2] Gao Y.; Sagi S.; Zhang L.; Liao Y.; Cowles D. M.; Sun Y.; Fong 

H. 2008 J. App. Polym. Sci. 110, 2063–2070. 


P 

P 

P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

The Surface Modification of ZnO and its Effect on the Properties of Polymer Nanocomposites 

1 

2 

3 

Hande Celebi,P PGoknur Bayram,P Pand UAydin DoganUP P* 

PDepartment of Chemical Engineering, Anadolu University, Eskisehir 26555, Turkey 

PDepartment of Chemical Engineering, Middle East Technical University, Ankara 06531, Turkey 

PDepartment of Materials Science and Engineering, Anadolu University, Eskisehir 26555, Turkey 

2 

3 

1 

Abstract- Polymer nanocomposites based on thermoplastic poly(ether ester) and zinc oxide (ZnO) were prepared by melt mixing using a microcompounder. 

The electrical, thermal and mechanical properties of the nanocomposites with various ZnO concentrations were investigated. The 

resulting properties depend on the matrix-filler and filler-filler interactions were detailed as the aim of this study. 

In recent years polymer nanocomposites have attracted great 

interest and have a wide potential application in diverse areas 

[1]. They combine the properties of inorganic materials and 

polymers in a unique structure such as ease of processing, 

chemical stability of polymers and high modulus and electrical 

behavior of inorganic fillers [2]. Some of the properties of 

these materials differ from both the polymer matrix and 

inorganic nanoparticles. 

Thermoplastic elastomers are a new and important class of 

engineering polymers, with the properties of vulcanized 

rubbers and processability typical of thermoplastic elastomers 

[3]. These materials combine good low temperature flexibility 

with an excellent mechanical and thermooxidative stability up 

to high temperatures and a good resistance against many 

chemicals [4]. 

ZnO has received broad attention in materials research due 

to its versatile properties, ease of preparation and low cost [5]. 

Because of its prominent properties, it can be potentially used 

as catalysts, gas sensors, semiconductors, varistors, 

piezoelectric devices, UV shielding materials and antibacterial 

agents [2]. 

The objective of this study was to prepare and characterize 

multiblock thermoplastic poly(ether ester) and their 

composites. This study consisted of three parts. In the first part 

of the study, the copolymers of poly(butylene terephthalate) – 

poly(tetramethylene ether) glycol (PBT-PTMEG) were 

synthesized by the two stage polycondensation method. 

In the second part, zinc oxide (ZnO) particles were 

synthesized by homogeneous precipitation method. This wet 

chemical route for the synthesis of nanostructures is a valuable 

alternative to conventional processing methods. Water-based 

chemical methods offer numerous advantages like being 

environmentally benign, using cheap and easy handle starting 

products and low cost, uncomplicated equipment, while 

requiring only a new energy input [5]. The synthesized 

particles, which were approximately 300 nm in dimension 

(Figure 1) were modified with polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP) to 

improve the compatibility between the polymer matrix. The 

particles were investigated by HFourier Transform Infrared 

SpectroscopyH (FTIR), Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM) 

and TX-Ray Diffraction (TXRD) analysis. The mass of adsorbed 

PVP on the particle surface was measured as 80 % by 

thermogravimetric analysis. 

Figure 1. SEM micrograph of synthesized ZnO particles 

In the last part of the study, composites were prepared by 

introducing the fillers into the copolymers by using a melt 

compounder. The influence of ZnO modification and 

concentration on the properties of the nanocomposites was 

studied by SEM, mechanical, thermal and electrical analysis. 

SEM investigations showed homogeneous dispersion of the 

fillers in the matrix. The mechanical properties were 

determined by tensile tests. The tensile strength of the 

nanocomposites decreased with increasing ZnO content. On 

the other hand, the elastic modulus values of the composites 

increased with the incorporation of ZnO particles. There was a 

sharp decrease in elongation at break values with increasing 

filler content. It was found that addition of ZnO increased 

thermal stability, while it decreased coefficient of thermal 

expansion of the composites at low temperatures. The 

interaction of the polymer-matrix was improved by 

modification of ZnO particles with PVP. Its effect was seen on 

the mechanical properties of composites. However composites 

included modified ZnO as fillers had lower thermal 

conductivity values than the composites with unmodified 

ZnO. The electrical resistivity of composites remained 

constant until 15 wt % ZnO concentration and then started to 

decrease by 3-4 orders of magnitude. There was not a great 

difference in electrical resistivity values of the 

polymer/unmodified ZnO composites when compared to 

polymer/modified ZnO composites. The results showed that 

ZnO filled elastomers could be used as thermal interface 

materials and as antistatic materials. 

*Corresponding author: adogan@anadolu.edu.tr 

[1] E. Tang, G. Cheng, X. Ma, Powder Technology, 161, 209 (2006). 

[2] S.C. Tjong, G. D. Liang, Materials Chemistry and Physics, 100, 1 

(2005). 

[3] Z. Roslaniec and D. Pietkiewicz, in Handbook of Thermoplastic 

Polyesters, edited by S. Fakirov (Wiley, Weinheim, 2002), p. 581 

[4] W. Gabrielse, M. Soliman, K. Dijkstra, Macromolecules, 34, 

1685 (2001). 

[5] H. V. Rul, D. Mondelaers, M. K. Bael, J. Mullens, J. Sol-Gel Sci 

Techn, 39, 41 (2006). 


P 

461–464. 


Theme F686 - N1123 

The Effect of TiCN Coatings on Frictional Properties of Orthodontic Archwires 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Uengül DanmanUP P*, Soner SavaP P, Gülfem IkP P, Tancan UysalP Pand Ahmet YacP 

1 

PErciyes University, Kayseri-Turkey 

Abstract-One of the main problems in the orthodontic treatment is the frictional forces on the archwires. The geometry of an archwire and the 

coatings applied on archwires affect these forces. In this study, the archwires were coated with TiCN by using dc reactive magnetron sputtering 

method. It was found that the coefficient of frictions of the TiCN coated archwires were much lower than those of uncoated archwires. 

Hard ceramic coatings deposited by PVD (Physical Vapour 

Deposition) techniques have been widely used in different 

industries because of their excellent coating properties: high 

hardness, good wear, corrosion and oxidation resistance, 

chemical resistance and good adhesion to the substrate. Today, 

in the field of biomedical applications - such as surgical tools, 

implants, lenses, stents, and materials used in dentistry - Ti, 

TiN, ZrN, TiAlN, DLC, etc. are successfully used as single or 

multilayered or nanolayered coatings. These coatings also 

have good bio-conformity with the human body [1-6]. 

The objective of this study was to shorten the active 

treatment time in the orthodontic treatment by reducing the 

static and dynamic friction between the brackets and 

archwires. It was clearly seen that the friction was affected not 

only archwire geometry and materials but also surface quality 

of archwires. Today, esthetic brackets are preferred to the 

traditional ones and, therefore, frictional forces on archwires 

are increased. These forces affect the movement of the 

archwire and extend the duration of the treatment. Therefore, 

low frictional coatings are very important for orthodontic 

archwires. 

In this study, the archwires were coated with TiCN by using 

dc reactive magnetron sputtering method with the optimum 

deposition parameters. The dynamic and static frictional 

forces and surface roughnesses of the TiCN-coated and 

uncoated archwires (NiTi, BTi (TMA) and stainless steel 

archwires, 0.017"x0.025" and Ø0.016" in dimensions) were 

measured. Then, the friction coefficients of TiCN coated and 

uncoated archwires were determined by using CSEM tester 

under the frictional forces (10 mm/min progress speed and 10 

N load were used as test parameters) and the results were 

discussed comparatively. 

The friction tests showed that TiCN coated archwires had 

lower coefficient of friction values than those of uncoated 

archwires. The coefficient of frictions of the TiCN coated B- 

Ti, Ni-Ti archwires as shown in the Fig.1b were found 

superior to the stainless steel in spite of the roughness of 

stainless steel was lower than the others (Figure 1a). In the 

literature it was not encountered that friction and roughness 

was definitely related each other [1-7]. 

These findings indicate that TiCN coated B-Ti archwire 

showed lowest friction coefficient but these results are near 

the values of TiCN coated Ni-Ti archwires. The obtained 

results are in good agreement with the literature. 

Figure 1. a) RRaR surface roughness, b) coefficient of friction values of 

the coated and uncoated archwires of different geometry. 

This study was supported by the Office of Scientific Research 

Projects in Erciyes University (Project no: FBT-09853). 

*Corresponding author: sdanisman@erciyes.edu.tr 

T[1] TProbst, J., Gbureck, UT., Thull, R., 2001, Surface and Coatings 

TTechnology, 148, 226-233. 

[2] Vadraj, A., Kamaraj, M., 2007T, Tribology International, 40, 82- 

88. 

T[3] TPaschoal, A.L., Vanânco, E.C., Canale L.C.F., Slva, O.L., 

Huerta-Vlca, D., Motheo A.J., 2003T, 27 (5), T 

[4] Kobayashi, S., Ohgoe, Y., Ozeki, K., Sato, KT., Sumya, T., 

Hrakur, K.K., H. Aok, H., 2005, 14, 1094– 1097. 

T[5] Ohgoe, Y. et al., T2006, Thin Solid Films, 497, 218–222. 

[6] Redlich, M., Katz, A., Rapoport, L., T Wagner, H.D., Feldman Y., 

Tenne RT., T2008,T TDental Materials, Article in Pres. 

T[7] Kusy, R.P., Whitley, J.Q., Mayhew, M.J., Buckthal, J.E., 1988, 

Angle Orthod., 58 (1), 33-45. 


P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

1 

Dilatation Fields Of The NiSiR2R/Si Bicrystal 

1 

UHülya ÖztürkUP P* 

PAhi Evran University, Faculty of Sciences and Arts, 40100, Krehir, Turkey 

Abstract- The elastic displacement and dilatation fields are derived in the frame of the classical isotropic elasticity theory by using a Fourier 

series analysis for the two media, one of the media tends to infinity and the other one has the thickness of h. These two media are supposed to 

obey classical Hooke’s law and are assumed to be elastically isotropic. The dilatation fields depend on thickness of h. Applications were 

presented for the NiSiR2R/Si bicrystal. 

Because of the fact that the diffusion paths of vacancies and 

atomic species are orthonormal curves to equi-dilatation 

surfaces, it is important to determine the dilatation fields. 

Several authors have investigated dilatation fields of bicrystals 

[1-3]. Dilatation fields have been calculated in the two 

isotropic media which have biperiodic networks of misfit 

dislocations in their interfaces. Interfacial dislocations 

networks produce in each medium the displacement and stress 

fields whose components can be developed in Fourier series 

[2,4]. 

Limiting boundary conditions have been investigated 

because the elasticity problem is too difficult in the general 

case. Along the interface normal forces are transmitted [5-6] 

and along the free surface there are no applied stresses [7]. 

Therefore, for x 2 

h the 2 j 

( j = 1, 2, 3) are zero. The 

relative interfacial displacement fields u 1 

and u vary 

3 

linearly versus x and x between two parallel dislocation 

1 3 

lines spaced with a , respectively. 

In this study, partly based on some previous formulations 

[2,3,8] used for an epitaxial layer deposited on a substrate, it 

was present the relative displacement (Figure 1) and dilatation 

(Figure 2) curves for the NiSiR2R/Si bicrystal. 

-10.00 

Dilatation 

50.00 

30.00 

10.00 

-30.00 

0.00 20. 00 40.00 60.00 

h (nm) 

Figure 2. Dilatation for misfit dislocations placed at the interface of 

NiSiR2R/Si bicrystal. 

[(u1+) -(u1-)] (nm) 

0.20 

0.10 

0.00 

*Corresponding author: HThozturk@ahievran.edu.trTH 

[1] Bouzaher A, and Bonnet, R, Phil Mag A, 66 (1992) 823. 

[2] Bonnet R, Phil Mag A, 73 (1996) 1193. 

[3] [3] Öztürk, H, Çakan N, Saraçolu H, Soylu S, Bul of Pure and App 

.Sci, 22D (2003) 101. 

[4] Bonnet R, Phil Mag A, 43 (1981)1165. 

[5] Bonnet R, Loubradou M and Pénission J M, Phys Rev Lett, 69 

(1992)104. 

[6] Lucas C A, and Loretto D, Appl Phys Lett, 60 (1992) 2071. 

[7] Mura T, Micromechanics of Defects in Solids, (Kluwer Academic 

Publ., Netherlands) (1991) 178. 

[8] Öztürk H, Trans Indian Inst Met, 60 (2007) 577. 

-0.10 

-0.20 

-20.00 -10.00 0.00 10.00 20.00 

x1 (nm) 

Figure 1. Relative displacement along the Ox axis for misfit 

1 

dislocations placed at the interface of NiSiR2R/Si bicrystal. 



Theme F686 - N1123 

New Trends in Tribology and Nano- Mesoscale Tribology 

Y. Soydan 

Sakarya University, Faculty of Mechanical Engineering, Turkey. 

Abstract—In this paper, the author presents a review of new trends in tribology among which are the micro to meso and nanoscale 

transition, the development of new experimental apparatus, nanotribological applications of bioengineering, biomimetic, automotive, 

manufacturing, lubrication, surface engineering, magnetic storage systems materials, micro or nanoelectromechanical systems etc. 

Tribology is the science of interacting surfaces in relative 

motion. Nanotribology can be defined as the investigations 

of interfacial processes occurring during friction, 

nanoindentation, thin-film lubrication, and wear at the 

nanometer scale. Understanding and controlling matter at the 

nanoscale interests researchers in the sciences and industry 

because materials properties at the nanoscale can be very 

different from those at a macro scale. Nanotribology today, 

widely uses many new instruments designed over the last 50 

years, such as AFM [1], the FFM [2], SFA, STM and QCM 

are able to perform experiments on well characterized model 

systems at the nanoscale [3]. From the technical point of 

view, however, some difficulties take place if wear is spotted 

with a friction force microscope. The suggested approach is 

based on the combination friction force and dynamic force 

microscopy [4]. Studies on origin of tribological features at 

the atomic scale, since they highly depends on the surface 

interactions, using sophisticated experimental and 

computational tools should be utilized in order to provide a 

deeper understanding of friction in nanoscale [5]. 

Fig.2. Schematic image of skin structure with different layers [9] 

The tribological applications in current engine materials 

are argued in scientific community. Several suggested 

interfaces are going to be considered with a brief history of 

materials used and some explanation of future trends [11]. 

Tribology associated with the maintenance of production 

equipment is called maintenance tribology [10]. 

Control of the structure and composition of coatings at 

the nanoscale is an interesting scientific subject combined 

with an industrial challenge. In recent years, numerous 

exciting developments have been done in the fields of 

tribological and solid lubricant coatings (Fig.3). One of most 

important development is the coating for dry and near dry 

machining applications. No doubt that such coatings will 

become available in the near future [12]. 

Fig.1. Example of MEMS components after laboratory wear test [9]. 

Additionally, MEMS/NEMS and BioMEMS/BioNEMS are 

also used in electromechanical, electronics, chemical, and 

biological applications. Therefore, MEMS/NEMS materials 

need to exhibit good mechanical and tribological properties 

on the micro/nanoscale. Methods need to be developed to 

enhance adhesion between biomolecules and the device 

substrate. Fig.1 shows a polysilicon, multiple microgear 

speed reduction unit after laboratory wear tests conducted[6]. 

Biologically inspired design or adaptation or derivation 

from nature is named as “biomimetics.” Several creatures 

including insects, spiders, and lizards, have developed a 

unique clinging skill that utilizes dry adhesion [7]. On the 

other hand, for most people, cleaning and maintenance of 

their skin is a daily process. A systematic characterization of 

the friction and adhesion properties of skin and skin cream 

are also carried out on the nano- and macroscale, which is 

essential to develop better skin care products and advance 

biological, dermatology, and cosmetic science (Fig.2) [8]. 

Moreover, process tribology plays an important role in 

the automobile manufacturing industry. It mainly concerns 

about friction, lubrication and wear during the metal forming 

processing where four elements of die, work, lubricant and 

external conditions [10]. 

Fig.3. Historical development of tribological coatings and solid lubricant 

films over the past 25 years on this subject. 

* Corresponding author: soydan@sakarya.edu.tr 

[1] Deng H, Scharf TW, Barnard JA., J Appl Phys 1997;81:5396–8. 

[2] Schonherr H, Vancso GJ., Macromole cules 1997;30:6391–4. 

[3] O.M. Braun, A.G. Naumovets, Surface Science Reports 60 (2006) 

[4] J. E. Schmutza at al., Wear 268 (2010) 

[5] C.A.Charitidis, Int. Journal of Refractory Metals & Hard Mat.28 (2010) 

[6] B. Bhushan, Microelectronic Engineering 84 (2007). 

[7] B. Bhushan, Conference on Trends in Nanotribology, 2009 

[8] W. Tanga, B. Bhushan, Colloids and Surfaces : Biointerfaces 76 (2010) 

[9] A. Shai, H.Maibach, R. Baran, Handbook of Cosmetic Skin Care, 2001. 

[10] Y. Tsuchiya, Rev,ew of Toyota CRDL, 34, 1999. 

[11] E. P. Becker, Tribology International 37 (2004) . 

[12] C. Donneta, A. Erdemir, Surface and Coatings Technology, (2004). 


P 

P 

P and 

P (.cm). 


Theme F686 - N1123 

0BTemperature Dependent Electrical Conductivity of Ardel D-100 / MWCNT Nanocomposite 

1 

2 

1 

Murat ÇalkanP P, Dolunay akarP 

UMerih SerinUP P* 

1 

PDepartment of Physics, Yildiz Technical University, stanbul 34210, Turkey 

2 

PDepartment of Chemistry, Yildiz Technical University, Istanbul 34210, Turkey 

TAbstractT-In this work, ARDEL D-100/MWCNT (1.5 wt%) nanocomposite was studied. The characterization of the electrical properties of 

prepared nanocomposite with respect to the temperature were studied. Direct-current measurements with a continuously changing temperature 

of sample were presented. The resistivity of the ARDEL D-100 was decreased by 10 order of magnitude on 

addition of 1.5wt%of MWCNT. 

Multiwalled carbon nanotubes (MWCNTs) are 

considered to be the ideal reinforcing agent for 

high-strength polymer composites, because of their 

fantastic mechanical strength, high electrical and thermal 

conductivity and high aspect ratio [1]. 

ARDEL D-100 which is high engineering thermoplastic 

and an amorphous aromatic polyester of bisphenol-A with 

terephthalic and isophthalic acid (50/50) was studied. It has 

high heat-deflection temperature, high impact strength and 

good electrical properties [2]. 

Our aim was to obtain an insight of the mechanism of the 

conductivity of ARDEL D-l00/MWCNT nanocomposite 

and to determine the characteristic glass transition 

temperature, Tg, of the sample. For this purpose, the 

characterization of the electrical properties of prepared 

nanocomposite with respect to the temperature were 

studied. Direct-current measurements with a continuously 

changing temperature of sample were presented. 

ARDEL D-100/MWCNT (1.5 wt%) nanocomposite was 

prepared by melt mixing at 300 °C, 50 rpm in 5 min. This 

was carried out in the Leibniz Institute of Polymer Research 

Dresden. The film of melt compounded ARDEL D – 100 / 

MWCNT (1.5wt%) nanocomposite was prepared via 

solvent casting method on glass substrate. 

The volume resistivity of melt mixing sample was 

determined by measuring the DC resistance on the pressed 

plates. The measurement was performed on strips cut from 

the pressed sheets using a four-point text fixture combined 

with a Keithley DMM 2000 electrometer. Prior to the 

measurement, the surface of the sample was cleaned with 

ethanol. This was carried out in The Leibniz Institute of 

Polymer Research Dresden. 

For the electrical characterization, dark conductivity of 

produced films were measured as a function of temperature 

using a Janis liquid nitrogen vacuum cryostat, having a 

thermocouple in good thermal contact with the sample. 

Samples were placed on top of a copper plate that is heated 

by a bolt heater embedded within. 

Temperature was controlled by Lakeshore Temperature 

Controller 331. Dark conductivity measurements were 

 

accomplished using a programmable Keitley 6517A digital 

electrometer/voltage source interfaced to a computer. 

The temperature dependence of conductivity was 

measured as the temperature being increased at a constant 

-1 

rate of 3K minP 

P. The film thickness was determined 

from the area formed by spreading polymer solution with 

known volume and concentration. 

The change in the conductivity of the sample was 

experimentally measured under a constant electrical field. 

-6 

The measurements were carried out in l0P 

PTorr vacuum and 

the dark. The electrical conductivity of the polymer was 

measured in AI/ARDEL D-100/MWCNT/A1 structure 

over the temperature range of 300-520K. 

The volume resistivity of pure ARDEL D-100 was 

14 

measured as 1.54x10P The volume and specific 

resistivity of the nanocomposite sample was measured as 

4 

5 

3.5lxl0P P(.cm) and 8.56 xl0P P(.cm), respectively, at room 

temperature. 

In summary, we showed that the resistivity of the ARDEL 

D-100 was decreased (conductivity increased) by ten orders 

of magnitude on addition of 1.5wt% MWCNT. 

The electrical conductivity values of ARDEL D-100/ 

MWCNT with increasing temperature, which would be 

useful for a wide range of applications, were achieved. This 

nanocomposite film showed semiconductor behavior with 

the exponential variation of inverse temperature 

dependence of electrical conductivity. Therefore, it is 

possible to explain the conduction mechanism of the 

nanocomposite by using existing solid state theory. 

This work was partially supported by the Leibniz Institute 

of Polymer Research Dresden, and by Yildiz Technical 

University, Scientific Research Project Coordination, under 

Grant No. BAPK-2001-01-01-01 and 

BAPK-2007-01-01-07. 

*Corresponding author: serin@vildiz.edu.tr 

[1] EW. Wong, PE. Sheehan, CM. Lieber. Science, 277:1971–5, 

(1997). 

[2] D. Sakar, O. Cankurtaran and F. Karaman, Journal of 

Applied Polymer Science, 98(6): 2365-2368 (2005). 


P 

P,P 

P*P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Tribological Properties of Al/AlR2ROR3R Nano-composite Surface Layer on Al-based Substrate 

1 

1 

1 

Aziz Shafiei ZarghaniP 

PSeyed Farshid Kashani-BozorgP 

Pand Abbas Zareie-HanzakiP 

1 

PSchool of Metallurgy and Materials Engineering, University of Tehran, Tehran, Iran 

Abstract-Friction stir processing technique was employed for the production of Al/AlR2ROR3R nano-composite surface layer on Al-based substrate; 

Nano-size AlR2ROR3R particulates were introduced into the stir zone and dispersed uniformly within it by optimizing the process parameters. Micro 

hardness value and wear resistance of the fabricated layer and the untreated substrate were evaluated. The micro hardness value of the surface 

nano-composite layer was found to be improved by almost three times of that of the as-received Al alloy. Also, significant improvement in wear 

resistance was exhibited by surface nano-composite layer as compared to the as-received substrate. The improved wear resistance of surface 

nano-composite layer is attributed to its greater micro hardness value (due to grain refinement of the Al matrix and uniform dispersion of nanosize 

AlR2ROR3R particulates). 

Metal matrix composites reinforced with hard ceramic 

particulates can offer relatively higher strength, stiffness, and 

superior wear resistance than those of the un-reinforced matrix 

material. Surface modification processes can provide hard 

surface with enhanced wear properties while the material 

retains its internal ductility and toughness. Friction stir 

processing (FSP) is a solid state processing technique to obtain 

surface modified/composite layers with fine-grained 

microstructure [1-2]. The aim of the present investigation was 

evaluation of wear performance of surface nano-composite 

layer produced using FSP. 

An A6082 aluminium substrate with a thickness of 7 mm 

was used. A groove was machined through the center of the 

substrate. Nano-size AlR2ROR3R powder with an average particle 

size of ~50nm was filled in groove. The FSP unit was a 

modified form of a conventional miller machine. A hardened 

H-13 tool steel pin was used. A tool rotation rate of 1250 rpm 

was used, and the rotating tool was traversed at a speed of 135 

mm/min along the long axis of the work piece. Samples were 

subjected to various numbers of FSP passes from one to four. 

Fig. 1 shows that uniform dispersion of AlR2ROR3R was achieved 

using four FSP passes. The dark regions in images are AlR2ROR3R 

Figure 1. Secondary electron image of the surface nanocomposite 

layer fabricated using four FSP passes at fixed tool 

rotation rate and travel speed. 

particles which have been verified using energy dispersive 

spectroscopy, and the white particles are strengthening 

precipitates of A6082 alloy which are dispersed in the Al 

matrix. The grain size of Al matrix was refined by the FSP. It 

seems that the grain refinement was caused due to dynamic 

recrystallization during the FSP. However, the FSP with the 

nano-size AlR2ROR3R particles more effectively reduced the grain 

size of the A6082 alloy matrix. For example, some matrix 

grains of the surface nano-composite layer produced by four 

FSP passes were less than 300 nm while the grain size of 

A6082 extruded bar was 120m. The surface nano-composite 

layer produced using four FSP passes exhibited almost a three 

times increment of the hardness value of the parent Al alloy 

(312 compared to 110 Hv). 

Figure 2. The wear loss weight of the as-received substrate and 

surface nano-composite layer fabricated using four FSP passes 

as a function of sliding distance. 

The wear loss of as-received Al and surface nano-composite 

layer fabricated using four FSP passes were measured by a 

pin-on-disc wear testing machine against hardened GCr15 

steel disc with hardness of about 60 HRC under 40N applied 

load. It may be noted that wear loss is considerably reduced 

(to almost two or three orders of magnitude) due to FSP 

composite surfacing (Fig. 2). The superior wear behavior is 

attributed to improved micro hardness in the surface layer 

because of the presence of hard ceramic particles and grain 

refinement. 

In this investigation, Al/AlR2ROR3R surface nano-composite 

layer was successfully fabricated by the FSP and tribological 

behavior was studied. Hardness and wear resistance of the 

surface nano-composite layer produced by four passes is 

superior to those of the matrix alloy; this is attributed to 

improved micro hardness in the surface layer because of the 

presence of hard ceramic particles and grain refinement. 

*Corresponding author: fkashani@ut.ac.ir 

[1] R.S. Mishra and Z.Y. Ma, Mat. Sci. and Engine. R 50, 1(2005). 

[2] R.S. Mishra et al. Mat. Sci. and Engine. A 341, 307 (2003). 

[3] Y. Morisada et al. Mat. Sci. and Engine. A 419, 344 (2006). 

[4] A. Shafiei-Zarghani et al. Mat. Sci. and Engine. A 500, (2009). 


P 

P tilt 

P and 

P edition 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Fabrication of Surface Nano-composite Layer on Mild Steel Using Friction Stir Processing Technique 

1 

1 

A. AbediP 

US.F.Kashani-BozorgUP P* 

1 

PSchool of Metallurgy and Materials Engineering, University College of Engineering, University of Tehran, Tehran, Iran 

Abstract-Friction stir processing technique was employed for the fabrication of surface nano-composite layers on a mild steel substrate. The SiC 

powder was inserted into the groove which was passed by the hardened rotating tool. Optimizing the rate of tool rotation/advancing speed and 

depth of the groove resulted in surface nano-composite layer with uniform dispersion of nano-size SiC particulates. The fabricated surface nanocomposite 

layer showed to have a maximum micro hardness value of ~480HV compared to ~136HV of the untreated substrate. 

Mild steel is used as a structural material in the industry and 

construction. However, the wear resistance property of mild 

steel is considered to be poor in certain applications. 

Dispersion of hard ceramic particles in the metallic matrix has 

received considerable interest due to improvement of strength, 

stiffness and wears resistance as compared to the monolithic 

counterparts [1]. Friction stir processing (FSP) is a solid state 

technique for the fabrication of surface composite layer. In 

FSP, a rotating tool consisting of a shoulder and a probe is 

plunged into a work piece and then travels in the expected 

direction. The tool serves two primary functions: heating and 

deforming the material. After extreme levels of plastic 

deformation and thermal exposure, the processed zone 

normally exhibits significant microstructural refinement [2]. In 

comparison with other surface modification techniques (high 

energy laser treatment, plasma spraying, etc), FSP is carried 

out at the temperatures below melting point of substrate [3]. In 

this work, FSP was carried out by high power conventional 

miller machine. Mild steel plate with a thickness of 10mm and 

nano-size SiC powder with an average size of ~70nm were 

used as substrate and reinforcement particulates, respectively. 

The tool material has smooth frustum shape; it was made of 

WC that inserted to mild steel body. This was applied due to 

0 

reducing the risk of brittle fracture of WC. A 3P angle was 

applied to the tool. For lying SiC nano-particles, a groove with 

depth and width of 1.5 and 1 mm was machined thorough the 

work pieces, respectively. A “technological hole” was drilled 

to mild steel plate in initial of a groove. This hole can ease 

process and decrease wear of tool in plunging phases. To 

avoid surface oxidation of the FSP zone, argon shielding was 

5 3 

employed around the tools at a flow rate of 10P PmmP P/sec. In 

order to achieve the favorite result, several rotational and 

transverse speeds were employed; uniform dispersion nanoparticles 

was obtained using 1000 rpm and 55 mm/min as 

rotational and advancing speeds, respectively. Microstructural 

observations of cross-section of the friction stir processed 

zone were performed by scanning electron microscopy. 

Samples were prepared by wire cut in 3×1.5×1 cm pieces. 

These samples were mechanically ground with abrasive paper 

and polished with 3m diamond, and then etched in a solution 

consisting of 5ml nitric acid and 95ml ethanol solution. Also 

micro hardness was measured by 200gram load for 12s, in 3 

mm under surface, transferring the entire stirred zone into base 

metal. 

Experimental results revealed that a defect-free friction stir 

processed zone was obtained at the applied parameters. The 

upper surface showed very smooth quality and there are 

almost no prominences or dispersion. The friction stir 

processed sample displayed several microstructurally distinct 

regions including the stir zone along the processed centerline, 

heat affected zone (HAZ) surrounding the stir zone and base 

metal. Using suitable depth of groove, the SiC particles were 

well dispersed within the stir zone as shown in Figure 1. No 

discernible defect and porosities were observed. 

Figure 1. Secondary electron image of the fabricated nano-composite 

surface layer exhibiting uniform dispersion of SiC nano-particles. 

If the groove is superficial, a composite layer with low SiC 

content is acquired. On the other hand, if a deep groove is 

used, clustering of particles is occurred. So depth of the 

groove should be selected optimal. Non-uniform distribution 

was resulted using relatively high transverse speed. Also 

scattering of nano-particles was observed out of the groove 

due to high rotational speed. Increase in FSP passes can result 

in more dispersion of nano-particles [3]. The microstructure of 

stir zone was characterized by the presence of acicular ferrite. 

The chaotic arrangement of the plates represents fine grained 

interlocking morphologies. Acicular ferrite is formed in the 

same temperature range as bainite (approximately 400 to 

o 

600P PC) by the same type of transformation mechanism [4]. 

According to the observed microstructure, the major 

contributions to the hardness of the surface composite layers 

fabricated by FSP are (1) the fine grain size of the Fe-based 

matrix due to severe plastic deformation and (2) Orowan 

strengthening due to fine dispersion of nano-size SiC particles. 

A maximum hardness value of ~480 HV was achieved, while 

that of the as-received base metal was ~136 HV. 

*Corresponding author: HTfkashani@ut.ac.irT 

[1] Clyne T.W., Whithers P.J. Cambridge University Press, 

Cambridge, United Kingdom, (1993). 

[2] Fujii H., Cui L., Tsuji N., Maeda M., Nakata K. and Nogi K., 

Material science and Engineering A 429,(2006). 

[3] Shafiei-Zarghani A, Kashani-Bozorg S. F., and Zarei-Hanzaki A, 

Material Science and Engineering A 500, (2009). 

nd 

[4] Bhadeshia H.K.D.H, “ Bainite in steels”, 2P , Institute of 

the materials, London, (2001). 


P 

P 

P 

P PMohsen 

P,P 

P and 


Theme F686 - N1123 

3 

Study the Effect of Carbon Nanotube Orientation on the Shear Modulus of SWCNT/polymer 

Composites using Hierarchical MD/FE Multiscale Modeling 

1 

1 

1,2 

3 

Abbas MontazeriP P*,P P SadeghiP 

PReza NaghdabadiP Hasehm Rafii-TabarP 

1 

2 

PInstitute for Nano Science and Technology, Sharif University of Technology, Tehran, Iran 

PDepartment of Mechanical Engineering, Sharif University of Technology, Tehran, Iran 

PDepartment of Medical Physics and Biomedical Engineering, and Research Centre for Medical Nanotechnology and Tissue Engineering, 

Shahid Beheshti University of Medical Sciences, Evin, Tehran, Iran. 

Abstract- In this paper, a combination of molecular dynamics (MD) and finite element method (FEM) is used to predict the effect of CNT 

orientation on the shear modulus of nanocomposites containing SWCNTs as reinforcing elements. The results show that in the case of 45 

orientation, SWCNTs have the most effect on the shear modulus of polymer composites. 

Recent experimental and theoretical investigations have 

demonstrated that substantial improvements in the mechanical 

properties of polymers can be obtained by using small volume 

fractions of carbon nanotubes as reinforcing materials. 

Various properties such as elastic modulus and break strength, 

yield strength, max strain, buckling behavior, hardness, 

ductility and toughness, fatigue life and fatigue properties, 

creep performance and glass transition temperature have been 

measured in these studies. A noticeable void in current 

literature is the lack of a computational model for determining 

the shear modulus of these nanocomposites. Meanwhile, the 

study of shear deformation is of particular interest as not only 

it is a basic mode of deformation at the microscopic level, but 

it also could be used to create high orientation throughout a 

large cross section of polymer material. Highly oriented 

polymers are well-known to exhibit enhanced mechanical 

properties. Furthermore, shear failure is one of the most 

famous failure mechanisms of nanotube reinforced 

composites. In addition, shear deformation of nanocomposites 

has a great effect on the shear-based production techniques of 

these nanostructures like shear mixing methods. 

The objective of the present article is to analyze the effect of 

single-walled carbon nanotube alignment on the shear 

modulus of SWCNT-reinforced polymer composites using a 

new hierarchical MD/FE multiscale method. To achieve this 

end, first, a transverse-isotropic elastic model of SWCNTs is 

formulated that combines methods from continuum elasticity 

theory and molecular dynamics simulation. This model is 

employed to predict the transverse-isotropic elastic properties 

of SWCNTs. MD simulations are used to model the 

mechanical behavior of SWCNTs under axial, torsional and 

radial loadings. Also, continuum-based models using the 

linear elasticity theory were employed to model the 

mechanical behavior of SWCNTs under these loading 

conditions. The methodology developed herein combines a 

unit cell continuum model with MD simulations to determine 

the transverse-isotropic elastic constants of SWCNTs. These 

atomically informed carbon nanotubes are used in a finite 

element simulation in the next step to investigate the effect of 

single-walled carbon nanotube alignment on the shear 

modulus of CNT-based nanocomposites. Also, continuumbased 

finite element formulation was implemented to analyze 

the polymer matrix. Using this hierarchical MD/FE multiscale 

model, we could obtain the shear properties of these 

nanocomposites based on the interatomic interactions of 

SWCNT atoms with negligible computational costs. 

Figure 1. (a) A Schematic illustration of the four loading conditions 

of SWCNTs: (a) axial tension, (b) torsion, (c) uniform radial pressure 

(end view), and (d) non-uniform radial pressure (end view). 

The results depicted the noticeable effect of adding SWCNTs 

as reinforcement on the shear deformation of polymers. 

Increasing the carbon nanotube orientation from 0° caused an 

increase in the shear modulus of the polymer up to 45° and 

then, the reinforcement role of SWCNT decreased. Note that 

in 90°, there was not any change in the shear modulus of 

polymer due to addition of the SWCNT. The fact that 

maximum shear modulus of nanocomposite appears in the 

case of 45° carbon nanotube orientation, arises from the 

transverse-isotropic elastic properties of SWCNTs as depicted 

by the hybrid MD/continuum model presented in this work. 

The results revealed that longitudinal Young’s modulus of the 

SWCNT was much greater than this elastic constant in the 

transverse direction. Hence it was anticipated that in the case 

of 45° where the resultant tensile force of the shear forces 

imposed on the side walls corresponds to the axial direction of 

the SWCNT, the maximum increase in the shear modulus of 

SWCNT-reinforced composites should be obtained. Our 

simulation results confirmed the idea. 

*Corresponding author: a_montazeri@mehr.sharif.edu 


P 

P and 

P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

0BElectrical and Magnetic Properties of La 

0.67Ca0.33MnO3 

SrTiO 3 Nanocomposites 

1 

1 

1 

UShailendra Singh RajputUP P*, Leena JoshiP Sunita Keshri (Shaw)P 

1 

PDepartment of Applied Physics, Birla Institute of Technology, Mesra, Ranchi-835215, India 

AbstractA composite series 

, has been studied in order to investigate the influence of STO phase on 

structural and magneto transport properties of LCMO phase. By X ray diffraction and scanning electron microscopy we find that there is no 

interdiffusion between the LCMO and STO phases. The EDX results show that the grains which are smaller in size and mainly distributed at 

the grain boundaries and on the surfaces of LCMO grains are of STO phase. Measurements of resistivity on these samples reveal that parent 

sample shows a distinct metal insulator transition. The series exhibits a conduction threshold at , up to which extrinsic 

transition temperature decreases along with an increase in extrinsic magnetoresistance; whereas above these trends of variation are 

reversed. The magnetic phase transitions have been studied by the temperature variation of real () component of AC susceptibility as shown 

below. The parent LCMO sample undergoes a PM FM transition at . After addition of STO, remains almost same. 

Recently extensive research in nanotechnology and 

nanoscience is being carried out worldwide. A 

nanocomposite material composed of two different 

nanometer-sized crystallites would have significantly 

higher contact area between the two compounds, and may 

therefore posses an enhanced magneto electric effect. One 

of the most serious problems in the practical application of 

new manganite colossal magnetoresistance (CMR) 

materials remains to be their in sufficient magnetoresistive 

(MR) response at room temperature in weak magnetic 

fields, used in most of the potentially interesting devices 

[1]. Much effort has been made to enhance the properties 

of these materials, such as synthesizing CMR–insulator 

composites. These extrinsic effects rely on the existence of 

an insulating tunneling barrier separating the 

ferromagnetic grains. Such attempts include LCMO BTO 

[2], LCSMO CoFeR2ROR4R [3] etc and so on. Most of such 

results show enhancement in MR. Our previous work has 

shown that making LSMO-based composite provides an 

efficient way to enhance and control electrical transport 

and MR [4]. In present report the magnetic and electric 

properties of a series of CMR ferroelectric (FE) 

composites have been studied. 

A composite series where 

= 0.0, 0.10, 0.15, 0.20, 0.30 and 0.40 samples were 

prepared in two steps. In this process firstly single phase 

LCMO was prepared by pyrophoric method. It was then 

mixed with fine powder of STO (Alfa Aesar, 99.99%) in 

required ratio and pressed into pellets. The pellets were 

Resistivity(cm) 

x=0.40 

x=0.30 

x=0.20 

x=0.10 

x=0.0 

50 100 150 200 250 300 

T (K) 

Figure 1. Temperature variation of resistivity for composite 

finally sintered at 900 C in air for 2 hr, and then slowly 

furnace cooled to room temperature.. 

The XRD and SEM analysis exhibits that the composites 

consist of two phases: one is LCMO perovskite phase; the 

other is STO phase, which clearly indicates the 

coexistence of LCMO and STO phases. The variation of 

resistivity as a function of temperature in zero fields for all 

composites in the temperature range 10–300K is shown in 

Figure 1. The parent LCMO sample shows metal- insulator 

(M-I) transition at a temperature 

followed by 

a broad hump. In all grown composites of this series, a 

small peak corresponding to M-I transition of parent 

LCMO occurs at 240K. With the increase of STO content 

upto to , decreases and resistivity () at 

increases as shown in Figure. But for , a reverse 

trend is observed, i. e. again increases with a small 

decrease in resistivity. The magnetic phase transitions have 

been studied by the temperature variation of real () 

component of AC susceptibility. The LCMO sample 

undergoes a PM-FM transition at Tc ~270K. After addition 

(Arbitrary unit) 

x=0.40 

x=0.30 

x=0.20 

x=0.10 

x=0.0 

0 50 100 150 200 250 300 

T (K) 

Figure 2. Real part of AC susceptibility for all samples 

of BTO, Tc remains almost same indicating that 

stoichiometry of LCMO phase within the grains remains 

essentially unchanged. Since STO is nonmagnetic in the 

measured temperature range, the ferromagnetic order of 

the composites comes up only from LCMO. 

In summery a nanocomposites series has been prepared 

by pyrophoric method. From XRD, and SEM results the 

coexistence of both the phases has been confirmed. The 

parent sample shows a distinct transition at . 

From resistivity data it is concluded that for this series, 

conduction threshold occurs at STO content. S. 

Keshri gratefully acknowledges Department of Science 

and Technology (DST), India for financial assistance. L. 

Joshi and S. S. Rajput gratefully acknowledge Council of 

Scientific and Industrial Research and DST, India for 

providing fellowship, respectively. 

* Corresponding author: HTShailendra.phy@gmail.comT 

[1] Daughton, J-M., 1999. GMR application, J. Magn. Magn. Mater, 

192: 334-342. 

[2] Keshri, S., Joshi, L., Rout, S-K., 2009. Influence of BTO phase on 

structural, magnetic and electrical properties of LCMO, J. of 

Alloys and Compd., 485: 501-506. 

[3] Xiong, C-S., et al., 2009. Electrical properties and magnetoelectric 

effect measurement in La0R.7RCaR0.2RSrR0.1RMnOR3R/xCoFeR2ROR4R 

composites, J. of Alloys and Compd. 474: 316-320. 



Theme F686 - N1123 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Effect of Both Silane-Grafted and Ion-Exchanged Organophilic Clay in Structural, Thermal and 

Mechanical Properties of Unsaturated Polyester Nanocomposites 

Sinan en 

Department of Polymer Engineering, Yalova University, 77100 Yalova, Turkey / 

Advanced Technologies Research and Development Center, Bogazici University, 34342 stanbul, Turkey. 

Abstract— Unsaturated polyester (UPE) resin including styrene monomer was mixed with montmorillonite (MMT) clay 

which was modified with cetyl trimethly ammonium bromide and trimethoxy vinyl silane. The exfoliated nanocomposite 

structure having better thermal and dynamic mechanical properties was obtained when the MMT clay was modified in the 

presence of both modifiers. 

Polymer-clay nanocomposites have attracted an 

increasing attention due to impressive enhancements of 

material properties due to nanometer size of filler dispersion 

compared to pure or conventionally filled polymers. There are 

two types of polymer-clay nanocomposite structures, namely 

intercalates, where polymer chains intercalate between the 

layers and exfoliates, where silicate layers are completely 

delaminated in the polymer matrix [1]. Since improvements in 

many properties depend on the degree of dispersion of the 

nanoparticles, exfoliated nanocomposites are generally the 

target of many nanocomposite studies. In situ polymerization 

was the first method used to synthesize polymer-clay 

nanocomposites. The thermoset-clay nanocomposites 

including phenol resins [2], epoxy resins [3] and unsaturated 

polyester resins [4] as polymer matrices were obtained by insitu 

intercalative polymerization method in which polymer 

resin, dissolved in a polymerizable monomer such as styrene, 

is intercalated between clay layers and then followed by 

crosslinking reaction. 

In this study, UPE - MMT clay nanocomposites have 

been synthesized by in situ method. The MMT clay was 

organically modified with cetyl trimethyl ammonium bromide 

and also with trimethoxy vinyl silane. These modification 

agents were used both individually and together. The cetyl 

trimethyl ammonium bromide is expected to intercalate 

between the clay layers through ion-exchange reaction while 

the silane agent grafts onto edge and surface hydroxyl groups 

in montmorillonite clay. Thereby, for “double” modified 

MMT clay, reactive double bond in vinyl silane coupling 

agent can participate in the polymerization reaction from both 

surface and edges of ammonium ion-intercalated clay layers, 

which may lead to a completely exfoliated nanocomposites 

structure. Differences in dynamic mechanical and thermal 

properties as well as the morphology of the resultant 

nanocomposites were all discussed by paying attention to the 

MMT modification mechanisms. 

XRD analysis gave the values of the interlayer spacing or 

d-spacing of the NaMMT and the modified clays which were 

obtained from the peak position of the d 001 reflection in the 

diffraction patterns The XRD result showing a decrease of 

diffracting angle which in turn increase in interlayer distance 

proved succesful intercalation of MMT clay layers with cetyl 

ammonium salt through the ion-exchange reaction. In the case 

of the ‘double-modifed’ clay-containing nanocomposite, 

UPECetViSiM-C, an exfoliated structure was obtained with 

the absence of any d 001 reflection in the XRD region. This 

result may be attributed to the good swelling of CetViSiMMT 

in UPE resin and homogeneous and fine dispersion of it in the 

matrix, as well as promotion of polymerization both between 

silica layers, and from surfaces and edges of the clay with the 

help of reactive double bond present in the ViSi modifier. The 

morphology of the exfoliated nanocomposite was also 

investigated by AFM analysis showing that very thin 

dispersion of CetViSiMMT clay platelets were oriented in all 

possible directions to one another in the matrix as a 

confirmation of XRD peak disappearance. Accordingly, the 

exfoliated UPECetViSiM-C nanocomposite was found to have 

the highest thermal stability and better dynamic mechanical 

properties (Table 1), even with a clay content as low as 3 wt%. 

Table 1. DMA data for neat UPE and UPE nanocomposites 

Materials E’ at 60°C 

(MPa) 

E’ at 80°C 

(MPa) 

Neat UPE 1458 204 

UPECetM-C 1625 247 

UPEViSiM-C 1743 259 

UPECetViSiM-C 1840 390 

Fracture surfaces of UPE and its nanocomposites were 

investigated by scanning electron microscopy (SEM) using 

backscattered imaging (Fig. 1). SEM images of the fracture 

surfaces showed that presence of CetViSiMMT clay with a 

homogeneous and nano-sized dispersion in the polymer 

matrix, led to crack propagation along a more ‘rougher’ path. 

On the other hand, the UPECetM-C exhibited a heterogenous 

fracture surface, which may be probably due to its intercalated 

structure. 

Figure 1: SEM micrographs of the fracture surfaces of (a) neat 

UPE; (b) UPECetM-C; (c) UPECetViSiM-C and (d) UPEViSiM-C. 

*Corresponding author: sinans@yalova.edu.tr 

[1]. S.S. Ray, and M. Okamoto, Prog. Polym. Sci., 28, 1539 (2003). 

[2]. T. Lan, P.D. Kaviratna, and T.J. Pinnavaia, Chem. Mater., 7, 2144 (1995). 

[3]. D.C. Lee, and L.W. Jang, J. App. Polym. Sci., 68, 1997 (1998). 

[4]. D.J. Suh, Y.T Lim, and O.O. Park, Polymer, 41, 8557 (2000). 


%R0R 8) 

P 

P sodium 

P 

0, 

P sodium 

P , 

0 

P sodium 

P , 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Culture and Fatty Acid Composition of the Green Alga, Botryococcus braunii Kütz. as an Energy Fuel 

Cell 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

UGamze TuranUP P*, Edis KoruP P, Safak Seyhaneyildiz-CanP P, Hatice TekogulP P, Tugba SonmezisikP P, Semra CirikP 

1 

PEge University, Fisheries Faculty, Aquaculture Department, 35100 Bornova, Izmir, Turkey 

Abstract-The result of this work demonstrated that B. braunii is a potential algal fuel resource with high lipid content (56.31 ± 0.03, % dry 

weight) and its biomass production and lipid synthesis stimulated by culture conditions. 

Due to continued use of fossil fuels is not sustainable as they 

are a finite resource and their combustion lead to 

environmental problems, the recent investigations started to 

focus on more renewable energy resources. 

As an alternative energy resource Biodiesel is an 

environmentally friendly and renewable fuel source obtained 

from vegetable oils and used in diesel motors. Since some of 

terrestrial plants, such as soybean, canola, corn, coconut and 

palm tree oils used in food purposes and they require huge 

areas to grow, in recent years studies on microalgae as 

renewable fuel resources gained more attention due to their 

surprising ability to grow in unused areas. 

Microalgal lipid production is very important for the aquatic 

ecosystem. Algae can synthesize methabolites such as fatty 

acids, sterols, carotenoids and lipids that have similar 

composition found also in the terrestrial plants. The lipids 

produced by algae and stored as unsaturated fatty acids are the 

main energy resources of the aquatic invertebrate and fish 

species. Additionally, these lipids are considered as potential 

diesel fuel resources [1]. Colonial green alga Botryococcus 

braunii Kütz., (Chlorophyceae) is distributed in fresh and 

brackish water lakes and reservoirs and produces lipids at 

high levels. For this reason, in many studies related with lipid 

analysis B. braunii was used as experimental algal species [1, 

2]. In generally, the lipids are stored at the cell wall of B. 

braunii [3, 4, 5]. 

In this study, biomass and lipid production of Botryococcus 

braunii Kütz UTEX 572 cultured under different conditions 

were investigated. During the study, B. braunii was cultivated 

at three different temperature, five different sodium nitrate and 

two different salinity levels. Effects of temperature level, 

nitrate and salinity concentrations on the biomass and lipid 

production were tested during the experiments. 

B. braunii was cultivated at 10 °C, 20 °C, 30 °C. Five 

-1 

-1 

different Bristol mediums includes 0 g.LP 0.125 g. LP 0.25 

-1 

-1 

-1 

g.L P 

P, 0.5 g. L P 

P, ve 1 g.LP nitrate were used as 

nutrient mediums. Two different salinity levels ( %R0R and 

also applied in 1, 3, and 5 cm in depth glass-panel 

photobioreactor experiments. Cell number, optic density and 

dry weight of the algae were measured daily. At the end of the 

experiment, algae were collected, dried and prepared for lipid 

extraction, total lipid determination and fatty acid composition 

studies. 

-1 

The highest biomass production (0.564 0.2 g.LP 

P) was found 

-1 

in the experimental group cultivated in 0.5 g.LP 

nitrate Bristol medium, at 20 °C. The highest lipid production 

(56.31 ± 0.03, % dry weight) found in the algal group where 

the nutrient medium does not contain sodium nitrate and 20 

0 

PC was applied. The most productive group according to both 

high biomass and lipid production was B. braunii was grown 

-1 

in 0.125 g. LP nitrate medium at 20 °C. The biomass 

was found to be higher in 1 cm glass-panel photobioreactor 

where the salinity was %R0R the lipid production was higher 

in 3 and 5 cm glass panel photobioreactor. The fatty acid 

composition of B. braunii was including; behenic (% 0.41), 

eicosenoic (% 1.01), linoleic (% 9.92), linolenic (% 9.50), 

margaric (% 0.28), methyl cis 11, 14, 17 eicosatrienoic (% 

0.23), oleic (% 59.04), palmitic (% 16.62), pentadecanoic (% 

0.18) and stearic (% 2.50) acids. 

The present work was supported by TUBITAK under Grant 

number 107Y013 

*Corresponding author: HTgamze.turan@ege.edu.trT 

[1] Lee, S.L., Yoon, B.D., Oh, H.M., 1998. Rapid method for the 

determination of lipid from the green alga Botryococcus braunii. 

Biotechnology Techniques, Vol. 12, pp. 553–556. 

[2] Yamaguchi, K., Nakano, H., Murakami, M., Konosu, S., 

Nakayamo, O., Kanda, M., Nakamura, A. and Iwamoto, H., 1987. 

Lipid Composition of a Green Alga Botryococcus braunii. 

Agriculture and Biological Chemistry. 51, 493-498. 

[3] Largeau, C., Casadevall, E., Berkaloff, C., and Dhamelincourt, P., 

1980. Sites of accumulation and composition of hydrocarbons in 

Botryococcus braunii. Phytochemistry 19, 1043–1051.in the Darwin 

River Resevoir. Biotechnology and Bioengineering. 22, 1637-1656. 

[4] Metzger, P., Largeau, C., and Casadevall, E., 1991. Lipids and 

macromolecular lipids of the hydrocarbon-rich microalga 

Botryococcus braunii. Chemical structure and biosynthesis. In: Herz, 

W., Kirby, G.W., Steglich, W., Tann, C. (Eds.), Progress in the 

Chemistry of Organic Natural Products 57.Springer, Vienna, pp. 1– 

70. 

[5] Metzger, P., and Largeau, C., 1999. Chemical of Botryococcus 

braunii. In: Cohen, Z. (Ed.), Chemicals from Microalgae. Taylor & 

Francis Ltd., London, pp. 205–260. 


P 

P for 

P for 

P edit. 

P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Characterization of Sputtering Deposited AgGaSe2 Thin Films 

1 

1 

1 

UHakan KaraaaçUP P*, Mehmet ParlakP Pand Çidem ErçelebiP 

1 

PDepartment of Physics, Middle East Technical University, Ankara 06531, Turkey 

Abstract- The single phase of AgGaSeR2R thin films were deposited onto soda-lime glass substrate by sequentially deposition of Ag and GaSe 

using DC and RF sputtering. Physical properties were investigated by carrying out several type of measurements and the convenience of this 

material to be used in the solar cell structure was determined. 

Nowadays, I-III-VIR2R ternary compounds have been 

attracting considerable attention due to their interesting 

physical properties. These compounds are regarded to be the 

ternary analog of the II-VI binary materials. I-III-VIR2R 

semiconductors crystallize with the structure called 

chalcopyrite being a super lattice of II-VI binary’s (zinc 

blende) structure [1]. I-III-VIR2R ternary compounds are 

potential candidates for photovoltaic applications [2], nonlinear 

optics [3], light-emitting diodes [4], and frequency 

conversation applications [5]. 

AgGaSeR2R is a well-known ternary semiconductor. It’s of 

particular interest due to owing optical non-linear properties 

used in many applications like the generation of second and 

third harmonic frequencies of COR2R laser output [6-8]. It is also 

found that AgGaSeR2R is a good candidate for the preparation of 

schottky diodes [9], X- and Gamma-ray detector [10], and 

solar cells [11]. 

AgGaSeR2R thin films were deposited onto soda-lime glass 

substrates by a combination of DC and RF sputtering. The 

optimization of single layers of Ag and GaSe was performed 

by conducting several deposition cycles with the same 

parameters before the sequentially deposition of 

GaSe/Ag/GaSe/Ag/GaSe/Ag/GaSe/Ag/GaSe thin film layers 

onto soda-lime glass substrates kept at constant temperature 

o 

around 250 P PC to form AgGaSeR2R thin film. 

Results of energy dispersive analysis of X-rays (EDXA) 

indicated a Ga-rich composition and that there is a 

considerable effect of annealing temperature on variation in 

amount of constituent elements in AgGaSeR2R thin film. The 

structural analysis of the as-grown and films annealed between 

o 

o 

350 P PC and 600 P PC has been carried out by X-ray diffraction 

(XRD) measurements. Results revealed that all films are 

polycrystalline in nature and Ag metallic phase exists in the 

amorphous AgGaSeR2R structure up to annealing temperature 

o 

o 

450 P PC. When the annealing temperature raised to 600 P PC it 

was observed that the Ag phase disappears perfectly and the 

structure is consisting of single phase AgGaSeR2R with (112) 

preferred orientation. The crystalline sizes of the annealed film 

o 

o 

between 350 P PC and 600 P PC were calculated from the XRD 

measurements and compared with grain sizes measured from 

the recorded scanning electron microscopy (SEM) 

micrographs. In addition, from the lattice parameters found for 

AgGaSeR2R thin film, some structural anomalies parameters 

related to chalcopyrite compounds like anion displacement 

and tetragonal distortion parameters have been calculated and 

compared with previously reported values. 

Optical properties of AgGaSeR2R thin films were studied by 

carrying out transmittance and reflectance measurements in 

the wavelength range of 325-1100 nm at room temperature. 

By using the obtained spectral data for transmittance and 

reflection, the absorption coefficient and optic band gap values 

for as-grown and annealed samples were calculated. The 

found energy values indicated that AgGaSeR2R thin film shows 

the characteristic optical structure related to I-III-VIR2R 

chalcopyrite compounds. That’s the crystal-field and spinorbit 

splitting levels were resolved by observing band to band, 

the crystal-field to conduction band minimum, and spin-orbit 

level to conduction band minimum transitions with 

characteristic energy values reported previously. The 

calculated energy values for these transitions were found to be 

1.77 eV, 2.00 eV, and 2.25 eV, respectively for film annealed 

o 

at 550 P PC and there is a fair agreement with previously 

reported data. The levels originating from the crystal-field and 

spin-orbit interaction were also observed from the 

photospectral response measurements with the almost same 

energy values obtained from the absorption measurements 

(1.77 eV, 2.00 eV, and 2.25 eV respectively for sample 

o 

annealed at 550 P PC). 

Finally, the temperature dependent conductivity and Hall 

effect measurements were carried out in the temperature range 

o 

of 100-430 K for as-grown and film annealed at 450 P PC and 

o 

550 P PC. The electrical resistivity of the films was in the range 

of 30-1000 -cm and indicated n-type conduction confirmed 

from the hot-probe and Hall effect measurements. Based on 

Hall effect measurement results it is found that there is 

decrease in mobility and increase in carrier concentration 

following to increasing annealing temperature. The room 

14 

temperature carrier concentration calculated to be 9.6x10P 

-3 

15 -3 

16 -3 

cmP 

P, 1.7x10P 

P cmP 

P, and 6.6x10P 

P cmP as-grown, films 

o 

o 

annealed at 450 P PC and 550 P PC, respectively. The room 

2 -1 

temperature mobility values were found to be 6.4 cmP P (Vs)P 

P, 

2 -1 

2 -1 

3.7 cmP P (Vs)P 

P, and 3 cmP P (Vs)P as-grown and films 

o 

o 

annealed at 450 P PC and 550 P PC, respectively. 

*Corresponding author: karaagac@metu.edu.tr 

[1] J. L. Shay, J. H. wernic, Ternary Chalcopyrite Semiconductors, 

Growth, Electronic Properties and Applications, Pergamon, Oxford, 

1975 

[2] L. L. Kazmerski, Nuovo Cimento D 2 (1983) 2013 

[3] B. F. Levine, Phys. Rev. B, 7 (1973) 2600 

[4] J. L. Shay, L. M. Schiavone, E. Buehier, J. H. Wernic, J. Appl. 

Phys. 43 (1972) 2805 

[5] F. K. Hopkius, Laser Focus World 31 (1995) 87 

[6] P. G. Schunemann, S. D. Setzler, T. M. Pollak, J. Cryst. Growth 

211 (2000) 257 

[7] G. C. Bhar, S. Das, D. V. Satyanarayan, P. K. Datta, U. Nundy, 

Y. N. Andreev, Opt. Lett. 15 (1995) 2057 

[8] E. Takaoka, K. Kato, Opt. Lett. 24 (1999) 902 

[9] P. Ribinson, J. I. B. Wilson, Inst. Phys. Conf. Ser. 35 (1977) 229 

rd 

[10] G. F. Knoll, Radiation detection and Measurement 3P 

(New-York; Willey), (1999) 

[11] Y. Satyanarayana Murty, O. M. Hussain, B. S. Naidu, P. J. 

Reddy, Mater. Lett. 10 (1987) 504 


P 

P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Hydrothermal Synthesis of LiMnR2ROR4R Cathode Active Nanoparticles for Li-ion Batteries 

1 

1 

UEmrah BulutUP P* and Mahmut OzacarP 

1 

PDepartment of Chemistry, Art and Science Faculty, Sakarya University, Sakarya 54187, Turkiye 

Abstract- Spinel LiMnR2ROR4R cathode active nanoparticles for li-ion batteries were synthesized by hydrothermal route at low temperatures. The 

LiMnR2ROR4R nanoparticles synthesized via hydrothermal technique were investigated by X-ray diffraction (XRD) and scanning electron microscopy 

Lithium-ion batteries are nowadays widely used for 

portable systems, such as telephones, computers and 

telecommunication devices. One of the most studied 

materials in this field is spinel lithium manganese oxide 

(LiMnR2ROR4R), which is considered as a promising alternative 

to LiCoOR2R, currently used in the lithium-ion batteries. 

LiMnR2ROR4R is a cubic spine1 with space group symmetry 

Fd3m. The lithium ions are located on the 8a tetrahedral sites 

of the structure; the manganese ions are positioned on the 

16d octahedral sites. The oxygen ions, which are cubicclose-packed 

(ccp) occupy the 32e positions. 

Figure 2. SEM images of LiMnR2ROR4R cathode active nanoparticles 

Figure 1. Tunnel structure of spinel LiMnR2ROR4R 

Moreover, spinel LiMnR2ROR4R has attracted much interest in 

the last decade because it presents a phase transition around 

room temperature attributed to a charge ordering process [1]. 

LiMnR2ROR4R has received much attention as a cathode material 

because of the high voltage required for lithium insertion and 

its lower price, availability and better compliance with 

environment compared to LiCoOR2R and LiNiOR2R [2-4]. In 

recent years, nanostructures have received intensive attention 

because of both their fundamental importance and the wide 

range of their potential applications in many areas. Most of 

the nanostructured electrode materials are synthesized by the 

low-temperature treatment processes such as soft chemical 

[5], sol-gel [6] and hydrothermal methods [7]. The 

hydrothermal synthesis can control the particle size and the 

crystalline nature of the product. 

Here we synthesized LiMnR2ROR4R cathode active 

nanoparticles. We have chosen the spinel LiMn R2ROR4R because 

it is the most promising cathode material based on low cost, 

large deposits, and nontoxicity. LiMnR2ROR4R nanoparticles 

obtained via hydrothermal synthesis were between 100 and 

180 nm in range. 

Figure 3. XRD pattern of spinel LiMnR2ROR4R cathode active 

nanoparticles 

*Corresponding author : HTebulut@sakarya.edu.trT 

[1] J. Rodriguez-Carvajal, G. Rousse, C. Masquelier, M. Hervieu, 

Phys. Rev. Lett. 81, 4660, (1998). 

[2] M. M., Thackeray, P. J., Johnson, L. A., Depicciotto, P. G., 

Bruce, J. B., Goodenough, Mater. Res. Bull. 19, 179, (1984). 

[3] Thackeray, M. M.; Dekock, A. J. Solid State Chem. 74, 414, 

(1988). 

[4] Jayalakshmi, M.; Mohan Rao, M.; Scholz, F. Langmuir, 19, 

8403, (2003) 

[5] J. Luo, Y. Wang, H. Xiong, Y. Xia, Chem. Mater., 19, 4791, 

(2007). 

[6] Y. K., Sun, Ind. Eng. Chem. Res., 36, 4839, (1997). 

[7] H. J., Yuea, X. K., Huanga, D. P., Lva, Y. Yanga, 

Electrochimica Acta 54, 5363, (2009). 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Preparation of multi-layered Pt/Co cathodes for proton exchange membrane fuel cells (PEM) by 

dc- magnetron sputtering 

Oguz Kaan Ozdemir 1,2 , Ali Sems Ahsen 2 , Osman Ozturk 2 , Evelina Slavcheva 3 

1 Yildiz Tech Univ, Dept Met & Mat Engn, Istanbul, Turkey 

2 Nanotechnology Research Canter, Gebze Institute of Technology, Kocaeli, Turkey 

3 Institute of Electrochemistry and Energy Systems-Bulgarian Academy of Sciences, Sofia, Bulgaria 

Abstract- In order to investigate the effect of Co layers in the cathode electrode a series of unalloyed multilayer Pt/Co thin films were 

deposited by dc magnetron sputtering upon a thin Ti sublayer sputtered on the top of a conductive micro porous carbon diffusion layer. 

Proton exchange membrane (PEM) fuel cells are 

promising power source due to their good energy 

conversion efficiency and high power density of their fuel 

sources [1]. Nevertheless, the achieved substantial 

progresses in the PEM fuel cells are not broadly utilized 

due to their cost and durability. Precious Pt catalyst is the 

most important cost factor in the PEM fuel cells. Therefore, 

many researches are focusing on the development of 

compact unit and reducing the loads on the catalysts [2]. 

The Thin film deposition method of magnetron sputtering 

(MS), which is widely used for integrated circuit 

manufacturing, recently finds application as an alternative 

catalyst preparation and electrode assembling technique. 

This method allows deposition of thin compact films upon a 

selected substrate material such as either gas diffusion layer 

or Nafion, and ensures simplicity of the catalysts 

preparation as well as improved stability, durability, and 

utilization [3-5]. 

In our study, a series of unalloyed multilayer Pt/Co thin 

films were deposited by dc magnetron sputtering upon a 

thin Ti sublayer sputtered on the top of a conductive micro 

porous carbon diffusion layer. In order to investigate the 

effect of Co on the oxygen reduction reaction, different 

compositions (70:30, 50:50, 30:70 Pt/Co atomic ratio) were 

employed, while the amount of Pt was constant 

(21 μg.cm -2 ). Each electrode was investigated using the 

conventional electrochemical methods of cyclic 

voltammetry and steady state polarization curves in 0.5M 

H 2 SO 4 as well as a membrane electrode assembly, MEA, 

cathode in a single hydrogen PEM fuel cell. The cyclic 

voltammograms, CV, were used to calculate 

the electrochemically active surface area, EASA, of the 

electrode under study, applying the well established 

procedure of integration the area under the hydrogen ads 

orption / desorption peaks and using the value of 210 

mC.cm -2 (the charge required for adsorption of hydrogen 

monolayer on 1 cm 2 of smooth Pt electrode) as a correction 

factor [6]. 

The electrocatalytic activity of Pt/Co films toward the 

oxygen reduction was assessed applying the method of 

linear sweep voltammetry, LSV, and Koutecky–Levich 

plots. The rotation disc electrode, RDE, polarization curves 

show characteristic behavior reported in the literature for 

Oxygen Reduction reaction, ORR, on Pt in acid solutions 

with a well distinguished region of kinetic mixed, and 

diffusion limited reaction rate. Exchange current density, j o , 

is known to be a qualitative measure for the intrinsic 

activity of the catalyst, and its calculation has been 

explained elaborately in our previous study [7]. 

Table 1. EASA and Kinetic parameters. 

Sample 

Name 

(Pt/Co) 

EASA 

(m 2 .gr -1 ) 

b 

(V.dec -1 ) 

j o 

ap 

(A.cm -2 ) 

jo 

(A.cm -2 ) 

70:30 28,789 -0,192 0,00426 1,48E-08 

50:50 51,826 -0,181 0,00338 6,53E-09 

30:70 52,461 -0,168 0,00557 1,06E-08 

As show in Table 1, 30:70 Pt/Co atomic ratios has the 

highest EASA. Moreover, its apparent exchange current 

density is higher than other two samples, too. Figure 1 

shows the polarization curves of a series of MEAs with 

different Pt/Co atomic ratios. 

E (V) 

1 

0,8 

0,6 

0,4 

0,2 

70:30 

50:50 

30:70 

0 200 400 600 800 1000 

J (mA.cm -2 ) 

As shown in Figure 1, among the three MEAs coated 

with 70:30, 50:50, 30:70 cathode catalyst layer obtained by 

sputter-deposition, consistent with the CV and RDE 

analysis, the coated MEA with 30:70 Pt/Co atomic ratio 

demonstrates the best cell performance. The polarization 

curve shows a high current density of 974 mA.cm -2 at 0.4 

V. Microstructure and electrochemical studies indicated 

that the additional Co layers sputter-deposited in cathode 

electrode might change the microstructure of the electrodemembrane 

interface as well as vary charge transfer and 

mass transport properties of MEAs [8]. 

This research has been carried out in the frame of the 

project EVRENA-108M139. 

*Corresponding author: 0Hoguz_kozdemir@hotmail.com 

[1] R. O’Hayre at al., Journal of Power Sources 109, 483-493, 

(2003). 

[2] C.L. Chang et al., Surface & Coatings Technology, 201, 4442- 

4446, (2006). 

[3] W. Zhen-Bo at al., Int J Hydrogen Energy, 34, 4387-94, 

(2009). 

[4] H. Andrew at al., J Electrochem Soc, 149, A280-7, (2002). 

[5] H. Kuo-Lin at al., J Power Sources, 156, 224-31, (2006). 

[6] Bard AJ., Faulkner L., 2001. In: Electrochemical methods: 

fundamentals and applications, (p. L849–57) , vol. 341. New 

York: Wiley. 

[7] O. Ozturt at al., International Journal of Hydrogen Energy, In 

Press, (2010). 

[8] Z. Tang at al., J Appl Electrochem, 39, 1821-1826, (2009). 


P 

P and 


Theme F686 - N1123 

1 

TiOR2R Nanofibers Produced by Electrospinning 

1 

1 

UAli E.DenizUP Tamer UyarP P* 

PUNAM- Institute of Materials Science & Nanotechnology, Bilkent University, Ankara 06800, Turkey 

Abstract-TiOR2R nanofibers having anatase structure are obtained by using electrospinning technique and its morphology and structure are 

analyzed by SEM, EDX, and XRD. 

Electrospinning is a versatile and cost-effective 

technique to produce multi-functional nanofibers from 

various polymers, sol-gels, metaloxides, ceramics, etc [1]. 

Electrospun nanofibers have several remarkable 

characteristics such as large surface area, nano range pore 

sizes and unique physical and mechanical properties. 

These superior properties and multi-functionality of these 

nanofibers enable them to be used in many areas including 

biotechnology, textiles, filtration, environment and energy 

[2]. 

Various polymeric nanofibers are produced to be used in 

fuel cells and solar cells [3,4]. By electrospinning 

technique, not only polymeric nanofibers are created but 

also inorganic nanofibers can also be obtained. Moreover, 

these metaloxide nanofibers are very important for energy 

applications, for instance, TiOR2R nanofibers can be used is 

used in solar cell applications [5,6]. 

In this study we produced TiOR2R nanofibers by 

electrospinning technique. Titanium dioxide (TiOR2R) 

nanofibers were obtained by electrospinning of the sol-gel 

solution, which contains TiOR2R sol precursor (Titanium 

(IV)-isopropoxide), polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP), and 

solvent (glacial acetic acid and ethanol). PVP nanofibers 

which include Titanium (IV)-isopropoxide were calcined 

at 500 °C for 3 h. After calcination, organic part (polymer, 

PVP) was totally removed and TiOR2R nanofibers having 

anatase structure were obtained. The diameter of the TiOR2R 

fibers was in the range of 40 nm to 600 nm. 

*Corresponding author: HTuyar@unam.bilkent.edu.trT 

[1] Chronakis I-S, 2005 Novel nanocomposites and nanoceramics 

based on polymer nanofibers using electrospinning process, 

Journal of Materials Processing Technolog, 167:283-29 [2] 

Greiner A., Wendorff J-H., 2007 Electrospinning: A Fascinating 

Method for the Preparation of Ultrathin Fibers, Angew Chem Int 

Ed.,46:5670–5703 

[3] Chen Y., Guo J., Kim H.,2010 Preparation of poly(vinylidene 

fluoride) / phosphotungstic acid composite nanofiber membranes 

by electrospinning for proton conductivity, Reactive and 

Functional Polymers, 70:69-74 

[4] Chou C., Huang J., Wu C., Lee C., and Lin C.,2009 

Lengthening the polymer solidification time to improve the 

performance of polymer/ ZnO nanorod hybrid solar cells, Solar 

Energy Materials and Solar Cells, 93:1608-1612 

[5] Stathatos E., Chen Y., Dionysiou D-D., 2008 Quasi-solidstate 

dye-sensitized solar cells employing nanocrystalline TiOR2 

Rfilms made at low temperature, Solar Energy Materials and 

Solar Cells, 92:1358-1365 [6] Mane R-S., Hwang Y-H., 

Lokhande C-D., Sartale S-D., and Han S., 2005 Room 

temperature synthesis of compact TiOR2R thin films for 3-D solar 

cells by chemical arrested route, Applied Surface Science, 

246:271-278 

a) b) 

Figure 1. a) SEM Image of PVP nanofibers before calcination b) 

SEM Image of TiOR2R nanofibers after calcinations. 

a) b) 

Figure 2. a) EDX Image of TiOR2 Rnanofibers b) Chemical Map 

Image of TiOR2R nanofibers. Ti is coloured as a blue colour 

TAs a conclusion, in this study we have succeeded to 

produce TTiOR2R nanofibers having anatase structure by 

electrospinning technique.T The morphology of the TTiOR2R 

nanofibersT was examined by Scanning Electron 

Microscope (SEM)T. The structural Tcharacterization was 

performed by using TEnergy dispersive X-ray analysis 

(EDX) and X-Ray Diffraction (XRD). 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Plasmonic phase shifts and light-trapping in SOI photodetectors and nc-Si solar cells 

Mumtaz Murat Arik * , Birol Ozturk, Hui Zhao, Eric Schiff 

Department of Physics, Syracuse University, Syracuse, New York 

Abstract- We report our work on the measurement of photoconductances in SOI devices with and without silver nanoparticle layers. The 

silver nanoparticles were fabricated by thermal annealing of evaporated silver thin films and by nanosphere lithography. Since these devices 

are not deposited onto textured substrates, they exhibit prominent interference fringes in their quantum efficiencies. An important effect that 

we have found in both nc-Si:H solar cells and SOI is a shift of the interference fringes that is induced by the nanoparticle layer. We present 

experiments and calculations indicating that the fringe-shift is a consequence of optical phase shifts by surface plasmon resonance of the metal 

nanoparticles. 

An interesting alternative to texturing in thin film solar cells 

is "plasmonic" light-trapping based on specular cells and 

using an overlayer of metallic nanoparticles to produce lighttrapping. 

While this type of light-trapping has not yet been 

demonstrated for nc-Si:H solar cells, significant photocurrent 

enhancements have been reported on silicon-on-insulator 

devices with similar optical properties to nc-Si:H [1,2]. 

Here, we report our work on plasmonic light-trapping on 

silicon-on-insulator (SOI) photodetectors and nc-Si:H solar 

cells. We observed that the photocurrent ratios in SOI 

photodetectors are affected by interference fringes, which are 

substantially shifted by the metal nanoparticle monolayers. 

The measurements of the normalized photoconductance 

spectra for SOI samples are shown in the upper panel and 

inset of Fig.1. The gray curves show the corresponding 

spectra when there was a Ag-np monolayer on top of the LiF. 

 

panel of the figure expands on this spectral region. In the 

lower panel we have plotted the ratio of the 

photoconductances with and without the Ag-np film. The 

value of 11 at 1025 nm is consistent with previous reports 

suggesting that the Ag-np film leads to a pronounced 

enhancement of photocarrier generation. It is important to 

note that the fringes for the sample with the Ag-np layer are 

"red shifted" from the fringes seen without the Ag np film; 

we have indicated this shift as in the figure. This red-shift 

modifies the interpretation of the photocurrent ratio. The 

smooth lines through the photoconductance measurements 

Photoconductance 

G/(eF) (10 -3 cm 2 /V) 

Photoconductance ratio 

0.4 

0.3 

0.2 

0.1 

0.0 

10 

8 

6 

4 

2 

X 0.5 

SOI 

600 8001000 

Unprocessed 

Fringe-averaged 

+Ag 

0 

700 800 900 1000 


Figure 1. (upper) Normalized photoconductance spectra 

G p eF for LiF-capped SOI structures with and without a Ag 

nanoparticle film. The inset shows the spectra over a wider range. 

Solid lines (without symbols) are averaged to remove interference 

fringes. (lower) Ratios of photoconductances with and without the 

Ag film; the solid line is the ratio of the fringe-averaged 

photoconductances. 

are "processed" to remove the fringes; the smooth line in the 

lower panel indicates the ratio of these "fringe-removed" 

curves. The enhancement now reaches a reduced value of 

about 5 [3]. 

We speculate that the ratios of unprocessed photocurrent 

spectra reported in previous SOI work [1,2], which also 

exhibit the very strong oscillations seen in the lower panel of 

Fig. 1 and even larger ratios, are due to similar effects. 

In Figure 2, we also plot phase shifts for Ag-np films 

deposited on the top ITO layer of nc-Si:H solar cells. The 

films were prepared by thermal annealing and by nanosphere 

lithography [4]. The associated phase shift is negative, 

corresponding to a blue shift of the interference fringes. 

Phase-shift (radians) 

-1 

-2 

700 800 900 1000 


Figure 2. Optical phase shifts by silver nanoparticle films as inferred 

from interference fringe shifts in photocurrent spectra. Results are 

shown for films on LiF-capped SOI and on nc-Si:H solar cells with a 

top ITO layer. The silver nanoparticle films were created by 

annealing (“ann”) and by nanosphere lithography (“nsl”) of 

evaporated silver. Note the differing signs of the phase shift. 

The difference in signs for the Ag-np films on Si and on 

ITO is striking. This result is expected from the smaller 

surface plasmon resonance frequency when a Ag-np is 

proximate to silicon (index of refraction n ~ 3.5) than when 

it is proximate to ITO (n ~ 1.9) [5]. 

This research has been partially supported by the U. S. 

Department of Energy through the Solar America Initiative 

(DE-FC36-07 GO 17053). Additional support was received 

from the Empire State Development Corporation through the 

Syracuse Center of Excellence in Environmental and Energy 

Systems. 

*mumtazmurat@yahoo.com 

3 

2 

1 

0 

SOI (ann) 

nc-Si (ann) 

nc-Si (nsl) 

[1] Stuart H.R. and Hall D.G., Appl. Phys. Lett 69, 2327 (1996) 

[2] Pillai S. et.al., J. of Appl. Phys., 101 093105 (2007) 

[3] Ozturk B., Zhao H., Schiff E.A., Guha s., Yan B., Yang J, 

To be submitted for publication. 

[4] Ozturk B., et.al., Mater. Res. Soc. Symp. Proc. Vol. 1153, 

1153-A07-14 (2009). 

[5] Ozturk B., Zhao H., Schiff E.A., Damkaci F., Guha s., Yan 

B., Yang J, Submitted to Mater. Res. Soc. Symp. Proc. (2010) 


groups 

groups 

P 

P 

P reduction) 

groups, 

P and 


Lithium-Iron Phosphates as Cathode Active Materials for Lithium-Ion Batteries 

1 

2 

2 

UAhmet ÖrnekUP P*, Emrah BulutP Mahmut ÖzacarP 

1 

PSakarya University, Institute of Sciences and Technology , 54187 Sakarya, Turkiye 

2 

PSakarya University, Department of Chemistry, 54187 Sakarya, Turkiye 

Theme F686 - N1123 

+ 

Abstract – The transition metal ions connect the diphosphate anions forming a three-dimensional network with channels filled by LiP P 

cations expected to exhibit high mobility. All compounds order magnetically at low temperatures due the Fe-Fe interactions. Lithium 

iron phosphate (LiFePR2ROR7R) as cathode active material was synthesized by sol-gel method. Synthesized LiFePR2ROR7R was characterized by 

XRD, SEM and EDS. 

The use of nano scale layered transition-metal oxides as 

positive electrode materials for lithium secondary batteries 

has been studied extensively. Recently, there has been 

considerable interest in nanocompounds built with 

3- 

phosphate anions such as PO or P 4- 

4 2 O 7 species because 

they undergo frameworks where tunnels are accessible for 

+ + 

mobile cations such as alkali (NaP P, LiP P) ions. They belong 

to the wide class of insertion compounds which can be 

used as positive electrode materials in advanced lithiumion 

cells. Also, lithium-ion oxide conductors based on 

phosphate framework offer some advantages in practical 

applications due to lower cost, safety, environmental 

benignity, stability and low toxicity [1-3]. 

Among them, lithium pyrophosphates LiMPR2ROR7R (M: 

transition metal) have been subjected to intense research 

for the past few years, mainly due to the high mobility of 

lithium ions which promotes the insertion/extraction 

reactions. Indeed, there are a large number of crystalline 

materials containing PR2ROR7R in the literature with the 

general formula LiMPR2ROR7R. These phosphates exist in 

different structures: LiVPR2ROR7R, LiFePR2ROR7R, LiCrPR2ROR7R 

crystallize in the space group P21. In the case of 

3+ 

LiFePR2ROR7R, lithium could be inserted (FeP 

at 

+ 

2.95 V against Li/LiP P. Nevertheless, the extraction of 

lithium from LiFePR2ROR7R takes place at high potentials as a 

3+ 2+ 

result of the high oxidizing power of the FeP 

P/FeP 

P redox 

couple [1]. 

The diphosphate LiFePR2ROR7R, in which the POR4R tetrahedra 

are linked by bridging oxygen to give PR2ROR7R 

crystallizes in the monoclinic system (P2R1R space group). 

The PR2ROR7R are connected to the FeOR6R octahedron by 

sharing two oxygen corners, each belonging to a POR4R unit 

(Fi g. 1). 

This induces a 3D framework in which channels 

collinear to the [0 0 1] direction are formed and where the 

lithium ions are located. Moreover, these compounds may 

present interesting magnetic properties, as iron atoms are 

connected through super-super exchange paths, involving 

diphosphate groups (made of two corner-sharing POR4R 

tetrahedra). Furthermore, all distances and angles in the 

studied diphosphates are in good agreement with many 

other condensed phosphates reported before [1, 3, 4]. 

The crystallinity of nano LiFePR2ROR7R was assessed from 

XRD patterns as shown in Fig. 2. 

Figure 2. The XRD pattern of LiFePR2ROR7 

*Corresponding author: ahmetornek0302@hotmail.com 

[1] H. Bih et al., J. Solid State Chem. 182, 821 (2009). 

[2] A.A. Salah et al., Spectrochim. Acta Part A 65, 1007 (2006). 

[3] G. Rousse et al., Solid State Sci. 4, 973 (2002). 

[4] A.A. Salaha et al., J. Power Sources 140, 370 (2005). 

Figure 1. Structure of nano LiFePR2ROR7R. Lithium ions are located 

in tunnels delimited by FeOR6R octahedra and POR4R tetrahedra [1] 


P 

P ionic 

P 

P , 

P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Synthesis and Characterization of -BiR2ROR3R Based Solid Electrode Doped with TaR2ROR5R 

1 

2 

2 

UErsay ErsoyUP P*, Handan ÖzlüP Soner ÇakarP P, Caner BilirP 

2P, Orhan Türkolu 2 

1 

PNide University, Faculty of Artz and Science, Department of Chemistry, Nigde, 51100, Turkey 

2 

PErciyes University, Faculty of Science, Department of Chemistry, Kayseri, 38039, Turkey 

Abstact- In this study, the producing of type (fcc) solid electrolytes were investigated in the binary system of BiR2ROR3R-TaR2ROR5R. It was aimed 

that the improving of electrical conductivity, thermal and micro structural properties of fabricated electrolyte materials for the solid oxide 

fuel cell (SOFC) applications. The single phase -BiR2ROR3R type materials were manufactured in the stoichiometric doping range of TaR2ROR5R; 

0. 1 x 0.23 by the solid state reaction technique. The electrical conductivity and XRD patterns of the obtained samples were measured and 

characterized. 

Solid oxide fuel cells (SOFCs) can provide a high 

efficient and clean energy conversion in a variety of 

applications anging from small auxiliary power units to 

large scale power plants. The fluorite type of oxides are 

most studied as solid-oxide electrolyte materials because 

of their chemical and thermal stability. ZrOR2R, CeOR2R and 

BiR2ROR3R based materials can be given as the examples of the 

most popular solid electrolytes which are intensively 

used a major component of SOFC [1]. Generally, these 

systems can show different degree of oxygen ionic 

electrical conductivity depending on the temperature and 

doping concentration of some other oxide compounds. On 

the other hand, fcc type BiR2ROR3R-based materials has a 

2- 

relatively higher OP electrical conductivity at lower 

temperatures than other well-known ZrOR2R or CeOR2R-based 

systems. Therefore, in the present study, we focused on the 

producing of -BiR2ROR3R type solid electrolytes [2,3]. 

The binary system of (BiR2ROR3R)R1-xR(TaR2ROR5R)RxR has been 

studied in the stoichiometric range of x; 0.1 x 0.23.For 

the stabilization of fcc type solid solution, small amounts 

of TaR2ROR5 Rwere doped into the monoclinic -BiR2ROR3 Rby the 

solid state reactions. The powder mixture of BiR2ROR3 Rand 

TaR2ROR5R were mixed in a ball mill and placed in alumina 

crucibles. The resultant mixtures were heated at 700, 

o 

o 

750 P PC for 48 h respectively, then fired at 800 P PC for 24 h. 

XRD patterns of the produced materials were measured for 

the phase analysis. 

stainless holder ~5 tone. The disk–shaped pellets were 

o 

sintered at 750 P PC for 12 h in air atmosphere. 

(a) 

(b) 

Figure 2. The temperature dependence of total conductivity (RTR) 

for - BiR2ROR3R phase (a)18 mol % TaR2ROR5 Raddition, b- 20 mol % 

TaR2ROR5 Raddition 

Figure 1 shows as an example of observed XRD patterns 

of -BiR2ROR3 Rdoped with 18 mol % TaR2ROR5R. The XRD 

patterns of other -phase samples were quite similar with 

the given figure. XRD results indicated that -BiR2ROR3R type 

solid solution were obtained between the stoichiometric 

range of 0.17 x 0.22 Some measured electrical 

conductivities are seen in fig.2. These measurements 

resulted that the obtained single phase samples has an 

oxygen ionic electrical conductivity and solid electrolyte 

character. On the other hand, 18 mol % TaR2ROR5R doping 

electrolyte material has a higher degree of electrical 

-1 -1 

o 

conductivity (RTR=-1,9953 ohmP 

PcmP 

P, at 808 P PC) than 

other doped systems. Therefore, we supposed that this 

solid electrolyte can be used for the fabrication of SOFC 

system which can have a high performance of the 

electrochemical energy production.This work was 

supported by TUBITAK under Grant No. 108T377. 

Figure 1. The measured XRD patterns of -BiR2ROR3Rdoped with 18 

mol % TaR2ROR5R; (a) after heating at 700 °C. (b) after heating 

750P P°C. (c) after heating at 800 °C, 

The conductivity (RTR) measurements were made on 

agglomerated powders which were pelletized at room 

temperature (diameter 10 mm, thickness ~5 mm ) in a 

*Corresponding author: HTersayersoy@gmail.comT 

[1] Fruth V., Ianculescu A., Berger D., Preda S., Voicu G., Tenea 

E., Popa M., Journal of the European Ceramic Society, 26, 3011- 

3016, 2006. 

[2] Ling, C. D., Journal of Solid State Chemistry , 148, 380- 405, 

1999. 

[3] Turkoglu, O., Belenli, I., J. Therm. Anal. Calorim., 73, 1001- 

1012, 2003. 


P 

P 


The Synthesis and Characterization of LaRxRSrR1-xRMnOR3R Cathode Electrode for the Application of Solid 

Oxide Fuel Cell 

1 

1 

2 

1 

UHandan ÖzlüUP P*, Soner ÇakarP P, Ersay ErsoyP P, Orhan TürkoluP 

2 

1 

PErciyes University, Faculty Of Science, Department Of Chemistry, Kayseri, 38039, Turkey 

PNide University, Faculty Of Artz And Science, Department Of Chemistry, Nigde, 51100, Turkey 

Theme F686 - N1123 

Abstact – In this study, we planned the improving of the cathode electrode for the solid oxide fuel cell application. For this aim, the LaRxRSrR1- 

xRMnOR3R perovskite type cathode electrode materials were produced by the solid state reactions. The electrical conductivities, XRD, porosity and 

micro structural aspects of the cathode materials were investigated. 

Solid oxide fuel cell (SOFC) technology has been under 

development for a broad range of power generation 

applications. The attractiveness of this technology is its 

efficient and clean production of electricity from a variety 

of fuels. Most cathode materials used in SOFC today are 

lanthanum oxide-based perovskite materials (crystal 

structure ABOR3R). In high-temperature SOFC, strontiumdoped 

LaMnOR3 R(LSM) is used. Perovskite material is 

mixed ionic and electronic conductivity are discussed in 

relation to their potential application as cathode for SOFC 

[1,2]. 

In this study, experimental results indicated that the nonstoichiometric 

compositions of LaRXRSrR1-xRMnOR3R (x=0.2, 0.3, 

and 0.4) exhibit the best properties of the cathode 

electrode. The solid mixture of LaR2ROR3R, SrCOR3R, MnOR2R 

powders were used as starting materials for the synthesis 

of LaRXRSrR1-xRMnOR3R type materials. The powders were mixed 

by using ball mill and placed in alumina crucibles. The 

prepared solid mixtures were heated at 900 and 1000°C for 

48 respectively. According to XRD results (Figure 1), a 

hexagonal type of LaRXRSrR1-xRMnOR3R perovskite were obtained 

in the stoichiometric range of x; 0.1

P 

P light 


Theme F686 - N1123 

ZnO/CuR2RO Inorganic Solar Cells 

1 

1 

1 

0BYakup HameP P, UTeoman ÖzdalUP P*, Hüseyin arP P, Erdem AslanP 

1P and Hüsnü nci 1 

P 

PMustafa Kemal University, Electric-Electronic Engineering Department, skenderun, Hatay, Turkey 

1 

Abstract -In this work thin film photovoltaic produced and investigated. Bilayer structured device has ZnO and CuR2RO inorganic oxide layers 

as n-type and p-type materials, respectively. Both oxide layers deposited by electrochemical deposition method on to pre cleaned Indium tin 

oxide (ITO) coated glass substrate. As a top electrode Al thermally coated and ITO/ZnO/CuR2RO/Al structure obtained. Finally, I-V curve of 

2 

thin film obtained and investigated by illumination under 100 mW/cmP intensity. 

There has been an active search for cost-effective 

photovoltaic devices since the development of the first solar 

cells in the 1950s [1]. A significant fraction of the cost of 

solar panels comes from the photoactive materials and 

sophisticated, energy-intensive processing technologies. 

Zinc oxide (ZnO), as a transparent conductive oxide, is one 

of the most attractive materials for last several decays. ZnO, 

has a wide field application for industrial and scientific 

researches due to transparent and conductive properties. ZnO 

has a big interest because of bandgap of 3.3 eV at T300 KT 

which is an advantage for Toptoelectronic applications. 

However, ZnO has large exiton-binding energy (T60 meV). 

ZnO thin films have attracted many researchers to work on 

because of its unique electrical, optical and acoustic 

characteristics that making it suitable for various fields of 

applications especially in photovoltaics [2]. ZnO films which 

deposited by ECD method generally obtain in aqueous alkali 

or neutral zinc salt solvents. 

Cuprous oxide (CuR2RO), as a non-toxic and active electrode 

has a big attractive for photovoltaic applications. 

CuR2RO semiconductor material has an ability to absorb visible 

wavelength with band-gap energy of 2,1 eV. Furthermore, it 

has been predicated that CuR2RO is promising for photovoltaic 

applications, with a theoretical energy conversion efficiency 

of 20% [3]. CuR2RO thin films have been prepared by various 

techniques like thermal oxidation, chemical vapor deposition 

(CVD), anodic oxidation, reactive sputtering, pulse laser 

deposition, electrodeposition, plasma oxidation [4-10]. 

Cathodic electrodeposition of CuR2RO is a good method to 

control easily the particle size and the film thickness [11]. 

ITO coated glass sonicated in acetone, 2-propanol, ethanol 

and pure water for 15 minutes respectively. Deposition of 

ZnO and CuR2RO obtained in a three electrode system. During 

the deposition, solution unstirred and temperature kept 

constant. Finally, Al top electrode thermally coated on to 

device as an ohmic contact. 

Electrical characterization of device obtained under 100 

2 

mW/cmP 

Plight intensity. Current-Voltage (IRSCR-VROCR) 

measurements of device obtained with Keithley 4200HT-TTSCSTT 

(semiconductor characterization systemTH). Scanning electron 

microscopy (SEM) image of ZnO layer and estimated 

schematic of ITO/ZnO/CuR2RO/Al thin film structure which 

fabricated in room temperature given in Figure 1 and Figure 2 

respectively. 

Figure 2. ITO/ZnO/CuR2RO/Al structure. 

In this work ZnO/CuR2RO bilayer solar cell fabricated and 

electrical and photovoltaic properties investigated. 

This work is partially supported by The Scientific and 

Technical Research Council of Turkey; with project reference 

Number 107M270. 

*Corresponding author: HTteomanozdal@hotmail.comT 

[1] D. M. Chapin, C. S. Fuller, G. L. Pearson, J. Appl. Phys., Vol. 

25, 676, 1954. 

[2] T. Pauporte, D. Lincot, Electrochim. Acta, Vol. 45, 3345, 2000. 

[3] H. Tanaka, T. Shimakawa, T. Miyata, H. Sato, T. 

Minami, Appl. Surf. Sci. Vol. 244, 568, 2005. 

[4] S. C. Ray, Solar Energy Materials & Solar Cells, Vol. 68, 307, 

2001. 

[5] T. Maruyama, Solar Energy Materials & Solar Cells, Vol. 56, 85, 

1998. 

[6] M. Masui, T. Muranoi, R. Urao, Y. Momose, M.R. Islam, and M. 

Takeuchi, Materials Chem. & Phys., Vol. 43, 283, 1996. 

[7]HTŠmith, M.TH, Gotovac, V., HTAljinovi, Lj.TH, HTLui-Lavcevi, M.TH, 

Surface Science, Vol. 335, 171, 1995. 

[8] T. Mahalingam, J.S.P. Chitra, S. Rajendran, and P.J. Sebastian, 

Semiconductor Sci. and Tech., Vol. 17, 565, 2002. 

[9] T.J. Richardson, J.L. Slack, and M.D. Rubin, Electrochimica 

Acta, Vol. 46, 2281, 2001. 

[10] C.A.N. Fernando, P.H.C. de Silva, S.K. Wethasinha, I.M. 

Dharmadas, T. Delsol, and M.C. Simmonds, Renewable Energy, 

Vol. 26, 521, 2002. 

[11] Edited by G. Hode, Electrochemistry of nanomaterials, Wiley- 

VCH, Weinheim, 2001. 

Figure 1. SEM image of ZnO layer. 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Hydrothermal preparation and electrochemical properties of Sm 3+ and Gd 3+ , 

codoped ceria-based electrolytes for intermediate temperature-solid oxide fuel cells 

Sibel Dikmen 1 , Hasan Aslanbay 1 , Erdal Dikmen 2 

1 Department of Chemistry, Suleyman Demirel University, Isparta 32260, Turkey 

2 Department of Physics, Suleyman Demirel University, Isparta 32260, Turkey 

Abstract- The structure, ionic and electronic conductivities of Ce 0.8 Sm 0.2-x M x O 2- (for M: Gd, and La, x = 0-0.1) solid solutions, prepared for 

the first time hydrothermally, are investigated. The uniformly small particle size (23-64 nm) of the materials allows sintering of the samples 

into highly dense ceramic pellets at 1300-1400 o C, significantly lower temperature, compared to that at 1600-1650 o C required for ceria solid 

electrolytes prepared by solid state techniques. The maximum conductivity, 700ºC 6.50 10 -2 Scm -1 , E a = 0.59 eV, is found at x = 0.1 for Gdcodoping. 

The electrolytic domain boundary (EDB) of Ce 0.8 Sm 0.1 La 0.1 O 2- has been found to be lower than that of singly doped samples. 

These results suggest that co-doping can further improve the electrical performance of ceria-based electrolytes. 

Fuel cells are electrochemical devices that directly convert 

the chemical energy of a fuel into electrical energy in a 

highly clean, cheap and efficient way [1]. Electrolytes used 

for fuel cells are usually the main components determining 

the performance of the cell. A typical solid oxide fuel cell 

electrolyte, 8mol% yttria-stabilized zirconia (YSZ), having 

thermal and mechanical strength both toward anode reduction 

and cathode oxidation requires to operate at high 

temperatures (800–1000 C) to provide high level of ionic 

conductivity. This limits the range of materials used for 

interconnection, electrodes and sealing due to the corrosion 

of metallic components [2]. Some singly doped-electrolytes, 

such as Ce 1x Gd x O 2 (GDC), Ce 1x Sm x O 2 (SDC), 

Ce 1x Y x O 2 (YDC), etc., show high oxide ion conductivity at 

intermediate temperatures (500–700C) [3–5].Substitution of 

the Ce 4+ cations by a lowervalent metal ion (e.g., M 3+ ) in the 

lattice results in the oxygen vacancy formation and increases 

the ionic conductivity. 

The ceria-based electrolytes easily develop n-type electronic 

conduction when exposed to the reducing atmosphere of the 

fuel cell anode which decreases the fuel cell efficiency. It is 

therefore important to make efforts towards the reduction 

of electronic conductivity. The dependence of total 

conductivities of Ce 0.8 Sm 0.2x Gd x O 2 as a function of oxygen 

partial pressure has been shown in Fig. 2. As can be seen, the 

total electrical conductivity ( t ) is predominantly ionic and 

remains constant at moderate P O2 , whereas at low P O2 , the 

total electrical conductivity increases as P O2 decreases and is 

predominantly electronic.. 

0.5 

0.4 

0.10 Ce 0.8 

Sm 0.2-x 

Gd x 

O 2- 

0.05 

In this research, with the aim to develop new ceria-based 

electrolyte materials with improved electrochemical 

properties, Sm 3+ and Gd 3+ co-doped ceria materials were 

prepared for the first time hydrothermally. 

Similar to the previously reported systems [6–7], the 

electrical conductivity of Ce 0.8 Sm 0.2x Gd x O 2 increases 

systematically with increasing gadolinium substitution and 

reaches a maximum for the composition Ce 0.8 Sm 0.1 Gd 0.1 O 2 , 

( 700 C 6.50×10 2 Scm 1 ) Fig. 1) 

-1.0 

-2.0 

 

t 

(Scm -1 ) 

0 

-25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 

log PO (atm) 2 

Ce Sm Gd O 0.8 0.2-x x 2- 

0.3 

0.2 

0.1 

x = 0 

-3.0 

-4.0 

-5.0 

-6.0 

-7.0 

x = 0 

0.05 

0.1 

0.15 

0.20 

Fig.2 Oxygen partial pressure dependence of the total 

conductivity of Ce 0.8 Gd 0.2x Sm x O 2 solid solutions at 973 K. 

The data are fitted with t = i +kP O2 

1/4 

. 

From these results we can conclude that co-doping with Sm 3+ 

and Gd 3+ can lead to an improvement of the stability of ceriabased 

electrolytes at intermediate temperatures. 

This study was supported by TUBTAK under the Grant No: 

106T536. 

-8.0 

10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 

10000/T (K -1 ) 

Fig.1 Arrhenius plots of the ionic conductivity of 

Ce 0.8 Gd 0.2x Sm x O 2 solid solutions 

*Corresponding author: sdikmen@fef.sdu.edu.tr 

[1] S. Dikmen, Journal of Alloys and Compounds, 491 , 106 (2010) 

[2] H. Inaba, H. Tagawa, Solid State Ion., 83, 1 (1996) 

[3] S.W. Zha, C.R. Xia, G.Y. Meng, J. Power Sources, 115, 44 (2003) 

[4] D.J. Kim, J. Am. Ceram. Soc., 72 (8), 1415 (1989). 

[5] S.J. Hong, A.V. Virkar, J. Am. Ceram. Soc., 78 (2) (1995) 433–439. 

[6] S. Dikmen, P. Shuk, M. Greenblatt, Solid State Ion., 126, 89 (1999). 

[17] S. Dikmen, P. Shuk, M. Greenblatt, H. Gocmez, Solid State Sci., 4, 585 

(2002) 



Theme F686 - N1123 

A Novel Method of Nanocomposite Thin Film Synthesis for the use of Third Generation PV Cells 

A. Kuday Karaaslan 1* , Abdullah Ceylan 2 

1 Institute of Natural and Applied Science, Nanotechnology and Nanomedicine Division, Hacettepe University, Ankara 06800, Turkey 

2 Department of Physics Engineering, Hacettepe University, Ankara 06800, Turkey 

Abstract— Our ongoing project is on synthesizing photovoltaic Ge-ZnO nanocomposite thin films by utilizing a method that 

combines a custom made cluster deposition source with a conventional sputtering system and eventually obtain the 

characteristic properties of highly efficient third generation solar cells. 

Third generation photovoltaic cells, in other words 

advanced thin film PV cells are one of the hottest research 

topics of nanotechnology for energy applications. Researchers, 

scientists and engineers among universities worldwide are 

focused on increasing the efficiency and lowering the cost of 

solar cells by means of nanofabrication. 

Our approach in increasing photoconversion efficiency 1 is 

broadening the spectral response of PV cells by embedding 

Germanium (Ge) semiconductor nanocrystals with different 

sizes and concentrations into a thin film of wide band gap 

semiconductor Zinc Oxide (ZnO, Eg= 3.2 eV). The most 

important advantage of this method is the ease of 

independently controlling the mean size and the concentration 

of Ge nanocrystals in ZnO matrix. In order to be able to form 

aforementioned Ge-ZnO structures, combined magnetron 

sputtering system including a DC Magnetron Sputtering 

System with cold trap and cooling funnel that has been 

designed and integrated to a current RF Magnetron Sputtering 

System by our research group. 

Figure 1. Schematic illustration of the method for synthesizing 

Ge-ZnO nanocomposite thin films. 

We thank our technician Uygar Tombuloglu for his contributions. 

*Corresponding author: kuday@hacettepe.edu.tr 

[1] “Quantum Dot Solar Cells,” in Next Generation Photovoltaics, 

Eds, Institute of Physics, London, (2004) (A. Marti and A. Luque). 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Hydrogen Storage and Release Mechanisms in MOF-5 

M. MANI-BISWAS 1 , T. CAGIN 1,2 

1 Materials Science and Engineering, Texas A&M University, College Station, TX 77843, USA 

2 Department of Chemical Engineering, Texas A&M University, Texas, TX 77843-3122, USA 

Abstract- Metal organic framework MOF-5 is a hybrid porous crystalline material. It has high porosity and large 

surface area and hence potential application in gas storage, catalysis, drug delivery, etc. For applications as a gas 

storage material, it is important to find out a suitable gas delivery mechanism. Here we propose such a 

mechanism by taking advantage of near shear instability of MOF-5. Using molecular simulation we show that at 

high pressure MOF-5 gets deformed to 55% of its original volume. We also show that during this deformation 

process; MOF-5 passes through certain stages from where, by decreasing the pressure, 100% reversibility can be 

achieved. Based on this behavior, a purely mechanical process is proposed for gas (H 2 ) storage and release. 

Keywords: Hydrogen storage, Metal organic frameworks, Molecular Dynamics, sorption simulation, mechanical instability. 

Metal organic frameworks (MOF) are hybrid 

porous crystalline materials. They have the highest 

pore size, low density and large surface area of any 

crystalline material 1-4 . In general, MOFs are made 

up of metal oxide clusters positioned at the vertices 

and connected by organic linkers. For example, the 

simplest structure MOF-5 (IRMOF-1) is made up 

of Zn 4 O clusters are positioned at the corners of the 

cubic cell and connected by benzene dicarboxylate 

(BDC) linkers. The framework molecules take up 

only a small fraction of the available space in the 

crystal and about 80 % of the volume is free to 

accommodate any guest molecule 1 . MOFs can be 

easily prepared in the laboratory and have good 

thermal stability (till 300-400 0 C) 3 . All these 

properties make MOFs suitable for applications 

such as gas storage/separation, catalysis, molecular 

recognition, etc. 5, 6 MOFs have potential to adsorb 

gases like H 2 , CH 4 , CO 2 , N 2 , Ar, etc. and the 

adsorption capacity may be improved by changing 

the functionality of the linker and thus increasing 

MOF-guest interaction energy, incorporating open 

metal sites, catenation of framework, etc 4 . MOF 

filled containers have demonstrated enhanced 

storage capacity (44% more hydrogen, 4 times 

more Xenon and 3 times more propane) compared 

to empty containers 5 , further strengthening the 

potential of MOFs as gas storage medium. 

Studies on the mechanical property have revealed 

that MOF-5 is a soft material and it is nearly 

unstable 7-8 , implying that the crystal is flexible 

enough to transform to a new structure in the 

presence of an external stimulus. Single-crystal-tosingle-crystal 

transformations by exchange of guest 

molecule or by varying temperature condition have 

been reported for some MOFs 9 and these 

transformations have been implicated in controlled 

delivery of the guest molecules. Here we show by 

theoretical methods, that at high pressure MOF-5 

undergoes reversible structural transformation i,e 

volume compression/decompression stages which 

may be continued for number of cycles. Taking 

advantage of the cyclic nature of MOF-5 

deformation under pressure, a purely mechanical 

gas storage and delivery system has been proposed. 

We considered hydrogen as a representative gas 

and performed simulations with hydrogen filled 

MOF-5. Given the pore size of MOF-5 (available 

volume ~ 11267 Å 3 ), at 100 MPa and at room 

temperature, ~167 molecules of hydrogen can be 

entrapped inside the crystal (considering density of 

hydrogen at this condition is 49.25 kg/m 3 ). This 

amounts to 7wt % H 2 per gm of MOF-5. Under 

pressure as the crystal deforms the entrapped gas 

will be released, which may be used further. In the 

proposed process, using pressure induced 

mechanical gas delivery system, efficiency as high 

as 90% may be achieved. 

*Corresponding author: cagin@che.tamu.edu 

REFERENCES 

[1] Li, H.; Eddaoudi, M.; O.Keeffe, M.; Yaghi, O. 

M. Nature, 1999, 402, 276-279. 

[2] Eddaoudi, M.; Kim, J.; Rosi, N.; Vodak, D.; 

O'Keeffe, M.; Yaghi, O. M. Science, 2002, 295, 

469-472. 

[3] Rosi, N.; Eckert J., Eddaoudi M.; Vodat D.T.; 

Kim J.; O'Keeffe, M.; Yaghi, O. M Science, 2003, 

300, 1127-1129. 

[4] Rowsell, J. L.C. Yaghi, O. M. Angew. Chem 

Int. Ed. 2005, 44, 4670-4679. 

[5] Mueller, U. Schubert M.; Teich F.; Puetter H.; 

Schierle-Arndt K.; Pastre J. J. Mater. Chem., 2006, 

16, 626-636. 

[6] Ferey, G. Chem. Soc. Rev. 2007, 37, 191-214. 

[7] Han, S. S. and Goddard III, W. A. J. Phys. 

Chem. C, 2007, 111 (42), 15185 -15191. 

[8] Mattesini, M.; Soler, J. M.; Yndurain, F. Phys. 

Rev. B 2006, 73, 094111 1-8. 

[9] Wu, C-D.; Lin, W. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 

2005, 44, 1958-1961. 


P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Synthesis and Characterization of CuInSR2R Quantum Dots for New Generation Hybrid Solar Cells 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Cihan ÖzsoyP P, Banu AydnP P, UCeylan ZaferUP P*, Sddk çliP 

1 

PSolar Energy Institute, Ege University, Izmir 35100, Turkey 

Abstract-CuInSR2R nanoparticles with different semiconductor properties depending on chemical compositions, different particle sizes and 

surface properties have been synthesized and used as n-type semiconductor in hybrid solar cell. Solar cell performances were investigated under 

standart AM1.5 conditions. Charge recombination and charge transport properties in conjugated polymer: QD bulkheterojunction film was 

investigate by of Electrochemical Impedance Spectroscopy (EIS). 

Nanocrystalline materials have attracted a great deal of 

attention from researchers in various fields for both their 

fundamental size-dependent properties and their many 

important technological applications [1]. 

Among the various nanocrystals, transition metal 

chalcogenide nanocrystals have been investigated for many 

applications, including biological labeling, light emitting 

diodes, and photovoltaic devices. Quantum dot (QD) solar 

cells have the potential to increase the maximum attainable 

thermodynamic conversion efficiency of solar photon 

conversion up to about 66% by utilizing hot photogenerated 

carriers to produce higher photovoltages or higher 

photocurrents. [2] 

Especially Copper Indium Sulfides (CuInSR2R) and Copper 

Indium Sellenides (CuInSeR2R) quantum dots are the most 

attractive for photovoltaic applications. Energy level of 

CuInSR2 Ris suitable to use as both p- and n- type semiconductor 

in solar cells. 

Characterizations of products were carried out several 

analysis techniques (UV-Vis, XRD, TEM, XPS etc.) 

Figure 3. XRD pattern of CuInSR2R products 

Distribution(1/nm) 

0.15 

0.10 

0.05 

Particle-/Pore-size Distribution(Volume) 

0.00 

0.00 5.00 10.00 15.00 20.00 25.00 

Particle/Pore diameter(nm) 

Figure 4. Particle size distribution of nano-particles. 

CuInS2:MDMO-PPV (1:1) 

Figure 1. Energy levels of materials that used in fabrication of solar 

cell 

We do the synthesis of these quantum dots (QD) with 

various synthetic routes with different uniform sizes, shapes 

and make a structural, optical, electrochemical 

characterization. We are able to synthesize a uniform multy 

gram quantity in one-pot reaction [3, 4]. 

QDs were used as n-type semiconductors in combination of 

conjugated polymers such as poly-3-heyxl thiophene (P3HT) 

and Poly [2-methoxy-5-(2-ethyl-hexyloxy)-1,4-phenyl vinyl] 

(MEH-PPV) and poly-[2-(3,7-dimethyloctyloxy)-5- 

methyloxy]-para-phenylene-vinylene (MDMO-PPV) which 

are p-type materials. Two different configuration of solar cell 

investigated in the frame of this work. Geometrical structures 

are shown in the figure below: 

Figure 2. Hybrid solar cell structures a) mixture b) double layer 

Current Density (mAcm -2 ) 

0,04 

0,03 

0,02 

0,01 

0,00 

-0,01 

-0,02 

-0,03 

-0,04 

-0,05 

Isc [mA/cm 2 ] : 0,029 

Voc [mV] : 140 

FF : 0,42 

MPoweroutput [mW/cm 2 ] : 0,0017 

Vmp [mV] : 90 

Imp [mA/cm 2 ] : 0,018 

Efficiency [%] : 0,0017 

0,0 0,1 0,2 

Applied Bias (V) 

Figure 5. Photovoltaic performance of QD:MDMO-PPV based solar 

cell. 

*Corresponding author: HTceylan.zafer@ege.edu.trT 

[1] C. Czekelius, M. Hilgendorff, L. Spanhel, I. Bedja, M.Lench, G. 

Müller, U. Bloeck, D. Su, and M. Giersig,Adv. Mater. 11 (1999) 8, 

643 

[2] A. J. Nozik Physica , 14( 2002) 115-120. 

[3] Park, J.; An, K.; Hwang, Y.; Park, J.-G.; Noh, H.-J.; Kim, J.-Y.; 

Park,J.-H.; Hwang, N.-M.; Hyeon, T. Nat. Mater. 2004, 3, 891-895. 

[4] Sang-Hyun Choi, Eung-Gyu Kim and Taeghwan Hyeon, J. AM. 

CHEM. SOC. 2006, 128, 2520-2521 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Hydrogen Chemisorption on Metal Loaded Carbon Nanotubes 

Gülah Ozan 1* , Saadet Kayıran Beyaz 2 , Nalan Tekin 2 , M. Efkan Kibar 3 

1 Gebze Institute of Technology, Department of Chemistry, 41400 Gebze / Kocaeli-TURKEY. 

2 Kocaeli University, Faculty of Science and Arts, Department of Chemistry, 41380 Izmit / Kocaeli- TURKEY. 

3 Kocaeli University, Faculty of Engineering, Department of Chemical Engineering, 41380 Izmit / Kocaeli- TURKEY. 

Abstract— Metal doped or metal decorated carbon nanotubes (CNTs) are the most capable materials for hydrogen storage by 

chemisorption. Using CNTs for hydrogen storage has been one of the hottest topics in science and technology. We have 

developed nickel doped materials by wet chemistry method and measured the hydrogen absorption capacity of these materials. 

The comparison of absorption capacities between materials is discussed in the light of characterization results. 

Hydrogen storage is an essential prerequisite for the 

widespread deployment of fuel cells, particularly in transport. 

The US Department of Energy (DOE) has announced a 6.0 

wt% target for hydrogen storage on-board automobiles [1, 2]. 

Sorption in solids is one of the way for increasing hydrogen 

storage. Nanostructured carbons are being investigated as 

potential hydrogen adsorbents since they are cheap, light and 

porous materials. CNTs can easily and dependably accept and 

release substantial quantities of hydrogen by physisorption and 

chemisorption mechanisms [3]. Many works are devoted to 

measure and calculate hydrogen adsorption capacity of carbon 

nanomaterials. According to the works done by Monte Carlo 

simulations, it is observed that hydrogen storage is less than 

1% at room temperature when it is absorbed with various 

carbon materials such as SWCNTs, MWCNTs, and GNFs. 

These works show that the physisorption is not sufficent for 

store the quantity of hydrogen given in DOE target [4-6]. For 

this reason the researchers have tried to create more attractive 

nanocarbons surface for creating strong interaction with 

hydrogen. The chemisorption mechanism could provide the 

hydrogen storage capacity which can fulfill the technological 

necessity [3]. The aim of this work is to study the hydrogen 

chemisorption on Ni doped materials. 

In this study, three different Ni doped materials were 

prepared using active carbon (AC), Al 2 O 3 and multi walled 

carbon nanotubes (MWCNTs). MWCNTs were synthesized 

by Chemical Vapor Deposition (CVD) method using acetylene 

as a carbon source and nickel as catalyst. MWCNTs were 

purified by thermal oxidation in air at temperature at 350 ºC 

for 2h in order to remove amorphous carbon and were treated 

with 3M HCl solution in order to remove metal catalyst. 

Carboxylic acid functionalized MWCNTs (f-MWCNTs) have 

been obtained by treatment of concentrated H 2 SO 4 /HNO 3 (v:v, 

3:1). 15 % Ni doped f-MWNTs, Al 2 O 3 and AC were prepared 

from Ni(NO 3 ) 2 .6H 2 O by wet chemistry method. Formerly, f- 

MWNT, Al 2 O 3 and A.C. was ultrasonically dispersed in 

ethanol for 3h and Ni(NO 3 ) 2 .6H 2 O solution was added and 

ultrasonicated in order to obtain homogenous metal dispersion 

on these materials. Ni doped materials were centrifuged and 

dried at 60 ºC for 4 days in vacuum oven. The synthesized 

MWCNTs, f-MWCNTs were characterized by TEM, SEM, 

FT-IR, EDX, Raman, and BET techniques. The specific 

surface area of the 15% Ni doped materials are 222 m2/g for f- 

MWCNTs, 114m2/g for Al 2 O 3 and 362m2/g for AC. The 

hydrogen chemisorptions capacity of obtained Ni doped 

materials was measured using Micromeritics, ASAP 2020, 

Surface Area and Porosity Analyzer. Figure clearly shows that 

MWCNTs were successfully synthesized and doped with Ni 

metal atoms. 

a 

c 

Figure: (a) HRTEM image of MWCNTs, (b) Raman Spectrum of MWCNTs, 

(c) SEM image of 15 % Ni doped f-MWCNT and (d) EDX result of 15 % Ni 

doped f-MWCNT 

In summary, we have successfully developed nickel 

doped materials and measured the hydrogen absorption 

capacity of these materials. The comparison of absorption 

capacities between Ni doped materials are discussed in light of 

characterization results. The absorption results will be 

presented during the conference. 


Grant No. 106T502, 109T619 and by Kocaeli University 

under Grant No. BAP 2007/70. BET characterization and H 2 

chemisorption studies were done at AYARGEB at Kocaeli 

University Teknopark Inc. 

*Corresponding Author: gozan@gyte.edu.tr 

[1] A. Anson, M. Benham, J. Jagiello, M. A. Callejas, A. M. Benito, 

Nanotechnology, 15 (2004) 1503-08. 

[2] B. Weinberger, F. D. Lamari, Int J Hydrogen Energy, 34 (2009) 

3058-64. 

[3]. Y.Yürüm, A. Taralp, T.N., Vezirolu, Int J Hydrogen Energy, 34 

3784-98 (2009). 

[4] S. K. Beyaz, F. L. Darkrim, B. P. Weinberger, P. Gadelle, L. 

Firlej and P. Bernier, Int. J. Hydrogen Energy, 34 (2009) 1965-70. 

[5] S.B. Kayıran, F.D. Lamari, D. Levesque, Journal Of Physical 

Chemistry B, 108 / 39 (2004) 15211-15. 

[6] D. Levesque, A. Gicquel, F.L. Darkrim , S.B. Kayıran, Journal Of 

Physics-Condensed Matter, 14 / 40 (2002) 9285-93. 

b 

d 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Biosynthesis of metal nanoparticles using Entrobacteriaceae 

Eshrat Gharaei-Fathabad 1 , Soheyla Honary 2 , Masoumeh Eslamifar 3 , Zahra Khorshidi 1 

1- Department of Biotechnology, Sari Faculty of Pharmacy, Mazandaran University of Medical 

Sciences 

2- Department of Pharmaceutics, Sari Faculty of Pharmacy, Mazandaran University of Medical 

Sciences 

3- Department of Microbiology, Faculty of Hygiene, Mazandaran University of Medical Sciences 

Abstract: 

Many biotechnological applications such as remediation of toxic metals employ 

micro-organisms such as bacteria and the detoxification often occurring via reduction 

of the metal ions. 

The main objectives of the present study were to investigate the biosynthesis of zerovalent 

metal nanoparticles in the supernatant of the Entrobacteriaceae medium of 

cultures. 

Ten different pure colonies of Entrobacteriaceae isolated from waste water, were 

cultured in Luria Bertani broth medium .After reaching to the exponential growth, the 

supernatant were examined for the ability to produce metal nanoparticles. For that, 1 

Molar solution of CuSo4, AgNo3 and FeSo4 added to the reaction matrix. The 

reaction was done in a dark and anaerobic environment at 37 ° C. After 2 days, it was 

observed that the color of the solutions in flasks turned. The nanoparticles were 

examined using UV-Visible Spectroscopy, Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM) 

analyses and Zeta potentials. 

It was found that exposure of culture supernatanant of some Entrobacteriaceae 

mainly E.coli, to these metal ions lead to the formation of metal nanoparticles. The 

silver, copper and iron nanoparticles were in the range of 20-80, 90-110 and 5-60 nm 

in dimension respectively. 

The main conclusion is that the bio-reduction method is a good alternative to the 

electrochemical methods for producing nanoparticles. 

Keywords: bio-reduction, E coli. Entrobacteriaceae, metal nanoparticles 

6th Nanoscience and Nanotechnology Conference, İzmir, 2010 767-1


Theme F686 - N1123 

CRYSTALLIZATION OF THIN Si FILM FABRICATED BY ELECTRON BEAM 

EVAPORATION ON GLASS SUBSTRATE FOR SOLAR CELLL APPLICATIONS 

M. Karaman a , Ö. Tüzün b , R. Turan a , . Oktik b 

a Department of Physics, Middle East Technical University, 06531 Ankara, Turkey 

b Department of Physics, Mula University, 48000 Mula, Turkey 

E-Mail: mkaramanm@gmail.com 

Abstract 

Amorphous, nanocrystalline and 

polycrystalline silicon thin films fabricated 

on glass substrate are of great interest for 

low-cost and high efficiency solar cells. 

There are various techniques to fabricate 

such kind of cells[1]. Solid Phase 

Crystallization (SPC) technique is 

favourable due to its easy production and 

resulting high quality, such as larger 

grained, less defective thin films. However, 

its long crystallization annealing is the 

disadvatage for industrial production 

application[2]. This important problem is 

solved by a novel annealing technique that 

consists of two-step annealing. These are 

low-temperature annealing (475 o C for 8h) to 

start the nucleation with a lower nucleation 

rate and high-temperature annealing (900 o C 

for 1h) to reduce the annealing time 

dramatically. In this approach, novel SPC 

process results larger grain size with lower 

defects compared to conventional lowtemperature 

SPC process while the hightemperature 

annealing reduces the 

crystallization time. This two step annealing 

processes lead to a phase transformation 

from a fully amorphous phase to a 

nanocrystalline phase and finally a 

polycrystalline phase in the film. This work 

aims to undertand the basic kintics in these 

transformation processes. 

Ex situ doped amorphous silicon is 

deposited by electron beam evaporation 

system with a depositon rate of 3Å/sec, and 

crystallized by classical thermal process. 

The structural analysis of the films formed 

by this novel annealing process is analyzed 

by optical microscopy, scanning electron 

microscopy (SEM), electron back scattering 

diffraction (EBSD) technique, and Raman 

Spectroscopy. Raman spectroscopy allowed 

us to monitor the crystallinity of the grown 

layer. It also provided infromation about the 

Figure1. Raman measurement after 475°C 8h+900°C 

60min annealing process 

structures formed at nanoscale. Doping 

profile of boron through the active layer is 

studied by secondary ion mass spectroscopy 

(SIMS). Results show that structures with 

nanometer dimension are observable even 

after high temeparture annealings. 

[1] T. Baba, M. Shima, T. Matsuyama, S. Tsuge, K. 

Wakisaka, S. Tsuda, In: Proc. 13 th European Photovoltaic 

Solar Energy Conf. (1995) 1708. 

[2] T. Baba, T. Matsuyama, T. Sawada, T. Takahama, K. 

Wakisaka, S. Tsuda, MRS Symp. Proc. 358 (1995) 895 

 

 


P 

and 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Illumination Dependence of Equivalent Circuits Parameters for Organic Solar Cells from Single I-V 

Plot 

1 

UOmer MermerUP P* 

1 

PEge University, Department of Electrical and Electronics Engineering Bornova/Izmir/Turkey 

Abstract-In this paper, we present a simulation study for a newly prepared organic solar cell, based on a composite of poly (2-methoxy- 5-(20- 

ethylhexyloxy)-1, 4-phenylenevinylene (MEH-PPV) with [6, 6]-phenyl C60 butyric acid methyl ester (PCBM). Photo-current density vs. 

voltage (J–V) characteristics, for the cell, which were experimentally studied earlier, has been revisited here. The variation of equivalent circuit 

parameters with respect to different illumination intensity were studied in detail and compared with experimental data of P3HT:PCBM solar 

cell. The experimental data showed good agreement with theory. 

Conducting polymers are of great topical interest. They have 

found applications in the design and development of thin, 

light-weight, flexible and low-cost electronic devices [1]. 

Extensive research is being done on organic light emitting 

diodes, solar cells, display devices, transistors, lasers and 

sensors [2–5]. Solar cells are among the best technological 

alternatives to today’s conventional energy sources and are the 

solution to the energy crisis. Their cost-effectiveness and easy 

processing have attracted the attention of researchers towards 

the development of organic solar cell (OSC) devices. There 

has been very fast progress in the performance of organic solar 

cells and an efficiency of 6.5% has been achieved in a 

P3HT:PCBM system [6]. Further improvement in the 

performance needs understanding of the physics behind the 

operation of these devices. Despite the rapid progress of 

organic devices towards commercial applications, device 

modeling is of prime importance in understanding the physics 

behind the charge carrier transport in these devices. The 

device modeling is useful for the prediction of charge 

transport properties of the devices and facilitates better device 

design. 

The indium tin oxide (ITO)/poly(ethylene-dioxythiophene) : 

poly(styrenesulphonate) (PEDOT : PSS)/P3HT : PCBM/Al 

organic bulkheterojunction (BHJ) solar cells was fabricated 

and measured their I-V characteristics in the dark and under 

different illumination intensities according to previously 

published procedure [7]. 

FF(%) 

21 

20.5 

20 

19.5 

2.2 

1.8 

1.6 

1.4 

19 

1.2 

20 40 60 80 100 

Radiation (mW/cm2) 

2 

efficiency 

Current density(mA/cm2) 

12 

11 

10 

9 

8 

7 

6 

5 

4 

20 40 60 80 100 

radiation (mW/cm2) 

Figure 1. Variation of a)Jsc and Voc and b) FF and efficiency of 

P3HT:PCBM solar cell device with the illumination intensity. 

Figure 1 shows the effect of illumination intensity on the 

various parameters of the P3HT :PCBM solar cell device 

studied in this paper. The variation of the illumination 

intensity is observed to have a significant effect on the 

performance of the solar cell device. 

The current–voltage relation for a solar cell under 

illumination is given by [8] 

0.87 

0.86 

0.85 

0.84 

0.83 

0.82 

Voc(V) 

I I 

I 

ph 

ph 

I 

d 

I 

p 

 

I 

s exp 

 

q 

nkT 

V IRs 

( V IRs 

) 1 

R 

p 

Where IRphR, IRsR, n, RRsR RR being the photocurrent, the 

shR 

diode saturation current, the diode quality factor, the series 

and the shunt resistances, respectively. 

Good agreement between the experimental data and 

equation (1) has also been observed under different 

illumination intensities. The modelled characteristics show 

good agreement with the measured characteristics for the same 

values of the diode parameters in the dark and under different 

illumination intensities except the parallel resistance (Rp), 

which is observed to decrease with the increment in the 

illumination intensity. Figure 2 shows the dependence of 

series and shunt resistance on the different illumination 

intensities. 

Rs(ohm) 

115 

110 

105 

4500 

4000 

3500 

3000 

2500 

2000 

1500 

100 

1000 

20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 

Radiation (mW/cm2) 

Figure 2. Variation of Rs and Rp of P3HT:PCBM solar cell device 

with the illumination intensity. 

In summary, we have modeled the dark and illuminated I-V 

characteristics of an organic solar cell device. The 

experimental data showed good agreement with theory. The 

present model explains the behavior of the solar cell devices in 

different experimental conditions, such as different 

illumination intensity and temperature. 

*Corresponding author: omermermer@gmail.com 

[1] S. C. Jain, et.al. Conducting Organic Materials and Devices, 2007 

[2] E. Bundgaard, et.al., 2007 Sol. Energy Mater. Sol. Cells 91, 954 

[3] C.J. Brabec, et.al. 2005 Adv. Funct. Mater. 11, 15 

[4] S.R. Forrest, 2004 Nature 428 911 

[5] H. Sirringhaus 2005 Adv. Funct. Mater. 17, 2411 

[6] J. Y.Kim J Y, et.al., 2007 Science 317, 222 

[7] S. Alem, et.al., Applied Physics Letters, 84, 2004, 2178. 

[8] A. Moliton, et al., Polymer International, 55 , 2006, 583 

Rp(ohm) 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Undesired Phase Formations Between Ba 0.5 Sr 0.5 Co 0.8 Fe 0.2 O 3-δ Cathode and La 0.9 Sr 0.1 Ga 0.8 Mg 0.2 O 2.85 

Electrolyte for SOFCs 

Yeliz EKINCI 1 , Ridvan DEMIRYUREK 2* , Omer KARAKOC 2* , Shalima SHAWUTI 2 , Cinar ONCEL 2 and M. Ali GULGUN 2 

1 Faculty of Chemical and Metallurgical Engineering, Istanbul Technical University, Istanbul 34469, Turkey 

2 Faculty of Engineering and Natural Sciences, Sabanci University, Istanbul 34956, Turkey 

Abstract Ba 0.5 Sr 0.5 Co 0.8 Fe 0.2 O 3-δ (BSCF) is promising material as a cathode for La 0.9 Sr 0.1 Ga 0.8 Mg 0.2 O 2.85 (LSGM) based SOFCs. For this aim, 

BSCF-LSGM powders were characterized by the XRD, SEM and EDS techniques to observe the formation of undesired phases in the 

temperature range of 700-1100 °C. Formation of new phases began around 900 °C. No new phases were observed below this temperature. 

SrLaGa 3 O 7 , BaLaGaO 4 and Ba 6 La 2 Co 4 O 15 could be undesired phases which were strongly observed at 1100 °C. 

The main obstacle in front of SOFC’s commercialization 

is their high operating temperatures [1]. Efforts to reduce the 

operating temperature brings along some problems with them. 

There is a substantial increase in electrochemical resistance of 

the fuel cell components (anode, cathode and electrolyte) and 

an increase of electrode polarization resistance [2]. To tackle 

these problems, novel materials has been under an intense 

studies. Ba 0.5 Sr 0.5 Co 0.8 Fe 0.2 O 3−δ (BSCF) cathode and 

La 0.9 Sr 0.1 Ga 0.8 Mg 0.2 O 2.85 (LSGM) electrolyte material 

combination offers promising results. LSGM is preferred 

because of its high oxygen ion conductivity, 10 -1 S cm -1 [3] at 

800 °C and high oxygen diffusion rate. The electronic 

conductivity pattern over a wide range of oxygen partial 

pressures (10 − 20 to 1 atm) can be assumed negligible at 

intermediate operating temperatures [3]. BSCF is a mixed 

oxygen ionic and electronic conducting oxide in the lattice 

form of perovskite [2]. High activity to reduce the oxygen 

electrochemically and high oxygen diffusion rate at 773-873 

°C makes BSCF worthy of investigation [3]. However use of 

BSCF cathode and LSGM electrolyte together may cause 

formation of some undesired phases. These undesired phases 

could decrease the efficiency of the whole system. 

In this investigation, the temperature range at which 

undesired reactions between the cathode candidate and the 

LSGM electrolyte take place and the phases that are formed 

were studied. BSCF used in this study was synthesized by 

combined EDTA-citrate (EC) method [4]. The temperature of 

the formation of reaction products was determined by XRD. 

LSGM and BSCF powders are mixed in the ratio of 1:1. XRD 

measurements are done on the powders heat treated at room 

temperature (RT), 700 C, 800 C, 900 C, 1000 C, and 1100 

C (Figure 1). Formation of new phases began around 900 C. 

No new phases were observed below this temperature. The 

phase that was strongly consumed in the reactions above 1100 

°C was BSCF. The disappearance of XRD peaks belonging to 

BSCF phase can be observed in Figure 1. 

The new phases that form as a result of the reactions between 

the cathode and electrolyte are suspected to be SrLaGa 3 O 7, 

BaLaGaO 4 and Ba 6 La 2 Co 4 O 15 . 

Figure 2 shows the secondary electron and back scattered 

electron images of a particle that shows reacted as well as 

original powder regions. EDS analyses taken from regions 

with different BSE contrast in Figure 2 confirmed the 

assignments of the phases that appear in these reactions. EDS 

results also indicated that extensive solid solution in the 

system is possible. This could open a whole new series of 

mixed oxides that are suitable for SOFC applications. 

Figure 2. SEM micrographs of mixture of BSCF-LSGM powders at 

1100 °C (a) the secondary electron (b) the back scattered electron 

*Presenting authors: demiryurek@su.sabanciuniv.edu, 

okarakoc@su.sabanciuniv.edu 

[1] Liu, B., Zhang, Y., and Zhang, L., 2008. Journal of Power 

Sources. Volume 175, Issue 1, Pages 189-195 

[2] Zhou, W., Ran, R., and Shao, Z., 2009. Journal of Power Sources, 

Volume 192, Issue 2, Pages 231-246 

[3] J. Peña-Martíneza, D. Marrero-Lópezb, J.C. Ruiz-Moralesb, B.E. 

Buergler, P. Núñez and L.J. Gauckler, 2006. Solid State Ionics, 

Volume 177, Issue 19-25, Pages 2143-2147 

[4] Lee, S., Lim, Y., Lee, E., Hwang, H., and Moon, J, 2005. Journal 

of Power Sources, Volume 157, Pages 848-854 

(a) 

(b) 

Figure 1. The XRD patterns of mixture of BSCF-LSGM powders 


Poster Session, Thursday, June 17 Theme F686 - N1123 

Enhanced Photocatalytic Activity Of Dye-Sensitized Solar 

Cells With Optimized Cathode 

Berk H. Giray a , Hermann Tempel b,c , Saygin Aras c , Özlem Soydas c , Jörg J. 

Schneider b , and Deniz Üner c,* 

a Aselsan Inc., 06172, Ankara / TURKEY 

b Eduard-Zintl Institut Technische Universität Darmstadt, Petersenstrasse 18 64287 Darmstadt, GERMANY 

c Middle East Technical University, Chemical Engineering Department, 06531, Ankara / TURKEY 

*uner@metu.edu.tr 

Abstract. In this study the effect of CNT modified TiO 2 thin films on the performance of Dye Sensitized Solar 

Cells (DSSC) is studied. Furthermore, the effect of the thermal decomposition temperature of Pt layer on the 

cathode surface was also investigated. The CNT loadings and Pt decomposition temperatures were optimized for 

the efficiencies of the DSSCs. 

Keywords: dye sensitized solar cells, carbon nanotubes, Pt loadings, metal support interaction. 

PACS: 81.40.Tv - Optical and dielectric properties related to treatment conditions: 

http://www.aip.org/pacs/index.html 

INTRODUCTION 

Since the introduction of DSSC from Grätzel and 

O’Regan [1] , numerous studies have been done to 

optimize the working electrode. But still the 

efficiencies are limited to less than 10-15% [2] . The 

majority of the studies focus on the anode side of the 

DSSCs. However, there is also room for improvement 

in the catalysis going on at the Pt nanoparticles over 

the cathode surface. 

EXPERIMENTAL 

Pt layer was coated by brushcoating of platisol 

(Solaronix Switzerland). After coating the platinum 

precursor was decomposed by heat treatment at 400°C 

for 5 min. Afterwards sintering at temperatures from 

400°C to 550°C were applied. The working electrode 

(anode) was prepared by doctor blade technique. The 

precursor solution was Ti-Nanoxide T20 (Solaronix) 

was the choice of anatase. It is a paste containing 11 

weight % anatase with uniform particle diameter of 20 

nm. 

CNTs were incorporated into the working electrode 

TiO 2 by stiring ethanol, anatase nanopowder, 

tetratitaniumisopropoxide, nitric acid, polyethyleneglycol 

and pluronic at 50°C for 20h. This sol was 

applied onto the FTO glass slides by spincoating 

technique [3] . 

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION 

The amount of Ru-Dye [Solaronix Ru-535] 

adsorbed increased upon incorporation of activated 

carbon on the anode. But, it should be remembered 

that a larger amount of dye not always leads to higher 

current in the DSSC. Figure 1 shows the TiO 2 layer 

with incorporated CNTs. 

The effects of the different sintering parameters on the 

cathode surface morphology were reported in terms of 

the effect on the cell efficiency and the fill factor in 

Table 1. It is seen that the catalytic I - /I 3 - reactions at 

the cathode side is influenced by the Pt particle sizes. 

Further characterization is in progress. 

FIGURE 1. SEM image of TiO 2 film with 

incorporated CNTs. 

TABLE 1. Effect of different annealing conditions on 

the cell performance [4] 

particles size P FF η 

T( o C) (nm) 

(mW) (%) 

none 89 24,50 0.454 2.36 

450 83 25,80 0.466 2.48 

500 69 29,60 0.471 2.85 

550 67 30,00 0.474 2.89 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

Financial support of BMBF Germany and 

TUBITAK (107M447) Inten-C joint program and 

TUBITAK (108M631) is acknowledged. METU 

Central laboratories and the Metallurgical and 

Materials Engineering Department are kindly 

acknowledged for the SEM measurements. 

REFERENCES 

1. Grätzel and O’Regan, Nature, 353, 1991, 737. 

2. Hodes G. Electrochemistry of nanomaterials, VCH- 

Wiley, Weinheim, 2000. 

3. H. Itai, H. et al. Chemistry Letters,No. 9, 37, 2008, 940. 

4. H. B. Giray M.S Thesis, 2010, METU, Ankara. 


P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Crystal Structure Predictions for Hydrogen Storage Materials and Ammonia Dynamics in 

Magnesium Ammine from DFT and Neutron Scattering 

1 

UAdem TekinUP P* 

1 

PInformatics Institute, Istanbul Technical University, 34469 Maslak Istanbul Turkey 

Abstract- By combining several computational methods, the lowest energy crystal structures of Mg(NHR3R)RnRClR2R with n=6,2,1, 

Mg(BH4)2, LiBH and MgNH were searched. Furthermore, NHR3R ab- and desorption mechanisms involved in metalammines were 

investigated using a combination of DFT and quasi-elastic neutron scattering measurements. 

Hydrogen and ammonia both have great potential as 

carbon-neutral energy carriers for the future. However, there 

are still some major challenges waiting to be addressed 

concerning the production, storage, and the everyday use of 

hydrogen and ammonia. In addition to gas or liquid forms of 

storage (which are not efficient), hydrogen can also be stored 

with high capacity in the condensed phase in the form of 

metal hydrides, carbon nanotubes, metal–organic 

frameworks, metal borohydrides and metalammines. 

Details of absorption and desorption mechanisms of 

NHR3R/HR2R in different storage mediums are based on the crystal 

structure. This point becomes more delicate if the crystal 

structure is unknown, as in the case of the low temperature 

structure of Mg(NHR3R)R6RClR2R. Therefore, a new crystal structure 

prediction method based on Simulated Annealing (SA) [1] is 

implemented and first applied to Mg(NHR3R)RnRClR2R with n=6,2,1 

[2]. In metal ammines, hydrogen bonds between NHR3R's 

hydrogens and chlorine atoms are important to stabilize the 

metal complex. This fact is exploited in the SA search to 

construct crystal structures by maximizing the number of 

hydrogen bonds within a (2×2×2) cut-through lattice using 

only several bond length constraints. SA optimizations found 

all the experimentally known structures and predicted the 

C2/m structure for the uncharacterized low temperature phase 

of Mg(NHR3R)R6RClR2R. 

Then the SA method applied to one of the promising metal 

borohydride, Mg(BHR4R)R2R [3], which stores 14.9 % wt of 

hydrogen. These SA optimizations successfully yielded 

previously proposed I4m2 and F222 symmetry structures of 

Mg(BHR4R)R2R. Further optimizations the Density Functional 

Theory (DFT) level indicated that the ground state structure 

of Mg(BHR4R)R2R is the one with I4m2 symmetry. 

In the last decade, LiBHR4R has been proposed as a promising 

hydrogen storage medium due to its high gravimetric (18.5 % 

3 

wt hydrogen) and volumetric (121 kg H/mP P) hydrogen 

density. Although a considerable amount of papers have been 

published on LiBHR4R, a clear theoretical structure 

determination seems to suffer from a lack of methodological 

approach. Therefore, the potential energy surface of LiBHR4R 

was investigated by the SA method and DFT calculations. A 

new stable orthogonal structure with Pnma symmetry was 

found [4], which is 9.66 kJ/mol lower in energy than the 

proposed Pnma structure [5]. For the high temperature 

structure, a new orthorhombic P2/c structure was proposed, 

which is 21.26 kJ/mol over the ground-state energy and 

showed no lattice instability. 

Li – Mg – N – H systems composed of Mg(NHR2R)R2R and LiH 

with various ratios can reversibly store hydrogen at moderate 

operating conditions. Depending on the Mg/Li ratio different 

products may be formed. Amongst them, the crystal structure 

of magnesium imide (MgNH) is unknown. Therefore, the SA 

method was also applied to find the ground-state structure of 

MgNH. A new stable tetragonal phase with P4/nmm 

symmetry was found as the lowest-energy structure of MgNH 

[6]. 

Using the structures of Mg(NHR3R)RnRClR2R with n=6,2,1 found 

by the SA method, NHR3R rotation and diffusion processes in 

these metalammines were investigated using a combination 

of DFT and quasi-elastic neutron scattering measurements. 

DFT calculations involving bulk diffusion of NHR3R correctly 

reproduced the trends observed in the experimental 

desorption enthalpies. In particular, for n = 6, 2, 1, there is a 

good agreement between activation barriers and experimental 

enthalpies. The release of NHR3R in magnesium ammine is thus 

found to be limited by bulk diffusion. 

Figure 1. Calculated (dotted line) versus experimental (solid line) 

desorption enthalpies for the different desorption steps, 6 2, 2 

1, and 1 0, of magnesium ammine. The lowest activation 

barriers obtained for NHR3R diffusion are shown in squares [2]. 

Ammonia dynamics study was supported by European 

Commission DG Research (contract MRTN-CT-2006- 

032474/Hydrogen). I thank Riccarda Caputo (from EMPA) 

and Deniz Cakir (from University of Twente) for their DFT 

calculations for Mg(BHR4R)R2R and LiBHR4R and MgNH, 

respectively. 

HT*Corresponding author: adem.tekin@be.itu.edu.trT 

[1] Corona A, Marchesi M, Martini C, Ridella S., 1987. 

Minimizing Multimodal Functions of Continuous Variables with 

the ``Simulated Annealing'' Algorithm, Assoc. Comput. Mach., 

Trans. Math. Software, 13: 262-280. 

[2] Tekin A, Hummelshøj J. S., Jacobsen H. S., Sveinbjörnsson 

D, Blanchard D, Nørskov J. K., Vegge T., 2010. Ammonia 

dynamics in magnesium ammine from DFT and neutron 

scattering, Energy Environ. Sci., DOI: 10.1039/b921442a. 

[3] Caputo R., Tekin A., Sikora W., Züttel A., 2009. Firstprinciples 

determination of the ground-state structure of 

Mg(BH4)2, Chem. Phys. Lett., 480: 203-209. 

[4] First principles determination of ground-state structure of 

LiBHR4R, Tekin A, Caputo R., Züttel A., 2010. Submitted to Phys. 

Rev. Lett. 

[5] Soulié J-Ph., Renaud G., erny R., Yvon K., 2002. Lithium 

boro-hydride LiBHR4R I. Crystal structure, J. Alloys. Compd. 

346:200-205. 

[6] Cakir D, Tekin A, Brocks G., 2010. The crytsal structure of 

MgNH: a computational study, Submitted to Phys. Rev. B. 


P 

P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

1 

Effect of Concentration on Roller Electrospinning 

1 

2 

1 

UF.YenerUP P*, O.JirsakP P R.GemciP 

PTextile Engineering Depatment, Engineering& Architecture Faculty, Kahramanmaras Sutcu Imam University, Campus of Avsar, 46100, 

Kahramanmaras, Turkey 

2 

PNonwoven Department, Textile Engineering Faculty, Technical University of Liberec, Halkova 6, 46117, Czech Republic 

Abstract- In this study we studied the effect of concentration on Roller Electrospinning Method. Firstly we solved PVB in isopropanol by 

using different concentrations as 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%wt of PVB polymer. Later we compared fiber characteristics for each solvent. We 

investigated that fiber diameter increases with increasing of concentration. In higher concentrations, the resultant fibers were more regular. 

Nanofibers can be produced from a wide range of 

polymers. These fibers have extremely high specific 

surface area due to their small diameters, high surface per 

weight ratio, good barrier characteristics against the 

microorganism and fine particles, high surface energy, 

good strength per unit weight, and covering effects, etc [1]. 

….One of the electrospinning is Nanospider (Roller 

Electrospinning) which is the only method for using in 

industry nanofibers continuously. This method was 

invented by Jirsak in Technical University of Liberec 

(Czech Republic), 2003 [2]. 

In this work, we used Roller Electrospinning with 

Polyvinly Butyral (molecular weight of 60,000) 

+Isopropanol in different concentrations. These 

concentrations were in 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%wt of PVB. 

Conductivity, surface tension, viscosity tests were done. 

Increasing the concentration increased the viscosity. Result 

of viscosity are shown in figure 1. 

6% PVB60+PRO 

ƒ = f (Á) 

7% PVB60+PRO 

ƒ = f (Á) 

8% PVB60+PRO 

ƒ = f (Á) 

9% PVB60+PRO 

ƒ = f (Á) 0.50 

10% PVB60+PRO 

ƒ = f (Á) 

0.45 

Figure 2. Fabric throughput (g/min/m) of PVB solution in 

different concentrations. 

According to figure 2 9%wt of PVB solution had a good 

throughput but diameter (avr. Dia: 1,5μm) rather high as 

shown in figure 3-a. 10%wt of PVB nanofibers had an 

average diameter as 180nm as shown in figure 3-b but 

throughput was not high. 

0.40 

0.35 

ƒ in Pas 

0.30 

0.25 

0.20 

0.15 

0.10 

HAAKE RheoWin 3.61.0000 

0.05 

0 1200 2400 3600 4800 6000 

Á in 1/s 

Figure 1. Viscosity of PVB solution in different concentrations. 

In next step we compared the SEM images of samples 

and we observed that the diameter increased with 

increasing of concentration too. The fiber uniformity was 

increased with increasing of concentration. 

In summary we calculated the throughput of nano web 

in g/min/m is shown in figure 2. 

(a) 

(b) 

Figure 3. (a) PVB nanofiber with 9%wt of PVB polymer, (b) 

PVB nanofiber with 10%wt of PVB polymer 

This work was partially supported by Technical 

University of Liberec. We thank to all technicians in TUL. 

*Corresponding author: HTfyener@ksu.edu.trT 

[1] An Introduction to Electrospinning and Nanofibers Seeram 

Ramakrishna, Kazutoshi Fujihara, Wee-Eong Teo.Teik-Cheng 

Lim & Zuwei Ma National University of Singapore 

[2] O. Jirsak, F. Sanetrnik, D. Lukas, V. Kotek, L. Martinova,and 

J. Chaloupek, Patent WO 2005024101 (2005). 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Nanotechnology Applications in Food Industry 

Gonca Susyal 1 * Neriman Badatlolu 1 

1 Department of Food Engineering, Celal Bayar University, 45140 Manisa, Turkey 

Abstract- In this review, we focus on the advantages and disadvantages of nanotechnology applications that are used in food industry to 

improve quality of products and food packaging materials and the development of smart foods. We will also discuss the implications of food 

nanotechnology and identify current problem areas in nanotechnology in view of the potential risks of nanomaterials for health and the 

environment, as well as regulatory issues. 

Nanotechnology generally refers to objects that are onebillionth 

of a meter in diameter (nanometer). The principle of 

nanotechnology is that materials with known properties and 

functions at their normal sizes take on different and often 

useful properties and functions at their nanosizes [1]. When 

the reduction in size of structures leads to step changes in 

properties, that provide radical new solutions to problems and 

new commercial opportunities, these types of applications are 

considered to be examples of what has been termed 

evolutionary nanotechnology [2]. 

In the food industry, several novel applications of 

nanotechnologies have become apparent, including the use of 

nanoparticles, such as micelles, liposomes, nanoemulsions, 

biopolymeric nanoparticles and cubosomes, as well as the 

development of nanosensors, which are aimed at ensuring 

food safety [2,3]. Also, nanotechnologies cover many aspects, 

such as disease treatment, food security, new materials for 

pathogen detection, packaging materials and delivery systems 

[4]. 

Figure 1. Application matrix of nanotechnology in food science and 

technology 

As it applies to the food industry, nanotechnology involves 

using biological molecules such as sugars or proteins as targetrecognition 

groups for nanostructures that could be used, for 

example, as biosensors on foods [1,5,6]. Such biosensors 

could serve as detectors of food pathogens and other 

contaminants and as devices to track food products [7]. 

Nanotechnology may also be useful in encapsulation systems 

for protection against environmental factors. In addition, it can 

be used in the design of food ingredients such as flavors and 

antioxidants [4]. The goal is to improve the functionality of 

such ingredients while minimizing their concentration. As the 

infusion of novel ingredients into foods gains popularity, 

greater exploration of delivery and controlled-release systems 

for nutraceuticals will occur [8]. 

Although nanotechnology can potentially be useful in all 

areas of food production and processing, many of the methods 

are either too expensive or too impractical to implement on a 

commercial scale. For this reason, nanoscale techniques are 

most cost-effective in the following areas of the food industry: 

development of new functional materials, food formulations, 

food processing at microscale and nanoscale levels, product 

development, and storage [1,2,7]. Besides, nanotechnology 

has the potential to improve the environment, both through 

direct applications of nano-materials to detect, prevent, and 

remove pollutants, as well as indirectly by using 

nanotechnology to design cleaner industrial processes and 

create environmentally responsible products and to provide 

more sensitive detection systems for air and water quality 

monitoring [10]. 

It is important to note that nanomaterials, owing to their 

increased contact surface area, might have toxic effects in the 

body that are not apparent in the bulk materials. In addition, 

there might be potential and unforeseen risks for their use in 

food-packaging materials [3]. While nanotechnology might 

provide solutions for certain environmental problems, 

relatively little is known at present about the environmental 

impact of nano-particles. Current studies indicate that some 

nanomaterials are toxic and they can impact biodegradation, 

transformation and adsorption of some other contaminants in 

the environment [10]. 

However, there are social and ethical issues of using 

nanotechnology in the food sector that must be considered. 

Currently, the potential risks of nanomaterials to human health 

and to the environment are unknown. Governments should 

consider appropriate labeling and should also set down 

regulations that will help to increase consumer acceptability 

[3]. At this stage of (lack of) knowledge of nanotoxicology it 

is unavoidable that risk assessors need as much information as 

possible about nanoparticals and their appearance and 

behavior in biological matrices and organisms [4]. 

*Corresponding author: 0Hgoncasusyal@gmail.com 

[1]Richardson, S.M.N., Journal of the American Dietetic Association, 

2007, 1494-1497. 

[2] Chau,C.F., Wu,S.H., G.C.,Yen, Trends in Food Science & 

Technology,18, 2007, 269-280. 

[3] Sozer,N., Kokini,J.L., 2009, Trends in Biotechnology,27,2, 82-89. 

[4] H. Bouwmeester et al. / Regulatory Toxicology and 

Pharmacology 53 (2009) 52–62 

[5] Baeummer, A. (2004), Food Technol. 58, 51–55 

[6] Vo-Dinh, T. et al. (2001), Sensors Actuat. B. 74, 2–11 

[7] Azeredo,H.M.C., Food Research International 42 (2009) 1240– 

1253 

[8] Haruyama, T. 2003, Adv. Drug Delivery Rev. 55: 393-401. 

[9] Kaplan,.., Karanfil,T., Kiti,M., 7. Ulusal Çerce Mühendislii 

Kongresi, 2007, 845-848. 


P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

1 

Carrageenan Nanocomposite as Agrochemical Carrier 

1 

UGholam Reza MahdaviniaUP P* 

PDepartment of Chemistry, Faculty of Science, University of Maragheh, P.O. Box 55181-83111, Maragheh, Iran. 

Abstract- Nanocomposite hydrogels based on kappa-carrageenan were synthesized using sodium montmorillonite as nano-clay. Acrylamide 

and methylenebisacrylamide were used as monomer and crosslinker, respectively. The nanocomposite hydrogels were investigated by XRD, 

DSC, and SEM techniques. Sequsterene Fe as agrochemical was loaded into nanocomposite and release of this active agent was studied 

according to Flick's law. 

Polymer hydrogels are three-dimensional hydrophilic 

networks that can absorb, swell, and retain aqueous fluids up 

to hundreds of times of their own weight [1]. The higher 

production cost and low gel strength of these hydrogels, 

however, restrict their application widely [2]. To improve 

these limitations, inorganic compounds with low cost can be 

used. The introduction of inorganic fillers to a polymer matrix 

increases its strength and stiffness properties. Because of their 

water retention property and subsequently, the slow release of 

water from swollen hydrogels, hydrogels with high swelling 

capacity are of special interest as potential water retainer 

systems for agriculture fields [3,4]. Also, in the field of 

agriculture, the slow release of water from the polymeric 

matrix opens another potential area of application that is 

related to load of agrochemicals into hydrogels. In the swollen 

hydrogels containing agrochemicals, not only the water 

releasing takes place, but also the agrochemical will be 

released together with water. 

In this work, we attempted to synthesis of nanocomposite 

hydrogel using sodium montmorillonite and carrageenan as 

clay and biopolymer segment, respectively. In briefly, clay 

was dispersed in water and then carrageenan dissolved in clay 

dispersed solution. After that, acrylamide and 

methylenebisacrylamide were added as monomer and 

crosslinker, respectively. Ammonium persulfate was added as 

initiator. After synthesis, Sequsterene Fe was loaded into 

hydrogels and release of that was evaluated according to 

Flick's law. 

Nanocomposite hydrogels based on Carra were synthesized 

using solution polymerization. Na-MMt was used as clay. 

in nanocomposite and it can be concluded that the clay layers 

are completely exfoliated. 

The kinetic of sequsterene release from nanocomposite 

hydrogels containing various content of clay was examined 

using Flick's law [5]: 

n 

(MRtR/MRR)=ktP 

where MRtR/MRR is the fraction released agrochemical at time t, k 

is the rate constant and n is the release exponent. The release 

is Fickian if n be 0.5. for n=0.5-1, the release will be non- 

Fickian. The curve of Ln(MRtR/MRR) against Ln(t) is illustrated in 

Figure 2. According to data from the Figure 2, the n values are 

shown in Table 1. The results show non-Fickian release for 

nanocomposites containing various content of clay. 

Ln(Mt/Mx) 

-3 

-2.5 

-2 

-1.5 

-1 

-0.5 

0 

NC1 

NC2 

NC3 

NC4 

NC5 

4 4.5 5 5.5 6 

Figure 2 Ln(MRtR/MRR) against Ln(t) 

Ln(t) 

Table 1. n values for nanocomposites containing various content of 

clay 

NC1 NC2 NC3 NC4 NC5 

n 0.66 0.58 0.66 0.68 0.63 

Figure 1. XRD patterns of pristine clay and nanocomposite 

[1] R. Po, J. Macromo. Sc.-Re. Macromol Chem Phys C34(4), 607 

(1994). 

[2] W. Wang, A.Wang Carbohyd. Polym. 77, 891 (2009). 

[3] Z. Zhuo, R. Zhuo Eur. Polym. J. 37, 1913 (2001). 

[4] G. R. Mahdavinia, S. B. Mousavi, F. Karimi, G. B. Marandi, H. 

Garabaghi, S. Shahabvand Express Polym. Lett. 3, 279 (2009). 

[5] S. Swarnalatha, R. Gopi, A.G. Kumar, P.K. Selvi, G. Sekaran J. 

Mater. Sci: Mater. Med. 19, 3005 (2008). 

The XRD patterns of pristine clay and nanocomposites are 

shown in Figure 1. As shown in this figure, the XRD profile of 

pristine Na-MMt shows a diffractive peak at 2=7.6 

corresponding to the distance of clay sheets with d spacing 

11.61 Aº. Stirring of clay for 24 h subsequently in situ 

polymerization of AAm in the presence of MBA crosslinker 

leads to a nanocomposite hydrogel that the XRD profile of this 

hydrogel shown in Figure 1. No diffraction peak was observed 


P 

P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

1 

Biological Control of Fusarium root-rot of Sorghum 

1 

1 

Awatif AbidP and UM. Al-JudibiUP P* 

PDepartment of Biology – Micrbiology , king Abdulaziz University, Jeddah, Saudi Arabia 

Abstract-Among the potential biological control agents in this study, resulted reduction in root dry weight compared to reduction recorded for 

the control inoculated with F. oxysporum alone. 100% of the roots from the control treatment rendered growth compared to an incidence ranging 

from 20-55% for plants treated with the biological control agents Both chlorophyll and carbohydrate increased and the maximum enhancement 

was recorded when B. subtilis used as antagonist. 

Sorghum is used to prepare various dishes in different parts of the 

world. It can be used in production of fermented and unfermented 

bread, stiff porridge, thin porridge, steamed cooked products, boiled 

whole or pearled, snack foods, alcoholic beverages, and nonalcoholic 

beverages. The sorghum flour is used to prepared local bread know as 

Khamir in Gizan province, Saudi Arabia[1]. 

Several members of the Genus Fusarium cause root diseases in 

sorghum leading to serious yield losses. Among the major pathogens 

in this group are Fusarium oxysporum Schlectend, F.moniliforme 

Sheld,F.graminearum Schwabe and F. tricinctum (Corda)Sacc[2]. 

Soil-borne diseases have been controlled more recently by means of 

certain beneficial bacteria that are indigenous to the rhizosphere of 

plants[3]. The rhizosphere, representing the thin layer of soil 

surrounding plant roots and the soil occupied by the roots, supports 

large and metabolically active groups of bacteria[4] known as plant 

growth promoting rhizobacteria (PGPR)[5]. PGPR are known to 

rapidly colonize the rhizosphere and suppress deleterious 

microorganisms as well as soil borne pathogens at the root surface[6]. 

These organisms can also be beneficial to the plant by stimulating 

growth[7]. 

In this study, The antagonistic bacteria were grown in nutrient broth 

on a rotary shaker at 28±2°C and 180 rpm for 24 h. The suspension 

was centrifuged at 5000 rpm for 15 min. The pellets were resuspended 

in quarter strength sterile Ringer’s (Merck) solution to 

give a final concentration of 100 cfu/ml using the viable plate count 

method. Also, spore suspension of fungal antagonists was prepared 

(100 cfu/ml). 

In Vitro Antagonistic Activity: A 4 mm agar disc from fresh PDA 

cultures of F. oxysporum was placed at the centre of the PDA plate 

for each antagonist and incubated at 28±2°C for seven days. The radii 

of the fungal colony towards and away from the bacterial colony 

were measured. In Vitro Root Colonization: The antagonists were 

tested for their ability to colonize sorghum roots in vitro, using a 

modification of the methods by Patten and Glick[8]. The treatments 

in the in vivo biocontrol experiment were: Plants inoculated with 

F.oxysporum and antagonist, a non-inoculated control (Control a) and 

plants inoculated with F. oxysporum on its own (Control b). The noninoculated 

control was treated with sterile barely seed without fungal 

and antagonist inoculum. The plants were irrigated twice daily with 

tap water. All the in vitro and in vivo experiments were arranged in a 

randomized block design in three replications and each experiment 

was repeated twice. Four weeks later, plants were removed from the 

soil and the roots washed with sterile distilled water. Roots were 

excised from the plants and data collected for analysis. Data included 

root and crown rot severity assessed on a rating scale of 0-4 . (0= no 

infection, 1= 1-25% infection, 2= 26-50% infection, 3= 51-75% 

infection and 4= 76-100% infection in the root region. 

The test bacterial and fungal antagonists showed variations in 

inhibition of mycelial growth, whereas Bacillus subtilis, B. 

lecheniformis and B. cereus resulted in 67.7%, 57.5% and 47.7% 

inhibition of mycelial growth of F. oxysporum, respectively (Table 

1). The maximum inhibition achieved by B.subtilis was 67.7%. For 

fungal antagonists Trichoderma harzianum and T.viride resulted in 

57.7% and 49.8% inhibition of mycelial growth of F.oxysporum, 

respectively. Control plates not treated with the bacterial isolates 

were completely covered by the phytopathogens showing no 

inhibition. The mean mycelial growth inhibition of the most effective 

bacterial and fungal isolates revealed that the inhibition was highly 

significant (p = 0.05). Results from the greenhouse pot experiment 

demonstrated that T.viride and B.subtilis resulted in more than 80% 

suppression of root rot whilst T.harzianum and B. cereus resulted in 

disease reduction of more than 75% The reduction in fresh weight of 

roots amounted to 93.6% in the control treatment inoculated with 

F.oxysporum alone, whereas 71.1%,54.5% and 5.9% reduction in 

fresh root weight was recorded for the treatments inoculated with 

both the pathogen and B.subtilis, B.lecheniformis and B.cereus, 

respectively; 66.8% and 54.5% reduction in fresh root weight was 

recorded for the treatments inoculated with both the pathogen and 

T.harzianum and T.viride respectively. Root dry weight of the control 

treatment inoculated with only F.oxysporum decreased by 94.5% in 

relation to the non-inoculated control. Among the potential biological 

control agents in this study, B. cereus and B.subtilis resulted in 42.3 

and 65.9% reduction in root dry weight respectively compared to the 

94.5%reduction recorded for the control inoculated with 

F.oxysporum alone. 

Table 1. Inhibition of mycelial growth of Fusarium oxysporum and in vitro 

root colonization of sorghum roots by antagonistic strains 

Antagonist strain Inhibition of mycelial growth (%) In vitro colonization (cfu/cm rootsx105) 

Control 0.0a 0.3a 

Bacteria 

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

Bacillus subtilis 67.7b 16.9b 

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

B. lecheniformis 57.5bc 0.4c 

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

B. cereus 47.7cd 16.1b 

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

Fungi 

Trichoderma harzianum 57.7bc 12.3d 

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

T. viride 49.8cd 1.0e 

Values within a column followed by the same letter are not significantly different (p= 

0.05) level according to Duncan's multiple range test. 

In most biocontrol investigations, a large number of antagonists 

are commonly isolated in a short period of time and screened in vitro 

for antagonistic activity. However, tests based on in vitro mycelial 

inhibition and root colonization do not always correlate with 

biocontrol efficacy under natural conditions[9]. All promising 

isolates from the current study were therefore further evaluated under 

greenhouse conditions. The effective colonization of sorghum roots 

by isolates such as B.cereus, B.subtilis and T.harzianum might have 

contributed to their capability to inhibit infection of sorghum roots by 

F.oxysporum and reduce root and crown rot. All four bacterial 

isolates inhibited F.oxysporum both in the dual culture assay and in 

the greenhouse experiments. 

* Corresponding author: aamaljudaibi@kau.edu.sa 

[1]Gassem, M., 1999. Study of the microorganisms associated with the fermented bread 

(khamir) produced from sorghum in Gizan region, Saudi Arabia. 

[2] Forbes, G.A., G.N. Odvody, J.M. Terry, 1986. Seedling Diseases. In: Compendium of 

Sorghum Diseases. R.A. Frederikson, Editor, American Phytopathological Society, St. 

Paul, MN., pp: 78. 

[3] Thomashaw, L.S., 1997. Biological control of plant pathogens. Curr. Opin. Biotech., 

77: 343-347. 

[4] Bais, H.P., R. Fall, J.M. Vivanco, 2004. Biocontrol of Bacillus subtilis against 

infection of Arabidopsis roots by Pseudomonas syringae is facilitated by biofilm 

formation and surfactin production. Plant Physiol., 134: 307-319. 

[5] Kloepper, J.W., J. Leong, M. Teintze, M.N. Schroth, 1980. Enhanced plant growth by 

siderophores produced by plant growth promoting rhizobacteria. Nature., 268: 885-886. 

[6] Rangajaran, S., L.M. Saleena, P. Vasudevan, S.Nair, 2003. Biological suppression of 

rice diseases by Pseudomonas spp. under saline soil conditions. Plant Soil, 251: 73-82. 

[7] Bloemberg, G.V., B.J.J. Lugtenberg, 2001. Molecular basis of plant growth 

promotion and biocontrol by rhizobacteria. Curr. Opin. Plant Biol.,4: 343-350. 

[8] Patten, C.L., B.R. Glick, 2002. Role of Pseudomonas putida indole acetic acid in 

development of the host plant root system. Appl. Environ. Microbiol., 68: 3795-3801. 

[9] Paulitz, T.C., T. Zhou, L. Rankin, 1992. Selection of rhizosphere bacteria for 

biological control of Pythium aphanidermatum on hydroponically grown cucumber. Biol. 

Control, 2: 226-237. 


P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Food Pathogen Detectıon by Usıng Nano-Bıosensor 

1 

1 

USemih OtlesUP P*, Buket YalcinP 

1 

PDepartment of Food Engineering, Ege University, Izmir 35100, Turkey 

Abstract- Nanosensors can be defined as sensors based on nanotechnology. The aim of some nanobiosensor projects at potentially high 

volume applications in the public health sector, as preventing food poisoning where markets might be significant, while the other aim to 

improve on existing clinical practises by allowing the more quantification and rapid detection of bacteria and viruses. 

In the recent years many workers are starting to combine 

nanotechnology with various biosensing techniques to 

develop the so-called “nano-biosensors”. This strategy 

could be seen as the key to yielding devices which 

demonstrate rapid responses combined with high 

sensitivities. Indeedy, these trait have nearly become 

standard attributes of this technological combination and 

arise from the extremely high surface and small size 

nanostructures’ areas as nanotubes, nanowires and 

nanoparticles. Mainly biosensors can be a thrilling 

alternative to the traditional methods for the detection of 

toxins and pathogens in food. The physicochemical or 

physical transducer directing, generally specific biological 

event’s real-time survey such as antigen-antibody 

interaction, biological receptor compounds’s such as 

enzyme, nucleic acid, antibody, etc. combination are used 

by biosensors. 

Depending on the signal transduction method, biosensors 

can be divided into six groups; mass, magnetic, 

electrochemical, micromechanical, optical, and thermal 

sensors. 

The biosensors usage main advantages, in comparison 

with other methods, is, low cost of analysis, the suitability 

to be integrated in automated assays, the short analysis 

time and the possibility to perform in situ real-time 

analysis. However, in the biosensors’ field for food safety, 

there is still a lack of portable, integrated systems. 

Over recent years the works are shown in the literature 

related with the biosensor usage in food safety and 

additionally a lot of effort has gone into the development 

and study of biosensors for food pathogen detection. 

Biosensors have demonstrated potential for food microbial 

analysis, even if their performance stil needs improvement 

[5]. 

Nanosensors gather information about nanoparticles. 

Therefore, they have applications in monitoring food 

deterioration, soil health and water or air quality. They 

have potential as cheap and simple industrial-process 

monitoring devices [3]. 

The foodborne pathogens’ identification and detection 

continue to lean on conventional culturing techniques. 

These are time-consuming, elaborate and should be 

completed in a microbiology laboratory and are 

consequently not suitable for on-site monitoring. The need 

for a more reliable, rapid, sensitive and specific method of 

a target analyte detecting, at low cost, is the focus of many 

research. Biosensor technology has the potential to 

increase sensitivity and specificity, speed up the detection, 

enable high-throughput analysis, and to be used for critical 

control points monitoring in food production. 

*Corresponding author: semih.otles@ege.edu.tr 

[1] Bogue, R. 2005. Developments in biosensors – where are 

tomorrow’s markets. Emerald Group Publishing Limited [ISSN 

0260-2288], 25/3, R180–184. 

[2] Bogue, B. 2008. Nanosensors: a review of recent progress. 

Emerald Group Publishing Limited [ISSN 0260-2288], 28/1 

(2008), R12–17. 

[3] Connolly, C. 2008. Nanosensor developments in some 

European universities. Emerald Group Publishing Limited [ISSN 

0260-2288], 28/1 (2008), R18–21. 

[4] Florescu, M., Barsan, M., Pauliukaite R., Brett, C. M. A. 

2007. Development and Application of Oxysilane Sol – Gel 

Electrochemical Glucose Biosensors Based on Cobalt 

Hexacyanoferrate Modified Carbon Film Electrodes. WILEY- 

VCH Verlag GmbH&Co. KGaA, Weinheim, No. 2-3, R220 – 

226. 

[5] Palchetti, I., Mascini, M. 2008. Electroanalytical biosensors 

and their potential for food pathogen and toxin detection. Anal 

Bioanal Chem (2008) 391, R455–471. 



Theme F686 - N1123 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

1 

Biomimetic and Its Applications in Textile Field 

1 

1 

URıza AtavUP P*, Osman NamırtıP 

PNamık Kemal University, Faculty of Engineering, Department of Textile Engineering, Corlu/Tekirdag 59860, Turkey 

Abstract- Biomimetics, is the art of taking natural adaptive strategies used by plants or animals and translating them into HengineeringH designs. 

Understanding of the functions provided by objects and processes found in nature can guide us to imitate and produce nanomaterials, 

nanodevices and processes. This article focuses on the biomimetic applications in textile field. 

Biomimetics is the art of taking natural adaptive strategies 

used by plants or animals and translating them into 

HengineeringH designs that can be used to implement products or 

tools [1]. The subject of copying, imitating, and learning from 

biology was coined Bionics by Jack Steele and Otto H. 

Schmitt coined the term Biomimetics in 1969 [2]. Nature is the 

largest laboratory that ever existed [3]. Understanding of the 

functions provided by objects and processes found in nature 

can guide us to imitate and produce nanomaterials, 

nanodevices and processes [4]. In recent years, some 

businesses are learning how to design products for energy 

efficiency from the original designer herself: Mother Nature. 

[5]. Biology offers a great model of imitation, copying and 

learning, and also as inspiration for new technologies [6]. 

Benefits from the study of biomimetics can be seen in many 

applications, including stronger fiber, multifunctional 

materials, superior robots, and many others [2]. 

The lotus plant (a white water lily) grows in the dirty, muddy 

bottom of lakes and ponds, yet despite this, its leaves are 

always clean [7]. In 1982 botanist Wilhelm Barthlott 

discovered in the lotus leaf a naturally self-cleaning, waterrepellent 

surface. Barthlott patented his discovery, calling it 

the “Lotus Effect” [8]. 

Material made by imitating wood’s design is 50 times more 

durable than other synthetic materials in use today. Wood is 

currently imitated in materials being developed for protection 

against high-velocity particles, such as shrapnel from bombs or 

bullets [7]. 

Most of the materials in nature consist of composites [7]. The 

structures of biocomposites are highly controlled from the 

nanometer to the macroscopic levels, resulting in complex 

architectures that provide multifunctional properties [14]. The 

fiberglass technology has existed in living things since the day 

of their creation. A crocodile’s skin, for example, has much the 

same structure as fiberglass [7]. 

Many insects, such as butterflies, use structural coloration 

due to the presence of scales [4]. Morpho butterflies remain a 

vibrant blue throughout their lives, without ever needing a 

coat of paint to spruce up a dull finish. The scales on their 

wings are made of many layers of proteins that refract light in 

different ways, and the color we see often is due entirely to the 

play of light and structure rather than the presence of 

pigments. It has inspired a new biomimetic fabric that refracts 

light like the butterfly’s wings [15]. Teijin Fibers Limited of 

Japan produces Morphotex® fibers. No dyes or pigments are 

used. Rather, color is created based on the varying thickness 

and structure of the fibers [16]. 

*Corresponding author: HTratav@nku.edu.trT 

Figure 1. (a) Lotus plant and rain droplets sitting on its leaf [9] (b) 

lotus effect [10] 

Because the resistive drag opposing the motion of swimmers’ 

bodies is of great importance, many swimmers choose newlyde-signed 

swimsuits that are made out of a fabric which was 

designed to mimic the properties of a shark’s skin [7]. An 

electron micrograph reveals shark skin’s secret to speed: 

tooth-like scales called dermal denticles [8]. 

The spider generates the silk fiber that is continuous and 

insoluble in water [4], furthermore according to scientists 

spider thread is one of the strongest materials known [7]. 

Figure 2. The spider web [11] and the stress/strain curve of spider 

silk [12] 

The chameleon is well known for its capability to change 

their body color [13]. Technology, USA, is aimed at making 

clothes, bags and shoes able to change colors the same way as 

the chameleon does. The cost of a color-changing man’s jacket 

is around $10,000 [7]. 

[1] HThttp://www.wisegeek.com/what-is-biomimetics.htmT 

[2] Bar-Cohen, Y., 2005, Proceedings of the SPIE Smart Structures 

Conference, San Diego, Vol. 5759-02 

[3]HThttp://trs-new.jpl.nasa.gov/dspace/bitstream/2014/38536/1/05- 

3755.pdfT 

[4] Bhushan, B., 2009, Phil. Trans. R. Soc. A, Vol. 367, pp. 1445–1486 

[5] HThttp://www.bnet.com/2403-13501_23-236571.html T 

[6] Bar-Cohen, Y., 2006, Biomimetics: Biologically Inspired 

Technologies, CRC Press (TISBN 10:T 0-8493-3163-3) 

[7] Yahya, H., 2006, Biomimetics: Technology imitates Nature, Global 

publishing 

[8]HT http://ngm.nationalgeographic.com/2008/04/biomimetics/clarkphotography 

[9TH]HThttp://www.bilkent.edu.tr/erz_web/nanoteknoloji_2008_erzurum.pdf 

T 

[10] Ozdogan, E., Demir, A., Seventekin N., 2006, Tekstil ve 

Konfeksiyon Dergisi, Vol. 3, pp. 159-163 

[11] HThttp://hawtaction.com/2008/05/08/spider%20silk.jpgTH 

[12] HThttp://www.wallstreetreportonline.com/KBLB/images/spider1.jpgTH 

[13] http://trs-new.jpl.nasa.gov/dspace/bitstream/2014/39359/1/05- 

3012.pdf 

[14] Sarikaya, M., 1999, TProceedings of the National Academy of 

Sciences, TTVTTol. 96, NTTo. 25, pp. TT14183-14185 

[15]HThttp://io9.com/5241512/an-iridescent-butterfly-gives-rise-tonaturally-bright-fabrics-of-the-futureTH 

[16]http://www.asknature.org/product/4c0e62f66bcccabf55a1f189da30a 

cb3 


P 

P 

P*P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

1 

Dendrimers and Their Applications in Textile Finishing 

1 

2 

URza AtavUP 

Pand Arzu YavaP 

PNamk Kemal University, Faculty of Engineering, Department of Textile Engineering, Corlu Tekirdag 59860, Turkey 

2 

PPamukkale University, Faculty of Engineering, Department of Textile Engineering, Knkl Denizli,20070, Turkey 

Abstract-Dendrimers are nanoparticles that can be precisely designed and manufactured for a wide variety of applications. Due to their unique 

physical and chemical properties, dendrimers have wide ranges of potential applications in textile finishing. This paper reveals a review on the 

properties and the use of dendrimers in textile finishing processes. 

Polymer chemistry and technology have traditionally 

focused on linear polymers, which are widely in use [1], but 

over the last 20 years it has created a number of non-linear 

variations which are commonly denoted as “macromolecular 

architectures”. One of the new architectures is “dendrimer” 

[2]. Dendrimers are nanoparticles that are designed and 

manufactured for a wide variety of applications [3]. 

The name “dendrimer” is originated from ancient Greek 

words “” and “”, which mean “tree” and “part”, 

respectively [4]. They were first discovered in the early 1980’s 

by Tomalia et al. [5]. From this year on a number of the 

patents related to the dendrimers have been increased and it 

reached to 1022 by 2005 [6]. Dendrimers are produced in an 

iterative sequence of reaction steps [7]. Core molecule is 

referred to as “generation 0 (GR0R)”. Each successive repeat unit 

along all branches forms the next generation [8]. 

Figure 1. Dendritic structure [9] 

Dendrimers are generally prepared by using either a 

divergent method or a convergent method [5]; 

- Divergent method: The dendrimer is built up from a central 

polyfunctional core. In a repeated reaction cycle the building 

blocks are added layer by layer. 

- Convergent method: First complete wedges are prepared, 

which are subsequently coupled to a central core [2]. 

Due to their unique physical and chemical properties, 

dendrimers have wide ranges of potential applications in 

textile finishing. Literature related to the use of dendrimers in 

textile finishing can be divided into three groups: 

I) Improvement of Fiber Dyeability: Burkinshaw et al. 

(2000) and Feng et al. (2007) iTnvestigated the salt-free 

dyeability of cotton fabrics with reactive dyes via pretreating 

cotton with amino-terminated hyperbranched polymers T[10- 

11]. Hou-cai et al. (2005) improved the dyeability of cotton 

fabrics with direct dyes by pretreating cotton with dendrimers 

[12]. De-suo et al. (2008), treated silk fibers with 

hyperbranched polymers and investigated the fiber dyeability 

with Lanasol dyes [13]. Atav and Yurdakul (2010), determined 

that dendrimer applied mohair and angora fibers could be dyed 

with reactive dyes at lower temperatures (90°C), without 

causing any decrease in color yield [14]. Burkinshaw et al. 

(2002) improved the dyeability of polypropylene fiber with 

disperse dye via incorporating the hyperbranched polymer into 

polypropylene prior to fiber [15]. 

II) Providing Water, Oil and Soil Repellent Properties on 

Fibers: Water repellent finishing on fabrics is conventionally 

imparted by incorporation of low surface energy compounds, 

while recent approaches are based on the use of nanoparticles 

such as dendrimers to enhance water repellency [16]. 

Figure 2. Orientation of dendrimer product on textile surface [17] 

III) Providing Antimicrobial Property on Fibers: It is 

believed that dendrimers with amine functional groups could 

be converted into effective antimicrobial agents. Ghosh et al. 

modified the poly(amidoamine) G-3 dendrimer and applied it 

to the Cotton/Nylon blend fabric. An antimicrobial test of the 

treated-fabric against Staphylococcus aureus exhibited 

significant biocidal activities [5]. 

*Corresponding author: ratav@nku.edu.tr 

[1] Klajnert, B., Bryszewska, M., 2001, Acta Biochimica Polonica, 

Dendrimers:Properties and Applications, Vol.48, No.1, (pp. 199-208) 

[2] Froehling, P.E., 2001, Dendrimers and Dyes, Dyes and pigments, 

Vol. 48, No. 3, (pp. 187-195) 

[3]HTwww.robbiehymancopywriting.com/RHC_writing.../white_papers 

_DNT.pdfTTH 

[4] Teobaldi, G., Zerbetto, F., 2003, Molecular Dynamics and 

Implications for the Photophysics of a Dendrimer-Dye Guest-Host 

Systems, J. Am. Chem. Soc., Vol. 125, No. 4, (pp. 7388-7393) 

[5] Ghosh, S., Yadav, S., Vasanthan, N., Sekosan, G., 2010, A study 

of Antimicrobial Property of Textile Fabric Treated with Modified 

Dendrimers, Journal of Applied Polymer Science, Vol. 115, No. 2, 

(pp. 716–722) 

[6] Twww.foley.com/files/tbl_s31Publications/.../dendrimers_rutt.pdf 

[7] HThttp://cientifica.eu/files/Whitepapers/dendrimers_WP.pdf T 

[8] HThttp://www.essortment.com/all/whatisdendrime_rsnz.htm T 

[9] HThttp://www.scribd.com/doc/23984864/DENDRIMERSTH 

[10] Burkinshaw, S.M., Mignanelli, M., Froehling, P.E., Bide, M.J., 

2000, The Use of Dendrimers to Modify the Dyeing Behaviour of 

Reactive Dyes on Cotton, Dyes and Pigments, Vol. 47, No. 3, (pp. 

259-267) 

[11] Feng, Z., Yu-yue1, C., De-suo1, Z., Yan-rong, H., 2007, Effects 

of HBP-NH_2 modification on salt-free reactive dyeing of cotton 

fabric, Dyeing & Finishing, Vol. 22 

[12] Hou-cai, X., Yun-jun, L., Guo-ping, L., Hui-min, T., 2005, Use 

of Low Generation Polyamidamine Dendrimers in Cotton Dyeing, 

Textile Auxiliaries, Vol. 7 

[13] De-suo, Z., Hong, L., Feng, Z., Yu-yue1, C., Wen-quan, L., 

2008, Effects of HBP-HTC Modification on the Silk Fabric Dyed 

with Lanasol Dyes, Silk, Vol. 11 

[14] Atav, R., Yurdakul, A., 2010, The Use of Dendrimers to Obtain 

Low Temperature Dyeability on Mohair and Angora Fibers, Industria 

Textila Magazine, Vol. 4 (Article in Press) 

[15] Burkinshaw, S.M., Froehling, P.E., Mignanellia, M., 2002, HTThe 

Effect of Hyperbranched Polymers on the Dyeing of Polypropylene 

FibresTTH, TDyes and Pigments, Vol. 53, No. 3, (pp. 229–235) 

[16]HThttp://www.dti.unimi.it/~rizzi/gruppodelcolore/Atti5confGdC/Ro 

sace%20et%20al.pdfT 

[17] HThttp://www.rudolf.de/innovations/hydrophobic-future/bionicfinish/first-product.htmT 


P 

P Department 

NanoscienceT 

P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

2+ 

Selective Solid Phase Extraction of PbP 

P in Environmental Samples on Multiwalled Carbon Nanotubes 

1 

2 

1 

UHossein TavallaliUP P*, Mohammad ali KarimiP P, Hossein AsvadP 

2 

of Chemistry &T 

1 

PDepartment of Chemistry of Payame noor university, Shiraz, IRAN 

and TNanotechnology Research LaboratoryT (NNRL), Payame Noor University (PNU), 

Sirjan 78185-347, Iran 

Abstract- Multiwalled carbon nanotubes (MWNTs) were used as solid phase extractor for Pb(II), ion as dithizone (DZ) chelates, in the present 

study. The influences of the experimental parameters including pH of the solutions, amounts of MWNTs, amounts of DZ, eluent type and 

volume, sample volume etc. on the quantitative recoveries of analyte ion were investigated. The presented method has been applied to the 

determination of analytes in food and environmental samples with satisfactory results. 

Trace metal analysis is an important part of studies in 

analytical chemistry. In order to prevent the interference effect 

of matrix and to determine the low levels of trace metal ions in 

the real samples by flame atomic absorption spectrometry 

usually requires an efficient preconcentration step in order to 

bring the concentration of the analyte within the dynamic 

measuring range of the detection limit. The separation 

enrichment techniques have been used to improve the 

sensitivity and selectivity of the trace analysis of the metal 

ions. Few methods including cloud point extraction [1–3] 

solvent extraction [4], co precipitation [5,6] membrane 

filtration [7], etc have been reviewed for the enrichment of 

heavy metal ions in-off line or on-line performance. 

Nowadays, in the solid phase extraction studies transition 

metals at trace level, investigation of the usage of new 

materials as solid phase extractor is an important ratio. At this 

point, carbon nanotubes (CNTs) have been proposed as a 

novel solid phase extractor for various inorganic and organic 

materials at trace levels [8–11]. CNTs are one of the most 

commonly used building blocks of nanotechnology. 

CNTs are one of the most commonly used building blocks of 

nanotechnology. CNTs can be visualized as a sheet of graphite 

that has been rolled into a tube, and divided into multiwalled 

carbon nanotubes (MWNTs) and single-walled carbon 

nanotubes (SWNTs) according to the carbon atom layers in 

the wall of the nanotubes [12]. Liang et al. have proposed a 

preconcentration system based on the adsorption of copper 

ions at trace levels on multiwalled carbon nanotubes [11]. A 

solid phase extraction procedure for trace rare earth elements 

in various samples on multiwalled carbon nanotubes prior to 

their inductively coupled plasma atomic emission 

spectrometric determinations has been presented [13]. The 

potential usage of multiwalled carbon nanotubes as a solid 

phase extraction adsorbent for the preconcentration of trace 

Cd, Mn and Ni has been investigated by Liang et al. [14]. Li et 

al. have studied on the adsorption of lead [15] and cadmium 

[16] ions on carbon nanotubes. 

In the presented paper, a preconcentration–separation 

procedure for traces lead ion as their Dithizon chelates on 

multiwalled carbon nanotubes the effects of matrix ions of 

natural waters and some transition metals on the recoveries of 

the analyte ion were also examined in the model solutions. 

Tests of addition/recovery for analyte ions in real samples 

were performed with satisfactorily results. The detection limits 

1 

(3 s) for the analyte ion was in the range of 0.30–0.60 μg lP 

P. 

The concentrations of analyte in standard reference materials 

such as (NIST RM 8418 Wheat gluten) pretreated by the 

presented method were measured with FAAS and the 

analytical values were well agreed with the certified values 

and the reference values without the interference of major 

components. 

*Corresponding author: Tavallali@yahoo.com 

[1] J.L. ManZoori, A. Bavili-Tabrizi, Anal. Chim. Acta 470, 215 

(2002). 

[2] J.L. ManZoori, G. Karim-Nezhad, Anal. Sci 19, 579 (2003). 

[3] J. Li, P. Liang, T.Q. Shi, H.B. Lu, Atom. Spectrosc. 24, 169 

(2003). 

[4] A.M. Aziz-Alrahman, J. Environ. Anal Chem. 22, 251 (1985). 

[5] J. Nakajima, Y. Hirano, K. Oguma, Anal. Sci. 19, 585 (2003). 

[6] L. Elci, M. Soylak, B. Ozean, Anal. Lett. 36, 987 (2003). 

[7] M. Soylak, I. Narin, U. Saracoglu, L. Elei, M. Dogan, Anal. Lett. 

37 (40), 767 (2004). 

[8] Y. Bakircioglu, S.R. Segade, E.R. Yourd, I.F. Tyson, Anal. Chim. 

Acta 485, 9 (2003). 

[9] A. Wasey, R.K. Bansal, B.K. Puri, A.L.I. Rao, Talanta 31, 205 

(1984). 

[10] S. Akman, N. Tokman, Talanta 60, 199 (2003). 

[11] S. Saracoglu, M. Soylak, M. Dogan, L. Elci, Anal. Sci. 19, 259 

(2003). 

[12] Q.X. Zhou, W.D. Wang, J.P. Xiao, J.H. Wang, G.G. Liu, Q.Z. 

Shi, G.L. 

Guo, Comparison of the enrichment efficiency of multiwalled carbon 

nanotubes, C18 silica, and activated carbon as the adsorbents for the 

solid phase extraction of atrazine and simazine in water samples, 

Microchim. Acta 152, 215–224 (2006). 

[13] P. Liang, Y. Liu, L. Guo, Determination of trace rare earth 

elements by 

inductively coupled plasma atomic emission spectrometry after 

preconcentration with multiwalled carbon nanotubes, Spectrochim. 

Acta 60B 125–129 (2005). 

[14] P. Liang,Y. Liu, L. Guo, J. Zeng, H.B. Lu, Multiwalled carbon 

nanotubes as solid-phase extraction adsorbent for the 

preconcentration of trace metal ions and their determination by 

inductively coupled plasma atomic emission 

spectrometry, J. Anal. Atom Spectrom. 19 1489–1492 (2004). 

[15] Y. Li, S.Wang, J.Wei, X. Zhang, C. Xu, Z. Luan, D.Wu, Lead 

adsorption 

on carbon nanotubes, Chem. Phys. Lett. 357 263–266 (2002). 

[16] Y. Li, S.Wang, Z. Luan, J. Ding, C. Xu, D.Wu, Adsorption of 

cadmium(II) from aqueous solution by surface oxidized carbon 

nanotubes, Carbon 41 1057–1062 (2003). 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Morphology of the Electrospun Nylon-66 and Polybutylene terephthalate Nanofibers 

Fatma Kayacı and Tamer Uyar* 

UNAM-Institute of Materials Science & Nanotechnology, Bilkent University, Ankara, 06800, Turkey 

Abstract – This work covers our recent studies on fabrication of polymeric nanofibers by electrospinning technique. 

Nanofibers/nanowebs of Nylon-66 (PA66) and Polybutylene terephthalate (PBT) have been obtained by electrospinning and 

the morphology of the resulting nanofibers/nanowebs was investigated by scanning electron microscope (SEM) . 

Electrospinning is the most versatile method for 

fabrication of nanofibers, since it is a simple and 

cost effective technique. The nanofibers can be 

electrospun from a wide range of polymers that are 

soluble in various solvent systems. In addition, the 

ability to produce nanofibers/nanowebs which have 

unique properties like small pore size, large surface 

area to volume ratio, high porosity make 

electrospun nanofibers more attractive for many 

applications such as filtration, textile, tissue 

engineering, wound healing, release control, 

sensors, energy, etc [1-6]. Electrospinning is a 

simple process in which a polymer solution or melt 

is subjected to high voltage (10 kv- 60 kv) and the 

fibers which have diameter in the range of few 

microns to few hundred nanometers are produced in 

the form of nonwoven [4-8]. 

Nylon-66 is an important semi-crystalline 

thermoplastic polymer having mechanical strength, 

chemical resistance, toughness, and dimensional 

stability. Therefore, nylon-66 is one of the most 

used polymers for numerous applications such as 

technical texiles, filtration, and especially 

engineering field [7,8]. Polybutylene terephthalate 

(PBT), a linear polyester of aromatic nature, is also 

one of the important engineering plastics due to its 

good mechanical, and thermal properties [9]. 

In this study, Nylon 66 and PBT 

nanofibers/nanowebs were obtained by 

electrospinning. Formic acid/chloroform (75/25) 

and hexafluoroisopropanol (HFIP) were used as 

solvent for Nylon-66 and PBT, respectively. 

Polymer concentration, tip-to-collector distance and 

applied voltage were optimized in order to obtain 

bead-free uniform nanofibers. 

Fig.1.SEM images of electrospun fibers from formic acid 

/chloroform (75/25) solution (a) 5% PA66, (b) 10% PA66 

Different fiber morphologies were obtained for 

Nylon-66 and PBT electrospun nanofibers when 

different polymer concentrations were used (fig.1 

and fig.2). Beads were formed when the polymer 

concentration was low for both of polymers. When 

the polymer concentration was increased, typical 

circular fibers were obtained for PBT; however, 

ribbon-like fibers were obtained for Nylon-66 

because of the rapid evaporation of the solvent. It 

was also observed that the diameter of the fibers 

were increased as the polymer concentration 

increased or tip-to-collector distance and applied 

voltage decreased. 

Figure 2. SEM images of electrospun fibers HFIP 

solutions (a) 15% PBT, (b) 20% PBT 

* Corresponding author (uyar@unam.bilkent.edu.tr) 

[1] Ramakrishna, S.; Fujihara, K.; Teo, W.; Yong, T.; 

Ma, Z.; Ramaseshan, R., Electrospun nanofibers: solving 

global issues. Materials today 2006, 9 (3), 40-50. 

[2] Li, D.; Xia, Y., Electrospinning of nanofibers: 

Reinventing the wheel? Advanced Materials 2004, 16 

(14), 1151-1170. 

[3] Fang, J.; Niu, H.; Lin, T.; Wang, X., Applications of 

electrospun nanofibers. Chinese Science Bulletin 2008, 

53 (15), 2265-2286. 

[4] Huang, Z.; Zhang, Y.; Kotaki, M.; Ramakrishna, S., A 

review on polymer nanofibers by electrospinning and 

their applications in nanocomposites. Composites Science 

and Technology 2003, 63 (15), 2223-2253. 

[5] Greiner, A.; Wendorff, J., Electrospinning: a 

fascinating method for the preparation of ultrathin fibers. 

Angewandte Chemie-International Edition 2007, 46 (30), 

5670-5703. 

[6] Burger, C.; Hsiao, B.; Chu, B., Nanofibrous materials 

and their applications. 2006. 

[7] Jeong, J.; Jeon, S.; Lee, T.; Park, J.; Shin, J.; 

Alegaonkar, P.; Berdinsky, A.; Yoo, J., Fabrication of 

MWNTs/nylon conductive composite nanofibers by 

electrospinning. Diamond & Related Materials 2006, 15 

(11-12), 1839-1843. 

[8] Pan, Z.; Liu, H.; Wan, Q., Morphology and 

Mechanical Property of Electrospun PA 6/66 Copolymer 

Filament Constructed of Nanofibers. 

[9] Xiao, J.; Hu, Y.; Wang, Z.; Tang, Y.; Chen, Z.; Fan, 

W., Preparation and characterization of poly (butylene 

terephthalate) nanocomposites from thermally stable 

organic-modified montmorillonite. European Polymer 

Journal 2005, 41 (5), 1030-1033 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Functional Electrospun Nanofibers from Biocompatible Polymers 

Aslı Çelebioğlu and Tamer Uyar* 

UNAM-Institute of Materials Science & Nanotechnology, Bilkent University, Ankara, 06800, Turkey 

Abstract – In this study, we have electrospun nanofibers/nanowebs from polymers which are known for their 

biocompatibility. We produced uniform nanofibers/nanowebs from poly(vinyl alcohol) (PVA), 

poly(caprolactone) (PCL), poly(ethylene oxide) (PEO), cellulose acetate (CA) and polyvinylprolidone (PVP). 

Electrospinning is the most versatile 

method for producing ultrafine fibers which have 

diameter at micro/nano size. Many different kinds 

of natural and synthetic polymers can be used to 

obtain nanofiber/nanoweb structures by using this 

technique. Electrospinning method bases on 

applying high voltage to solutions/melts of 

polymers. The diamater, uniformity and 

morphology of fibers are controlled by process 

parameters such as; applied voltage, feed rate, tip to 

collector distance and the polymer/solvent types 

that is used. The unique properties like large 

surface area to volume ratio, small pore size with 

high porosity and design flexibility make 

electrospun nanofibers more attractive for many 

applications such as filtration, biomedical, energy, 

packaging, functional textiles, etc [1-4]. 

Biomedical field is one of the most 

important application areas for nanofibers 

/nanowebs since they are applicable in tissue 

engineering, drug release and wound healing, etc. 

The size similarity between nano-sized materials 

and biological systems and having high porosity 

make these nanofibers /nanowebs suitable and 

effective for biomedical applications [5, 6]. 

In this work; poly(vinyl alcohol) (PVA), 

poly(caprolactone) (PCL), poly(ethylene oxide) 

(PEO), cellulose acetate (CA) and polyvinyl 

prolidone (PVP) were electrospun for producing 

nanofibrous materials which have possibilities to be 

used in biomedical area such as medical textiles, 

scaffolds for tissue regeneration, wound dressing, 

drug delivery systems, etc. In order to obtain 

homogenous, bead-free nanofibers/nanowebs, the 

optimization of the electrospinning process has 

been achieved by varying polymer concentrations 

and the process parameters like applied voltage, 

feed rate, tip-to-collector distance, etc. The 

morphology of produced nanofibers was examined 

by using scanning electron microscope (SEM). 

The effect of polymer concentration on the 

morphology of electrospun nanofibers is shown in 

fig. 1. As seen from SEM images, at low polymer 

concentrations beaded fiber structures were formed 

but at higher polymer concentrations uniform 

nanofibers were obtained. Moreover, we observed 

that tip-to- collector distance and applied voltage 

have also effect on the morphology of the resulting 

fibers. 

a) b) 

c) d) 

e) f) 

Figure1. SEM images of electrospun (a) 8% (b) 12% CA, 

(c) %10 (d) %15 (PVP), (e) %3 (f) %4 PEO nanofibers 

* Corresponding author (uyar@unam.bilkent.edu.tr) 

1. Reneker, D.H. and A.L. Yarin, Electrospinning 

jets and polymer nanofibers. Polymer, 2008. 

49(10): p. 2387-2425. 

2. Teo, W. and S. Ramakrishna, A review on 

electrospinning design and nanofibre 

assemblies. Nanotechnology, 2006. 17: p. R89- 

R106. 

3. Li, D. and Y. Xia, Electrospinning of 

nanofibers: reinventing the wheel? Advanced 

Materials, 2004. 16(14): p. 1151-1170. 

4. Huang, Z.-M., et al., A review on polymer 

nanofibers by electrospinning and their 

applications in nanocomposites. Composites 

Science and Technology, 2003. 63(15): p. 

2223-2253. 

5. Greiner, A. and J. Wendorff, Electrospinning: a 

fascinating method for the preparation of 

ultrathin fibers. Angewandte Chemie- 

International Edition, 2007. 46(30): p. 5670- 

5703. 

6. Ramakrishna, S., et al., Electrospun nanofibers: 

solving global issues. Materials Today, 2006. 

9(3): p. 40-50. 


T 

T 

P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

1 

Nanotechnology Applications in Military 

1 

1 

UOksan OralUP P*, Esra DırgarP 

PEge Universitesi Bergama Technical and Business College,35700, Bergama-Izmir-Turkey 

Abstract-Nanotechnology will play a major role in the development of the new generation of army uniforms and equipment. Military personnel 

on land, sea, and in the air face many complex hazards which are deliberately aimed at maiming or killing them. In this paper; the improvements 

on the application areas of military clothing used nanotechnology are mentioned. 

 

Military personnel on land, sea, and in the air face many 

complex hazards which are deliberately aimed at maiming or 

killing them. Hence, it is inevitable for them to wear 

protective clothing likebody armour, chemical and biological 

(C&B) protective clothing, etc[1]. 

Researchers are working furiously to field defense nano 

technology for military application. Battle science laboritories 

are in hyperdrive to produce nanoscopic assemblers or 

nanogears to manipulate atomic matter and serve as replicators 

with endless production possibilities T[2]. 

Nanobots and nano technology can be used to create 

innovative non woven textiles teeming with military potential. 

They offer promise as light weight ballistic protection, wound 

sealing properties, vitals tracking, and environmental 

adaptation to heating, cooling, and porous to non-porous 

membranes that can react to weather T[2]. 

Development of nanotechnology-based protective clothing 

for defence personnel is one of the important areas where all 

the major powers of the world are making efforts to do 

research and develop new materials. Ballistic clothing, barrier 

clothing against chemical and biological materials, selfdecontaminant 

fabrics, and biomimicked fabrics based on 

nanotechnology are the thrust area of research in this field. [1]. 

In this paper; the improvements on the application areas of 

military clothing used nanotechnology are mentioned. 

Nanostructures and nanocomposites are being developed for 

the following defence applications: 

Lightweight protective clothing 

Flexible antiballistic textiles 

Chemical and biological warfare protection and selfdecontaminating 

nanofibre fabrics 

Adaptive suits like switchable fabrics for improved 

thermal control, switchable camouflage. 

Microsensors for body and brain sensing, 

environmental and situational awareness, integrated 

into a smart suit or a smart helmet. 

Wearable and/or flexible displays for visual feedback 

auxiliary supports: Flexible/rigid textiles for additional 

strength, exoskeletons, and robotics to asist the human tasks 

[1]. 

Researchers are developing nanotechnology-based materials, 

including protective lightweight uniforms and "smart" gear. A 

few examples of "smart" functionality are items that can: 

 

 

 

Change colors on command to camouflage in 

changing environments—even manipulate light to 

make soldiers invisible in the field. 

Change a shirtsleeve into a splint or a pant leg into a 

rigid cast in the field if a soldier is injured. 

Possess built-in sensors of each soldier's physical 

condition and location in the battlefield so command 

posts can monitor soldiers from a distance. 

 

 

 

 

Weave radio communications materials directly into 

the uniform's fabric—providing soldiers flexibility 

and lighter loads. 

Automatically administer medicines and transmit 

vital signs to distant medics—who could then 

potentially perform medical triage on soldiers in the 

field. 

Provide impact protection materials and systems 

including ballistic and shrapnel. 

Provide chemical and biological protection materials 

and systems [3]. 

Communications 

Data Collection 

Data Transmissions 

Reffiling Bus 

Connects To Hight 

Throughput 

Figure 1. Dynamic battle suit enabled by integrated systems of 

nanothecnologies [4]. 

*Corresponding author: HToksan.kansoy@ege.edu.trT 

Physiological Monitoring 

Medicines, Wound Healing 

Agents 

Thermal Management 

On-demand Chem, Bio, 

Ballistic Protection 

Mechanical Performance 

Enhancement 

Information backplane 

Networks of sensors. Mechanical actuators, Chemical reaktors, 

Storage reservoirs linked, controlled and refilled by multi-channel, 

Hallow fibres that disburse and harvest information, Fluits, Energy 

[1] Thilagavathi, G., Raja1, A.S.M. , and Kannaian, T., 

(2008),”Nanotechnology and protective clothing for defence 

personel” Defence Science Journal, Vol. 58, No. 4, pp. 451-459 

[2]HThttp://www.tacticalwarfightergear.com/tacticalgear/catalog/ nano 

technologymilitary.phpT 

[3]HThttp://www.isa.org/InTechTemplate.cfm?Section=InTech& 

template=/ContentManagement/ContentDisplay.cfm&ContentID=26 

714TH (2003) 

[4] Altmann, J., (2006), Military nanotechnology, dangers, preventive 

arms control, and challenges to the international system, 

Understanding Complex Systems Conference, May, 2006, USA. 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Analyzing The Effects Of Different Solvents On The Needle Electrospinning Of Polyurethane 

Nanofibers 

Zerrin Yılmaz 1 , Oldrich Jirsak 2 , Nurcan Kurtoğlu 1 and Yasemin Korkmaz 1 

¹Textile Engineering Department, Engineering& Architecture Faculty, Kahramanmaras Sutcu Imam University, Campus of Avsar, 

46100, Kahramanmaras, Turkey 

²Nonwoven Department, Textile Engineering Faculty, Technical University of Liberec, Halkova 6, 46117, Czech Republic 

Abstract: In this study, we investigated the effect of different solvents and tetraethylammoniumbromide (TEAB) salt on the spinnability 

of polyurethane nanofibers via needle electrospinning. Firstly, polymer of polyurethane in the fiber form was solved in 

dimethylformamide (DMF) and dimethylacetamide (DMAA) by using 5% and 6% wt concentrations of polyurethane with TEAB and 

without TEAB salt. Then the fiber properties were examined. As result, the fiber diameter increased with TEAB+DMF solution; 

however, it decreased with TEAB+DMAA solution. It was also observed that viscosity increased with TEAB salt with both DMF and 

DMAA solvents. 

In the textile sector, fibers, yarns, fabrics, finishing, 

electronical textiles and fiber modifications are 

components of nano technology applications [1]. 

Polyurethanes are one of the most widely used 

polymers in biomedical, filtration, protective clothes, 

composites, sensor and wound healing applications. 

Therefore, it is very important to investigate the 

spinnability of polyurethane nanofibers [2]. 

At this study, polyurethane (PU) in the fiber form was 

used with 5% and 6% wt concentrations in 

dimethylformamide (DMF) and dimethylacetamide 

(DMAA) solvents with tetraethylammoniumbromide 

(TEAB) and without TEAB salt. Ultrasonic bath was 

used to solve the PU. Solution properties of conductivity, 

surface tension and viscosity were measured. Result of 

viscosity are shown in figure 1. 

Figure 2: (a) 6% wt of PU nanofiber by using DMF with TEAB 

(b) 6% wt of PU nanofiber by using DMAA with TEAB 

Figure 3: Diameter of PU nanofibers by using DMF with teab 

and without teab. 

Figure 1. Viscosity of Polyurethane at different solutions. 

Later, the SEM images of samples were compared to 

analyze fiber properties of PU nanofibers. As seen in 

Figure 2-a, fibers are more regular than Figure 2-b. 

Fiber diameter increased with increasing the 

concentration of TEAB salt with DMF which was also 

reported in the literature [2]. However, it decreased with 

TEAB+DMAA solution. (Fig. 3 and 4) 

Figure 4. Diameter of PU nanofibers by using DMAA with teab 

and without teab. 

This work was supported by Technical University of 

Liberec. We thank to Nonwoven Department of 

Textile Engineering Faculty in TUL. 

Corresponding author: zerrin-yilmaz@hotmail.com 

[1] E.Özdoğan, A.Demir and N. Seventekin; Nanotechnology and its 

applications in textile industry, Tekstil ve Konfeksiyon, 4/2006 225- 

229 

[2] F.Cengiz and O.Jirsak; The Effect of Salt on the Roller 

Electrospinning of Polyurethane Nanofibers; Fibers and Polymers 

2009, Vol.10, No.2, 177-184 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Nanotechnology Applications in Aquaculture and Seafood Industries 

Erkan Can 1 *, Volkan Kzak 1 , Murathan Kaym 1 , Banu Kutlu 1 , afak Seyhaneyldz Can 2 , Nida Demirta 1 and Esin Bac 1 

1 Fisheries Faculty, Tunceli University, Tunceli 62000, Turkey 

2 Tunceli Vocational School, Tunceli University, Tunceli 62000, Turkey 

Abstract - Aquatic protein resources are preferable because of positive health effects and important food features of composition. At this 

point, fisheries and aquaculture industries perform new scientific and technological innovations to produce more qualified end products. 

Recently, nanotechnology which is a new technology and started to use in lots of sectors, applications in fisheries are rapidly increase. 

Nanotechnology; is the design, production and 

application of structures, devices and systems in 

nanometer scales. Nanomaterials are manufactured to have 

unique physical or chemical properties which arise from 

their small size, shape, surface area, conductivity or 

surface chemistry and have found numerous applications 

in many areas. Compared to macro particles, bigger 

surface area per mass causes biologically more active nano 

particle [1]. Nanotechnology holds promise for medication 

and nutrition because materials at the nanometer 

dimension exhibit novel properties different from those of 

both isolated atom and bulk material [2]. 

Aquatic protein resources are preferable because of 

positive health effects and important food features of 

composition. At this point, fisheries and aquaculture 

industries perform new scientific and technological 

innovations to produce more qualified end products. 

Recently, nanotechnology which is a new technology and 

started to use in lots of sectors, applications in fisheries are 

rapidly increase. 

Nanotechnology have a wide usage potential in fisheries, 

aquaculture and seafood industries. For instance, 

production of more effective fish feed for aquaculture 

species by application of nanotechnology. According to 

the some studies, nanoparticles of elements like selenium, 

iron, etc. sources supplemented in diet could improve the 

growth of fish [2,3]. New materials obtained by the 

nanosciences can be used in the different aspects of 

fisheries and aquaculture. These include; antifouling in 

fishing and aquaculture nets, antibacterial substances for 

aquaculture tanks and new packaging materials for seafood 

products transports, new devices for detection of shelf life 

of sea products, etc. [4].The technology can be applied for 

use in aquariums and commercial fish ponds to reduce the 

cost of water treatment [5]. Researchers believe that 

nanotechnology may have the potential to provide 

fishponds that are safe from disease and pollution. An 

other application possibility of nanotechnology is usage of 

different conservation and packaging techniques to provide 

seafood safety by delaying enzymatic and microbial 

spoilage [6]. Nanofiltration and reverse osmosis processes 

is used to decrease salinity of drilling water which is used 

in seafood washing and processing. Nanofiltration makes 

possible to have a standardization of the water quality [7]. 

As the interest in the potential benefits of nanoparticles 

has increased, there is also increasing concern over their 

potential toxic effect resulting from use or unintentional 

release into the environment. Most of the emerging 

literature on the toxicity of nanoparticles has focused on 

respiratory exposure in mammalian models and the 

implications for human health and these studies confirm 

that nanoparticles can have toxic effects [8]. The novel 

properties of nanoparticles are increasingly studied, little is 

known of their interactions with aquatic organisms. 

Adverse effects of some nanotechnological applications on 

environment should be taken into consideration. 

*Corresponding author: ecanengineer@hotmail.com 

[1]M. Kutlay, Nano Teknoloji Riskleri Çaltay, (2009). 

[2]X. Zhou, G. Qing, W. Yanbo, W. Li, Aquaculture, 291, 78–81, 

(2009). 

0B[3]Anonim,0Hhttp://www.azonano.com/Details.asp?ArticleID=133 

1#_Nano-Aquaculture-Fish_FarmingLoo, (2005) 

[4]Anonim,www.sintef.no/upload/Fiskeri_og_havbruk/AQUAN 

OR/.../Jose-NANO.pdf, (2010) 

[5]Anonim,1Hhttp://www.nicaonline.com/webboard/index.php?topi 

c=8050.0, (2010) 

[6]S. Dursun, N. Erkan, M. Yeilta, Journal of 

FisheriesScience.com, 4(1): 50-77, (2010) 

[7]K. Walhaa, B.R. Amara, F. Quemeneurb, P. Jaouenb, 219, 

231–239, (2008). 

[8]C.J. Smith, B.J. Shaw, R.D. Handy, Aquatic Toxicology 82: 

94–109, (2007). 


P 

P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Comparison of Antibacterial Properties of Ion Implanted and Conventional Nano Particle Treated 

Medical Textiles 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

1 

Ali AkpekP P, E.Esin Hames KocabasP P, Ozkan GubeP P, Efim OksP P, Georgy YushkovP P, Alexey NikolaevP Pand P PUAhmet OztarhanUP P* 

1 

PDepartment of Bioengineering,Faculty of Engineering,Ege University, Bornova, 35100 zmir, Turkey 

2 

PHigh Current Electronics Institute, Akademichesky Ave., 2/3.Tomsk, 634055, Russia 

Abstract- The antibacterial properties of Ag and Ti+O implanted hospital textiles were compared to the ones which were treated with Nano 

Particle based liquid solutions. 

Ion beam implanted textiles were produced at HCEI (High 

Current Electric Institute) in Tomsk,Russia in cooperation 

with Ege University Surface Modification Laboratory 

(picture1.). Conventionel Nano Textile Technology applied 

fabrics were obtained from Belgium and China. 

In this work, the antibacterial properties of Ag and Ti+O 

implanted hospital textiles were compared to the ones which 

were treated with Nano Particle based liquid solutions. It was 

observed that Conventional Nano Textile Technology based 

textiles have better antibacterial properties for %100 Cotton 

textiles (Alpaka Cotton).However, ion implanted polyester 

textiles (%75 Polyester-%25 Cotton mixed fabric) have better 

antibacterial properties than the ones treated with Nano 

Particle based liquid solutions.The reason for this could be 

that the polyester textiles have structures suitable for ion 

implantion where as 100% cotton textiles have structures 

suitable for Nano Particle based liquid solutions (picture.2(a) 

and (b)). It was observed that, the surface treated cotton and 

polyester hospital textiles can sustain antibacterial properties 

after 30 washes and also found that Silver (Ag) and Titanium 

Dioxide (TiOR2R) have equal antibacterial properties. 

Test Bacteria; Staphylococcus aureus, ATCC 6538 (Gram 

positive organism) was used as a test bacteria. Test bacteria 

make a fresh transplant from stock culture before the 

experiments. 

To evaluate the antibacterial activity of the ion-implanted 

and Nano Textile based textiles, an American National 

Standard (ATCC Test Method 100-1993) [1] was used. All the 

samples were washed 30 times with detergent at 49C in 

shaking condition according to the AATCC 124 Test method 

[2]. Experiment repeated for the washed samples to detect the 

effect of the washing of the antibacterial activity. 

Bacterial colonies were counted as bacteria per sample. 

Antibacterial Efficiency Reduction is calculated by the 

formula; 

R=100x[(B-A)/B] 

R= (%) Antibacterial Efficiency Reduction 

B= Bacterial Colonies accounted from Petri dishes belongs to 

untreated swatches just after from the inoculation 

(Result of Contact time detection; T0) 

A= Bacterial colonies accounted from Petri dishes belongs to 

treated swatches (Ion Implantation or Nano Textile 

Technologies) 

24 hours later from the inoculation 

To evaluate the antibacterial activity of the ion-implanted and 

Nano Textile based textiles, an American National Standard 

(ATCC Test Method 100-1993) [1] was used. 

Test Bacteria; Staphylococcus aureus, ATCC 6538 (Gram 

positive organism) was used as a test bacteria. Test bacteria 

make a fresh transplant from stock culture before the 

experiments. 

Culture Medium; All experiments were implemented using 

nutrient broth/agar medium consisting; peptone 5 gr, beef 

extract 3 gr, distilled water 1 L. 

This work may pioneer the study of antibacterial and some 

other effects of ion implantation on textiles. 

Figure.1. Surface modification laboratory. 

[1] AATCC Test Method 100-1993, An American National 

Standard Antibacterial Finishes on Textile Materials 

[2] AATCC 124-2006 Test Method Appearance of fabrics 

After repeated home laundering 

(a) (b) (c) 

Figure 2. (a) cotton fabric, (b) PES fabric, (c) Conventional nano 

antibacterial textile 

*Corresponding author: aoztarhan@smmib05.net 


P 

P 

P 

P 

P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Fabrication of Aligned Silk Fibroin Nanofibers by Electrospinning 

1 

2 

3 

4 

Gamze DoanP P, UGüldemet BaalUP P*, Ali Bora BaltaP P, Ouz BayraktarP 

1 Department of Textile Engineering, Uak University, Uak 64100, Turkey 

2 

PDepartment of Textile Engineering, Ege University, zmir 35100, Turkey 

PDepartment of Biotechnology and Bioengineering, zmir Istitute of Technology, zmir 35430, Turkey 

4 

PDepartment of Chemical Engineering, zmir Istitute of Technology, zmir 35430, Turkey 

3 

Abstract- Aligned nanofibers provide some advantages in fabrication of scaffolds for tissue engineering. In this study, silk fibroin nanofibers 

were fabricated by an electrospinning unit with a rotating drum as a collector at three different drum speeds (surface velocity), and the influence 

of drum speed on fiber size and alignment were investigated. 

Tissue engineering is a field of regenerative medicine, 

which deals with the development of tissue substitutes 

(scaffolds) to repair, maintain, or improve the function of 

diseased or damaged tissues. Mimicking of cell 

microenviroment as close as possible when designing 

scaffolds is the key issue in tissue engineering [1]. 

Electrospun biopolymer nanofibers have potential uses as 

scaffolds, due to their resemblance to natural extra cellular 

matrix (ECM), high surface area to volume ratio and high 

porosities [2]. The ECM is a nano fibrous network which 

holds cells and tissues together and provides a controlled 

environment inside which migratory cells can move and 

interact with each other [3]. 

Several natural or synthetic biodegrable polymers have been 

turned into scaffolds for tissue engineering. Silk fibroin (SF) 

is a great candidate for this purpose. It has a slow degradation 

rate, good mechanical properties, high oxygen permeability 

and it is non-toxic [4, 5]. 

One of the most widely used method for the fabrication of 

nanofibrous scaffolds is electrospinning. This method involves 

the ejection and stretching of a polymer solution or melt from 

a capillary tube by electrostatic forces. In electrospinning 

method, stationary collectors are used for the production of 

random nanofiber bundles. Rotating targets such as disks and 

drums are used for the fabrication of aligned nanofibers [6, 7]. 

Alignment of nanofibers plays an important role in repairing 

tissues that have structural orientation in one direction such as 

muscle and nerve tissues. According to contact guidance 

theory aligned nanofiber scaffolds can exhibit more ECM 

production than random nanofiber scaffolds [8]. These aligned 

nanofiber scaffolds also have a more dense structure and high 

strength value compared to random nanofiber scaffolds [9]. 

In this study, aligned nanofibers were fabricated from silk 

fibroin (SF) by utilizing an electrospinning set up with a 

rotating drum and the effects of the surface velocity of the 

rotating drum on fiber size and alignment of fibers were 

investigated. 

Silk fibroin solution was prepared using 98% formic acid. 

The concentration of SF in the solution was 6 wt%. Applied 

voltage was 20 kV. Flow rate was set to 7 μL/min. Distance 

between the collector and the needle tip was adjusted to 11.2 

cm. All of these parameters were kept constant, except the 

surface velocity of the rotating drum. Electrospinning was 

performed at three different surface velocities: 50, 100 and 

150m/min. Results revealed that the influence of drum speed 

on fber alignment and fber size was significant. Figure 1 

shows the SEM image of silk fibroin nanofibers collected at a 

surface velocity of 150 m/min. Average fiber diameter 

decreased when surface velocity of the drum increased. 

Average fiber diameters were 80, 69, and 65 nm for the 

surface velocities of 50, 100 and 150, respectively. 

Figure 1. SEM image of silk fibroin nanofibers collected onto a drum 

with a surface velocity of 150 m/min. 

*Corresponding author: guldemet.basal@ege.edu.tr 

[1] Venugopal J., Prbhakaran M.P., Low S., Choon AT, Zhang Y.Z., 

Deepika G., Ramakrishna S., 2008. Current Pharmaceutical Design, 

14, 2184-2200. 

[2] Subbiah T., Bhat G.S., Tock R.W., Parameswaran S., Ramkumar 

S.S., 2005. Journal of App. Polymer Science, Vol. 96, 557–569. 

[3] http://themedicalbiochemistrypage.org/extracellularmatrix.html 

[4] Lia C., Veparia C., Jina H.J., Kima H.J., Kaplan D.L., 2006. 

Biomaterials, 27, 3115–3124. 

[5] Wang S., Zhang Y., Wang H., Yin G., Dong Z., 2009. 

Biomacromolecules, 10, 2240–2244 

[6] Fennessey S.F., Farris R.J., 2004. Polymer, 45, 4217-4225. 

[7] Bazbouz M.B., Stylios G.K., 2008. European Polymer Journal, 

44, 1–12 

[8] Venugopal J., Low S., Choon A.T., Ramakrishna S., 2008. 

Journal of Biomed. Mat. Res. Part B, App. Biomaterials, 84 (1), 34- 

48. 

[9] Kumbar, S.G., James, R., Nukavarapu, S.P., and Laurencin, C.T., 

2008. Biomed. Mat., 3, 15pp. 


P 

P 

P 

P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Electrospinnability of Hyaluronic Acid 

1 

2 

3 

UGamze DoanUP P*, Güldemet BaalP P, Ali Bora BaltaP P, Ouz BayraktarP 

1 

PDepartment of Textile Engineering, Uak University, Uak 64100, Turkey 

2 

PDepartment of Textile Engineering, Ege University, zmir 35100, Turkey 

PDepartment of Biotechnology and Bioengineering, zmir Istitute of Technology, zmir 35430, Turkey 

4 

PDepartment of Chemical Engineering, zmir Istitute of Technology, zmir 35430, Turkey 

3 

Abstract- Natural biopolymer nanofibers have advantages in tissue engineering applications due to their good biocompatibility, 

biodegradability, and resemblance to native extracellular matrix which enhances the tissue regeneration. Hyaluronic acid, a natural 

biopolymer existing in human body, is commonly used in scaffold fabrication. One recent fabrication technique for the creation of scaffolds 

is electrospinning. However, electrospinability of hyaluronic acid is very poor due its high viscosity. This study reveals the problems faced in 

electrospinning of hyaluronic acid and focuses on determining proper solvent systems and blends which allow the successful production of 

hyaluronic acid nanofibers. 

4 

Hyaluronic acid attracts much attention in tissue 

engineering applications since it is a basic component of 

extra cellular matrix [1]. Hyaluronic acid is an anionic 

polysaccharide composed of alternating units of glucuronic 

acid and N-asetyl-glucosamine (Fig.1). It is hydrophilic, 

non-immunogenic and possesses high viscosity [2]. High 

surface tension and viscosity of hyaluronic acid makes it 

very difficult to electrospin. 

Viscosity is one of the most important parameters that 

affects nanofiber formation in electrospinning process. 

Intrinsic viscosity is a function of molecular weight. 

Viscosity of hyaluronic acid with molecular weights of 40, 

1000, 3000 and 7000 kDa at zero shear rate are 2.1, 36, 

3000, and 20000 mPas, respectively [3]. Besides molecular 

weight, concentration, temperature, and solvent type are 

the other parameters that affect solution viscosity. As the 

concentration of hyaluronic acid solution is raised from 

1%wt to 4%wt the viscosity of the solution increases 15 

times[4]. 

Figure 1. Chemical Structure of Hyaluronic Acid 

In order to overcome the high surface tension and 

viscosity problems of hyaluronic acid, several researchers 

tried to electrospin HA by dissolving it in different solvent 

systems, blending it with synthetic polymers like 

polyethylene oxide [2, 4, 6] and making some 

modifications on the electrospinning equipment [7]. 

In this study hyaluronic acid with a molecular weight of 

1600 kDa was dissolved in different solvent systems. 

Water, ethanol, dimethyl formamide, and sodium 

hydroxide were chosen as solvents. Different combinations 

of these solvents were used to prepare HA solutions for 

electrospinning. In addition, HA was blended with PEG 

and PVA in different weight ratios. All of the solvent 

systems resulted in electrosprayed droplets. Neither 

uniform nor beaded nanofiber formation was obtained. 

Electrospinning of HA was achieved by blending it with 

PVA at high PVA weight ratios. As seen in Figure 2, even 

at high PVA ratios only beaded nanofibers were formed. 

Figure 2. SEM image of 1% wt PVA:HA (97:3) nanofibers 

*Corresponding author: gamze.dogan@usak.edu.tr 

[1] Wang T.W., Spector M., 2009. Development of hyaluronic 

acid-based scaffolds for brain tissue engineering, Acta 

Biomaterialia, 5, 2371–2384. 

[2] Schiffman J.D., 2009. Determination of the electrospinning 

parameters for biopolyelectrolytes and their modifcations, Drexel 

University, Doctor of Philosophy Thesis, 300 p. 

[3] Bergmann G., Kölbel R., Rohlmann A., 1987. Biomechanics: 

Basic and Applied Research, Martinus Nijhoff Publishers, 

Dortrecht, The Netherlands, 275-276. 

[4] Brenner E.K., 2009. Investigation into the Electrospinning of 

Hyaluronic Acid, Drexel University, Master of Science Thesis, 

93 p. 

[6] Young, D.S., 2006. Hyaluronic Acid Based Nanofibers via 

Electrospinning, North Carolina State University, Master of 

Science Thesis, 97 p. 

[7] Um, I.C., Fang, D., Hsiao, B.S., Okamoto, A., and Chu, B., 

2004. Electro-Spinning and Electro-Blowing of Hyaluronic Acid, 

Biomacromolecules, 5, 1428-1436. 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Application Areas of Nanotechnology in Textile Industry; An Example of Nano-Filtration 

Özgün Can 1 * Gizem Karakan 2 and Melek Krt 3 

1 Department of Textile Design, Suleyman Demirel University, Isparta 32200, Turkey 

2 Department of Textile Technology, Akdeniz University, Antalya-Serik 07500, Turkey 

3 Department of Chemistry, Suleyman Demirel University, Isparta 32260, Turkey 

Abstract- In our study the production of filtration with the help of nanotechnology, the production of nanofibers being used in nano-filtration 

by electrospinning also with the other methods and the parameters that affect the filtration are tried to be analyzed beneath the 

current datas. 

Nanotechnology is defined as the design, production and 

application of the structures by using the nano dimensioned 

devices and systems with combination of the atoms and 

molecules [1,2]. Today, in textile sector nanotechnology is 

used for fibers, yarns, fabrics, finishing as well as the smart 

textiles. By the application of nano particules on textile 

materials many characteristics of textile products improve and 

high performance properties can be provided. 

Filtration may be defined as a separation of one material 

from the other. The main purpose of the filtration is the 

increasement of the filtrated material’s pureness. Fabrics for 

filtration is generally being used for vacuum cleaners, power 

stations, petrochemical factories, waste water channels as well 

as in chemical and cosmetics sector and mostly in cigarette 

filters. Depending on the fabric type, dust adsorption capacity 

ranges between the percent of %25 and %99.9. The clogging 

time is also an important parameter for filtration [3]. 

Figure 2. Filtration of pollen spor with nano fibers [5] 

The aim of this study is the considering the importance of 

nanotechnology and its usage with the matter of 

electrospinning method and the other methods beneath the 

current datas in production of nano filtration which plays a 

big role in increasement of the material’s purity, direct 

effectiveness to the energy savement and productivity as well 

as the recyclement of the valuable materials. 

*Corresponding author: 0Hozguncan@sdu.edu.tr 

Figure 1. Filtration Mechanism [4] 

In the filtration mechanism, particles having the smaller 

diameters comparing to the fiber’s join to the fiber surface 

with the help of the statically electric occurring on the fiber 

used for filtration. Big diameter particles easily diverge with 

the help of their weight. And hence the filtration mechanism 

occurs. The fibers with lower diameters and their becoming 

closer increases the influence of the filtration. 

An electrospinning device is used for producing nanofibers 

with the diameter of 50-500 nanometer. The surface structure 

of nonwovens made of those fibers have smaller pores 

comparing to the ones produced with other fibers and 

additionally they have larger surface areas. And hence an 

effective filtration is provided. 

[1] . Erkoç.“Nanobilim ve Nano Teknoloji” METU Toplum ve 

Bilim Merkezi, p.7, (2008). 

[2] E. Ozdoan, A. Demir, N.Seventekin,“Nanoteknoloji ve Tekstil 

Uygulamalar”, Tekstil ve Konfeksiyon, 16(3):159 – 163 (2006). 

[3] 1Hhttp://www.tekstilteknik.com/Referanslar/Tekniktekstiller.asp 

[4] S. Adanur. “Technical Texiles”, Auburn University Department 

of Textile Engineering Auburn, AL 36849 USA (2006). 

[5] R.,R.Hedge, A.Dahiya, M.G. Kamath,“Nanofiber -nonwovens”, 

2Hhttp://web.utk.edu/~mse/pages/Textiles/Nanofiber%20Nonwovens.ht 

m. 


P 

P 

P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

The Use of Organoclay in Textile Waste Water Treatment 

1 

1 

2 

UE. Perrin Akçakoca KumbasarUP P*, Seniha ElemenP Pand Saadet YaparP 

PDepartment of Textile Engineering, Ege University, Izmir, Turkey 

PDepartment of Chemical Engineering, Ege University, Izmir, Turkey 

2 

1 

Abstract- In this study organoclay was used as sorbent for textile dyes. The results obtained from the batch adsorption experiments showed that 

organoclay has very strong sorption ability for textile dyes. 

Textile wet processing involves the use of a variety of 

chemicals including various classes of dyes and auxiliaries. 

These components have negative environmental impact such 

as the exceptionable coloring on the surface waters. Therefore 

the methods for decoloration become important issue in recent 

years [1]. 

In principle, decoloration is possible with one or more of the 

following methods: adsorption, precipitation, chemical 

degradation, photo degradation and biodegradation. 

Adsorption appears to be a good method for the treatment of 

textile industry effluents [2]. The process of adsorption is 

being increasingly used for ecofriendly and economic 

decoloration process of textile dye effluents. There are many 

works on the adsorption systems; however dye adsorption is a 

complicated process because of the nature of dye and their 

behavior in aqueous solutions [1]. 

for 24h. The supernatants were analyzed by using a UV 

spectrophotometer and adsorbed amounts were determined 

from the difference between initial and final concentrations. 

The change in % decoloration with dye concentration was 

given in Figure 1. 

Figure 2. (A), (B) and (C) Decoloration of reactive, dispers and 

direct dyes with SAMPLE I; (D), (E) and (F) Decoloration of 

reactive, dispers and direct dyes with SAMPLE II, respectively. 

Figure 1. Structure of the clay 

There are many sorbents for decoloration. In this work we 

explored organoclay as sorbent for textile dyes. Clay minerals 

having layered structure and a high surface area have been 

easily modified to obtain in predescribed properties for a 

special application [3,4]. For instance, they are modified 

through the replacement of inorganic exchange cations with 

quaternary alkylammonium derivatives to have an 

organophilic material. 

In this work, two different types of organoclay synthesized 

by using Hexadecyltrimethylammonium (HDTMA) cations in 

an amount equivalent to 100 % of cation exchange capacity of 

clay (CEC) in a research laboratory in the Chemical 

Engineering Department [5]. The synthesis conditions were 

the same for both of the samples except the last step, drying. 

At this step, the samples were dried by using a freeze dryer 

and/or an oven. For the preceeding parts of the work, the clays 

dried using oven and freeze dryer will be defined as SAMPLE 

I and SAMPLE II, respectively. 

The adsorption behavior of reactive, dispers and direct dyes 

were studied by conducting batch adsorption experiments at 

30 °C. The dispersions containing dye and clay were shaken 

As shown in the Figure, Sample I and II have decoloration 

efficiencies about %90 and %70, respectively. The increase in 

% decoloration with increasing dye concentration indicates 

that the oven dried clay will also be successful in high 

concentration. 

It was observed that the organoclay has potentiality in the 

removal of textile dyes through adsorption. Also two types of 

organoclay were compared by their sorption isotherms and it 

was found that the clay dried using freeze dryer more 

successful than the oven dried clay. 

HT*Corresponding author: perrin.akcakoca@ege.edu.trTH 

[1] Noroozi, B., Sorial, G.A., Haghi, A.K., 2008. Achievements in 

Textile Dyes Removal Using Adsorption, Polymers Research 

Journal, 2 (1), 29-58. 

[2] Ceyhan, Ö., Baybas, D., 2001. Adsorption of Some Textile Dyes 

by Hexadecyltrimethylammonium Bentonite, Turk J Chem 25 , 193 - 

200. 

[3] Bergaya, F., Lagaly, G., 2001. Surface modifictaion of clay 

minerals, Applied Clay Science, 19, 1–3. 

[4]Yılmaz, N., Yapar, S., 2004. Adsorption properties of tetradecyland 

hexadecyl trimethylammonium bentonites, Applied Clay 

Science, 27, 223-228. 

[5]Yapar, S., 2009. Physicochemical study of microwave-synthesized 

organoclays, Colloids and Surfaces A; Physicocherm, Engineering 

Aspects,345, 75-81. 


P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Formation of Self-Assembled Alpha-Lactalbumin Nanotubes and Alpha-Lactalbumin Nanoparticles 

and Their Behavior in Model Gastro-Intestinal System 

1 

1 

Sibel KarakayaP P* and UNihan BaUP 

1 

PEge Univ., Fac Engn., Dept. Food Engn., zmir, Turkey 

Abstract- In this study, alpha-lactalbumin nanotubes and nanoparticles have been formed by using whey as a starting material. 

Model molecule Brillant Blue encapsulation capacity of nanoparticles and release of nanoencapsulated Brillant Blue molecule in 

model gastro-intestinal system have also been investigated. 

The field of nanotechnology has experienced significant 

growth over the last ten years. Currently, the market of 

nanotechnology products in the food industry approaches the 

US$ 1 billion and has to potential to grow more than US$ 20 

billion in the next decade [1]. In recent years, the use of 

enzymatic hydrolysis to improve functional properties of 

food proteins and induce specific structural changes in 

proteins causing the resultant peptides to self-assemble into 

highly ordered and well defined nanostructures has attracted 

major attention from scientific area as well as food industry 

[2]. Whey as a rich source of protein is a waste product 

obtained from cheese manufacturing. Whey components will 

increasingly be preferred as ingredients for functional foods 

and nutraceuticals[3]. The growth of -lactalbumin nanotubes 

and their dimensions was analyzed. Alpha-lactalbumin was 

purified from bovine milk. The cylinder diameter was 

calculated to be 19.9 (2) nm and the cavity 8.7 (7) nm [4]. 

In the present study, self-assembled -lactalbumin 

nanotubes and -lactalbumin nanoparticles and behavior of - 

lactalbumin nanoparticles in model gastro-intestinal system 

were investigated. Nanotubes were imaged by using 

Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM). 

For the isolation of -lactalbumin from whey, protein was 

precipitated by the procedure of salting out (80% saturated 

salt solution) at isoelectric point. SDS-Page analysis showed 

that pure -lactalbumin could be obtained (Figure 1). 

50 °C in the presence of calcium cation (ratio of mole 

calcium/mole -lactalbumin: 2.263) are shown in Figure 2. 

Figure 2. TEM image of nanotubes 

Standard 

marker 

BA 

- lb 

-lac 

Encapsulation capacity of -lactalbumin nanoparticles was 

calculated as 86.076%. In vitro release of nanoencapsulated 

Brillant Blue molecule after model gastro-intestinal digestion 

was 42.49%. 

In conclusion, this study revealed that nanotubes could be 

formed via self assembly of -lactalbumin isolated from 

whey and encapsulation with -lactalbumin nanoparticles 

could be an alternative to microencapsulation. 

Standard 

marker 

a 

At isoelectric 

point 

Salting out 

Salting out at 

isoelectric 

point 

-lac 

b 

Figure 1. a) protein fraction of whey, b) protein fraction of 

dialysates isolated from whey by using different precipitation 

method. BA: Bovine serum albumin; - lb: -lactoglobulin; -lac: - 

lactalbumin 

HT*Corresponding author: sibel.karakaya@ege.edu.trT 

[1] Acosta, E., 2009. Bioavailability of nanoparticles in nutrient 

and nutraceutica delivery, Current Opinion in Colloid and 

Interface Science, 14: 3-15. 

[2] Ipsen, R. and Otte, J., 2007. Self-assembly of partially 

hydrolysed -lactalbumin, Biotechnology Advances, 25: 602-605. 

[3] Smithers, G. W., 2008. Whey and Whey proteins from “gutter 

to gold”, International Dairy Journal, 18:695-704. 

[4] Graveland-Bikker, J. F., Fritz, G., Glatter, O., Kruif, C. G., 

2006. Growth and structure of -lactalbumin nanotubes, Journal of 

Applied Crystallography, 39: 180-184. 

TEM image of nanotubes obtained from partial hydrolyses 

of -lactalbumin by protease and subsequent incubation at 


P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

1 

Development of -lactalbumin Protein Nanotubes by Self-Assembly 

1 

1 

UÖzgür TarhanUP P*, ebnem HarsaP 

Pzmir Institute of Technology, Food Engineering Department, Gülbahçe Campus, 35430, Urla, zmir, Turkey 

Abstract-Proteins extracted from various food sources are important matrices providing novel features to processed foods. Recently, they have 

been under research attractively for the fabrication of self-assembled nano-tubular structures, promising novel applications in food 

nanotechnology concept. The second major whey protein -lactalbumin (-La) have been reported to produce nanotubes through self-assembly 

when partially hydrolyzed. In this study, development of -La nanotubes by self assembly and characterization of them through particle size 

distribution and morphology by spectrophotometric and microscopic methods were reported. 

Food grade nanoscale structures such as protein and 

peptide nanotubes can be produced by breaking up the bulk 

materials and building up the novel supramolecular structure 

from molecules through self-assembly. These nano 

structures may have unique properties providing potential 

applications in food technology. Enzymatic hydrolysis leads 

to breakdown of the proteins through smaller protein/peptide 

fragments depending on degree of hydrolysis. Then naturally 

occurring self-assembly, which may identified by 

spontaneous diffusion and specific association of molecules 

through non-covalent interactions, gives rise to fabrication of 

novel structures from these fragments [1]. Self-assembly is a 

‘bottom up’ approach for the production of nano structures. 

The second most common whey protein, -La was selected 

as the model protein to fabricate nanotubes in this study. 

Few studies reporting -La nanotubes are present in current 

literature [2, 3]. In the presented study, formation of protein 

nanotubes from -La by self-assembly and characterization 

of them by DLS, SEM and AFM were targeted. 

Three percent (v/w) of -La protein was dissolved in 75 

mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.5, and CaClR2R was added with the ratio of 

1:2 (-La:CaClR2R). Enzymatic hydrolysis of the protein was 

started by the addition of 4 % BLP (w/w). After mixing, it 

was incubated at 50 ºC for 1.5 h for the hydrolysis and 

formation of - La nanotubes through self-assembly [4]. 

Then, the developing structures were examined by SEM and 

AFM and their particle sizes were determined by DLS (at 

fixed angle 90º and 633nm), at certain time intervals of 

incubation. 

Figure 1 represents SEM images of the nanostructures 

formed. The length of them reaches to 1 m. Graveland- 

Bikker et.al., also reported approximately 1μm long -La 

nanotubes obtained due to self assembly. In addition, AFM 

images indicated similar structures (image not shown). 

The particle size distributions, of the nanostructures 

developed, obtained by zeta-sizer are given in table1. The 

average size at the end of 90 minute-incubation was nearly 

191 nm. This may be probably corresponding to the width of 

the tubular structures. As it is compared with SEM results, 

the width of the structures is seen as nearly 200 nm. 

Actually, it is the hydrodynamic diameter measured by DLS. 

th 

Table 1. Particle size distribution data at 90P P min 

Size (nm) 

% class 

intensity volume number 

127,9 0 0,6 1,1 

156,3 1,6 25,6 26,1 

190,9 98,4 49,4 48,9 

233,2 0 24,4 23,9 

In conclusion, nano scale structures can be developed 

through self-association of peptide units after partial 

hydrolysis of -La protein. More comprehensive results are 

expected in the following experimental studies. 

*Corresponding author: ozgurapaydin@iyte.edu.tr 

[1]Rajagapol, K., Schneider, J.P., 2004. Self-assembling peptides 

and proteins for nanotechnological applications, Current Opinion in 

Structural Biology, 14: 480-486. 

[2]Ipsen R. and Otte, J., 2003. Nano-structuring by means of 

proteolysis Rheology of novel gels from -lactalbumin, Annual 

Transactions of the Nordic Rheology Society, 11: 89-93. 

[3]Graveland-Bikker, J. F., Fritz, G., Glatter, O., de Kruif, C.G., 

2006. Growth and structure of -lactalbumin nanotubes, Jour.of 

Appl. Crystallography, 39, 180–184. 

[4]Graveland-Bikker, J. F., Ipsen, R., Otte, J., de Kruif, C.G., 2004. 

Influence of calcium on the self-assembly of partially hydrolyzed - 

lactalbumin, Langmuir, 20: 6841-6846. 

Figure 1. SEM image of protein nanostructures 


P 

P 

P 

P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Use of Nanotextile Materials in Filtration 

1 

1 

2 

3 

Nuriye KoçakP P, Mustafa ahinP P, UOnur TekoluUP P*, Erkan KalpcP P, Celalettin ÖzdemirP 

1 

PScience Fac.,Chemistry Dept., Selçuk University, Konya 42075, Turkey 

2 

PVoc. High Sch , Text. Dept., Giresun University, Giresun 28100, Turkey 

3 

PEdc. Fac. Biology Dept., Selçuk University, Konya 42090, Turkey 

4 

PEng.-Arc. Fac. Env. Eng. Dept., Selçuk University, Konya 42075, Turkey 

Abstract-It is quite difficult to refine textile industry wastewater and remove the colour of azodyes in that wastewater.Using advanced tecniques 

causes high cost.In our work; it is started to produce nano-chitosan particules with nano-particules in labratory environment and we have stated 

that important refining efficiency will be taken when the zeta potential and the structure of nano-chitosan particules are analysed. Besides;in this 

work it is stated that in our country we should produce nano-textile materials and their applicability must be searched in detail in order to 

decrease the environmental pollution caused by industrial reasons to the minimum level. 

4 

Nanoscience and nanotechnology have begun to enter in our 

lifes in various fields.Starting with textile industry These 

fields extends from chemical industry,molecular biology and 

genetic engineering to the environmental engineering [1].For 

example in environmental applications;it is stated that by 

using nono-sized iron high efficiency has been obtained in 

removing various hidrocarbones which are chlorinated,and 

efficient removing is provided due to the absorbtion of 

pollutants like trihalometans, 1,2-diklorobenzen with carbon 

nano-tubes [2, 3, 4]. 

Nowadays we call for the technologies which use less raw 

materials and provides alternative refining methods, reduction 

in environmental pollution and less waste 

production.Nanotechonology has an important role in the 

methods of pollution control.With the help of nano-materials 

and nano-appliances the efficiency of energy and procuct can 

be increased; the chemical use and waste production can be 

decreased [5]. 

Refining textile industry waste water and removing colour of 

azodyes in wastewater is very difficult. .Using advanced 

tecniques causes high cost.In our work; it is started to produce 

nano-chitosan particules in nano-particular environment and 

we have stated that vital refining efficiency will be taken when 

the zeta potential and the structure of nano-chitosan particules 

are analysed. Studies of refining about them are supposed to 

begin soon 

In addition to these in this work; it is stated that in our 

country we should produce nano-textile materials and their 

applicability must be completely searched in order to decrease 

the environmental pollution caused by industrial reasons to the 

minimum level.The most important applications of 

nanotechnology textile field are the production of nano and 

micro fibre and forming textile surface from the fibres [6]. 

Nano-sized materials are more reactive than macroscobicsized 

materials because they have small size ,high surface area 

and distinctive crystal forms.[7].The characteristics of 

microfiber liquid filters are;high water transition speed,easy 

cleaning and high performance of leaking. (keeping particules 

in micrometre sizemikrometer) [8]. 

The most important parameter which affects the filtration 

performance is the thinness of the fiber which is used as a 

filtration performance and it is possible to reach any wanted 

thinness level. 

The textiles that are produced from microfibers make perfect 

effect for gas and liquid filtration because of their thin and 

firm structures. 

Especially the textiles like 0,05 dtex polipropilen (surface 

without tissue) that are produced from super thin 

microfibers,with the high electric voltage application, gain 

permanent embarkation and draws absorbs dust particles.The 

textiles that are produced from microfibers can have great 

effect in gas and liquid filtration[9, 10]. 

According to the researches it is stated that in industrial 

processes filtration textiles increases the purity of the product 

and production efficiency and provides energy saving,recycle 

and rise in pollution control[11]. 

In our country, in systems like waste refining units,chimney 

and dust emission systems,vacuum cleaners etc and in 

environment, the applicability of textiles which are produced 

from microfibers used in nanotechnology must be searched in 

detail. 

*Corresponding author: HTonur.tekoglu@giresun.edu.trT 

[1] UK Royal Society, 2004, The Royal Society and the Royal 

Academy of Engineering. Nanoscience and Nanotechnologies: 

Opportunities and Uncertainties, 

http://www.nanotec.org.uk/finalreport.htm (22 

July 2009). 

[2]Elliott, D.W., Zhang, W.-X., 2001, Field Assessment of Nanoscale 

Bimetallic Particles for Groundwater Treatment, Environmental 

Science and Technology, 35/15:4922-4926. 

[3]Peng, X., Li, Y., Luan, Z., Di, Z., Wang, H., Tian, B., Jia, Z., 

2003, Adsorption Of 1,2-Dichlorobenzeze From Water To Carbon 

Nanotubes, Chemical Physics Letters, 376/1:154-158. 

[4]Lu, C.S., Chung, Y.L., Chang, K.F., 2005, Adsorption of 

Trihalomethanes from Water With Carbon Nanotubes, Water 

Research, 39/6:1183-1189. 

[5]US.EPA, 2007, Nanotechnology White Paper, 

www.epa.gov/osa/pdfs/nanotech/epa- nanotechnologywhite- paperfinal-July-2009.pdf 

. 

[6]kiz, Y., 2006, Tekstilde Nanoteknoloji, Bilim ve Teknik, Aralk 

(1), HThttp://www.nano.bilkent.edu.tr/Basin/NanoTekstil.pdfTH, (April, 

2010) 

[7]Masciangioli, T. ve Zhang W-X., 2003, Environmental 

Technologies at the Nanoscale, Environmental Science and 

Technology, 37/5:102-108. 

[8] Purane, S.V., ve Panigrahi, N.R., 2007, Microfibers, 

microfilamnets and their applications, Autex Research Journal, 7:3. 

[9] Kaynak, H. K., Babaarslan, O., 2009, Mikroliflerin Tekstil 

Endüstrisindeki Yeri ve Önemi, Tekstil Teknolojileri Elektronik 

Dergisi 3,3:70-83. 

[10] Purane, S.V., ve Panigrahi, N.R., 2007, Microfibers, 

Microfilamnets and their Applications, Autex Research Journal, 7, 3, 

148-158. 

[11] Can, Ö., 2008, Endüstride Kullanlan Teknik Tekstiller Üzerine 

Bir Aratrma, Tekstil Teknolojileri Elektronik Dergisi, 3:31-43 


P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

1 

Nanotechnology and Its Applications in Food Sector 

1 

USeval Sevgi KrdarUP P* 

PMehmet Akif Ersoy University Vocational Higher Education School, Food Processing Department 15 100 Burdur-Turkey 

Abstract- In this rewiew summarized the application of nanotechnology relevant to food sector. 

Nanotechnology applications are expected to bring a range 

of benefits to the food sector, including new tastes, textures 

and sensations, less use of fat, enhanced absorption of 

nutrients, improved packaging, traceability and security of 

food products [1] 

Several applications of nanotechnology are available 

(Figure 1) 

UFood Processing 

Nanocapsules for improving bioavailability of 

neutraceuticals in standard ingredients such as 

cooking oils 

Nanoencapsulated flavor enhancers 

Nanotubes and nanoparticles as gelation and 

viscosifying agents. 

Nanocapsule infusions of plant-based steroids as a 

replacement for meat cholesterol 

Nanoparticles that selectively bind and remove 

chemicals or pathogens from food 

Nanoemulsions and nanoparticles for beter 

availability and dispersion of nutrients 

Altria, Nestle, Kraft, Heinz and Unilever, as well as small 

nanotech start-up companies[4] 

Nanoparticles are already on the market. An inventory of 

consumer products incorporating nanotechnology identified 

580 nano-products, and classified them into eight categories 

(Figure 2). Of the 580 nano-products, 12% were classified as 

‘Home and Garden’ and the largest category was ‘Health and 

Fitness’ which accounted for 61% of the total (Figure 1). 

These products were further subdivided as: ‘Food’; 

‘Cooking’; ‘Storage’; and ‘Supplements’ (Figure 3). 

Nanotechnology 

UFood Packaging Applications 

mproved packagings(gas and moisture barriers, 

tensile strenght) 

Shelf life extention via active packaging 

Nanoadditives 

ntelligent packaging 

Delivery and controlled release of neutraceuticals 

Antibacterial or self-cleaning packaging 

Monitoring product conditions during trasportation 

Figure.2. Nano-products 

Figure 1. Potential application of nanotechnology in the food and 

food packaging [1,2] 

Worldwide sales of nanotechnology products to the food 

and beverage packaging sector increased from US$ 150 

million in 2002 to US$ 860 million in 2004 and are expected 

to reach to US$ 20,4 billion by 2010[2]. In a survey 

performed by Israel and The USA in march 2006, it was 

found that over 200 manufacturers currently market products 

idendified as “nanoproducts”. Approximately 60% of these 

products were for “health and fitness” and 9% were for “food 

and beverage products[3]. The nanofood sector (the term 

refers to the use of nanotechnology techniques, materials or 

tools for production, processing or packaging of food) is 

currently led by USA, followed by Japan and China. 

However, Asian countries (led by China) are expected to be 

the biggest market for nanofood by 2010[4]. It has been 

suggested that the number of companies currently applying 

nanotechnologies to food could be as high as 400 . A number 

of major food and beverage companies are reported to have 

(or have had) an interest in nanotechnology. These include 

Figure 3. TDistribution of nanotechnology products classified as 

‘Food and Beverage’ [5] 

HT*Corresponding author: skirdar@mehmetakif.edu.trT 

[1] http://www.nap.edu/catalog/12633.html 

[2] Sozer, N., Kokini, J.L., 2009. Nanotechnology and ist 

applications in food sector. Trendsin Biotechnology, 27:82-89 

[3] Chau C.F., 2007. The development of regulations for food 

technology. Trends Food Sci. Technol. 18:269-280 

[4] Smith, J.P., Hoshino, J., Abe, Y., 1995. Interactive packaging 

involving sachet technology. In M.L.Rooney (Ed.), Active food 

packaging (pp. 143-173). Glasgow: Blackie Academic and 

Proffesional 

[5] http://orgprints.org/16786 


P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

1 

Nanotechnology and Its Applications in Food Sector 

1 

USeval Sevgi KırdarUP P* 

PMehmet Akif Ersoy University Vocational Higher Education School, Food Processing Department 15 100 Burdur-Turkey 

Abstract- The rapid development in food industries improved tastes, colour, flavour, texture and consistency of foodstuffs, 

increased absorption and bioavailability of nutrients and health supplements, new food packaging materials with improved 

mechanical, barrier and antimicrobial properties, nano-sensors for traceability and monitoring the condition of food during transport 

and storage. 

Nanotechnology can assist a wide field of food processing 

area. The principle of nanotechnology in food processing is 

focusing more on food preservation and interactive foods. 

The advantages of nanotechnology in food processing is to 

develop the texture of food components, encapsulate food 

components or additives, developing new tastes and 

sensations, controlling the release of flavours and increasing 

the bioavailability of nutritional components. On the other 

hand, the success of these advancements will be dependent 

on consumer acceptance and the exploration of regulatory 

issues. Food producers and manufacturers could make great 

strides in food safety by using nanotechnology, and 

consumers would reap benefits as well[1]. 

Many major areas in food production may benefit from 

nanotechnology which is development of new functional 

materials, microscale and nanoscale processing, product 

development and methods, instrumentation design for 

improved food safety and biosecurity, storage, transportation 

and traceability [2,3]. The rapid development in food 

industries improved tastes, colour, flavour, texture and 

consistency of foodstuffs, increased absorption and 

bioavailability of nutrients and health supplements, new food 

packaging materials with improved mechanical, barrier and 

antimicrobial properties, nano-sensors for traceability and 

monitoring the condition of food during transport and 

storage[3]. Fig. 1 shows the effect of nanotechnology in food 

industries[4]. 

Table 1. Examples of nanotechnology researches, nanoproducts and 

applications of nanotechnology in food 

processing . 

Category 

Food 

Processing 

Examples of the different applications 

•Interactive foods and beverages give desired 

flavours and colors (on-demand delivery) by 

the addition of nanocapsules which burst at 

different microwave frequencies 

•National Nanotechnology Initiative has 

explored the applications of nanotechnology 

in water purification and treatment focusing 

on the areas such as membranes and 

membrane 

processes, biofouling and disinfection, and 

contaminants removal 

•Development of nano-scale formulations of 

different traditional herbal plants by reducing 

the herbs to nanoscale powder or emulsion 

•Micronization of ganoderma spore to 

ultrafine powder by top-down approach, 

resulting in the rupture of cell walls and 

release of potential active ingredients 

•Frying oil refining catalytic device (made of 

nanoceramic material) inhibits thermal 

polymerization of frying oil and reduce offodors 

•Micrometres long stiff hollow nanotubes 

made of milk protein by self-assembly have 

potential to be used as novel ingredients for 

viscosifying, gelation, nanoencapsulation, 

and controlled release purposes 

HT*Corresponding author: skirdar@mehmetakif.edu.trT 

Figure 1. Controlled release of nanotechnology in food . 

There are a large number of potential applications of 

nanotechnologywithin the food industry (Table 1).[3] 

The applications of nano-based technology in food industry 

may include nanoparticulate delivery systems (micelles, 

liposomes, nano-emulsions, biopolymeric nanoparticles and 

cubosomes) for food safety and biosecurity (nano-sensors and 

nano-toxicity [5] 

[1] Chau, C. F., Wu, S. H. and Yen, G. C. 2006. The development 

of regulations for food nanotechnology. Trends in Food Science 

and Technology 18:269-280. 

[2]http://www.finduddanelse.dk/Nanotechnology in/food 

processing packaging and safety. accessed on 24/03/2010. 

[3] Abbas, K.A., Saleh, A.M., Mohamed , A., MohdAzhan, 

N.,2009. The recent advances in the nanotechnology and its 

applications in food processing: A review. Journal of Food, 

Agriculture & Environment Vol.7 (3&4 ) : 1 4 - 1 7 . 

[4] http://www.nanoisrael.org/download/nanowater1/US-IL% 

Accessed on 24/03/2010. 

[5] Chaudry, Q., Scotter, M., Blackburn, J., Ross, B., Boxall, A., 

Castle, L., Aitken, R. and Watkins, R. 2007. Applications and 

implications of nanotechnologies for the food sector. Food 

Additives and Contaminants 25(3):241-258. 


P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Synthesis of Nano Silica Based Sol-Gel Dendritic Materials for the Removal of Atrazine from Water 

1 

1 

1 

UAyber YldrmUP P, Aylin ÖzkanP Pand Turgay SeçkinP P* 

1 

PDepartment of Chemistry, University of Inonu, Malatya, TR Türkiye 44280 

Abstract-In this study, synthesis, nano silica was prepared by Stöber method and modified with -aminopropyltriethoxysilane by sol-gel 

method and surfactant modified atrazine captivator was covalently attached to the matrix as dendritic group The present study demonstrates a 

novel approach for preparing nano materials with atrazine removal capacity. 

The broadleaf herbicide atrazine is one of the most widely 

used herbicides for weed control during the production of 

corn, sorghum, and other crops [1] Although many European 

countries have banned its use, over 60 million pounds of 

atrazine are used annually. As a result, atrazine is the most 

commonly detected herbicide in ground and standing water 

and this herbicides have been linked to health risks in animals 

and humankind. 

Currently, the best available technology for removal of 

atrazine from groundwater is activated charcoal. Alternative 

methods for the removal of atrazine from groundwater include 

engineered organoclays, molecularly imprinted 

polymers,engineered microorganisms, oxidation strategies , 

photodegradation using ultraviolet light, nano- or 

ultrafiltration, and polar polymeric supports. The use of 

reactive solid supports for the selective removal of atrazine 

from water has not been reported. Reactive resins have been 

successfully applied to the efficient removal of electrophilic 

and nucleophilic compounds from solutions. However, 

applications have been limited mainly to organic and 

combinatorial synthesis. Here, we describe a strategy for the 

sequestration of atrazine and its major metabolites. The 

strategy is presumably generalizable across many of the 

triazine herbicides, as well as other select herbicides such as 

metolachlor [2-3] 

amine and cyanuric chloride in THF and attached to the silica 

matrix by covalent bonding between amino groups of the 

matrix and the chloro group of the dendrimer. 

Conventional characterization methodology was used to 

characterize the nano materials which includes FT-IR, SEM- 

EDAX, TGA, DTA and DSC analysis. 

The authors wishes to thank Inonu University Scientific 

Research Center for the support 2010-22 and 17. 

*Corresponding author: ayberyildirim@gmail.com 

[1] (a) For recent efforts see: Kim, J.-B.; Huang, W.; Miller, M. D.; 

Baker, G. L.; Bruening, M. L. J Polym.Sci Part A: Polym Chem 

2003, 41, 386–394. (b) Barner, L.; Zwaneveld, N.; Pham, Y.; Davis, 

T. P. J Polym Sci Part A: Polym Chem 2002, 40, 4180–4192. (c) 

Blomberg, S.; Ostberg, S.; Harth, E.; Bosman,A. W.; Van Horn, B. 

Hawker, C. J. J Polym.Sci Part A: Polym Chem 2002, 40, 1309– 

1320. (d) Luo, Hutchison, J. B.; Anseth, K. S.; Bowman, C. N.J 

Polym Sci Part A: Polym Chem 2002, 40, 1885–1891. 

[2] (a) Tomalia, D. A.; Frechet, J. M. J. J Polym SciPart A: Polym 

Chem 2002, 40, 2719–2728. (b) Frechet,J. M. J. J Polym Sci Part A: 

Polym Chem 2003, 41, 3713–3725.3. (a) Lee, B. Y; Oh, J. S. 

Macromolecules 2000, 33,3194–3195. (b) Mayr, M.; Buchmeiser, M. 

R.;Wurst, K. Adv Synth Catal 2002, 344, 712–719. 

N 

N 

N 

N 

N 

N 

N 

N 

N 

N 

N 

N 

N 

N 

N 

N 

N 

N 

Figure 1. Surfactant modified silica surface 

This paper describes the selection of nucleophilic groups for 

atrazine sequestration using solution phase competition 

reactions; the use of these groups on a solid support for the 

sequestration of atrazine, its metabolites, and another triazine 

herbicide; and the evidence for covalent attachment. 

In this work, nano silica was prepared by Stöber method and 

modified with -aminopropyltriethoxy silane by means of solgel 

method. Surfactant dendrimer was prepared with t-octyl 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Nanotechnology Applications in Agriculture 

A. Ahmet Yücer 1* , Ö. Faruk Sarıoğlu 2 and Turgay Tekinay 2 

1 Republic of Turkey, Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Affairs, Agricultural Research General Directorate, Yenimahalle, Ankara, Turkey 

2 UNAM – Institute of Materials Science and Nanotechnology, Bilkent University, Ankara 06800, Turkey 

Abstract— Nanotechnology is having an impact on many different fields. With increasing population and dwindling 

resources, it is certain that novel approaches for food and agriculture are required. There is ongoing research in applications of 

nanotechnology in food industry and agriculture. Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Affairs of Turkey started research and 

education collaborations with universities to be on the frontiers of agricultural nanotechnology field. 

World population increasing and there is a need to get 

products cheaply and through sustainable methods. There is an 

ongoing effort to get better products through novel 

developments in food industry and agriculture. New 

developments in nanotechnology are expected to have impact 

in food industry and agriculture [1,2]. Basic areas in these 

fields that nanotechnology could have an impact are: 

− Pathogen and Contaminant Detection 

− Tracking & Food Security 

− Increasing Efficiency in Agriculture 

− Environmental Issues and Agricultural Waste 

Some solutions to problems in these areas are: 

Nanosensors for Pathogen and Contaminant Detection 

There have been different techniques to detect pathogens 

and contaminants in food, animals and agricultural products. 

Pathogen contamination in these products often leads to health 

problems during consumption and economic problems due to 

loss of the products. Bacteria and virus contamination usually 

results in illness and sometimes fatality. The most likely area 

that nanotechnology will have a revolutionary impact is 

analysis and detection of contamination [3]. Use of 

nanobiosensors to detect the health of agricultural products 

and livestock and surface and airborne pathogens would be 

immensely helpful in the field. It is expected that these 

nanosensors would be cheaper and give quick results. This 

would facilitate their use in the fields, since they would not 

require expensive laboratory infrastructure. 

Nanosensors and Nanomaterials for Food Security 

A very important application of nanotechnology would be 

tracking of agricultural products and food security. Through 

design and use of novel systems, individual shipments could 

be tracked. New sensors could be developed that would show 

changes in temperature or humidity. Also, packaging materials 

could be changed so there would be no pathogen adhesion, 

which lowers the risk for contamination. 

Through development of novel nanomaterials more 

effective and biodegradable chemicals could be synthesized. 

These nanomaterials could be used during food preparation 

and conservation and also could be used in the packaging 

[4,5]. 

Automation using nanoelectronics and nanosensors is 

important to increase efficiency in agriculture. Using data 

gathered from nanosensors and nanodevices, there would be 

better management and less use of drugs, fertilizers, and water 

[6]. 

Nanomaterials for Environmental Issues 

Use of nanotechnology in these areas could be nanoscalebased 

chemical treatment, bio-nanomechanical systems, and 

nanofiltration [7]. 

To be in the frontiers of agri-nanotechnology more 

information exchange is needed between scientists in the 

academia, scientists in the Ministry and policy specialists. 

Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Affairs is starting to 

collaborate with universities to educate the research personnel 

and direct research towards nanotechnology. First of such 

collaborations are being done with Bilkent University, 

UNAM. 

*Corresponding author: ayucer@tagem.gov.tr 

[1] Kuzma and VerHage, Project on Emerging Nanotechnologies, 

Nanotechnology in Agriculture & Food Production (2006). 

[2] Scott, Chen, Cooperative State Research, Education and Extension 

Service, Nanoscale Science and Engineering for Agriculture and Food 

Systems, (2003) 

[3] Skottrup et al., Biosen Bioel. 24, 339 (2008) 

[4] Joseph and Morrison, Nanoforum Gateway, Nanotechnology in 

Agriculture and Food, (2006). 

[5] ElAmin. www.foodnavigator.com/news/ng.asp?id=72022, (2007) 

[6] Kim et al., J Env Mon, 11(10), 1810 (2009). 

[7] AzoNano. http://www.azonano.com/details. 

asp?ArticleID=114 (accessed 24 March 2010), (2007) 

Nanodevices for Smart Treatment Delivery Systems and 

Sensitive Agriculture 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Research İn To Visual Effects Of Retro-Reflective Yarns On Weaving Fabrics And 

Their Relationship With Nano Textiles 

Nesrin Önlü¹* 

¹Department of Textile &Fashion Design, Fine Arts Faculty,Dokuz Eylül University,İzmir,Turkey 

Abstract 

Retro reflective yarns are mostly used in combination with industrial products for protective garment puposes.However, retroreflective 

yarns could also be utilised in order to obtain a variety of different effects in which shimmering and brightness are 

welded together in designing unity. Thanks to nano technology glass beads in retro-reflective yarns could be included in thread 

surfaces also, even if fabrics woven with such yarns could be uni-colored, they could appear as patterned or even multicolored 

through the light source available. 

Key words: Retro-reflective yarn, woven fabric,double and single layer woven structure,shimmering, puffy. 

Introduction 

Nanotechnology is a field of material design where the 

smallest man made devices encounter the atoms and 

molecules of the natural world(for comprative purposes, a 

nanometre is a billionth of a metre, the diameter of an atom is 

abouth a quarter of a nanometer, average diameter of a 

human hair is 10,000 nanometer). It has the potential to bring 

about a revolution in surface design because it promises to 

take the imitation of natural materials to an advanced level of 

precision [1]. 

The main use of nanotechnology in textiles is a coating. 

Schoeller have developed a coating that makes it difficult for 

dirt to stick and easy to wash off. The design is inspired by 

the surface of the lotus leaf [2] .While what one recalls first 

concerning nano textiles is that one provides items with such 

aspects as impermeability,being stain repellant, flame 

retardant etc. by combining nano- size materials with fiber, 

yarn and fabric surface, retro-reflective yarns could be 

assessed within the context of nano textiles. Reflective ability 

is normally given by coating, reflective inks fabrics in special 

process. Rebecca Early designs original textiles for fashion, 

and her work demonstrates that in the 1990s new technology 

is exploited not only for the materials and techniques but also 

for inspration.She experiments with the latest micro fibre 

fabrics combined with revolutionary methods of printing and 

newly –developed inks,including ‘retro-reflective’ ink. Unlike 

other reflective inks, this throws light back to its source, 

using a principle similar to that of the ‘cat’s eye’ in roads.It 

is manufactured by Reflective Technology Industries Ltd. who 

make special tap efor protective and safety clothing.Their 

technique is to suspend microscobic aluminium-coated glass 

spheres in the ink, which can be either oil or water-based 

making it suitable for wide range of fabrics.It can also be 

mixed with any screen-printing pigment for colours that 

throw back coloured light[3]. 

Nowadays technology offers a solution where the yarn is 

retro-reflective. This fact helps us to solve alot of problems 

and allow us to design innovative new products to meet to 

ever changing market demands [4] . 

Surface of recently progressed retro-reflective yarns 

includes thousands of light reflective glass beads or 

microprisms which reflect light back to where it has come in 

proctective purpose garments woven with such yarns. 

Therefore, both brightness does not dis appear and vision can 

be reflected. 

a 

b 

Figure 1: Reflective Property of Retro-Reflective 

Materials[5] 

a-Light reflected upon an ordinary object b-Object with 

retro reflective material 

The study designed and produced weaving fabrics 

considering light reflectiblity of retro-reflective yarns. Its 

purpose is to explore visual effects and pattern aspects 

appearing when daylight is exposed to artificially lit and dark 

media due to combination of light reflectivity in retroreflective 

yarns with source of yarns, weave, density and 

structure in different raw material. 

For this purpose; reflective yarns have been used with 

films manufactured by all the glass beads, the role of which is 

to reflect incoming light back to its original light source, 

which means that the glass beads act as spherical lenses and 

return the incoming light to the light source when the 

reflecting layer is set in its focus point[4] 

Material 

In the sample woven fabrics, 20/2 Ne Cotton and 20/2 

Ne bambu yarn were used as warp yarn and, 17 Nm retroreflective 

yarn( 63.3 glass beads, 10.7 resin,18.6 PET,7.4 

PA),Bekinox VN*12/1x275/100Z/316L (4 Nm) stainless 

steel, metallic fancy yarn, , yarn with elastan [ 28/1Nm PES 

(%60) 78dtex lycra (%40) ],linen, cotton,bamboo were used 

as weft yarn. The properties of the yarns in sample fabrics 

were located in Table 1. 

The weaves of sample woven fabrics are plain and weft 

rib. Woven structures of them are single and double layer and 

overshot weave structures (Table 2). Density in reed is 20 

threads in cm in single layer and 10 threads in cm in double 

layers respectivelly. Density of weft ranges in 12- 17-19 

threads in cm. 

These fabrics were produced on automatic Sulzer Ruti 

shuttle loom an they are in 100 cm width. 

1 


P 

P 

P M 

P M 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Investigatons on Solar Degradation of Acid Orange 7 (C.I. 15510) In Textile Waste Water With Micro 

And Nano Sized Titan Dioxide 

1 

1,2 

USongül Karaaslan AksuUP P* and eref GüçerP 

1,2 

1 

PDepartment of Chemistry, Faculty of Science & Arts, Uluda University, Bursa 16059 , Turkey 

PBUTAL - Bursa Test and Analysis Laboratory, The Scientific and Technological Research Council of Turkey, Bursa 16190, Turkey 

Abstract- Solar photo degradation of dyes is not effective in a treatment of textile waste water. Catalytic activation is necassery in order to 

have suitible kinetics. Titan dioxide is seem to be effective for dye degradation. Changing the size of catalyst and dopped with other metals (such 

as Sn IV) its activity might be improved . Our results shown that solar degradation of studied dye is posiple in a hour radiations. 

Textile waste water treatment nowadays is still 

environmental problem. Azo dyes represent the largest class 

of textile dyes in industrial use, accounting for 50% of all 

commercial dyes [1]. Due to the large number of aromatics 

present in these molecules and the stability of dyes, most azo 

dyes are non-biodegradable [2] and conventional treatment 

methods are ineffective for decolorization and degradation. 

Physical methods such as adsorption, biological methods 

(biodegradation) and chemical methods such as chlorination 

and ozonation are the most frequently used methods for 

removal of the textile dyes from wastewater. Others are 

flocculation, reverse osmosis and adsorption onto activated 

carbon. Since they are not destructive but only transfer the 

contamination from one phase to another, a different kind of 

pollution is faced and further treatments are required. Namely, 

advanced oxidation processes have been extensively 

investigated [3]. Among these processes, heterogeneous 

photocatalysis is found as an emerging destructive technology 

leading to total mineralization of most of organic pollutants. In 

most cases, the degradation is conducted for dissolved 

compounds in water with UV-illuminated TiOR2R. Among 

various semiconducting materials most attention has been 

given to TiOR2R because of its high photocatalytic activity, 

resistance to photo-corrosion, low cost, non-toxicity and 

favorable band-gap energy. That is why TiOR2R has real 

advantage in the photo-catalytic activity [4–5]. A further 

important advantage is the fact that the process can be 

powered by natural sunlight [6–8], thus reducing significantly 

the electrical power requirements and operating costs. It 

should be noted that with visible light, the photo-degradation 

processes proceed by different routes, involving for example 

electron transfer from the excited state of the dye molecules 

adsorbed on the TiOR2R surface into the conduction band of 

TiOR2R. 

The aim of this study is to investigate the photo catalytic 

activities of Acid Orange 7 (AO 7) dye which is frequently 

used in textile industry. The rate constant of photo catalytic 

reactions were determined by using simulation of solar light 

and titanium dioxide as a catalyst . The dye content was 

determined by using VIS spectrometry with the wavelength of 

AO7: 485 nm and with using derivative spectroscopy. In 

kinetic studies, the most important parameters which effect the 

observations were matrix of dye solutions, light intensity and 

the structure of catalyst. Relevant kinetic data are summarized 

Table 2. 

Table 1. Summary of rate constants for the degradation of solutions 

Sample k t R1/2R (min) 

-5 

5,71x 10P AO 7 0,00012 1,50E+08 

Textile waste water 0,00010 1,75E+08 

-5 

5,71x 10P O7 + 

0,02 g TiOR2R 0,0147 47 

Textile waste water 

+0,02 g TiOR2R 0,00010 1,75E+08 

Textile waste water 

+0,02 g (Ti,Sn)OR2R 0,008 87 

Using FTIR spectroscopic data, it was shown that dye is 

linked to three Titanium surface metallic cations through two 

oxygen atoms from the sulfonate group and the oxygen atom 

of the carbonyl group of the dyes (Fig 1). 

Figure 1. Proposed adsorption mode of AO7 on the surface 

Scanning electron microscopy (SEM) was employed the 

characterized surface morphology of the catalyst. It can be 

seen from Fig. 2 

Figure 2. SEM images of AO7- TiOR2 

It was shown that decomposition was completed in a hour. 

*Corresponding author: songulkar@yahoo.com 

[1] C. Rafols, D. Barcelo. Journal of Chromatography A, 777 177- 

192 (1997) 

[2] S. Liakou, S. Pavlou, G. Lyberatos, Water Sci. Technol. 35 (4) 

279–286 1997) . 

[3] C. Guillard, H. Lachheb, A. Houas, M. Ksibi, E. Elaloui, J.M. 

Herrmann, J. Photochem. Photobiol. A: Chem. 158 27–36 (2003). 

[4] K. Nagaveni, G. Sivalingam, M.S. Hegde, G. Madras, Appl. 

Catal. B: Env. 48 83–93 (2004) . 

[5] C.E. Bonancea, G.M. Nascimento, M.L. Souza, M.L. A. 

Temperini, C.Paola, Appl. Catal. B: Env. 69 34–42(2006) . 

[6] M. Saquib, M. Muneer , Dyes Pigments;53: 237-49 (2002). 

[7] V. Augugliaro, C. Baiocchi, A.B. Prevot, E. Garc´a-Lopez, V. 

Loddo, S. Malato, et al. Chemosphere;49.1223–30 (2002). 

[8] M. Stylidi, DI Kondarides, XE Verykios, Appl Catal B Environ 

40:271-86 (2003). 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Nanotechnology in Higher Education in OIC Countries 

M.Yahaya 1 , I.Ho Abdullah 3 , M.M.Salleh 2 and C.C.Yap 1 

1 

School of Applied Physics, Faculty of Science and Technology, 

Universiti Kebangsaan Malaysia, 43600 UKM, Bangi, Selangor, Malaysia 

2 

Institute of Microengineering and Nanoelectronics, 


Faculty of Social 3 Faculty of Social Sciences and Humanities Sciences 


Abstract. Nanotechnology is acknowledged as potentially one of the most beneficial for the development 

of developing countries. This paper reports on the survey conducted in drawing up a roadmap for 

nanotechnology in higher education. The Nanotechnology Survey is designed to elicit three dimensions in 

nanotechnology in higher education, namely the perception of the importance of nanotechnology, the current 

status of institutional contribution to capacity building in nanotechnology and the curriculum aspects of 

nanotechnology programmes in higher education. The survey reveals that in general, there is high level of 

research activities in nanoresearch conducted in OIC member countries. 71.2 % of respondent indicated that 

faculty members in their respective institutions are conducting and managing research programs in the areas 

of nanotechnology and nanoscience. Generally, nanotechnology knowledge is already incorporated in the 

science and engineering programs at 78.7% of the institutions and universities surveyed. 


P 

P 

P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

The Effects of Two Different Types Silver Nanoparticles on Survival of Sac Fry Rainbow Trout 

(Oncorhynchus mykiss) 

1 

2 

3 

USayed Ali JohariUP P* , Mohammad Reza KalbassiP Pand Saba AsghariP 

1 

PPhD Student, Member of Young Researchers Club, Islamic Azad University, Science and Research Branch, Tehran, I. R. Iran 

2 

PDepartment of Fisheries, Marine Science Faculty, Tarbiat Modares University, I. R. Iran 

3 

PMember of Young Researchers Club, Islamic Azad University, Science and Research Branch, Tehran, I. R. Iran 

Abstract- We studied responce of sac fry rainbow trout to powder and colloidal silver nanoparticles by calculating Median lethal concentration 

(LCR50R) of these two AgNPs forms. 96h LCR50 Rvalues were 0.25 and 36.93 ppm for colloidal and powder AgNPs respectively. Our results 

demonstrate that colloidal nanosilver is more toxic to sac fry rainbow trout compare to powdered type. 

Manufactured nanomaterials are materials with diameters 

ranging from 1 to 100 nanometers (nm), while nanotechnology 

is one of the fastest growing sectors of the hi-tech economy 

[1]. Although the applications of nanoparticles are increasing 

broadly in every field, concerns about their environmental and 

health impacts remain unresolved. The use of nanomaterials is 

also likely to result in their release into aquatic environments 

and may pose risks to aquatic ecosystems [2,3]. The aquatic 

ecotoxicology of engineered nanomaterials is a relatively new 

and evolving field. 

Silver nanoparticles (AgNPs), have been, and continue to be, 

recognized world wide as either a cure or as a preventive for 

bacterial, fungal, and viral diseases [4]. Few researchers, 

however, have investigated the toxicity of silver nanomaterials 

in aquatic environments, especially in the case of fishes. 

In this study, the lethal effects of two forms of silver 

nanoparticles (powdered and colloidal forms) were surveyed 

on sac fry rainbow trout. This stage of life cycle of fishes is 

ecotoxicologically important because the sac fry are still 

receiving nutrition from the yolk and haven’t any alimentary 

relation to environment. Therefore results of this stage, will 

shown only external impacts of chemicals on fishes. 

The colloidal silver nanoparticle, type L (commercial name: 

Nanocid, 4000ppm Ag concentration, 10 nm average size) was 

supplied from Pars Nano Nasb Co. Ltd, (Tehran, I. R. Iran). 

This product registered by United States Patent Application 

No: HT20090013825TH [5]. 

The silver nanoparticle powder (99% pure, 20nm average size) 

was purchased from Xuzhou Hongwu Nanometer Material Co. 

1 

Ltd, (Jiangsu China). A Stock solution of 500 mg lP 

Pdispersed 

AgNPs was prepared after considering the recommendations 

of the manufacturer. First 100mg suspending reagent was 

added to 1 litter of deionized water, after stirring on magnet 

stirrer, 500 mg AgNPs powder was added to this solution and 

stirring was continued for 24 hours. 

Sac fry rainbow trout (n=480) from same brood of the 

holding stock were randomly selected two days after hatching, 

and exposed in a 1L cylindrical glass beaker containing the 

desired concentration of the test chemical in the statistic 

exposure regime. Logarithmic series of nanosilver 

concentrations were choice according to OECD guideline for 

the testing of chemicals [6]. The selected concentrations were 

0.1, 0.32, 1, 3.2, 10, 32, and 100 ppm for each chemical. Each 

concentration was tested in triplicate, plus three control groups 

for each form of AgNPs. Ten healthy sac fry rainbow trout 

were tested in each replicate (30fish/treatment). 

Calculated LCR50R values of colloidal nanosilver at 24, 48, 72 

and 96 h were 2.75, 0.44, 0.35 and 0.25 ppm, respectively. 

About powdered silver nanoparticles, LCR50R values were 

calculated to be 186.42, 69.37, 36.93, and 28.25 ppm at 24, 

48, 72 and 96 h respectively. 

In summary, we think that more investigation about risks 

potentials of silver and other nanoparticles should be attended 

before they become more and more prevalence in routine 

applications by all people in the world. Special attention 

should be spending about fishes as some important part of 

aquatic environments. More studies should be carrying out 

about chronic effects of lowest doses of AgNPs on fishes such 

as Rainbow trout. Also other life stages of fishes should be 

considered in such nanoecoltoxicological studies. 

Table 1. Magnitude of MATC, LOEC, NOEC of colloidal and 

powdered silver nanoparticles on sac fry rainbow trout during 96h 

Parameter MATC NOEC LOEC 

Colloidal AgNPs 0.025 0.01 0.08 

Powdered AgNPs 2.825 1 7.10 

Figure 1. Agglomerated colloidal (Left) and powdered (Right) silver 

nanoparticles in contact with fish mucus. Aggregated nanoparticles 

were trap under gill operculum and inside the mouth of fishes 

*Corresponding author: HTsajohari@gmail.comT 

[1] Y. J. Chae et al., Aquat. Toxicol, 94, 320-327 (2009), 

[2] M. N. Moore, Environ. Int. 32, 967–976 (2006), 

[3] R. D. Handy et al., Ecotoxicology 17, 396–409 (2008), 

[4] A. R. Shahverdi., et al Nanomedicine: Nanotechnology, Biology, 

and Medicine 3, 168–171 (2007) 

[5] J. Rahman Nia, US Patent application docket 20090013825 

(2009) 

[6] OECD 215, Fish, Juvenile Growth Test, (2000) 


0T 

0T 

0T 

0T As 

P 

P 

P 

P were 


Theme F686 - N1123 

2TStudy of Vegetation in Selected Area in South of Jeddah Provence 

1 

2TUAreej Ali BaeshenUP P* 

1 

Department of Biology, Science college,- King Abdulaziz University, Jeddah, Saudi Arabia 

Abstract-Saudi Arabia is covering a large area of the Arabian Peninsula which located in diverse terrain, multiple climatic conditions 

(Showdary and Aljwayed,1999). As for the soil in the Saudi arabia are regarded as young and immature or incomplete to lack of humidity 

and exposure to erosion (Abu Al-Fath, 1999).0T The study area lies south of Jeddah (Waziriya district). Located Jeddah on the Red Sea at the 

junction of latitude 31 -21° North and longitude 4 - 39° East. (the General Presidency of Meteorology and Environmental Protection, 2004).0T 

2 

Study area in the southern city of Jeddah (Waziriya district) and we took 4 locations at random each covering 10 × 10 mP also taken 10 

2 

small quadrates inside their respective area of 1 × 1 mP then we restricted the plant species and Tarpfha and calculate: density. frequency 

and coverage and the importante value with a graphic representation of results. 

Species recorded in the study area 9 species shown in 

Table 1 were divided in 4 locations were randomly chosen 

in the region. The absolute density difference from the 

plant to another. Had the highest absolute density in the 

plant A.adscensionis,. And the highest density relative to 

the same plant, in 0T 0Tlocation 1. In the locations (2.3,4) had 

the highest absolute and relative density of the plant Z. 

simplex. 

0TAl- Nafeil, Abdul Latif Hammoud. (2004). Geographic plant for 

Saudi Arabia. I 1. King Library Fahd National. 

0TRiyadh. Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. 659 p. 0T 

0TShowdary, Shaukat Ali and 0TAljwayed0T, Abdul Aziz al-Abbas. 

(1999). Vegetation of Saudi Arabia. National Center for Research 

on Agriculture and Water, Ministry of Agriculture and Water, 

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. 689 p. 

The highest value for the absolute frequency was in the 

plant A. adscensionis and plant Z. simplex value of 90% in 

location 1. And the highest value of the relative frequency 

in the same plants. The highest values of the absolute and 

relative coverage of the plant Z. simplex in all the selected 

locations, recorded the highest coverage in the location 2.0T 

0THigh water content of the soil in a depth of 30 cm from a 

depth of 10 cm and in all locations. The highest water 

content at the location (3) to a depth of 10 cm. 0T1TThat all the 

0T1Tlocation0T1Ts recorded values ranging from 7.6 - 8.3.1T 

. 

There are 9 plant species at selected area, ranging 

between grasses and shrubs. vegetation of the coastal plain 

and a little and limited to certain plant species with large 

root system which (Al-Nafei, 2004). A study of vegetation 

difference in the values of the intensity, frequency and 

coverage was recorded Z. simplex higher absolute and 

relative density in most locations, which indicates the 

abundance of this type of plant in the study area. About the 

same plant as the highest values of the absolute and 

relative cover and this shows the rapid spread of the plant 

during the period suitable for growth in the study area. 

for the soil analysis high soil water content to a depth 

of 30 cm and 10 cm depth in all sites and this of course 

after the return to a deeper level of the soil for the sun's 

heat, which reduces the evaporation of water from it. It 

was also noted the pH values ranged between 7.6 and 8.3, 

which means that the soil is neutral to lowalkaline. 

0T*Corresponding author: abaaeshen@kau.edu.sa 

0TAbu Al-Fath, Hussein Ali. (1991). Ecology. Deanship of Library 

Affairs, King Saud University. Riyadh. Kingdom of Saudi 

Arabia. 

0TThe General Presidency of Meteorology and Environment 

Protection. (2004). Data temperature, precipitation, wind, 

humidity, station Jeddah. 


P 

P 

P School 

P 

P School 


Theme F686 - N1123 

1 

Generel Aspects of Some Risk Factors in Nanotechnology 

1 

2 

3 

UGülah AlbayrakU P P*, Kymet GüvenP P, Alaettin GüvenP 

PGraduate School of Science, Departmant of Biotechnology, Anadolu University, Eskiehir 26470, Turkey 

2 

of Science, Departmant of Biology, Anadolu University, Eskiehir 26470, Turkey 

3 

of Science, Departmant of Chemistry, Anadolu University, Eskiehir 26470, Turkey 

Abstract-This study aims to give general idea about the risks of nanotechnology 

There are lots of commercial uses in Nanotechnology.It has 

an important roles in our lives and it will exponentially have a 

significance in our future life. As this technology is used and 

developed, we must understand any potential risks to human 

health, safety and the environment. In this work, I want to 

point out some risks about this developing area. 

Nanotechnology is expected to be the basis of many of the 

main technological innovations of the 21st century. Research 

and development in this field is growing rapidly throughout 

the world. [1]It is a broad and complex field of research and 

manufacturing with many discrete decision-points. For 

example, some decisions might be based upon an ability to 

predict which nanomaterials will have favorable chemical 

characteristics and lower toxicities, to identify important 

knowledge and technology gaps, and to develop effective 

communication with stakeholders and the general public [2]. 

Nanoparticles include carbon nanotubes, metal nanowires, 

semiconductor quantum dots and other nanoparticles produced 

from a huge variety of substances. Responsible development 

of any new materials requires that risks to health and the 

general environment associated with the development, 

production, use and disposal of these materials are addressed. 

This is necessary to protect workers involved in production 

and use of these materials, the public and the ecosystem. 

However, it also helps inform the public debate about the 

development of these new, potentially beneficial, materials. 

Assessment of health risks arising from exposure to 

chemicals or other substances, requires understanding of the 

intrinsic toxicity of the substance, the levels of exposure (by 

inhalation, by ingestion or through the skin) that may occur 

and any relationship between exposure and health effects [1]. 

Toxicity depends on dose and administration, even table salt 

is toxic in high doses [3]. Fact is, that every new technology is 

inherently risky - plenty of people are being injured or killed 

every year by electricity, cars, chemicals, or nuclear energy, 

just to name a few. In order to reap the benefits of a new 

technology and make it acceptable to society there has to be a 

general perception that the risks are fully understood, can be 

managed and it is clear who is responsible for what. All of that 

is currently missing in nanotechnology. Although the speed 

and scope of nanotechnology risk research - and the emerging 

field of nanotoxicology - is picking up, a lot of this work is 

stand-alone research that is not being coordinated within a 

larger framework [4]. 

TFigure 1. Epithelial cell with intracellular nanoparticles[1] 

*Corresponding author:albayrakgulsah@gmail.com 

[1] http://www.iom-world.org/research/nanoparticles.php 

[2]http://www.nanolawreport.com/2007/06/articles/risk-assessmentfor-nanomaterials-current-developments-and-trends/ 

[3] Understanding Risk Assessment of Nanotechnology, Trudy E. 

Bell 

[4] http://www.nanowerk.com/spotlight/spotid=3701.php 


P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Value Engineering for Nanomaterial Applications in Construction 

1 

UJulide DemirdovenUP P* 

1 

PDepartment of Architecture, Yeditepe University, Istanbul, Turkey 

Abstract - How often have you heard the expression “It’s a great idea, but where has it been done before?” There is considerable interest in 

academia, the investment community and among manufacturers about the exciting opportunities offered by nanoscale materials. Although many 

applications for nanotechnology remain theoretical, construction is one area where several applications have already emerged. While current use 

is limited, the market is expected to approach huge demand within ten years. Can nanotechnology be the reference of the construction 

professionals in terms of value engineering approach? In this study we are searching for the respond of the question by giving nanomaterial 

examples represented in global markets for diversified phases of a project life-cycle. We will briefly look at Tthe highly developing construction 

sector in Turkey with contractors operating nationwide as well as abroad.T TA large number of the countries in the region rely on Turkey as a 

major supplier of building materials and construction services. There should be a share for nanomaterials. TT 

Decision makers in the building industry have one goal: 

deliver a project on time and on budget. They go to great 

lengths to avoid any uncertainty that might threaten this 

objective. Their aversion to risk can stifle innovation in the 

delivery process. But barriers to innovation may be barriers to 

good business. Sometimes the parameters of a project cross 

the bounds of experience, where traditional methods are 

known to be at their limits. In these cases, innovation, with its 

inherent uncertainty, may offer a solution with more promise 

and less risk [1]. 

Nanomaterial producers promise numerous benefits from 

nano-enhanced construction products, including low 

maintenance windows, long lasting scratch resistant floors, 

super strong structural components, improved longer lasting 

house paint, healthier and safer indoor climates, self cleaning 

skyscrapers, antimicrobial steel surfaces, improved industrial 

building maintenance, lower energy consuming buildings and 

longer lasting roads and bridges. The use of nanomaterials 

allows product manufacturers to offer longer product 

warranties. Building owners are expected to enjoy lower 

maintenance costs while consumers can look forward to 

houses that maintain themselves [2]. Can nanotechnology be 

the reference of the construction manager? 

Value engineering and cost reduction are often confused. 

The distinction, however, is important. Value engineering is a 

process that considers cost in the context of other factors: 

life-cycle cost, 

quality 

durability 

maintainability 

Cost reduction, on the other hand, considers only first cost. 

Although tight budgets make cost reductions a fact of life, the 

owner needs to know exactly what he or she is buying. Value 

engineering gives a "better solution," while cost reductions can 

reduce the quality or quantity of the project to save money. To 

bring a framework to the value engineering discussions, the 

owner sets the criteria with the help of the designer and the 

construction professional. Generally, these criteria fall into a 

few categories: 

best cost 

best function 

best aesthetic value 

Determining the best cost can be done effectively with a lifecycle 

cost analysis. Figure 1 shows the design phase of a 

project in the life-cycle [3]. 

Figure 1. The four phases of project design. 

While nanomaterials are already making inroads into certain 

construction applications, many obstacles remain to 

widespread adoption of this technology, including the 

conservative nature of construction contractors, the 

complicated nature of building codes and the sometimes too 

high expectations of consumers. In addition, material and 

manufacturing costs remain an issue in cost sensitive, large 

volume applications while concerns over health and safety are 

also at the forefront of discussions. Some suppliers will be 

able to overcome these factors and establish significant 

markets for nanomaterials in construction applications, while 

other products are expected to remain only niche market 

curiosities. 

TTurkey is primarily self-sufficient in conventional building 

materials. However, imported building materials are also 

increasingly being used, especially in modern world-class 

hotels, tourist centers, and in the country's more affluent 

residential areas.TT TThis study analyzes the market demand of 

construction professionals for nanomaterials in construction by 

using value engieering method. It also considers market 

environment factors, details industry structure and profiles of 

leading industry players [4]. 

*Corresponding author: HTjbozoglu@gmail.comT 

[1] H. Sommer, Prj. Mng. for Building Construction 163, (2009). 

[2] Nanotechnology in Construction, HTwww.marketresearch.comT 

rd 

[3] F. E. Gould & N. E. Joyce, Const. Prj. Mng., 3P P. Ed 132, ( 2009). 

[4] Construction and Building Materials Industries in Turkey, 

HTwww.dtcsee.um.dkT 


P 

P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Titanium Dioxide (TiOR2R) Genotoxicity in Human Lymphocytes Assessed By The Alkaline Comet 

Assay 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

1 

UFunda DemirtaUP P*, Gökçe TanerP P, Fatma ÜnalP P, Zekiye SuludereP P, Özlem ErolP P, Halil brahim ÜnalP P, Deniz YüzbaoluP 

PDepartment of Biology, Gazi University, Ankara 06500, Turkey 

PDepartment of Chemistry, Gazi University, Ankara, 06500, Turkey 

2 

1 

Abstract -In this study the genotoxicity of nano Titanium dioxide (TiOR2R) (

P 

P 

P 

P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

1 

Flame Atomic Absorption Spectrometric Determination of Silver Ion After Preconcentration on 

Modified Iron Oxide Magnetic Nanoparticles 

1 

2 

1 

UMohammad Ali KarimiUP P*, Hossein TavallaliP P, Asghar Askarpoor KabirP P, Maryam Kazemi pourP 

3P, Najmeh Afsahi 3 

PDepartment of Chemistry & Nanoscience and Nanotechnology Research Laboratory (NNRL), Payame Noor University (PNU), Sirjan 78185- 

347, Iran 

2 

PDepartment of Chemistry, Payame Noor University (PNU), Shiraz, Iran 

3 

PDepartment of Chemistry, Islamic Azad University of Kerman, Kerman, Iran 

Abstract—In this research first we have synthesized magnetite nanoparticles (MNPs) and alumina coated magnetite nanoparticles (ACMNPs) 

and then a simple and new method has been developed for the separation/preconcentration of trace amounts of silver ion from aqueous samples 

for subsequent measurement by flame atomic absorption spectrometry (FAAS) based on the adsorption of its dithizone (DTZ) complex on 

modified alumina-coated magnetic nanoparticles. The preconcentration factor of the adsorbent at optimum conditions was found as 100. The 

-1 

relative standard deviation and the detection limit for measurement of Ag(I) in our experiments were less than 3.4 % (n =10) and 0.52 ng mLP P, 

respectively. The practical applicability of the developed sorbent was examined using water and wastewater samples. 

In recent years, great attention has been paid to the 

application of nano-structure materials, especially nanosized 

magnetic particles. These materials have been used in various 

scientific fields such as biotechnology, engineering, 

biomedical, environmental and material science [1-3]. 

A distinct advantage of these is that magnetic nanoparticles 

(MNPs) can be readily isolated from sample solutions by the 

application of an external magnetic field. Surface modification 

of magnetic nanoparticles is a challenged key for different 

applications and can be accomplished by physical/chemical 

adsorption of organic and inorganic species [4,5]. Solid phase 

extraction (SPE) is a routine extraction method for 

determining trace level contaminants in environmental 

samples [6]. Many research groups have explored the 

application of several nanosized SPE adsorbents such as 

nanoparticles (NPs), nanocomposites and nanotubes [7,8]. In 

this study, at first step the magnetic nanoparticles were 

synthesised and then coated with alumina subsequently 

modified with DTZ as extractor, with aid of sodium dodecyl 

sulfate (SDS), based on the ion pair formation and simple 

physical adsorption. DTZ was incorporated into the inner 

hydrophobic part of produced admicelles in ammoniacal 

mixture of DTZ, SDS and alumina-coated magnetic 

nanoparticles (ACMNPs) was acidified to produce an 

assemble (abbreviated as DSIACMNPs) suitable for 

preconcentration and determination of silver(I) ion . Silver 

ions are adsorbed on DSIACMNPs were isolated by an 

adscititious magnet and the adsorbed analyte was eluted with 

thiourea solution and quantified using according Figure 1. 

To enable practical application of ACMNPs, it is most 

important that the sorbents should possess superparamagnetic 

properties. Magnetic properties were characterized VSM and 

result show both of the magnetic nanoparticles (MNPs and 

ACMNPs) exhibited typical superparamagnetic behavior due 

to not exhibiting hysteresis, remanence and coercivity. The 

modified ACMNPs were also confirmed by FT-IR, SEM, 

TEM and XRD analysis. The result shows that the the 

particles are hemi-spherical and diameters of MNPs and 

ACMNPs are is in the range of 4-9 and 16-21 nm, respectively 

and revealed that the resultant nanoparticles were pure FeR3ROR4R 

with a spinel structure and the immobilized process did not 

change its crystal phase and confirm binding mechanism too. 

In this study, the new adsorbents of DSIACMNPs were 

prepared easily and low-costly, utilized conveniently and 

harmless to environment. These sorbents were successfully 

applied for convenient, fast, simple and efficient enrichment 

of trace amounts of silver ions from environmental water and 

wastewater samples. Magnetic separation in the method 

shortened analysis times greatly. The main benefits of the 

methodology were: no use of toxic organic solvent, simplicity, 

low cost, enhancement of sensitivity, and rapid analysis time 

(total time of a single determination is about 27 min) and low 

LOD. Easy regeneration is another property of ACMNPs, and 

the experiments have proved that these ACMNPs can be 

reused at least 4 times on average without the obvious 

decrease of recovery after wash/calcine procedures. 

Furthermore, it avoids the time-consuming column passing 

(about 1 h in conventional SPE method) and filtration 

operation, and no clean-up steps were required. 

*Corresponding author: ma_karimi43@ yahoo.com 

Figure 1. Procedure for magnetic solid-phase extraction. 

Optimal experimental conditions including SDS and DTZ 

concentrations, pH, sample volume, eluent conditions and coexisting 

ions have been studied and established. 

[1] M. Faraji, Y. Yamini, M. Rezaee, J. Iran. Chem. Soc. 7, 1 (2010). 

[2] C. W. Lu, Y. Hung, J. K. Hsiao, M. Yao, Nano Lett. 7, 

149(2007). 

[3] S. Zhang, X.Zhao, H.Niu, Y. Shi, J. Hazard. Mater. 167, 560 

(2009) 

[4] J.S. Suleiman, B. Hu, H. Peng, C. Huang, Talanta 77, 1579 

(2009). 

[5] J. S. Becker, O. R. T. Thomas, M. Franzreb, Sep. Purif. Technol. 

65, 46 (2009). 

[6] V. Camel, Spectrochim. Acta B 58, 1177–(2003). 

[7] J. D. Li, X. L. Z hao, Y. L. Shi, J. Chromatogr. A 1180, 24 

(2008). 

[8] A. Stafiej, K. Pyrzynska, Microchem. J. 89, 29 (2008). 


P 

P HNOR3R. 


Theme F686 - N1123 

1 

Separation/Preconcentration of the Trace Amounts of Nickel in Tea, Spinach and Water Samples 

Using Modified Magnetic Nanoparticles and its Determination by FAAS 

1 

1 

UMohammad Ali KarimiUP P* Manijeh KafiP 

PDepartment of Chemistry &T 

NanoscienceT and TNanotechnology Research LaboratoryT (NNRL), Payame Noor University (PNU), Sirjan 78185- 

347, Iran 

Abstract-A new, simple, fast and reliable solid-phase extraction (SPE) method has been developed to separation/preconcentration of trace 

amounts of nickel ion from environmental water samples using dimethylglyoxim (DMG) /sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS)-immobilized aluminacoated 

magnetic nanoparticles (DSIACMNPs) and its determination by flame atomic absorption spectrometry (FAAS). The coating of alumina 

on FeR3ROR4R NPs not only avoids the dissolving of FeR3ROR4R NPs in acidic solution, but also extends their application without sacrificing their unique 

magnetization characteristics. This method avoided the time-consuming column-passing process of loading large volume samples in traditional 

SPE through the rapid isolation of DSIACMNPs with an adscititious magnet. The preconcentration factor of the adsorbent at optimum 

conditions including time, pH value, sample volume, eluent concentration, amount of SDS and DMG found as 95 %. The relative standard 

-1 

-1 

deviation and the detection limit for measurement of Ni(II) in our experiments were less than 4.0 % (n =6, 0.1 μg mlP P) and 1.0 ng mLP P, 

respectively. The practical applicability of the developed sorbent was examined using tea, spinach, water and wastewater samples. 

Solid phase extraction (SPE) is a preconcentration 

technique of quickly growing significance in trace metal 

determinations with atomic absorption spectrometry [1]. 

SPE has several interesting attribute compared with the 

customary removal techniques. It is well enough simple, 

cheap, can be used in the field, needs comparatively little toxic 

solvents, and can be easily mechanized [2]. Flame atomic 

absorption spectrometric analysis of heavy metal ions in real 

samples is clearly hard, because of complex formation and 

consequential matrices [3-6]. Separation/preconcentration step 

make better the analytical detection limit, raise the sensitivity 

by several order of size, enhances the preciseness of the results 

and make easy the calibration [7]. Using magnetic micro and 

nanoparticles for separation and preconcentration in analytical 

chemistry is opening a new method that is rapid, simpler and 

more exact than old ones. The greatest promote of this method 

is that longed for materials are separated from solution by a 

simple and dense process while less secondary wastes are 

produced. 

In this work, magnetic nanoparticles (MNPs) were 

synthesised and then coated with alumina (ACMNPs) and 

modified with DMG with aid of SDS (abbreviated as 

DSACMNPs), based on the ion pair formation and simple 

physical. This structure is suitable for preconcentration and 

determination of nickel ion. Nickel ions are adsorbed on 

DSACMNPs were isolated by an adscititious magnet and the 

1 

adsorbed analyte was eluted with 1.0 mol LP 

Optimum experimental conditions including SDS and DMG 

concentrations, pH, sample volume, eluent conditions and coexisting 

ions have been studied and established. 

To enable useful application of ACMNPs, it is most 

important that the sorbents should hold superparamagnetic 

properties. Magnetic properties were characterized VSM and 

result show both of the magnetic nanoparticles (MNPs and 

ACMNPs) exhibited typical superparamagnetic behavior due 

to not exhibiting hysteresis, remanence and coercively. The 

modified ACMNPs were also confirmed by FT-IR, SEM, 

TEM and XRD analysis. The result shows that the the 

particles are hemi-spherical and diameters of MNPs and 

ACMNPs are is in the range of 4-8 and 15-20 nm, respectively 

and revealed that the resultant nanoparticles were pure FeR3ROR4R 

with a spinel structure and the immobilized process did not change 

its crystal phase and confirm binding mechanism too. 

In summary we showed that DMG immobilized on 

modified ACMNPs were capable and successfully for 

separation and preconcentration of nickel ions from large 

volume of the equeous solution and real samples using atomic 

absorption spectroscopy. This method is simple, rapid and 

sensitive and very suitable for adsorption nickel ions. Easy 

regeneration is another property of ACMNPs, and the 

experiments have proved that these ACMNPs can be reused at 

least 3 times on average without the obvious decrease of 

recovery after wash/calcine procedures. 

Figure 1. SEM images of FeR3ROR4 Rnanoparticles (a) and alumina 

coated FeR3ROR4 Rnanoparticles (b). 

a 

The authors are grateful for the financial support of the 

Nanoscience and Nanotechnology Research Laboratory 

(NNRL) of Sirjan Payam Noor University for this work. 

*Corresponding author: ma_karimi43@yahoo.com 

[1] A.M. Naghmush, K. pyrzynska, M. Trojanowicz, Talanta 42,85 

(1995). 

[2] R .Lima, K.C. Leandro, R.E. Santelli, Talanta 43,977 (1996). 

[3] A. Tumuklu, M.G. Yalcin, M. Sonmez, Pol. J. Environ. Stud. 16, 

651 (2007). 

[4] Q.M. Li, R.Z. Ouyang, G.F. Zhu, G.G. Liu, Chem. Res. Chin. 

Univ. 21, 622 (2005). 

[5] M. Saqib, M. Jaffar, M.H. Shah, J. Chem. Soc. Pak. 29, 125 

(2007). 

[6] M. Soylak, L. Elci, M. Dogan, J. Trace Microprobe Tech. 19, 

329 (2001). 

[7] L.H.J. Lajunen, A. Kubin, Talanta 33, 265 (199 

b 


P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Modified Iron Oxide Magnetic Nanoparticles as A New Solid Phase Extractor for Separation and 

Preconcentration of Pb(II) in Opium and Heroin Samples and its Determination by FAAS 

1 

1 

1 

Mohammad Ali KarimiP P, Abdolhamid Hatefi-MehrjardiP P, UAsghar Askarpour KabirUP P* 

1 

PDepartment of Chemistry & Nanoscience and Nanotechnology Research Laboratory (NNRL), Payame Noor University (PNU), Sirjan, 

78185-347, Iran 

Abstract-We exhibit a new extractive preconcentration procedure for the determination of trace amounts of lead in opiate samples. This 

extraction method is based on adsorption of dithizone-lead complex on modified iron oxide magnetite nanoparticles. The amounts of lead in five 

opium and heroin samples were in the range of 8 to 30 g/g and 3 to 17 ng/g respectively. The effects of various parameters such as pH, volume 

of sample and eluent, type and concentration of eluent, sample volume, amount of adsorbent and interfering ions have been studied. Results 

showed a good linear range and precision (RSD=4.6 %, n = 5). The performance of purposed method for the analysis of these samples was 

tested by spiking lead ion to samples and recovery was investigated. 

Lead is a heavy metal commonly exists in the environment. 

It can either be an acute or chronic toxin.P PCar exhausts, 

contaminated food, industrial emission and soils are the most 

important sources of lead exposure. Exposure to any of the 

above mentioned sources of lead through ingestion, inhalation, 

or dermal contact can cause significant toxicity [1]. 

Opiate materials are one of hazardous material and not 

have any healthy control. Salesmen and smugglers may add 

lead to opium during the process of opium preparation to 

increase the weight of opium for more benefits. Several 

reports have found lead poisoning symptoms in opium 

addicted patients, and also there are many non specific 

symptoms mimicking lead poisoning in opium addicted 

patients. Therefore, it seems evaluation of blood lead level in 

opium addicted patients to be important [2-4]. 

Nanometer-sized materials have used highly in the all 

Scientifics because of their special properties [5,6]. we use 

magnetite nanoparticles (MNPs) that are superparamagnetite 

with high area, as solid phase extractor. In addition, these nano 

sized solid phase extractors can separate rapid and completely 

from sample solutions with aid of a generally magnate. 

Figure 1. Procedure for magnetic solid-phase extraction. 

In this study, alumina-coated magnetite nanoparticles 

(FeR3ROR4R/AlR2ROR3R NPs) were successfully synthesized and 

modified by dithizone (DTZ) with aid of sodium 

dodecylsulfate (SDS) in acidic media to form mixed 

hemimicelles for the extraction of Pb(II) from standard 

samples. Experimental factors affecting the extraction 

efficiency were studied. In next step the adsorbed lead ions 

was eluted with nitric acid solution (4.0 M) for determination 

with flame atomic absorption spectroscopy (FAAS). Then this 

method was applied to extraction and preconcentration of 

Pb(II) in opium and heroin samples. 

The magnetic nanoparticles (MNPs), alumina-coated 

magnetic nanoparticles (ACMNPs) and DTZ immobilized on 

SDS (abbreviated as DSIACMNs) were characterized by 

XRD, SEM, TEM and FT-IR spectroscopy. 

That showed the MNPs and ACMNPs are 

superparamagnetite, pure FeR3ROR4R with a spinel structure and 

the immobilized process did not change its crystal phase, 

5.7±3 nm for MNPs and 18.9±2 nm for ACMNPs at sizes, 

demonstrate excellent dispersibility and the immobilization 

procedure was achieved successfully. 

Ten samples of opium and heroin were selected randomly 

from the samples seized by Police Department in Sirjan City. 

For opium samples treatment, the samples were burnt in 

electric burner at 700°C for 30 minutes and afterwards they 

were dissolved in a solution of nitric acid/water (1:1). After 

one day, the solutions were warmed, filtered, neutralized with 

conc. NHR3R and treated according general procedure. For 

heroin samples, 0.5 g of each was dissolved in nitric 

acid/water (1:2), filtered, neutralized and treated according 

general procedure. 

In summary, the new adsorbents of DSIACMNPs were 

prepared easily and low-costly. These sorbents were 

successfully applied for convenient, fast, simple and efficient 

enrichment of trace amounts of silver ions from opium and 

heroin samples. Magnetic separation in the method shortened 

analysis times greatly. Easy regeneration is another property 

of ACMNPs, and the experiments have proved that these 

ACMNPs can be reused at least 4 times on average without 

the obvious decrease of recovery after wash/calcine 

procedures. Furthermore, it avoids the time-consuming 

column passing (about 1 h in conventional solid phase 

extraction method) and filtration operation, and no clean-up 

steps were required. We have a high performance in analytical 

parameters. 




* Corresponding author: a_askar_kabir@yahoo.com 

[1] G. Lochitch, Clin.Biochem. 26, 371 (1993). 

[2] B.L. Chia, C. K. Leng, F.P Hsii, M.H. Yap, Y.K.. Lee, Br. Med. J. 

1, 354 (1973). 

[3] A.D.Beattie, P.J. Mullin, R.H. Baxter, M.R. Moore. Scott. Med. J. 

24, 318 (1979). 

[4] E.J .Fitzsimons, J.H. Dagg. Br. J. Clin. Pract. 36, 284 (1982). 

[5] G.P. Rao, C. Lu, F.S. Su, Sep. Purif. Technol. 58, 224 (2007). 


P 

NanoscienceT 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Determination of Mercury(II) in Water and Wastewater Samples by Cold Vapor Atomic 

Absorption Spectrometry After Sepration/Preconcentration with 2-Mercaptobenzothiazole 

Immobilized on Alumina-Coated Magnetic Nanoparticles 

1 

Mohammad Ali KarimiP P, Laleh Sotudehnia KoraniP P, UAsghar Askarpour KabirUP P* 

PDepartment of Chemistry &T 

1 

1 

and TNanotechnology Research LaboratoryT (NNRL), Payame Noor University (PNU), Sirjan 78185- 

347, Iran 

Abstract- In this work first we have synthesized alumina coated magnetite nanoparticles (ACMNPs) and then a simple and new 

method has been developed for the separation/preconcentration of trace amounts of mercury ion from aqueous samples for subsequent 

measurement by cold vapor atomic absorption spectrometry (CVAAS) based on the adsorption of its 2-mercaptobenzothiazole 

complex on modified ACMNPs. The preconcentration factor of the adsorbent at optimum conditions was found as 100. The relative 

-1 

standard deviation and the detection limit for measurement of Hg(II) in our experiments were less than 2.3% (n =5) and 0.04 ng mLP P, 

respectively. The practical applicability of the developed sorbent was examined using water and wastewater samples. 

1 

Determination of mercury in environmental samples is of 

great importance nowadays, because mercury is particularly 

toxic element and a widely distributed environmental pollutant 

because it is widespread in the lithosphere and in water 

Inorganic mercury, especially soluble mercury species, can be 

transformed into methyl mercury by the action of 

microorganisms and can be accumulated in the tissue of fishes 

and birds [1,2]. So, its concentration should be kept under 

permanently controlled conditions. We use solid-phase 

extraction (SPE) for separation and preconcentration trace 

amounts of Hg(II) in different water samples for subsequent 

measurement by CVAAS technique [3-5]. 

In this method, MNPs of FeR3ROR4R were synthesized and then 

in alcoholic environment their surface coated with AlR2ROR3R and 

sodium dodecyl solfate (SDS). In the after stage a chelating 

agent of 2-mercaptobenzothiazol (MBT) for separation this 

ionR Rhave been immobilized on modified ACMNPs 

(abbreviated as MISACMNPs), as the adsorbent for the 

preconcentration of mercury ion from aqueous sample 

solutions, has been presented. Then isolated by an adscititious 

magnet and the adsorbed Hg ions were eluted with HBr 

solution. The MNPs, ACMNPs and MISACMNPs were 

characterized by XRD, SEM, TEM and FT-IR spectroscopy. 

The influence of various parameters such as acidity, eluting 

agents, SDS and MBT concentrations, sample volume, NPs 

amounts, interfering ions, time for adsorption and desorption, 

etc have been studied and established in details. 

In order to check the applicability of the proposed method it 

was applied to the seperation/preconcentration and 

determination of mercury in water and wastewater samples. 

According obtained results, the added mercury ions can be 

quantitatively recovered from the water samples by the 

proposed procedure. This sorbent was successfully applied for 

convenient, fast, simple and efficient enrichment of trace 

amounts of mercury ions from environmental water and 

wastewater samples. 

Easy regeneration is another property of ACMNPs, and the 

experiments have proved that these ACMNPs can be reused at 

least 3 times on average without the obvious decrease of 

recovery after wash/calcine procedures. Furthermore, it avoids 

the time-consuming column passing (about 1 h in 

conventional SPE method) and filtration operation, and no 

clean-up steps were required. 

A comparison of the represented method with the other 

reported methods showed that the detection limit of the 

proposed method is comparable to those in reported methods. 




Figure 1. SEM images of FeR3ROR4 Rnanoparticles (a) and alumina coated 

FeR3ROR4 Rnanoparticles (b). 

*Corresponding author: a_askar_kabir@yahoo.com 

[1] B.C. Mondal, D. Das, A.K. Das, Anal. Chim. Acta 450, 223 

(2001). 

[2] F.W. Fifield, P.J. Haines, Environmental Analytical Chemistry, 

2nd ed (Lackwell Science Ltd, Oxford, UK, 2000). 

[3] Q. He, X. Chang, H. Zheng, N. Jiang, and X. Wang, Inter. J. 

Environ. Anal. Chem. 88, 373(2008). 

[4] C.M.F. Hernandez, A.N. Banza, E. Gock, J. Hazard. Mater. 139, 

25 (2007). 

[5] E.M. Soliman, M.B. Saleh, S.A. Ahmed, Talanta 69, 55 (2006). 


P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

1 

Nanotechnology in Water Resources 

1 

ULevent YUP P* 

PIstanbul Technical University, Civil Engineering Faculty, Hydraulic Division, 80626, Maslak, Istanbul, Turkey 

Abstract-One challenge is the removal of industrial water pollution, such as a cleaning solvent called TCE, from ground water. 

Nanoparticles can be used to convert the contaminating chemical through a chemical reaction to make it harmless. Studies have shown that 

this method can be used successfully to reach contaminates dispersed in underground ponds and at much lower cost than methods which 

require pumping the water out of the ground for treatment. Another challenge is the removal of salt or metals from water. A deionization 

method using electrodes composed of nano-sized fibers shows promise for reducing the cost and energy requirements of turning salt water 

into drinking water. The third problem concerns the fact that standard filters do not work on virus cells. A filter only a few nanometers in 

diameter is currently being developed that should be capable of removing virus cells from water. See the following section for more about 

the potential of nanotechnology in removing contaminates from water. 

The PNNL researchers, led by Donald R. Baer, Ph.D., 

technical group leader at PNNL's William R. Wiley 

Environmental Molecular Sciences Laboratory, first 

synthesized and characterized the nanoparticles using a 

variety of advanced microscopy and spectroscopy 

techniques. Once the nanoparticles were syntheisized and 

characterized, Tratnyek and his students studied their 

reactivity using electrochemical techniques they developed 

to help them systematically measure the microscopic 

particles. University of Minnesota scientists also helped 

with microscopy and some reactivity studies. 

"Our team's study results show how the breakdown of 

carbon tetrachloride is influenced by some very subtle and 

transient differences between the two types of nano-iron," 

said Tratnyek. 

One of the nano-irons studied, a commercially available 

product of iron oxide with a magnetite shell high in sulfur, 

quickly and effectively degraded carbon tetrachloride to a 

mixture of relatively harmless products. "This was an 

exciting find because it may provide the basis for effective 

remediation of real field sites with groundwater that is 

contaminated with carbon tetrachloride," said Tratnyek. 

"Furthermore, since it may be possible to emplace nanosized 

iron deep into the subsurface by injecting it through 

deep wells, this approach may be suitable for remediation 

of very deep plumes of carbon tetrachloride contaminated 

groundwater, such as the one at the Hanford site in 

Richland, Washington." 

The other nano-iron studied by the OHSU-PNNL- 

University Of Minnesota team had a shell, or coating, high 

in oxidized boron. While the oxide-coated iron also rapidly 

degraded the carbon tetrachloride, the primary product was 

chloroform, a toxic and persistent environmental 

contaminant. 

*Corresponding author: lyilmaz@itu.edu.tr 


P 

P 

P 

P 

P 

P 

P 

P,P 

P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

1 

Liquid Crystal Displays (LCD) Role in Different Aspects in Social Life 

Sönmez ArslanP1,2 3 

4 

5 

*, Ömer PolatP P, S.Eren San P 

PSelahattin SönmezsoyP PandP PRamazan Kaynak 6 

PDepartment of Materials Science Engineering, Nanotechnology Center,Gebze Institute of Technology, Kocaeli,41400, Turkey 

2 

PDepartment of Chemistry, Batman University, Batman ,72100, Turkey 

PDepartment of Sience, Bahcesehir University, Istanbul, 34353, Turkey 

POrganic Electronics Group, Department of Physics, Gebze Institute of Technology, Kocaeli,41400, Turkey 

5 

PDepartment of Sociology, Batman University, Batman ,72100, Turkey 

6 

PDepartment of Management,Gebze Institute of Technology, Kocaeli,41400, Turkey 

4 

3 

Abstract- Social, economical, and environmental effects of Liquid Crystal Displays(LCD) which have been using widely in televisions, 

computers, mobile phones, cameras, video cameras, bill boards were discussed. The periods before and after introducing of LCDs were compared 

in terms of Energy, Information Technology ,Communication Technology, Environment, and Social Life. Advantages of LCDs were explained 

depending on development of Nanotechnology in displays. LCDs’latest position was evaluated. 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 

In the begining of 1960s Liquid Crystal Displays (LCDs) 

have entered to our life. When we go back to 1970s LCDs 

have been observed in calculators and watches[1]. They had 

only black and white displays at that time. LCDs helped so 

much in daily life comparing with mechanical wristwatch and 

abacus in those years depending on that technology. LCDs 

important role in social life, starting to development beginning 

from primitive technology to Nanotechnology, have been 

increasing day by day. At present, LCDs are involved in 

human life in different aspects such as communication, 

information technologies, entertainment, cultural and artistic 

activities. 

a 

b 

Figure 1. a) Early wrist watch(1960s) b) Black-white LCD in watch 

In view of energy and usage, TV screens made of LCDs 

exhibit low energy consumption with respect to televisions 

produced by Cathode Ray Tube(CRT). This situation makes 

LCDs more advantages to televisions made of CRT. For 

instance, televisions made in small size with LCDs can be 

used with low voltage (around 10 Vs). So even a couple of 

batteries are capable of usage of LCD TV.[2] This case 

enables us to use TVs with LCDs in a wide range of places 

(without electrical sources) which we can never have this 

chance to use TVs with CRT. 

In point of information technologies, mobility feature of 

LCDs have shown in movable computers such as laptops. 

Low energy consumption concept, decrease in size and 

increase in mobility have made our life much easier by 

computers produced with LCDs such as laptops as mentioned 

above than desktop computers.[3] With the help of LCD 

technology improving of laptops, today, access to information 

and usage of laptops are possible in every single moment of 

daily life. 

Importance of LCDs in communication technology has 

outcome with progressing of mobile phones[4]. Before 

introducing mobile technology to our life, regular phones were 

playing partially role. Entering with mobile communication to 

our life, communication put into effect in every moment of 

daily life. Improvement of LCDs technology has been playing 

most important role in progressing of mobile phones. 

In point of environmental aspects of LCDs we see that:LCD 

does not emit that much of radiation compared to television 

with CRT. When we compare them regarding emitting 

radiation, radiation emitted with sight almost approaches to 

zero in LCDs which leads to positive effect on environmental 

pollution and human health. All displays with LCD like TV, 

computer compared to displays with CRT has been helping us 

in terms of environment and human health.[5] 

When we consider LCDs in view of social aspect, we can 

tell that they occupy important role. Starting from crowded 

entertainment places and shopping centers and places where 

offical services are served, on deck of ferries, at ports, on 

public and private transportations etc., by serving LCDs is an 

significant indicator of LCDs that they have played very 

effective role in social life. Besides, nanotechnology has 

brought a new perspective to advertising sector by introducing 

giant size of LCDs resuls in activity and new dimention in 

commercial life. 

To sum up, replacing TVs with CRT with LCD technology 

the world has started a new period considering energy saving, 

economy, environment and social communication. It is not 

difficult to say from now on that the role and impact of LCDs 

in our rotuine life will be more effective as nanothechnology 

develops and become a piece of our lives. 

*Corresponding author: HTarslanso@gyte.edu.trTH 

[1] Castellano J. A. , Liquid Gold: The Story of Liquid Crystal 

Displays and the Creation of an Industry, World Scientific 

Publishing, Singapore, 2005. 

[2] M.T.Chena, C. C. Linb, Int. Jrn of Industrial Ergonomics, 34, 

167–174 , (2004) 

[3] A. Dhir, The Digital Consumer Technology Handbook, Newnes 

Publications, U.S.A. (2004)lic 

[4] D. Mentley, “Miniature display market and technology trends,” 

presented 

at the Flat Information Displays Conf., Monterey, CA, Dec. (1998) 

[5] M. L. Socolof , J.G. Overly, J.R. Geibig, Jrn. of Cleaner 

Production, 13, 1281-1294, (2005) 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Sociological Value of Statement of Nanotechnology Discoveries and Innovations 

Prof. Dr. Hacı Duran 

Social Sciences Education Department, Adıyaman University, ADIYAMAN 

Abstract- The main point of interest in relation to our subject is the symbolization of 19 th century technological 

innovations by universal dissemination, the symbolization of 20 th century technological innovations by administrations that 

keep everything under control at all times, and despite which the emergence of chaos and confusion about the way of 

perception of technological innovations in the field of nanotechnology. In this research, a discussion will be opened about 

the way that the nanotechnology industrial discoveries are perceived and transformed into a mindset. 

. 

Nanotechnology has become a current issue with its 

inventions and innovations which will directly affect 

and change the social structure, power relations, 

education, health issues and family life following 

agricultural, industrial, energy and information 

processing technologies. 

Technological discoveries and innovations have, 

throughout history, affected power relations, social 

structures and cultures. Most of the radical changes 

that took place in the history of humanity have 

therefore been associated with means of production 

which determined the form of production. 

Agricultural revolution facilitated settlements and 

establishment of cities, industrial revolution 

facilitated mass production, capitalist markets, 

institutionalization of colonial regimes, formation of 

employment markets and establishment of modern 

life styles. Improvement of information technologies 

beyond all expectations caused changes in political, 

economic and cultural relations in many fields. It 

created new domains of power. Many researches 

have been conducted about social, legal and ethical 

effects of information technologies. Those researches 

still continue today. Political, ideological and social 

discussions about industrial and agricultural 

revolutions still endure despite the fact that those 

revolutions have completed their historical process. 

If we look at the discoveries and innovations that 

have been enforced in the field of nanotechnology, 

(we see that) the history of humanity has encountered 

a new revolution before properly processing the 

change in the field of information technologies. 

Futurists such as Jacques Attali have recently been 

voicing that innovations in information and 

nanotechnology will create hyper-classes. It is said 

that innovations in nanotechnology will bring 

humanity face to face with social structures which 

have different features whereas before, social 

structures used to be formed according to distribution 

of wealth, tribal customs, and organizational political 

movements. 

In this presentation, perception of innovations in the 

field of nanotechnology by the society and the ways 

that these are transformed into statements will be 

emphasized. Data for our research comprise of news 

that appeared in the visual and cyber media in 

connection with the subject. Perception, outlining, 

presentation, visualization and interpretation of the 

news related to nanotechnology constitute the 

infrastructure for the statement of nanotechnology. 

Therefore, how the nanotechnology innovations are 

perceived by the public will be understood. 

The way that a technological and industrial 

innovation is perceived also affects the types of social 

relations that that innovation will entail. Meanings 

placed upon the nanotechnology innovations are 

therefore of great importance. Philosophical, 

sociological and social psychological disciplines 

always discuss the relationship between the actual 

self of something and the meaning given to it. The 

same goes for nanotechnology inventions, discoveries 

and innovations. 

It is known that there are numerous evaluations and 

predictions in movies and science-fiction 

publications. For example it is also known that a 

fictional literature is created based upon the effects of 

the 19 th Century scientific discoveries and industrial 

innovations. Works of Jules Gabriel Verne are 

examples of such efforts. George Orwell's novels 

about the effects of technological improvements on 

social order in the first half of the 20 th century are 

also such examples. 

The main point of interest in relation to our subject 

is the symbolization of 19 th century technological 

innovations by universal dissemination, the 

symbolization of 20 th century technological 

innovations by administrations that keep everything 

under control at all times, and despite which the 

emergence of chaos and confusion about the way of 

perception of technological innovations in the field of 

nanotechnology. In this research, a discussion will be 

opened about the way that the nanotechnology 

industrial discoveries are perceived and transformed 

into a mindset. 

G. Myrdal, “Implicit values in Economics”, The 

Philosophy of Economics, ed. D.M. Hausman, 

Cambridge University Press , Cambridge, 1984 

Dora, B. Russell, Endüstri Toplumunun Geleceği, Bilgi 

Yayınevi, Ankara, 1979 

J. Baudrillard, Simülarklar ve Simülasyon, çev. Oğuz 

Adanır, Doğubatı, Ankara, 2005 

P.S. Cohen, Moders Social Theory, Heineman, London, 

1978 

M. Sahlins, Tarih Adaları, çev: Hakan Arslan, Dost 

yay., Ankara, 1998 

C.Ginzburg, Güç İlişkileri, çev.Durdu Kundakçı, Dost 

yay. Ankara 2006 

J.Gray, Post Liberalizm, çev., Müfit Günay, Dost yay., 

Ankara 2004 

J.L. Greau, Kapitalizmin Geleceği, çev. Işık Ergüden, 

Dost yay., Ankara 2007 

H.Duran, Endüstri Çağının Dinamikleri, Değişim yay. 

İstanbul 2002 

J. Attali, 21. Yüzyıl Sözlüğü, çev: Kosta Sarıoğlu, 

Güncel Yayıncılık, İstanbul 1998 


P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Industrial Pollution Prevention (P2) Activities Versus Nano-Production and Impacts on 

Environment 

1 

UTaner AltunokUP P* 

1 

PÇankaya Üniversitesi, Müh. Mim. Fakültesi, Endüstri Müh. Bölümü, 06530 Balgat, Yüzüncüyıl / Ankara 

Abstract--Pollution prevention(P2) at the source of production instead of pollution control after waste streams occurred is preferred activity 

nowadays. Nanotechnology has the potential to improve the environment, both through direct applications of nano-materials to detect, 

prevent, and remove pollutants and toxic materials, as well as indirectly by using nanotechnology to design cleaner industrial processes and 

create environmentally responsible products and to provide more sensitive detection systems for air and water quality monitoring. In this 

paper polluton prevention activities are examined in detail in terms of nano production structures/properties. It is expected to have that nano 

production has less negative environmental impact on ecosystem and humanbeing, also providing us better methods to deal with pollution of 

hazardous materials on environment. 

Nanotechnology is considered to play a key role in the 

arranging of current environmental engineering and 

science. Cost-effective technologies for remediation, 

pollution detection, catalysis and others are under 

development [1]. There is a big expectation that 

nanotechnological applications and products will lead to a 

cleaner and healthier environment [2]. Maintaining and 

re-improving the quality of water, air and soil, so that the 

Earth will be able to support human and other life 

sustainably, are one of the great challenges of our time. 

The scarcity of water, in terms of both quantity and 

quality, poses a significant threat to the well-being of 

people, especially in developing countries. Great hope is 

placed on the role that nanotechnology can play in 

providing clean water to these countries in an efficient and 

cheap way [3]. On the other hand, the discussion about the 

potential adverse effects of nanoparticles has increased 

steadily in recent years and is a top priority in agencies all 

over the world [4, 5]. Statistics shows that the hits for a 

search for risk related to nanotechnology in the Web of 

Science is increasing. The same properties that can be 

deleterious for the environment can be advantageous for 

technical applications and are exploited for treatment and 

remediation. 

The toxicity of some nanoparticles can be used for water 

disinfection where killing of microorganisms is intended, 

whereas the same property is unwanted Nanotechnology. 

The catalytic activity of a nanoparticle can be 

advantageous when used for the degradation of pollutants, 

but can induce a toxic response when taken up by a cell. 

The high sorption capacity of certain nanoparticles is 

exploited for the removal of organic and inorganic 

pollutants while this property may also mobilize 

sequestered pollutants in the environment. The engineering 

of nanoparticles that are easily taken up by cells will have 

a huge impact on medicine and pharmacological research, 

but the dispersion of such particles in the environment can 

lead to unwanted and unexpected effects. By using these 

properies of nanotechnology in terms of pollution control 

may be Preferred, because it is possible use it extensively 

for treatment of waste streams. 

But critical part of today’s approach is to pollution 

prevention at the source. For this reason in terms of 

pollution prevention (P2) the total system must be 

analyzed simultaneously to find the minimum economic 

option. Experience in all industries teaches that processes 

that minimize waste generation at the source are the most 

economical. For existing plants, the problem is even more 

acute. Even so, experience has shown that waste 

generation in existing facilities can be significantly 

reduced( greater than 30 % on avarage) while at the same 

time reducing operating costs and new capital investment. 

Drivers to begin P2 programs are; Legal requirement, 

Public image and societal expectations, Large incentive for 

reducing new capital investment in end-of-pipe treatment, 

Significant return by manufacturing costs, Need to 

increase revenues from existing equipment, Corporate 

goal, ncreasing effectiveness by using Nanotechnology, 

In summary, polluton prevention activities are examined 

in detail in terms of nano production structures/properties. 

It is expected to have that nano production has less 

negative environmental impact on ecosystem and 

humanbeing, also providing us better methods to deal with 

pollution of hazardous materials on environment. 

*Corresponding author: HTtaltunok@cankaya.edu.trT 

[1] Environmental Protection Agency, US Environmental 

Protection Agency Report EPA 100/B-07/001, EPAWashington 

DC 2007. 

[2] T.Masciangioli,W. X. Zhang, Environ. Sci. Technol. 2003, 

37, 102A. 

[3] T. Hillie, M. Munasinghe, M. Hlope, Y. Deraniyagala, 

Nanotechnology, water and development,Meridian Institute, 

2006. 

[4] K. A. D. Guzman, M. R. Taylor, J. F. Banfield, Environ. Sci. 

Technol. 2006, 40, 1401. 

[5] M. C. Roco, Environ. Sci. Technol. 2005, 39, 106. 


P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

1 

Nanostructures of Nature & Insecta 

1 

UAysel KekilliogluUP P* 

PKrkkale University, Faculty of Arts and Sciences, Department of Biology, Yahihan, 71450, Krkkale Turkey 

Abstract-Nanotechnology is the production and use of materials with purposely engineered features close to the atomic or molecular scale. 

Nanotechnology deals with putting things together atom by atom and with structures so small they are invisible to the naked eye. It provides 

the ability to create materials, devices and systems with fundamentally new functions and properties. As materials at the nanoscale often 

exhibit very different physical, chemical, and biological properties than their normal size counterparts, for many decades, nanotechnology 

has been developed with cooperation from researchers in several fields of studies including physics, chemistry, biology, material science, 

engineering, and computer science which is originally learned from nature. For instance, Some researchers have reported a cheap and 

effective way to print nanoscale structures onto surfaces: they use stamps created from the delicately patterned wings of cicadas. Cicadas 

are not the only insects with nanostructures on their wings. In nature, the researchers explained, patterns on the nanometre scale abound: 

butterflies' iridescent colours arise from tiny pillared structures which scatter light; lotus plants repel water because of nanometre-sized wax 

crystals on their surface. This study, examines the current phenomenon of rapidly increasing nanotechnology in natural world with 

nanostructures that teaches mankind a lot within the context of especially Insecta. 

*Corresponding author: akekillioglu@hotmail.com 


P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

1 

Nanotechnology& Biotechnology 

1 

UAysel KekilliogluUP P* 

PKrkkale University, Faculty of Arts and Sciences, Department of Biology, Yahihan, 71450, Krkkale Turkey 

Abstract-As part of the world’s developing vision, biotechnology which has the potential to maximise for the benefit of national 

or international economy, society and the environment; there are new challenges in this sector including a growing demand for healthy, safe 

food; an increasing risk of disease; and threats to agricultural and fishery production from changing weather patterns. However, creating a 

bio economy is a challenging and complex process involving the convergence of different branches of science. Nanotechnology has the 

potential to revolutionize the agricultural and food industry with new tools for the molecular treatment of diseases, rapid disease detection, 

enhancing the ability of plants to absorb nutrients etc. Smart sensors and smart delivery systems will help the agricultural industry combat 

viruses and other crop pathogens. In the near future nanostructured catalysts will be available which will increase the efficiency of pesticides 

and herbicides, allowing lower doses to be used. Nanotechnology will also protect the environment indirectly through the use of alternative 

(renewable) energy supplies, and filters or catalysts to reduce pollution and clean-up existing pollutants. In this study it is argued that; there 

is a mutual relation between biotechnology and nanotechnology for the protection of environment and human health. 

*Corresponding author: akekillioglu@hotmail.com 


P 


Theme F686 - N1123 

Nanotechnology and The Effects to The Labor Market Conditions in Turkey 

1 

Unci KuzgunUP P* 

1 

PDepartment of Economics, Hacettepe University, Ankara 06800, Turkey 

Abstract-Nanotechnology will become predominant and leading to deep transformation in labor relations in Turkey. There are two important 

policy targets such as employability and adoptability which constitute the labour market conditions based on the nanotechnology. Firms and 

employees should adopt themselves to the continuously changing and growing labour market conditions. 

In the recent years, nanotechnologies creates a new process 

in the in labor relations. It is accepted that it will become 

predominant and leading to deep transformation in the labor 

relations [1].With this framework, this study aims to discuss 

the efficiency of nanotechnology to the labor market 

conditions in Turkey. 

The employability and adaptability have been accepted two 

important policy targets which constitute the labour market 

conditions based on the nanotechnology. The employability of 

labour force and adaptability of firms and employees are main 

indicators in the effects of nanotechnologies to the labor 

market conditions. Demand for labor force and expectations of 

firms are continiously changing by nanotechonology .[2] 

Employability of labour force is important in the new 

process. It means improving the skills and qualifications of the 

worker who search for jobs through training, advanced 

education, re-education counselling services[3]. In the 

meanwhile, the employability of labor force in Turkey can be 

discuss from the point of nanotechnologies. 

Main indicator of the quality and potential efficiency of the 

labour force is the level of education. In Turkey, 65% of total 

labour force, 65,7% of total employment ,and 59,1% of total 

unemployment are illiterate and/or have education less than 

high school [3] Highest rates of participation in labour force 

are observed among the university graduates. While 

participation rate in the labour force is 19.4% for the illiterate, 

46.4% for those with an education level below high school and 

56.7% for high school or equivalent school graduates; it 

reaches to approximately 78.6% in higher education graduates. 

Table 1. Educational Level of Labor Force , 2007 (%) 

Labor 

Empl. Unempl. 

LFPR 

Force 

Rate Rate 

Illiterate 4,6 19,4 18,4 5,0 

Less than High 

School 

60,4 46,4 42,1 9,3 

High School 21,9 56,7 49,5 12,8 

Upper 

Vocational 

- 66,1 58,3 11,8 

Secondary 

Tertiary 13,1 78,6 71,0 9,6 

Total 100,0 47,8 43,1 9,9 

Source: SPO,2009 Annual Program, Table.IV.47.p.145 

Table 1 shows that an important part of the participation to 

the economic activities in Turkey are unqualified or low 

qualified individuals. It will create the problem for employing 

of labor force based on high technologies. 

In Turkey, the quantity of labor force when not accompanied 

by expansion of quality doesn’t deliver positive results. Thus, 

it can be said that there is an inconsistency between the 

qualifications of labour force acquires as a result of education 

and the ones demanded by the labour market. This issue will 

reflect to the demand for labour force of 

nanotechnology in negative way. Nanotechnologies will not 

create the employment possibilities for the low qualified labor 

force. 

There is a relationship between nanotechnology and quality 

training of labor force. Current structure of labour force in 

Turkey, this relationship shows a negative picture with respect 

to the efficiency of the labour force and using the 

nanotechnologies depending on it.[4] Turkey must encourage 

and give priority to investment in labor force’s educational 

and training level take most advantages of the 

nanotechnology. So, parallel to the using nanotechnology, 

Turkey should also increase the ability of labor force such as; 

critical and creative thinking and knowledge, 

teamwork ability, sense of responsibility, ability to use of 

experiences, ability of long-term think, 

 

 

adequate cognitive capacity, 

computer literacy, mathematics, knowledge of foreign 

languages. 

All this also means, training of labor force as well as a need 

for flexible and quasi-permanent patterns of teaching and 

learning under the new conditions of labor market based on 

the nanotechnologies. 

On the other hand, the nanotechnologies will create their 

labour market conditions. The concept of work place, and 

working-time will be changed in the sectors based on 

nanotechnologies. So, the adoptability is vital to the new 

conditions of nanotechnology for firms and employees. The 

firms and employees should adopt themselves to the 

continuously changing and growing labor market conditions.In 

the frame work of the using nanotechnology, the firms will 

create the new employment strategy based on the new 

employment types. For that reason, new flexible working 

models and new employment types should be developed with 

the using of nanotechnology in the next years. 

Finally, the firms based on nanotechnologies will create 

their own inherent labor market. With the other words, the 

firms used nanotechnology will create their career market. The 

nanotechnologies will have on peculiar working conditions 

working conditions. A number of conclusions can be made 

from the result of this study. They are as follows: 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Organization of production, 

Working-time, 

Wage, 

Work conditions 

Concept of work place, 

New flexible working models, 

New employment types 

*Corresponding author: kuzgun@hacettepe.edu.tr 

[1]TUBTAK, “2023 Dünyasnda Türkiye”. HThttp:/T 

T/tubitak.gov.tr/tubitak_content_files/vizyon2023/.../Ek11b.pptTH p.35.(2008) 

[2]MEB,“Hayat Boyu Örenme Stratejisi Belgesi Türkiye 2009” ikmep. 

meb.gov.tr/tr/dosyalar/LLL.Strategy.Paper.Turkey.2009.doc.p.18.(2009) 

[3]SPO, 2009 Annual Program,p.145, (2007) 

[4]MEB,“Hayat Boyu Örenme Stratejisi Belgesi Türkiye 2009” ikmep. 

meb.gov.tr/tr/dosyalar/LLL.Strategy.Paper.Turkey.2009.doc.p.37.(2009) 

1 



Theme F686 - N1123 

Effects of dehydrating conditions on Dermatophagoides farina and Dermatophagoides pteronyssinus 

Nada O. Edrees 

Department of Biology, Faculty of Sciences for Girls, king Abdelaziz university .Jeddah , Kingdom of Saudia arabia 

E-mail : nada_algalb@hotmail.com 

nedrees@kau.edu.sa 

Abstract 

House dust mites have lived in human contact from time immemorial dander or dead skin constitutes the major organic 

component of house dust ecosystem . Because the mites feed on dander , dust mite and human association will continue to co 

exist as part of our environment . Efficient house – draying practice is the best form of control to reduce infestation , keeping 

home dray ( Nadchatram , 2005). Sensitization and development of allergic respiratory disease result from complex genetic and 

environmental interactions . Specific measures to reduce indoor allergen exposure when vigorously applied may reduce the risk 

of sensitization and symptoms of allergic respiratory disease (Bush , 2008) . Survival experiments with D.farnae and 

D.pteronyssinus were. In environments containing water vapor below the CEA , more water is transpired than absorbed from the 

atmosphere and thus dehydration occur . An increase in temperature seems to increase the rate of dehydration . When exposed to 

dehydrating condition (35% , 25% ,15% RH) . D.pteronyssinus and D.farinae exhibited increase mortality in response to an 

increase of temperature . The lower mortality for males may be accounted for by their larger surface area to volume ratio , which 

result in transpiration occurring at a greater rate than in females . 

Key word: Dermatophagoides pteronyssinus , Dermatophagoides farina , humidity, dehydration , saudia Arabia . 

Introduction 

The house dust mite Dermatophagoides farinae ,Dermatophagoides pteronyssinus are the major sources of indoor allergens 

and are therefore considered important health problems worldwide . Many allergic individuals (hay fever , asthma , atopic 

dermatitis ) are sensitive to these mite ( Adgate , et al ,2008 ; Van Gysel et al , 2007, Edrees ,2008d) The worm , humid 

environment in modern homes favours the dust mite population , most homes contain one or more species of these house dust 

mite (Wu et al , 2009) . Carpets , mattresses , bedding , pillows, pillow covers , and clothing may contain breeding population 

of house dust mite . Saudi Arabia is a fast developing country situated in the middle of the Arabian Peninsula . Due to the 

variation in geography and climate . Particularly humidity of the regions which vary significantly . Riyadh in the central region 

is considered to have low humidity . While humidity in western coastal region , Jeddah and southern region of Abha is 

comparatively higher . which helps house dust mites thrive , in autumn and winter not during summer specially in Jeddah due to 

the increasing of temperature up to 50°C (Edrees , 2009) . 

In Jeddah most homes contain both D.farinae ,D.pteronyssinus (Edrees,2006,2008 a,b,c). However , special precautions are 

important when individuals are susceptible or sensitive to house dust mite .This the extremely important for a possible integrated 

control that can be taken to eliminate house dust mite and their allergens from the indoor environment .Most adult of D.farinae 

and all adult of D.pteronyssinus cannot survive when exposed to 45°c for at least 48hr . Dehydration and survival of the house 

dust mite D.farinae and D.pteronyssinus at specific ambient conditions , was undertaken to determine the possibility of 

temperature and humidity manipulation as a natural control method (Arlian 1975 , Brandt & Arlian ,1976). The purpose of this 

study was to systematically investigate survival of D.pteronyssinus and D.farinae Exposure to specific relative humidity and 

temperatures , determine whether these additives would increase mortalities during dehydration . 

Matrrial and mehod 

D.farinae and D.pteronyssinus used for experimentation were obtained from thriving pure laboratory culture at 75% RH and 

25°C , as described by Arlian (1975) incubator to provide the desired temperature . the critical equilibrium activity(CEA) of adult 

females to be 0.70 and 0.73 (70% and 73%RH) , respectively , (Robert ,et al 1976) . 

Statistical analysis :The data in tables ( 1 , 2 ,3) are presented as mean ± . The statistical analysis between the mites species and 

the different six of each species were performed using paring " t – test " (Armitage , 1974 ) . All statistical were computed by 

SPSS 14 . 

Exposure to specific relative humidity and temperatures : Survival experiments with D.farnae and D.pteronyssinus were 

conducted by placing 10 adults of 1 sex together in a glass vial containing a sufficient amount of yeast for food. Eight to 15 vials 

(100 mite) were used per experiment . The vials were constructed from 5 mm diam. X 20 mm lengths of glass tubing . To confine 

the mite , the ends were plugged with a nylon mesh screen by inserting a Teflon washer into each end of the cage . An average 

distance of 10 mm was maintained between the plugs . After being equilibrated at 25°C and 75% RH for 24 hr , the vials were 

suspended in closed ,4-oz(0.12-liter)bottles containing the appropriate glycerol solution to maintain the desired test RH'S. In turn 

, these bottles were placed in a BOD (Biochemical Oxygen Demand ) incubator to provide the desired temperature . Survival 

counts were made every 42 hr until 100%mortality was achieved (Robert et al ., 1976) . In this study the relative humidity is 

recorded after each 48 it showed gradually decreasing (75% RH , 65% RH , 55% RH , 45% RH , 35 RH %,25 RH %, 15% RH ) 

, during the gradually increasing of temperature( 32°C , 37°C , 42°C, 44°C , 46°C , 48°C , 50°C ) . 

RESULTSIncreasing in mortality is recorded gradually by increasing temperature which consequently lead to decrease the 

humidity as a result of dehydration, the investigation had been recorded each 48 hours to count the survival mites . The 

calculated of mortality and survival in test population male, at specific time intervals when exposed to various temperature and 

humidity were shown in tables. male have tolerated desiccation better than fmales at all RH tested at all temperature regimes 

tested( tables 1,2,3) . 



AFM and Kelvin Probe Study of Emulsifier Incorporated Phospholipids 

Saliha Zeyneb Akinci 1 , Tugce Bekat 2 , Sevgi Kilic Ozdemir 2,* , Salih Okur 3 

Theme F686 - N1123 

1 Biotechnology Program, Izmir Institute of Technology, Gulbahce Campus, Izmir, Turkey 

2 Department of Chemical Engineering, Izmir Institute of Technology, Gulbahce Campus, Izmir, Turkey 

3 Department of Physics, Izmir Institute of Technology, Gulbahce Campus, Izmir, Turkey 

Abstract- Monolayers of DSPC (1,2-dipalmitoyl-snglycerol-3-phosphocholine) and PEG 40 St (Polyoxyethylene glycol) stearate at different 

compositions (9:1 and 8:2) were analyzed with atomic force microscopy (AFM) in the Kelvin Probe (KP) mode. The effects of the composition 

and the medium on compactness of the monolayer were investigated. 

Contrast agents for ultrasound comprise micron sized of gas 

(microbubbles) stabilized by a shell of biocompatible 

material. These agents alter the scattering character of the 

blood under ultrasound, creating contrast with respect to the 

imaged tissue [1]. Microbubbles are administrated to the 

patient during imaging and are expected to recirculate in the 

blood stream until the imaging is complete. Viability of the 

microbubbles in the systemic circulation is closely related to 

the shell structure. In this study, DSPC and PEG 40 St are used 

as the main constituents of the microbubbles. A mixture of 

DSPC/PEG 40 St at predetermined compositions was spread at 

air-water interface and transferred to a substrate for atomic 

force microscope imaging using Langmuir-Blodgett (LB) 

film method. Mainly, DSPC/PEG 40 St mixtures at 

compositions of 9:1 and 8:2 were analyzed both in pure water 

and phosphate buffer saline at 110 mM (PBS). 

Monolayers showed more homogeneous and compact 

behavior in buffer solution compared to pure water for both 

compositions. Additionally, the 8:2 mixed monolayers 

indicated more homogeneous structure both in the pure water 

and buffer solution in comparison to 9:1 mixed one. 

As shown in Figure 1, this comparison was also performed 

with the bare gold monolayer as reference monolayer in order 

to evaluate the differences between surface potential values. 

Figure 2 shows the height profile along the scan and surface 

potential measurement of 8:2 DSPC/PEG 40 St mixture coated 

films both in pure water and PBS. The characterization of the 

Langmuir-Blodgett (LB) films with AFM in Kelvin Probe 

mode shows that 8:2 mixed monolayer in buffer solution 

have higher surface potential values than 9:1 mixed one both 

in pure water and PBS (data not shown). 

height (nm) 

50 

40 

30 

20 

10 

0 

50 

gold film surface 

8:2 DSPC-PEG 40 St. in pure water subphase 

8:2 DSPC-PEG 40 St. in buffer subphase 

0 1 2 3 4 5 

x (nm) 

PURE GOLD 

a 

b 

MAG_V 

40 

30 

8:2 DSPC-PEG 40 S (PURE WATER) 

8:2 DSPC-PEG 40 S (110 mM PBS) 

20 

10 

e 

 

0 

-1.5 -1 -0.5 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 

BIAS VOLTAGE 

Figure 2. Surface height profile along the scan and surface potential 

measurement of DSPC/PEG 40 St LB monolayer films with Kelvin 

probe force microscope for 8:2 DSPC/PEG 40 St monolayer in pure 

water and PBS solution at 110 mM, and also pure gold monolayer as 

a reference. 

c 

 

d 

 

The surface potentials have been measured as 0.030184 V for 

bare gold substrate, 0.4894 V and 0.43V for the 8:2 

DSPC/PEG 40 St monolayer in pure water and PBS, 

respectively. Surface roughnesses have been measured as 

0.544479 nm for bare gold substrate, 0.903692 nm and 

4.41735 nm for 8:2 DSPC/PEG 40 St monolayer in pure water 

and PBS, respectively. 

 

 

Figure 1. Characterization of LB films at 5 m (a) topography and 

(b) surface potential of pure gold (as a reference); (c) topography 

and (d) surface potential of 8:2 DSPC/PEG 40 St monolayer in pure 

water; (e) topography and (f) surface potential of 8:2 DSPC/PEG 40 St 

monolayer in 110 mM PBS solution. 

According to these investigations of emulsifier incorporated 

phospholipids, we surmise that the increase in homogeneity 

and the surface potential of the monolayers may be resulting 

from intermolecular interactions between the molecules 

forming the monolayer and the medium. The effect of the 

medium on the molecular interactions and the compactness of 

the monolayer will also be tested on microbubble formation. 

*sevgikilic@iyte.edu.tr 

[1] Moriyasu F. et al., Am. J. Roentgenol, 193:86; 2009.

Third Day Poster Session, 17 June 2010 - NanoTR-VI

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?